Homeschool · Diploma track · Grade 10

Chemistry in the Earth System

A full year of high school chemistry for grade 10, built to be the student's whole course in the subject rather than a supplement. California teaches chemistry as Chemistry in the Earth System, which means the subject is never left in the beaker: combustion is taught as the thing that changed the atmosphere, specific heat as the thing that governs climate, and equilibrium as the thing happening in the ocean right now. Eleven units take the year from measurement and the evidence for atoms through bonding, the mole, reactions, energy, gases, solutions and kinetics to acids and the chemistry of a changing ocean. Every quantity in this course is worked line by line, because a chemistry student who can state a law but cannot carry a calculation through has learned the wrong half.

DIPLOMA TRACK CA NGSS EARTH SYSTEM GRADE 10 MODEL ANSWERS 75 LESSONS 860 PRACTICE QUESTIONS 6 ESSAY PROMPTS Algebra 1. This is a complete course in chemistry and does not assume other instruction in the subject.

Course overview

What this year covers

California's high school chemistry course is called Chemistry in the Earth System, and the second half of the name is doing real work. The state's three-course model puts chemistry in grade ten, between biology and physics, and folds Earth system content into it, so combustion is taught alongside what burning hydrocarbons does to the atmosphere, specific heat capacity is taught as the reason coasts have mild winters, and equilibrium is taught through the carbonate chemistry of the ocean. The eleven units follow a conventional chemistry sequence, because the arithmetic has to be built in order, but each one is carried out to the Earth system where the standards ask for it. The year opens with measurement and evidence, because chemistry is the first science most students meet where a wrong unit is a wrong answer. It then builds up: atoms and the periodic table, bonding, the mole, reactions, stoichiometry, energy, gases, solutions, kinetics and equilibrium, and finally acids and ocean chemistry. Every performance expectation in HS-PS1 and HS-PS3 is covered, along with the Earth system standards California includes in this course. Every lesson ends with ten questions, every unit with a ten-question review, and the year with six pieces of scientific writing that have full model responses.

  • U1Unit 1: Matter, Measurement and Evidence7 lessons
  • U2Unit 2: Atoms and the Periodic Table7 lessons
  • U3Unit 3: Bonding, Shape and Naming7 lessons
  • U4Unit 4: Chemical Quantities and the Mole7 lessons
  • U5Unit 5: Chemical Reactions6 lessons
  • U6Unit 6: Stoichiometry7 lessons
  • U7Unit 7: Energy, Heat and the Earth System7 lessons
  • U8Unit 8: Gases6 lessons
  • U9Unit 9: Solutions and Concentration6 lessons
  • U10Unit 10: Kinetics and Equilibrium7 lessons
  • U11Unit 11: Acids, Bases and Ocean Chemistry8 lessons

All eleven units are open, 75 lessons in all. Every lesson opens with the method, one extended worked example, and ten practice problems. Every problem has a full worked solution, so you can find the step where yours went wrong. Each unit closes with a ten-problem mixed review.

Free preview: open any 5 lessons without an account. The counter on the left keeps track.

Lesson 1.1 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-1

What chemistry studies, and what a chemical claim has to survive

Chemistry is the study of matter and the changes it undergoes, which sounds broad enough to include everything. What narrows it is the standard of evidence. A chemical claim is one that survives being weighed, and for two hundred years the balance has been the instrument that settles arguments in this subject.

The key ideas
  1. Matter is anything with mass that occupies volume. Light, heat and sound are not matter. Air is.
  2. Mass and weight are different quantities. Mass is the amount of matter and does not change with location. Weight is the force gravity exerts on that mass. A balance compares masses, which is why it reads the same on a mountain.
  3. Mass is conserved in a chemical change. The total mass of a closed system is the same before and after. Atoms are rearranged, not created or destroyed.
  4. "Closed" is doing the work in that statement. Nearly every apparent violation is a system that exchanged matter with its surroundings, usually a gas escaping or a gas being taken in.
  5. A chemical claim must specify a measurement. "This reaction gives off heat" becomes checkable when it says how much, measured how, on what quantity.
  6. Chemistry works across an enormous range of scale. Every explanation in this course moves between what you can weigh in the room and what individual particles are doing, and being explicit about which level you are describing is most of the skill.

Where students lose marks: writing that mass "was lost" when a gas escaped. The mass left the container; it did not leave existence. Say where it went.

Worked example

The problem. A strip of magnesium is weighed, burned in air, and the white ash that remains is weighed. The ash is heavier than the metal was. Does this refute the conservation of mass?

Step one: get the measurements down. The magnesium strip has a mass of 2.43 g. After burning, the white solid has a mass of 4.03 g. The solid gained \( 4.03 - 2.43 = 1.60 \) g.

Step two: state what a violation would require. Conservation of mass is a claim about a closed system. This experiment is open to the room, so before concluding anything the account has to include whatever crossed the boundary.

Step three: ask what could have entered. The strip was burning in air. Air is matter, and something in it is being consumed, because the reaction stops if the air is excluded. The candidate is oxygen.

Step four: check the number against that idea. If oxygen combined with the magnesium, the mass gained should be the mass of oxygen taken in, which is 1.60 g. That is a prediction, and it is testable.

Step five: test it by closing the system. Repeat the burn inside a sealed flask containing air. Weigh the sealed flask and contents before and after. The mass does not change. Nothing was created; the container simply stopped the exchange.

Step six: confirm the identity of what entered. Burn the same mass of magnesium in a sealed flask of pure oxygen and measure how much oxygen disappears. It is 1.60 g, matching the gain exactly.

Step seven: state the conclusion at the right strength. The ash is heavier because it contains the original magnesium plus oxygen from the air. Conservation of mass is not refuted; the open system was simply not the whole system. This is the pattern for every apparent violation you will meet.

Source

Antoine Lavoisier, Elements of Chemistry, 1789, in Robert Kerr's 1790 English translation. Public domain. The translator's spelling is preserved as written.

We may lay it down as an incontestible axiom, that, in all the operations of art and nature, nothing is created; an equal quantity of matter exists both before and after the experiment; the quality and quantity of the elements remain precisely the same; and nothing takes place beyond changes and modifications in the combination of these elements.

Lavoisier is not asserting this as a philosophical principle. He reached it by weighing sealed vessels before and after reactions, which is the experiment in the worked example above, and it is why he rather than anyone earlier is credited with it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define matter.
    Show the full solution

    Anything that has mass and occupies volume

  2. State the difference between mass and weight.
    Show the full solution

    Mass is the quantity of matter and is independent of location; weight is the gravitational force on that mass and varies with location

  3. State the law of conservation of mass, including the condition it requires.
    Show the full solution

    In a closed system, the total mass before a chemical change equals the total mass after it

  4. A sealed flask contains 12.50 g of one reactant and 8.30 g of another. They react completely. What is the mass of the contents afterward?
    Show the full solution

    The flask is sealed, so nothing crosses the boundary. \( 12.50 + 8.30 \). 20.80 g

  5. Give the usual reason an open reaction vessel appears to lose mass.
    Show the full solution

    A gaseous product escaped from the container

  6. A student heats 5.00 g of a green solid in an open crucible and recovers 3.20 g of a black solid. Explain what happened to the missing 1.80 g and how you would test your explanation.
    Show the full solution

    Nothing is missing in the sense of destroyed. The decomposition released a gas that left the open crucible, so the 1.80 g is now in the room air. The test is to repeat the heating in a sealed vessel and weigh the whole vessel before and after: if the total is unchanged, the mass left the crucible rather than existence. A second test collects the gas over water and weighs it, which both accounts for the 1.80 g and identifies what was released. A gas escaped; confirm by repeating in a closed system and weighing the whole vessel

  7. Wood burns to a small heap of ash that weighs far less than the log. Iron rusts and gains mass. Explain why these are the same phenomenon.
    Show the full solution

    Both are open systems exchanging gas with the air, and the direction of the apparent change depends only on whether the gas leaves or joins. Wood is largely carbon and hydrogen; burning converts it to carbon dioxide and water vapor, which leave, so the solid that stays behind is lighter. Iron is a solid metal; rusting combines it with oxygen from the air to make a solid oxide, which stays, so the solid gets heavier. Weigh either in a sealed container and the total is constant. Both exchange gas with the air, one losing it and one gaining it

  8. Explain why "this substance is better for cleaning" is not a chemical claim, and rewrite it as one.
    Show the full solution

    Better is a judgment, and no measurement returns one, because better depends on what is being cleaned, at what cost, and with what risk. Chemistry can supply the facts the judgment uses but cannot make it. A checkable version fixes what is being measured and on what: "does a 5 percent solution of this substance remove a greater mass of a standard grease deposit from a glass slide in five minutes than a 5 percent solution of the alternative, at the same temperature?" Every term there can be measured and the result could come out either way. It is a value judgment; fix a measurable outcome, a quantity and a comparison

  9. A student weighs a sealed bag of baking soda and vinegar, mixes them, observes vigorous bubbling and reweighs. The mass is unchanged, but the bag is now inflated. Explain both observations.
    Show the full solution

    The mass is unchanged because the bag is closed: the atoms present at the start are still present, rearranged into different substances. The inflation happens because one of those substances is a gas, and a gas occupies far more volume per unit mass than the solid and liquid it came from. Mass and volume are separate quantities, and a chemical change conserves the first while frequently altering the second dramatically. If the bag were opened, the gas would leave and the mass would then fall. Mass is conserved in the closed bag; volume is not conserved because a gas was produced

  10. Lavoisier's contemporaries had the idea of conservation before him. Explain why he is nonetheless credited with establishing it.
    Show the full solution

    Stating a principle and establishing it are different achievements. Earlier writers offered conservation as a plausible philosophical position, with nothing that would show it false. Lavoisier made it a measured result by working in sealed vessels with a balance accurate enough to detect the differences at stake, and by doing so on reactions where the naive observation points the other way, such as metals gaining mass on heating. The principle became evidence-based rather than assumed, and it simultaneously destroyed the competing phlogiston account, which had to posit a substance with negative weight to survive. He measured it in closed systems rather than asserting it, on cases where the appearance contradicts it

Lesson 1.2 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-2

Physical and chemical change, and why the usual signs can mislead

The distinction sounds easy: a physical change alters the form, a chemical change alters the substance. In practice students are handed a list of five signs and told to spot them, and every one of those five signs has a physical impostor. The reliable question is not what you saw but whether a new substance is present at the end.

The key ideas
  1. A physical change alters form without producing a new substance. Melting, dissolving, grinding and boiling are physical: the particles are the same particles, differently arranged or separated.
  2. A chemical change produces at least one new substance, with different properties, because bonds between atoms were broken and new ones formed.
  3. The five usual signs are evidence, not proof: gas evolved, a precipitate formed, color changed, temperature changed, or light emitted. Each has a physical process that mimics it.
  4. The decisive test is whether the original substance can be recovered by physical means. Dissolved salt evaporates back out unchanged; burned wood does not reassemble.
  5. An extensive property depends on how much you have (mass, volume, total energy). An intensive property does not (density, melting point, color, conductivity). Only intensive properties identify a substance, which is why density is useful and mass is not.
  6. Physical and chemical properties are described differently. A physical property can be observed without changing the substance's identity; a chemical property can only be observed by changing it, which is why "flammable" is a chemical property.

Where students lose marks: treating bubbling as automatic proof of a chemical change. Boiling water bubbles vigorously and produces nothing new. Ask what the gas is, not whether there is one.

Worked example

The problem. A burning candle is sometimes given as an example of a physical change and sometimes of a chemical one. Settle it.

Step one: notice that more than one thing is happening. The question is badly posed as stated, because a burning candle involves several distinct processes at once. Separating them is the whole answer.

Step two: the wax near the flame melts. Solid wax becomes liquid wax. The substance is unchanged: cool it and it solidifies into wax again, with the same melting point. Physical.

Step three: the liquid wax is drawn up the wick. This is capillary action moving a liquid. No new substance. Physical.

Step four: the wax at the top of the wick vaporizes. Liquid to gas. Still wax, now as a vapor. Physical.

Step five: the wax vapor burns. Here the hydrocarbon molecules react with oxygen and become carbon dioxide and water vapor. These have entirely different properties from wax and cannot be turned back into wax by cooling. Chemical.

Step six: apply the recovery test to confirm. Hold a cold dry surface in the flame and a film of liquid condenses on it, which is water, not wax. A limewater test on the gases above the flame turns the limewater cloudy, indicating carbon dioxide. Neither product is the starting material, and no amount of cooling returns them to wax.

Step seven: state the answer. The candle shows both. Three physical changes supply fuel to one chemical change, and the physical steps exist because the wax has to be a vapor before it can burn at a useful rate. Saying only "chemical" misses why a candle needs a wick at all.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the defining difference between a physical and a chemical change.
    Show the full solution

    A chemical change produces at least one new substance; a physical change does not

  2. List the five common signs of a chemical change.
    Show the full solution

    Gas evolved, precipitate formed, color change, temperature change, light emitted

  3. Classify density as intensive or extensive, and say why it matters.
    Show the full solution

    Intensive: it does not depend on how much you have, so it can be used to identify a substance

  4. Classify these as physical or chemical changes: melting ice, souring milk, shredding paper, digesting food.
    Show the full solution

    Physical, chemical, physical, chemical

  5. Is flammability a physical or a chemical property? Explain in one sentence.
    Show the full solution

    Chemical, because you can only observe it by changing the substance into something else

  6. Bubbles form when hydrochloric acid is poured on limestone, and also when water is heated to boiling. Explain how you would tell the two situations apart experimentally.
    Show the full solution

    Identify the gas and check whether the starting material survives. Collect the gas from each: the gas from the limestone turns limewater cloudy and does not condense on cooling, so it is carbon dioxide, a substance that was not present before. The gas from the boiling water condenses back to liquid water on a cold surface, so it is the same substance in a different state. Then check the residue: the limestone has partly disappeared and a different solid remains, while cooling the steam returns all the water. One produced something new and the other did not. Identify the gas and test whether the original substance can be recovered by cooling

  7. Dissolving sodium chloride in water absorbs a little heat, and dissolving it changes a clear liquid into a clear solution. Two of the five signs are arguably present. Explain why dissolving is nevertheless a physical change.
    Show the full solution

    Because the salt is still there and can be recovered unchanged. Evaporate the water and sodium chloride crystals come back with the same melting point, density and crystal form as the ones that went in, which would be impossible if they had been converted into something else. The temperature change comes from the energy needed to separate ions from the lattice against the energy released when water molecules surround them, and neither step forms new bonds between different elements. The signs are evidence that something happened, not evidence of what happened. The salt is recoverable unchanged by evaporation, so no new substance was formed

  8. A student says mass is a good way to identify an unknown liquid. Explain the error and give a better property.
    Show the full solution

    Mass is extensive, so it depends entirely on how much of the liquid happens to be in the container and tells you nothing about what the liquid is. Any liquid can have a mass of 50 g. An identifying property must be intensive, so that the value is the same for a drop and for a barrel. Density works, because it is mass per unit volume and is fixed for a pure substance at a given temperature, as do boiling point and refractive index. In practice you would measure two or three intensive properties, since a single value can be shared by more than one substance. Mass is extensive; use an intensive property such as density or boiling point

  9. A firework emits light and heat, and a glow stick emits light but gets slightly cooler. Are both chemical changes? Explain.
    Show the full solution

    Yes, both are. The direction of the energy flow does not decide the question; the production of new substances does. In the firework an exothermic reaction releases energy as heat and light, and the products are oxides quite different from the reactants. In the glow stick two substances are mixed and react, and the energy released by bond rearrangement leaves as light rather than heat, so the surroundings do not warm. Both produce new substances that cannot be separated back into the originals by physical means, which is the test. Both are chemical; energy direction does not decide it, new substances do

  10. Explain why the candle in the worked example needs a wick, in terms of physical and chemical changes.
    Show the full solution

    Solid wax does not burn at a useful rate, because combustion happens where fuel molecules and oxygen molecules can mix freely, which is in the gas phase. A block of wax presents only its surface, so the reaction is slow and self-extinguishing. The wick performs the physical steps that solve this: heat from the flame melts wax at the base, capillary action carries liquid wax upward, and the heat at the tip vaporizes it, delivering a steady supply of wax vapor to the flame. The chemical change then has fuel in the phase it requires. The physical processes exist to feed the chemical one. The wick melts, transports and vaporizes the wax so the chemical change has gaseous fuel

Lesson 1.3 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-1, HS-PS1-2

Pure substances and mixtures, and separating one from the other

Almost nothing you meet outside a laboratory is a pure substance. Air, seawater, steel, milk and gasoline are all mixtures, and the practical question in chemistry is usually how to get one component out of a mixture cleanly. Every separation method works by exploiting a property the components do not share, so choosing a method means first naming the property that differs.

The key ideas
  1. A pure substance has a fixed composition and a set of properties that do not vary between samples. It is either an element or a compound.
  2. An element cannot be broken down chemically. A compound contains two or more elements chemically bonded in a fixed ratio, and its properties bear no resemblance to those of its elements.
  3. A mixture contains two or more substances that are not chemically bonded, in any proportion, each keeping its own properties.
  4. Homogeneous mixtures are uniform throughout and are also called solutions. Heterogeneous mixtures have visibly distinct regions. The distinction depends on the scale you look at.
  5. Every separation exploits a property difference: particle size for filtration, boiling point for distillation, solubility for extraction and crystallization, affinity for a surface for chromatography, magnetism, and density for decanting or centrifuging.
  6. Separating a mixture is a physical process; separating a compound into its elements is a chemical one and needs a reaction, usually with a considerable energy input.

Where students lose marks: calling a solution a pure substance because it looks uniform. Saltwater is clear and uniform and is still a mixture, because the proportions can be varied continuously and the salt can be recovered unchanged.

Worked example

The problem. A sample contains sand, sodium chloride and iron filings, all mixed together. Recover all three, dry and separate.

Step one: classify the mixture. All three components are visible as distinct regions, so this is heterogeneous. Nothing is chemically bonded to anything else, so the whole job is physical and no reaction is needed.

Step two: list the property differences available. Iron is magnetic and the other two are not. Sodium chloride is soluble in water and the other two are not. Sand is an insoluble solid. Three components, and each has at least one property the others lack, so a clean separation is possible.

Step three: order the steps so each one is clean. Take the magnetic step first, while everything is dry. Passing a magnet over a wet mixture would work badly, and once water is added the iron would begin to rust. Order matters.

Step four: remove the iron. Pass a magnet over the dry mixture, collecting the filings that jump to it. Repeat until no further filings are picked up. Sand and salt remain.

Step five: dissolve the salt. Add water and stir. The sodium chloride dissolves and the sand does not, because sodium chloride is ionic and water is polar while sand is a covalent network solid. The mixture is now sand suspended in saltwater.

Step six: filter. Pour through filter paper. Sand particles are too large to pass through the pores and stay on the paper as the residue; the saltwater passes through as the filtrate. Rinse the sand with a little distilled water to remove trapped salt solution, then dry it.

Step seven: recover the salt. Evaporate the filtrate, either in an evaporating basin over gentle heat or by leaving it to stand. Sodium chloride crystals remain. If the water is also wanted, use simple distillation instead, which collects the condensed water while the salt stays behind in the flask.

Step eight: check the recovery. Weigh the three recovered components and compare the total with the starting mass. A shortfall points to a specific loss: salt left dissolved in the damp sand, sand left on the filter paper, or spattering during evaporation. Naming which loss you suspect is part of the answer.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name the two kinds of pure substance.
    Show the full solution

    Elements and compounds

  2. State the difference between a compound and a mixture in terms of ratio.
    Show the full solution

    A compound has a fixed ratio of elements chemically bonded; a mixture can have any proportions and is not bonded

  3. Classify each as homogeneous or heterogeneous: seawater, granite, air, sand in water.
    Show the full solution

    Homogeneous, heterogeneous, homogeneous, heterogeneous

  4. Which property does distillation exploit?
    Show the full solution

    Difference in boiling point

  5. Which property does filtration exploit?
    Show the full solution

    Difference in particle size, separating an insoluble solid from a liquid

  6. Water is a compound of hydrogen and oxygen. Hydrogen burns explosively and oxygen supports combustion, yet water extinguishes fires. Explain what this shows about compounds.
    Show the full solution

    It shows that a compound's properties are not the sum or average of its elements' properties, because the atoms are chemically bonded and the resulting substance is genuinely new. The hydrogen in water is not present as hydrogen gas; it is bonded into molecules whose behavior has to be determined by experiment rather than predicted from the ingredients. This is the sharpest difference between a compound and a mixture: a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen gases is explosive, and the same atoms bonded as water are not. A compound's properties are new, not inherited from its elements

  7. Explain how you would separate a mixture of two liquids that dissolve in each other, such as ethanol and water, and why filtration cannot work.
    Show the full solution

    Filtration separates by particle size and only works when one component is an undissolved solid. Two miscible liquids form a homogeneous mixture in which the particles are of molecular size and pass through any filter together, so no pore size helps. The property that does differ is boiling point: ethanol boils at about 78 degrees Celsius and water at 100. Fractional distillation exploits this, heating the mixture so the more volatile ethanol vaporizes preferentially, passing up a fractionating column where repeated condensation and vaporization improve the separation, then condensing in the condenser and collecting first. Fractional distillation, using the boiling point difference; filtration cannot separate molecular-scale mixtures

  8. In the worked example, explain why the magnetic step must come before the water is added.
    Show the full solution

    Two reasons, one practical and one chemical. Practically, a magnet works poorly through a wet slurry: the filings clump with damp sand and are dragged along with material that should stay behind, so the recovered iron is contaminated and the recovered sand is depleted. Chemically, iron in contact with water and dissolved oxygen begins to rust, which converts some of the iron into iron oxide. That is a chemical change, so the iron can no longer be recovered unchanged and the mass balance at the end will not close. Ordering the steps to keep every stage physical is part of designing the separation. Wet filings separate badly, and iron in water begins to rust, which is a chemical change

  9. Chromatography separates the pigments in a leaf extract. Explain what property difference it exploits and why the spots end up at different heights.
    Show the full solution

    It exploits the difference in how strongly each pigment is attracted to the stationary phase, the paper, compared with how readily it dissolves in the moving solvent. As the solvent rises through the paper it carries the pigments with it, but each one spends a different fraction of its time stuck to the paper rather than traveling in the solvent. A pigment with a strong attraction to the paper and low solubility in the solvent is held back and travels a short distance; one that dissolves readily and binds weakly travels nearly as far as the solvent front. The heights therefore report a ratio of two competing affinities, which is why the same pigment gives a reproducible position for a given paper and solvent. Competing affinity for the stationary paper against solubility in the moving solvent

  10. Air is usually called a homogeneous mixture, but air also contains dust and water droplets. Explain how both statements can be defensible.
    Show the full solution

    The classification depends on the scale being described and on what is included in the sample. Treated as its gaseous components alone, air is genuinely homogeneous: nitrogen, oxygen, argon and carbon dioxide are mixed at the molecular level and no region differs from another, which is why a sample taken anywhere in a room has the same composition. Include the suspended solids and liquid droplets and the sample now has visibly distinct phases, which makes it heterogeneous, and fog and smoke are exactly that. Neither statement is careless; they answer different questions, and a good answer says which components it is counting. The gaseous components alone are homogeneous; including suspended particles and droplets makes it heterogeneous

Lesson 1.4 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-7

SI units and dimensional analysis, the method that prevents most wrong answers

Chemistry is the first science most students meet in which a correct method and a wrong unit produce a wrong answer worth no marks. The defense is a procedure rather than care: write every quantity with its unit, multiply by conversion factors arranged so that unwanted units cancel on the page, and read the surviving unit at the end. If the surviving unit is not the one asked for, the setup is wrong and you know it before you touch the calculator.

The key ideas
  1. The SI base units you need in this course are the meter, the kilogram, the second, the kelvin and the mole. Everything else is derived from them, including the liter and the joule.
  2. Prefixes multiply by powers of ten: kilo \( 10^{3} \), centi \( 10^{-2} \), milli \( 10^{-3} \), micro \( 10^{-6} \), nano \( 10^{-9} \). Learn these five and most conversions become mechanical.
  3. A conversion factor is a fraction equal to one. Because \( 1000 \text{ mL} = 1 \text{ L} \), both \( \frac{1000 \text{ mL}}{1 \text{ L}} \) and \( \frac{1 \text{ L}}{1000 \text{ mL}} \) equal one, so multiplying by either changes the units without changing the quantity.
  4. Choose the orientation that cancels. Put the unit you want to remove in the denominator. This is the entire decision, and it removes the guessing about whether to multiply or divide.
  5. Chain as many factors as you need in one line. A conversion from gallons per day to liters per second is one expression, not three separate calculations, and keeping it as one line means one rounding at the end.
  6. Two volume equalities are worth memorizing: \( 1 \text{ mL} = 1 \text{ cm}^3 \) and \( 1 \text{ L} = 1000 \text{ cm}^3 \). Chemistry moves between these constantly.

Where students lose marks: leaving a volume in milliliters in a formula that requires liters. Molarity, the gas laws and every solution calculation in this course assume liters. Convert first, before the value goes anywhere near an equation.

Worked example

The problem. A municipal water report gives the output of a treatment plant as 4.50 million gallons per day. Express this in liters per second. Use \( 1 \text{ gallon} = 3.785 \text{ L} \).

Step one: write the starting quantity with its full unit. \( 4.50 \times 10^{6} \; \frac{\text{gal}}{\text{day}} \). Both parts of the unit have to change, which is the only thing that makes this harder than a single conversion.

Step two: decide what must cancel. Gallons must go from the numerator, so the gallon conversion factor needs gallons in its denominator. Days must go from the denominator, so the time factors need days in their numerator.

Step three: build the chain.

\[ 4.50 \times 10^{6} \; \frac{\text{gal}}{\text{day}} \times \frac{3.785 \text{ L}}{1 \text{ gal}} \times \frac{1 \text{ day}}{24 \text{ h}} \times \frac{1 \text{ h}}{60 \text{ min}} \times \frac{1 \text{ min}}{60 \text{ s}} \]

Step four: check the units before calculating. Gallons cancel against gallons, days against days, hours against hours, minutes against minutes. What survives is liters in the numerator and seconds in the denominator, which is what was asked for. The setup is correct, and this check costs five seconds.

Step five: do the numerator. \( 4.50 \times 10^{6} \times 3.785 = 1.70325 \times 10^{7} \) L per day.

Step six: do the denominator. \( 24 \times 60 \times 60 = 86\,400 \) seconds in a day. Converting the time in one step rather than three is fine once you trust the chain.

Step seven: divide and round. \( 1.70325 \times 10^{7} \div 86\,400 = 197.14 \). The starting value has three significant figures, so the answer is 197 L/s.

Step eight: sanity check the size. Roughly four and a half million gallons is about seventeen million liters, spread over about ninety thousand seconds, which should give something in the low hundreds. It does. An answer of 197 000 or 0.197 would have been caught here.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Convert 2.5 kg to milligrams.
    Show the full solution

    \( 2.5 \text{ kg} \times \frac{1000 \text{ g}}{1 \text{ kg}} \times \frac{1000 \text{ mg}}{1 \text{ g}} \). \( 2.5 \times 10^{6} \) mg

  2. Convert 750 mL to liters.
    Show the full solution

    Divide by 1000. 0.750 L

  3. State the two volume equalities linking milliliters, cubic centimeters and liters.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1 \text{ mL} = 1 \text{ cm}^3 \) and \( 1 \text{ L} = 1000 \text{ cm}^3 \)

  4. Explain in one sentence why a conversion factor can be written either way up.
    Show the full solution

    Because the numerator and denominator are equal quantities, so the fraction equals one and multiplying by it cannot change the quantity

  5. Convert 85 km/h to meters per second.
    Show the full solution

    \( 85 \times \frac{1000 \text{ m}}{1 \text{ km}} \times \frac{1 \text{ h}}{3600 \text{ s}} = \frac{85\,000}{3600} \). 23.6 m/s

  6. A student converts 2.50 mL of mercury, density 13.53 g/cm3, to a mass in kilograms. Carry out the conversion and explain where the two traps are.
    Show the full solution

    First trap: the density is per cubic centimeter and the volume is in milliliters, which looks like a mismatch but is not, because \( 1 \text{ mL} = 1 \text{ cm}^3 \) exactly. Students often insert a spurious conversion here. So \( 2.50 \text{ cm}^3 \times 13.53 \; \frac{\text{g}}{\text{cm}^3} = 33.825 \text{ g} \). Second trap: the answer is wanted in kilograms, and stopping at grams is the commoner error than getting the arithmetic wrong. Divide by 1000 to get 0.033825 kg, then round to the three significant figures the data support. 0.0338 kg

  7. Explain why checking that the units cancel is more useful than checking the arithmetic.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two failures are not equally likely or equally damaging. Arithmetic slips are caught by redoing the calculation, and a calculator rarely mismultiplies. Setting a conversion factor the wrong way up produces an answer that is wrong by a factor of the conversion squared, often by a thousand or a million, and it looks entirely plausible on the page because the numbers are the right numbers. The unit check catches exactly that error, before any arithmetic is done, because an inverted factor leaves an impossible surviving unit such as gallons squared per liter. It also catches a missing step, since the wanted unit simply fails to appear. It catches inverted or missing factors, which produce large plausible errors that rechecking arithmetic will not find

  8. A laboratory procedure calls for 0.250 L of solution and a student measures 250 mL in a graduated cylinder. A second student says this is wrong because the units differ. Settle the disagreement.
    Show the full solution

    The measured quantity is correct, because 0.250 L and 250 mL are the same volume: multiplying 0.250 L by 1000 mL per liter gives 250 mL exactly. The second student has confused a difference in unit with a difference in quantity. There is a real point buried in the objection, though, and it concerns significant figures rather than size: 0.250 L is stated to three significant figures, so the measurement should be made in a vessel capable of supporting that precision. A 250 mL graduated cylinder typically reads to about one milliliter, which is adequate, while a 250 mL beaker's graduations are not. The volumes are identical; the defensible concern is precision, not magnitude

  9. A carbon dioxide concentration is reported as 421 parts per million by volume. Express this as a percentage by volume, and comment on why the smaller unit is used.
    Show the full solution

    Parts per million means parts per \( 10^{6} \), and percent means parts per \( 10^{2} \), so divide by \( 10^{4} \): \( 421 \div 10^{4} = 0.0421 \) percent. The reason the atmospheric record is published in parts per million rather than percent is that the interesting changes are invisible at the coarser unit. A rise from 280 to 421 parts per million over two centuries appears as a change from 0.028 to 0.042 percent, which reads as almost nothing and requires three decimal places to express at all, whereas the same change in parts per million is a rise of 141 in a quantity near 300. The unit should be chosen so that ordinary variation lands in the ones or tens place. 0.0421 percent; parts per million is used so the variation is legible without leading zeros

  10. Explain why every equation in this course that involves concentration or gas volume assumes liters, and what that implies for your working habits.
    Show the full solution

    The constants are defined that way. Molarity is defined as moles per liter, and the gas constant \( R \) has the value 0.0821 with units of liter atmospheres per mole kelvin, so a volume substituted in milliliters is wrong by a factor of a thousand and nothing in the equation reveals it. The result looks like a normal number and carries no warning. The working habit that prevents this is to convert units at the point of reading the question rather than at the point of substitution: write the volume down in liters, the temperature in kelvin and the mass in grams as you extract each one, so the quantities entering any formula are already in the units it expects. The constants are defined per liter, so convert at the moment you read the data, not at substitution

Lesson 1.5 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-7

Significant figures, and what a measurement is actually claiming

Every measurement carries an implicit claim about how well it is known, and the digits you write down are that claim. Reporting 15.88 g when the balance can only support 15.9 g asserts a precision you do not have. The rules below are not arbitrary bookkeeping; each one exists to stop a calculation from manufacturing certainty that was never measured.

The key ideas
  1. Precision is reproducibility; accuracy is closeness to the true value. A miscalibrated balance can be highly precise and badly inaccurate, giving the same wrong answer every time.
  2. Counting significant figures: all non-zero digits count; zeros between non-zero digits count; leading zeros never count; trailing zeros count only if a decimal point is present.
  3. So 0.00340 has three significant figures (the leading zeros locate the decimal point, the trailing zero is a measured digit) while 3400 has an ambiguous two, which is the reason scientific notation exists.
  4. For multiplication and division, the answer takes the fewest significant figures of any value used.
  5. For addition and subtraction, the answer takes the fewest decimal places. This is a different rule with a different criterion, and mixing them up is the commonest error in the topic.
  6. Exact numbers impose no limit. Counted objects, defined conversions such as 1000 mL per liter, and integers in formulas are exact and never restrict the answer.
  7. Round once, at the end. Rounding at each intermediate step accumulates error, so carry extra digits through and round the final value.

Where students lose marks: applying the multiplication rule to a subtraction. Subtracting 31.4 from 47.28 does not give four significant figures, because the decimal-place rule applies and 31.4 has only one decimal place.

Worked example

The problem. A student finds the density of a liquid by mass difference. The empty beaker reads 31.4 g on a balance that displays one decimal place. The beaker with liquid reads 47.28 g on a different balance that displays two. The liquid was delivered by a pipette as 5.00 mL. Report the density correctly.

Step one: identify which rule each operation needs. Finding the mass of liquid is a subtraction, so the decimal-place rule applies. Finding density is a division, so the significant-figure rule applies. The two steps are governed by different rules, and this is the whole difficulty of the problem.

Step two: do the subtraction. \( 47.28 - 31.4 = 15.88 \) as raw arithmetic.

Step three: apply the decimal-place rule. The two values have two and one decimal places respectively, so the result may carry one. The mass of liquid is 15.9 g, not 15.88 g.

Step four: understand why, rather than just obeying. The 31.4 g reading means the true value lies somewhere near 31.35 to 31.45 g. That uncertainty of about a tenth of a gram carries straight into the difference, so a hundredths digit in the answer is not supported by anything. The subtraction did not improve the worse measurement.

Step five: count significant figures for the division. The mass 15.9 g has three. The volume 5.00 mL has three, because the trailing zeros follow a decimal point and are genuine measured digits. The smaller count is three.

Step six: divide. \( 15.9 \text{ g} \div 5.00 \text{ mL} = 3.18 \text{ g/mL} \), which already has three significant figures and needs no rounding. Report 3.18 g/mL.

Step seven: notice what would have gone wrong. Carrying 15.88 g into the division gives 3.176 g/mL, and a student who then applies the significant-figure rule to four and three figures still reports 3.18. Here the error is invisible. It will not always be, and the habit has to be right before it matters.

Step eight: comment on the setup. Using two balances of different precision has thrown away the better one's advantage entirely, because the final uncertainty is set by the worse measurement. Weighing both masses on the two-decimal balance would have supported four significant figures in the mass and a more precise density from the same procedure.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. How many significant figures are in 0.00340?
    Show the full solution

    Leading zeros do not count; the trailing zero does because a decimal point is present. Three

  2. How many significant figures are in 2050.0?
    Show the full solution

    All digits count here: the zero between non-zero digits, and the trailing zeros because the decimal point is shown. Five

  3. State the rule for multiplication and division.
    Show the full solution

    The answer carries the fewest significant figures of any value used

  4. Calculate \( 4.560 + 12.1 \) and report it correctly.
    Show the full solution

    Raw sum 16.66; the decimal-place rule allows one decimal place. 16.7

  5. Calculate \( 3.20 \times 4.1 \) and report it correctly.
    Show the full solution

    Raw product 13.12; the smaller count is two significant figures. 13

  6. Explain why 3400 is ambiguous and how scientific notation resolves it.
    Show the full solution

    Trailing zeros in a number with no decimal point may be measured digits or may only be holding the place value, and the notation cannot distinguish the two. A reading of 3400 g could mean the balance resolved the tens and ones digits and found both to be zero, or that it resolved only to the nearest hundred grams. Scientific notation makes the claim explicit because only the digits written in the coefficient are significant: \( 3.4 \times 10^{3} \) states two significant figures, \( 3.40 \times 10^{3} \) states three, and \( 3.400 \times 10^{3} \) states four, while all three represent the same magnitude. Trailing zeros without a decimal point may or may not be measured; scientific notation shows exactly which digits are claimed

  7. A student measures a rectangle as 2.0 cm by 3.00 cm and reports an area of 6.00 cm2. Find and explain the error.
    Show the full solution

    The multiplication rule takes the fewest significant figures of the values used, and 2.0 cm has only two, so the area may carry two: \( 6.0 \text{ cm}^2 \). Reporting 6.00 claims the area is known to the nearest hundredth of a square centimeter, which cannot be true when one side is known only to the nearest tenth of a centimeter. The underlying point is that a calculation cannot be more certain than the least certain measurement it used, and writing extra digits does not make the ruler better. 6.0 cm2; the least precise measurement limits the result

  8. Explain why counting twelve test tubes does not limit the significant figures in a calculation that uses the number twelve.
    Show the full solution

    Because it is not a measurement and carries no uncertainty. Counting discrete objects gives an exact value: there are precisely twelve test tubes, not twelve give or take a tenth, so the number could be written as 12.000000 without making any false claim. Significant figure rules exist to propagate measurement uncertainty through a calculation, and a quantity with no uncertainty cannot contribute any. The same applies to defined conversions such as 1000 milliliters per liter and to the integers in a formula, which is why dividing a measured mass by an exact count leaves the significant figures set by the mass alone. It is an exact count with no uncertainty, so it contributes no limit; only measured values do

  9. Three students weigh the same object on the same balance and get 4.512 g, 4.511 g and 4.513 g. The object's certified mass is 4.230 g. Describe the balance in terms of precision and accuracy, and say which problem is easier to fix.
    Show the full solution

    The readings agree with each other to within two thousandths of a gram, so the balance is highly precise: it returns the same value under the same conditions. It is badly inaccurate, since every reading is about 0.28 g above the certified value, an error more than a hundred times the scatter. The pattern of a constant offset with small scatter is the signature of a calibration fault rather than a random one. That is the easier problem to fix, because a systematic offset can be removed by recalibrating against a standard mass, whereas poor precision points to an instrument or a technique that would have to be replaced or retrained. Precise but inaccurate, with a systematic offset; recalibration fixes it easily

  10. A student performs a four-step calculation, rounding to two significant figures after each step, and their answer differs from the correct one in the second digit. Explain the cause and the remedy.
    Show the full solution

    Rounding discards information, and rounding at every step discards it four times, so each subsequent step operates on a value that is already slightly wrong and the errors compound rather than cancel. Rounding to two significant figures can shift a value by nearly half a percent, and four such shifts can easily move the second digit of the final answer. The remedy is to carry the full precision of intermediate results through the whole calculation, either by keeping the value in the calculator or by writing down two or three extra guard digits, and to round only once when the final answer is reported. The significant figure rules describe what may be claimed at the end, not what must be written in the middle. Intermediate rounding compounds; carry full precision and round only the final answer

Lesson 1.6 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-7

Scientific notation, orders of magnitude, and estimating before you calculate

Chemistry routinely handles numbers separated by twenty-five orders of magnitude, from the mass of an atom to the number of particles in a spoonful. Ordinary decimal notation fails at both ends, and more importantly it hides errors: a calculator answer that is wrong by a factor of a thousand looks exactly as respectable as a right one. Estimating the order of magnitude first is the cheapest error check in the subject.

The key ideas
  1. Scientific notation writes a number as \( M \times 10^{n} \), where \( M \) is at least 1 and less than 10 and \( n \) is an integer. Only the digits in \( M \) are significant.
  2. A positive exponent means a number larger than one; a negative exponent means smaller than one. The exponent counts places moved, not zeros.
  3. To multiply, multiply the coefficients and add the exponents. To divide, divide the coefficients and subtract the exponents.
  4. To add or subtract, the exponents must match first. Rewrite one number so both share an exponent, then add the coefficients.
  5. Fix the coefficient afterward. If the result is \( 43 \times 10^{4} \), rewrite it as \( 4.3 \times 10^{5} \). An answer left with a coefficient outside the range is not in scientific notation.
  6. An order of magnitude is a factor of ten. Two quantities differing by three orders of magnitude differ by a factor of a thousand, and saying so is often more useful than either exact value.
  7. Estimate first. Round every value to one digit, do the arithmetic mentally, and you have a range the real answer must fall in.

Where students lose marks: adding the exponents when the operation was addition. The exponent rules apply to multiplication and division only; addition requires matching exponents first, and the exponent then stays the same.

Worked example

The problem. A typical atom has a diameter of about \( 1 \times 10^{-10} \) m. Roughly how many atoms would lie in a line across the thickness of a credit card, about 0.76 mm? Then say what that number tells you.

Step one: put both quantities in the same unit and in scientific notation. The card is 0.76 mm, which is \( 0.76 \times 10^{-3} \) m. The coefficient must be at least one, so rewrite this as \( 7.6 \times 10^{-4} \) m.

Step two: state the calculation. The number of atoms across is the total length divided by the length of one atom:

\[ N = \frac{7.6 \times 10^{-4} \text{ m}}{1 \times 10^{-10} \text{ m}} \]

Step three: estimate before calculating. Roughly \( 10^{-4} \) divided by \( 10^{-10} \) is \( 10^{6} \), so the answer should be in the millions. If the calculator returns something in the thousands, a sign on an exponent went wrong.

Step four: divide the coefficients. \( 7.6 \div 1 = 7.6 \).

Step five: subtract the exponents. \( -4 - (-10) = -4 + 10 = 6 \). Subtracting a negative exponent is where sign errors appear, so write the double negative out rather than doing it in your head.

Step six: assemble and check the units. \( N = 7.6 \times 10^{6} \). Meters cancel against meters, leaving a pure count, which is correct for "how many atoms". It agrees with the estimate.

Step seven: say what the number means. About seven and a half million atoms span a card that you would describe as thin. This is why chemistry cannot work by counting particles individually and needs the mole, which unit 4 introduces: the gap between the scale we measure at and the scale reactions happen at is six or more orders of magnitude in length and twenty-three in number.

Step eight: note the precision honestly. The atomic diameter was given as "about" one ten-billionth of a meter and atoms vary by a factor of about three across the periodic table, so this answer is good to one significant figure at best. Writing 7 600 000 would overstate it. The right claim is "of the order of ten million".

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write 0.000 062 5 in scientific notation.
    Show the full solution

    Move the decimal point five places right. \( 6.25 \times 10^{-5} \)

  2. Write \( 4.07 \times 10^{4} \) in ordinary decimal notation.
    Show the full solution

    40 700

  3. Calculate \( (3.0 \times 10^{8}) \times (2.0 \times 10^{-5}) \).
    Show the full solution

    Coefficients \( 3.0 \times 2.0 = 6.0 \); exponents \( 8 + (-5) = 3 \). \( 6.0 \times 10^{3} \)

  4. Calculate \( (6.0 \times 10^{5}) \div (2.0 \times 10^{8}) \).
    Show the full solution

    Coefficients \( 6.0 \div 2.0 = 3.0 \); exponents \( 5 - 8 = -3 \). \( 3.0 \times 10^{-3} \)

  5. How many orders of magnitude separate \( 2 \times 10^{3} \) and \( 2 \times 10^{9} \)?
    Show the full solution

    The exponents differ by six. Six, a factor of a million

  6. A student calculates \( (4.0 \times 10^{3}) + (2.0 \times 10^{2}) \) and answers \( 8.0 \times 10^{5} \). Find every error and give the correct result.
    Show the full solution

    They applied the multiplication rules to an addition, multiplying the coefficients and adding the exponents. Neither operation is permitted here. For addition the exponents must match first, so rewrite \( 2.0 \times 10^{2} \) as \( 0.20 \times 10^{3} \). Now the coefficients can be added: \( 4.0 + 0.20 = 4.2 \), and the shared exponent is unchanged, giving \( 4.2 \times 10^{3} \). A check in ordinary notation confirms it: \( 4000 + 200 = 4200 \). Their answer of 800 000 is nearly two hundred times too large, which an order-of-magnitude estimate would have caught immediately. \( 4.2 \times 10^{3} \)

  7. Explain why scientific notation makes significant figures unambiguous, using 500 as the example.
    Show the full solution

    Written as 500, the two zeros might be measured digits or might be placeholders fixing the magnitude, and nothing in the notation says which, so the value could be claiming one, two or three significant figures. Scientific notation separates the two jobs completely: the power of ten carries all the magnitude information and the coefficient carries all the precision information, so every digit written in the coefficient is by definition significant. \( 5 \times 10^{2} \) claims one significant figure, \( 5.0 \times 10^{2} \) claims two and \( 5.00 \times 10^{2} \) claims three, and a reader knows exactly which measurement was made. Magnitude sits in the exponent and precision in the coefficient, so every written digit is significant

  8. A calculation of the number of molecules in a drop of water returns \( 1.7 \times 10^{21} \). Another student's answer is \( 1.7 \times 10^{12} \). Explain how you could tell which is plausible without redoing the calculation.
    Show the full solution

    By comparing each against a fixed landmark. A mole is \( 6.02 \times 10^{23} \) particles and corresponds to about 18 g of water, so a drop of roughly 0.05 g is a few thousandths of a mole, which must therefore contain something in the region of \( 10^{21} \) molecules. The first answer sits exactly there. The second is nine orders of magnitude smaller, which would mean a drop of water contained about a millionth of a millionth of a mole, or a mass far below what any balance would register. Holding one or two anchor values in mind, such as Avogadro's number and the molar mass of water, lets you reject an answer by scale alone. The first; comparing with Avogadro's number shows the second is nine orders of magnitude too small

  9. Explain why the answer to the worked example should be stated as "of the order of ten million" rather than as 7 600 000.
    Show the full solution

    Because the input did not support seven digits. The atomic diameter was given as about \( 1 \times 10^{-10} \) m, which is a single significant figure and is in any case a rough average, since atomic diameters range by roughly a factor of three from helium to cesium. An answer can never be more precise than the worst input, so at most one significant figure is defensible here, and even that digit depends on which element the atoms are. Writing 7 600 000 implies the count was determined to the nearest hundred, which no part of the calculation could justify. Stating an order of magnitude reports exactly what the estimate supports. The input had one significant figure and atomic sizes vary, so only the order of magnitude is supported

  10. An atom is about \( 10^{-10} \) m across and a nucleus about \( 10^{-15} \) m. Express the relationship as an order of magnitude and explain why Rutherford found his result surprising.
    Show the full solution

    The diameters differ by five orders of magnitude, so the atom is about a hundred thousand times wider than its nucleus. Because volume scales with the cube of length, the nucleus occupies roughly \( 10^{15} \) times less volume than the atom, meaning the atom is overwhelmingly empty space. The surprise in Rutherford's gold foil experiment follows directly: on the prevailing model, with positive charge spread evenly through the atom, alpha particles should have passed through a thin foil with only slight deflections, and almost all of them did. The occasional particle returning nearly the way it came required all the positive charge and nearly all the mass to be concentrated in that tiny fraction of the volume, which lesson 2.2 takes up. Five orders of magnitude in diameter and about fifteen in volume, so the atom is nearly all empty space

Lesson 1.7 · Unit 1 · HS-PS1-3, HS-PS3-2

Density, the states of matter, and reading a heating curve

Density is the first derived unit you will use seriously, and it is also the first intensive property precise enough to identify a substance. The heating curve does a different job: it shows that adding energy to a substance does not always raise its temperature, and the flat sections are where the interesting chemistry is.

The key ideas
  1. Density is mass per unit volume, \( d = \frac{m}{V} \), usually in g/cm3 for solids and liquids and g/L for gases. The unit choice reflects how much smaller gas densities are.
  2. Density is intensive and is fixed for a pure substance at a given temperature, which is why it identifies a material while mass cannot.
  3. Volume of an irregular solid is found by displacement: the rise in water level when the object is submerged equals its volume.
  4. The three states differ in particle arrangement and motion. Solid: fixed positions, vibrating. Liquid: touching but free to move past one another. Gas: far apart, moving fast, negligible attraction.
  5. On a heating curve, the sloped sections are temperature rising within a single state, and the energy goes into faster particle motion.
  6. The flat sections are phase changes, and the temperature does not rise even though energy is still being supplied, because that energy is overcoming the attractions between particles rather than speeding them up.
  7. Water is anomalous: it is one of very few substances whose solid is less dense than its liquid, which is why ice floats and why lakes freeze from the top.

Where students lose marks: saying the temperature stays constant during melting "because no energy is being added". Energy is being added the whole time. It is going into separating particles, not into their speed, and the answer has to say so.

Worked example

The problem. An irregular metal lump is placed on a balance and reads 64.8 g. A graduated cylinder holds water at 25.0 mL; with the lump submerged it reads 33.2 mL. Identify the metal from the table, and comment on the confidence the measurement supports.

MetalDensity (g/cm3)
Aluminum2.70
Zinc7.14
Iron7.87
Copper8.96
Lead11.34

Step one: find the volume by displacement. \( 33.2 - 25.0 = 8.2 \) mL. The decimal-place rule applies to a subtraction and both readings have one decimal place, so 8.2 mL stands with two significant figures.

Step two: convert the volume unit. Density is wanted in g/cm3 and \( 1 \text{ mL} = 1 \text{ cm}^3 \) exactly, so the volume is 8.2 cm3 with no numerical change.

Step three: calculate the density.

\[ d = \frac{m}{V} = \frac{64.8 \text{ g}}{8.2 \text{ cm}^3} = 7.9024 \ldots \]

Step four: apply the significant figure rule. This is a division, so the answer takes the fewest significant figures of the values used. The mass has three and the volume has two, so the answer has two: 7.9 g/cm3. Note how the imprecise displacement measurement, not the good mass measurement, sets the limit.

Step five: compare with the table. Iron at 7.87 g/cm3 rounds to 7.9 and is the closest match. Zinc at 7.14 rounds to 7.1 and copper at 8.96 rounds to 9.0, so neither is consistent with the measurement.

Step six: state the conclusion at the right strength. The sample is consistent with iron and inconsistent with the other four candidates in this table. That is not the same as proving it is iron: the table is a short list, alloys such as steel have densities in the same region, and the measurement only supports two significant figures.

Step seven: say how to strengthen it. The weak link is the volume. Using a larger sample, or a narrower graduated cylinder, or displacement into an overflow can measured on a balance, would all support a third significant figure and separate iron from a nearby alloy. A second intensive property such as melting point would settle it far more firmly than improving this one.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the formula for density and a common unit for a solid.
    Show the full solution

    \( d = \frac{m}{V} \), in g/cm3

  2. A sample has a mass of 22.5 g and a volume of 4.50 mL. Find its density.
    Show the full solution

    \( 22.5 \div 4.50 \). 5.00 g/mL

  3. Find the mass of 15.0 mL of ethanol, density 0.789 g/mL.
    Show the full solution

    \( m = dV = 0.789 \times 15.0 = 11.835 \), to three significant figures. 11.8 g

  4. Find the volume of 100.0 g of aluminum, density 2.70 g/cm3.
    Show the full solution

    \( V = \frac{m}{d} = \frac{100.0}{2.70} = 37.037 \), to three significant figures. 37.0 cm3

  5. On a heating curve, what is happening during a flat section?
    Show the full solution

    A phase change: the supplied energy is overcoming attractions between particles rather than increasing their speed

  6. Explain why a large steel ship floats while a small steel bolt sinks.
    Show the full solution

    Floating depends on the average density of the whole object including any space it encloses, not on the density of the material it is made from. The bolt is solid steel throughout, so its average density is steel's roughly 7.9 g/cm3, far above water's 1.00, and it sinks. The ship's hull encloses a very large volume of air, and the combined mass of steel and air divided by the total volume of the hull comes out below 1.00 g/cm3. Mass alone decides nothing, which is exactly why density rather than mass is the useful quantity. Average density including enclosed air, not the density of the material alone

  7. A student reports the density of a liquid as 0.92 g/mL at 20 degrees Celsius and 0.89 g/mL at 60 degrees. Explain why density changes with temperature and whether this undermines its use as an identifying property.
    Show the full solution

    Heating gives the particles more kinetic energy, so they move further apart on average and the same mass occupies a larger volume. Mass is unchanged and volume has risen, so density falls. This does not undermine density as an identifying property, provided the temperature is stated: density is intensive, meaning it does not depend on sample size, but it is a function of temperature, so a reference value is always quoted at a specified temperature, usually 20 or 25 degrees Celsius. Comparing a measurement taken at 60 degrees against a table value for 20 degrees is the actual error to avoid. Volume expands on heating while mass is constant; the property is still identifying as long as the temperature is stated

  8. Explain, in terms of particles, why the temperature stays constant while ice melts even though a burner is supplying heat throughout.
    Show the full solution

    Temperature is a measure of the average kinetic energy of the particles, so the temperature only rises when the energy supplied makes particles move faster. In a melting solid the energy is doing a different job: it is working against the attractive forces holding particles in fixed positions in the lattice, converting potential energy rather than kinetic energy. Until every particle has been freed from its lattice position the supplied energy continues to go into separation, so the average speed and therefore the temperature stay where they are. Once melting is complete the energy again goes into motion and the temperature resumes rising, which is why the curve turns upward at the end of the plateau. The energy overcomes attractions and raises potential energy, not average kinetic energy, so the temperature does not change

  9. Ice floats on water. Explain what this shows about the arrangement of water molecules in the solid and why it matters for a lake in winter.
    Show the full solution

    Floating means ice is less dense than liquid water, so the same mass of water occupies more volume as a solid than as a liquid. That is the reverse of the usual pattern, and it means the molecules in ice must be held in an arrangement that is more open than the packing in the liquid. Hydrogen bonding is responsible: in the solid each molecule is locked into a fixed tetrahedral arrangement with gaps between, while in the liquid the bonds are constantly breaking and reforming and molecules can crowd closer together. For a lake this is decisive. Ice forms at the surface and stays there, insulating the water below, so the lake freezes downward slowly and liquid water persists at the bottom through winter. If ice sank, lakes would freeze solid from the bottom up. Hydrogen bonding holds the solid in a more open arrangement; the ice layer floats and insulates the liquid beneath

  10. Two heating curves for equal masses of different substances both show a flat section at the melting point, but one plateau is three times longer than the other at the same heating rate. Explain what this tells you.
    Show the full solution

    At a constant heating rate, the length of the plateau measures the energy needed to melt the sample, because time multiplied by rate is energy supplied. A plateau three times as long therefore means three times as much energy is required to melt the same mass, so that substance has roughly three times the heat of fusion per gram. Physically, its particles are held together by stronger attractions that take more energy to overcome. This is also evidence you can use elsewhere: the same substance would be expected to have a higher melting point and a higher boiling point, because all three quantities depend on the strength of the forces between particles, which unit 3 takes up as intermolecular forces. It requires about three times the energy per gram to melt, so its interparticle attractions are considerably stronger

Unit 1 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 1 review: Matter, Measurement and Evidence

These are shuffled across all seven lessons and do not tell you which idea they want, which is what makes them closer to a real test than a single lesson's practice.

  1. Convert 3.50 kg to milligrams.
    Show the full solution

    \( 3.50 \times 1000 \times 1000 \). \( 3.50 \times 10^{6} \) mg

  2. How many significant figures are in 0.00705?
    Show the full solution

    Leading zeros do not count; the internal zero does. Three

  3. Calculate \( 12.5 + 3.42 \) and report it correctly.
    Show the full solution

    Raw sum 15.92; the decimal-place rule allows one decimal place. 15.9

  4. A sample has a mass of 45.0 g and a volume of 12.0 mL. Find its density.
    Show the full solution

    \( 45.0 \div 12.0 \). 3.75 g/mL

  5. Classify dissolving sugar in water as a physical or chemical change, with a reason.
    Show the full solution

    The sugar can be recovered unchanged by evaporating the water. Physical

  6. Write 0.000418 in scientific notation.
    Show the full solution

    \( 4.18 \times 10^{-4} \)

  7. Calculate \( (2.0 \times 10^{5}) \times (3.0 \times 10^{-2}) \).
    Show the full solution

    Coefficients \( 2.0 \times 3.0 = 6.0 \); exponents \( 5 + (-2) = 3 \). \( 6.0 \times 10^{3} \)

  8. A sealed flask holds 15.0 g of one reactant and 22.5 g of another. They react completely. Give the mass afterward and explain.
    Show the full solution

    The flask is sealed, so no matter crosses the boundary and mass is conserved. \( 15.0 + 22.5 \). 37.5 g

  9. Describe how you would recover both the sand and the salt from a mixture of sand and salt water.
    Show the full solution

    Filter the mixture: the sand is insoluble and too large to pass through the pores, so it stays on the paper as residue while the salt solution passes through as filtrate. Rinse and dry the sand. Then evaporate the filtrate, or distil it if the water is also wanted, leaving sodium chloride crystals behind. Each step exploits a different property difference, particle size for the filtration and boiling point for the evaporation. Filter to recover the sand, then evaporate the filtrate to recover the salt

  10. Explain why the temperature stays constant during the flat section of a heating curve even though heating continues.
    Show the full solution

    Temperature measures the average kinetic energy of the particles, so it rises only when the supplied energy increases their speed. During a phase change the energy goes into overcoming the attractive forces holding the particles in place, raising potential energy rather than kinetic energy, so the average speed and therefore the temperature do not change. Once every particle has been freed the supplied energy again increases their motion and the temperature resumes rising. The energy overcomes interparticle attractions rather than increasing average kinetic energy

Lesson 2.1 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1

The evidence for atoms, which is arithmetic rather than observation

Nobody saw an atom until the 1980s, yet chemistry was built on them from 1808 onward. The reason is that atoms explain two stubborn numerical patterns in ordinary mass measurements, and nothing else does. This lesson is about those patterns, because "matter is made of atoms" is worth nothing to a chemist who cannot say why anyone concluded it.

The key ideas
  1. The law of conservation of mass (lesson 1.1) says the total mass is unchanged by a chemical reaction.
  2. The law of definite proportions says a given compound always contains the same elements in the same proportion by mass, whatever its source or how it was made. Water from any origin is 11.2 percent hydrogen by mass.
  3. The law of multiple proportions says that when two elements form more than one compound, the masses of one element combining with a fixed mass of the other stand in a ratio of small whole numbers.
  4. That third law is the decisive one, because small whole numbers demand discrete units. A continuous substance could combine in any ratio at all; only countable particles are forced into ratios of 2 to 1 and 3 to 2.
  5. Dalton's atomic theory was proposed to explain these laws, not deduced from seeing anything. It states that elements are made of indivisible atoms, that all atoms of an element are identical in mass, that compounds contain atoms in fixed small whole number ratios, and that reactions rearrange atoms without creating or destroying them.
  6. Two of Dalton's postulates are now known to be wrong, and saying which is part of understanding the model: atoms are divisible into subatomic particles, and atoms of the same element can differ in mass, which is what isotopes are. The postulates that survive are the ones about ratios.

Where students lose marks: writing that Dalton "discovered the atom". He proposed a model that accounted for measured mass ratios. The distinction matters because a model earns its place by what it explains and is revised when it fails, which is exactly what happened to two of his four postulates.

Worked example

The problem. Carbon forms two common oxides. Analysis of each gives the composition below. Show that these data support the law of multiple proportions, and state what the whole number ratio implies.

OxideCarbon by massOxygen by mass
First oxide42.88 %57.12 %
Second oxide27.29 %72.71 %

Step one: decide what has to be held constant. The law compares the masses of one element that combine with a fixed mass of the other. The percentages cannot be compared directly, because each is out of a different total. Fix the carbon.

Step two: find the oxygen per gram of carbon in the first oxide.

\[ \frac{57.12 \text{ g O}}{42.88 \text{ g C}} = 1.332 \; \frac{\text{g O}}{\text{g C}} \]

Step three: do the same for the second oxide.

\[ \frac{72.71 \text{ g O}}{27.29 \text{ g C}} = 2.664 \; \frac{\text{g O}}{\text{g C}} \]

Step four: take the ratio of those two results.

\[ \frac{2.664}{1.332} = 2.000 \]

Step five: state what has been shown. For the same mass of carbon, the second oxide contains exactly twice the mass of oxygen as the first. That is a ratio of 2 to 1, which is the law of multiple proportions holding on real data.

Step six: explain why this forces discrete particles. If matter were continuous, there is no reason two compounds of the same pair of elements should stand in any simple ratio; you would expect values like 1.83 or 2.41 as often as 2.00. A ratio of exactly two arises naturally if oxygen comes in indivisible units and the second compound contains two of them per carbon unit where the first contains one.

Step seven: name the compounds. The first oxide is carbon monoxide, CO, and the second is carbon dioxide, CO2. The subscripts are the whole numbers the mass data revealed, which is the sense in which chemical formulas were discovered by weighing rather than by looking.

Step eight: note the limit of the argument. This establishes a 2 to 1 ratio of oxygen atoms per carbon atom. It does not by itself establish that the formulas are CO and CO2 rather than C2O2 and C2O4, which have the same ratio. Settling the absolute formulas needed the further evidence from combining gas volumes that Avogadro supplied in 1811.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the law of definite proportions.
    Show the full solution

    A given compound always contains the same elements in the same proportion by mass, regardless of its source

  2. State the law of multiple proportions.
    Show the full solution

    When two elements form more than one compound, the masses of one combining with a fixed mass of the other are in a ratio of small whole numbers

  3. Name Dalton's two postulates that later proved false.
    Show the full solution

    That atoms are indivisible, and that all atoms of an element are identical in mass

  4. Which law does the discovery of isotopes contradict, and which is unaffected?
    Show the full solution

    It contradicts Dalton's postulate of identical masses; the law of definite proportions is unaffected because isotope abundances are constant

  5. Two compounds of nitrogen and oxygen contain 0.571 g and 1.142 g of oxygen per gram of nitrogen. State the ratio.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1.142 \div 0.571 = 2.00 \). 2 to 1

  6. Explain why the law of multiple proportions is stronger evidence for atoms than the law of definite proportions.
    Show the full solution

    Definite proportions shows only that a given compound has a fixed recipe, which a continuous theory of matter can accommodate by saying that substances combine in some characteristic fixed ratio for reasons of affinity. It constrains the theory without forcing particles. Multiple proportions goes further, because it reports that the different ratios available to the same pair of elements are related to each other as small whole numbers. A continuous substance has no reason to prefer 2.000 over 1.837, whereas countable indivisible units can only combine one-to-one, two-to-one, three-to-two and so on, and those are exactly the ratios observed. Whole number ratios between compounds require discrete units; a fixed recipe alone does not

  7. A student claims that water from a river and water from a glacier might have different compositions because their sources differ. Explain what the law of definite proportions does and does not say about this.
    Show the full solution

    The law applies to the compound water, and on that it is unambiguous: any sample of pure water is 11.2 percent hydrogen and 88.8 percent oxygen by mass, whatever its origin, because the ratio is fixed by the compound's formula and not by where it came from. What the student is actually describing is not water but a mixture. River water and glacier meltwater contain different dissolved minerals and gases in variable amounts, and mixtures have no fixed composition, which is precisely the distinction drawn in lesson 1.3. Separate the water from the dissolved solids by distillation and both samples give identical pure water. Pure water has a fixed composition; the samples differ because they are mixtures, not because the compound differs

  8. Two oxides of sulfur contain 1.00 g of oxygen per gram of sulfur and 1.50 g of oxygen per gram of sulfur. Show that this fits the law and suggest formulas.
    Show the full solution

    The ratio is \( 1.50 \div 1.00 = 1.50 \), which is not a whole number as it stands, but the law requires a ratio of small whole numbers rather than an integer. Multiplying both sides by two gives 3 to 2, which qualifies. So for the same mass of sulfur the second compound contains three oxygen units wherever the first contains two. Formulas consistent with that are SO2 and SO3, and checking confirms it: sulfur dioxide has two oxygen atoms per sulfur and sulfur trioxide has three, a ratio of 3 to 2. The ratio 3 to 2 satisfies the law; SO2 and SO3

  9. Explain why the existence of isotopes did not destroy Dalton's theory, given that it falsified one of his postulates.
    Show the full solution

    Because the falsified postulate was not the one doing the explanatory work. The laws of definite and multiple proportions follow from atoms being discrete countable units combining in fixed small ratios, and that requirement survives untouched if some atoms of an element happen to be heavier than others. What isotopes do change is the interpretation of atomic mass: the value on the periodic table becomes a weighted average of several isotope masses rather than the mass of a single kind of atom, which lesson 2.4 works through. Definite proportions still holds to the precision of ordinary measurement because isotope abundances are very nearly constant on Earth, so any sample contains the same mix. A theory can lose a postulate and keep its explanatory core. The core claim of discrete units in whole number ratios is untouched; only the interpretation of atomic mass changes

  10. The worked example ended by saying the mass data alone cannot distinguish CO and CO2 from C2O2 and C2O4. Explain why not, and what kind of evidence would settle it.
    Show the full solution

    Mass analysis reports ratios, and a ratio is unchanged by multiplying both terms by the same number. One carbon to one oxygen and two carbons to two oxygens give identical percentage compositions, so no amount of weighing can separate them. This is the same limitation that makes an empirical formula different from a molecular formula, which lesson 4.7 takes up. Settling it needs evidence about how many particles are present rather than how much they weigh, and that came from combining volumes of gases: when gases react, their volumes stand in small whole number ratios, and Avogadro's 1811 proposal that equal volumes contain equal numbers of particles converts those volume ratios directly into particle ratios. A ratio is preserved under multiplication, so mass alone cannot fix absolute numbers; combining gas volumes can

Lesson 2.2 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1

Finding the subatomic particles, and what each experiment ruled out

Dalton's atom was indivisible by definition. Within a century it had been taken apart, and each piece was found by an experiment that produced a result the existing model could not accommodate. The useful thing to learn here is not the list of names but the pattern: a model survives until an observation is impossible under it.

The key ideas
  1. The electron was found first, by Thomson in 1897. Cathode rays were deflected by electric and magnetic fields toward the positive plate, so they carried negative charge, and the same charge-to-mass ratio appeared whatever metal the cathode was made from.
  2. That universality was the important part. A particle common to every element meant atoms had internal structure, which Dalton's model forbade.
  3. Thomson's plum pudding model followed: negative electrons embedded in a diffuse sphere of positive charge. It was a reasonable model and it made a testable prediction.
  4. Millikan's oil drop experiment (1909) measured the charge on an electron directly, and found every drop carried a whole number multiple of one basic charge, showing charge itself is quantized.
  5. Rutherford's gold foil experiment (1909 to 1911) fired alpha particles at thin foil. Almost all passed straight through, a few were deflected widely, and a very small number came back toward the source.
  6. Plum pudding predicts none of that. Diffuse positive charge cannot turn a fast, massive alpha particle around. Only a concentration of positive charge and mass into a tiny volume can, which is the nucleus.
  7. The neutron was found last, by Chadwick in 1932, because it is uncharged and therefore invisible to the electric and magnetic methods that found the other two. It resolved why atomic masses exceeded what the proton count predicted.

Where students lose marks: saying the gold foil experiment "showed the atom has a nucleus" without saying which observation required it. The answer is the small fraction of alpha particles that reversed direction; the majority passing straight through shows the atom is mostly empty space, which is a different conclusion from a different observation.

Worked example

The problem. Reason from the gold foil results to the nuclear model, stating at each stage what is ruled out. The figures are the approximate ones from the original work: of the order of one alpha particle in eight thousand was deflected through more than ninety degrees.

Step one: state the setup. A source emits alpha particles, which are positively charged and about seven thousand times the mass of an electron, at a very thin gold foil. A movable screen around the foil records where they arrive.

Step two: state the prediction under the existing model. On the plum pudding model the positive charge is spread thinly through the whole atomic volume, so the electric field anywhere inside is weak. A fast heavy alpha particle should pass through with at most a slight deflection, and nothing should come back.

Step three: take the first observation. The overwhelming majority of alpha particles passed straight through the foil with no measurable deflection. The foil was thousands of atoms thick, so the particles were not missing the atoms; they were going through them.

Step four: draw the first conclusion. The atom is mostly empty space. Note that this observation alone is consistent with plum pudding, which also allows easy passage. It does not yet refute anything.

Step five: take the second observation. A small fraction was deflected through large angles, and about one in eight thousand was turned through more than ninety degrees, coming back on the side it entered.

Step six: draw the conclusion that refutes the model. To reverse a fast massive positive particle you need a very strong repulsive force, which requires a large positive charge concentrated in a tiny region, and you need that region to be massive, because a light target would simply be knocked aside. Diffuse positive charge can do neither. Plum pudding is eliminated.

Step seven: use the frequency to estimate the size. The rarity of the large deflections is quantitative evidence, not a curiosity. If one particle in eight thousand comes close enough to be turned around, the target must occupy a correspondingly tiny fraction of the atom's cross-section. That reasoning gives a nucleus roughly one hundred thousandth of the atom's diameter, matching the orders of magnitude in lesson 1.6.

Step eight: state what the model still could not explain. The nuclear model leaves a serious problem: a negative electron orbiting a positive nucleus should radiate energy continuously and spiral inward within a fraction of a second. That the atom is stable is not explained here, and the resolution came from the spectra in lesson 2.5.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Give the charge and relative mass of the proton, neutron and electron.
    Show the full solution

    Proton +1, mass 1; neutron 0, mass 1; electron -1, mass about 1/1836

  2. Which particle did Thomson identify, and from what apparatus?
    Show the full solution

    The electron, from cathode rays deflected by electric and magnetic fields

  3. What did Millikan's oil drop experiment measure?
    Show the full solution

    The charge on a single electron, showing charge comes in whole number multiples of a basic unit

  4. State the observation in the gold foil experiment that required a nucleus.
    Show the full solution

    The small fraction of alpha particles deflected through more than ninety degrees

  5. Why was the neutron the last of the three to be found?
    Show the full solution

    It has no charge, so it is not deflected by the electric and magnetic fields used to detect the others

  6. Explain why the fact that most alpha particles passed straight through did not by itself refute the plum pudding model.
    Show the full solution

    Because plum pudding predicts exactly that. In that model the positive charge is spread thinly through the atom's whole volume and the electrons are far too light to obstruct a massive alpha particle, so the electric field encountered anywhere inside is weak and a fast particle should sail through with a small deflection at most. An observation that both competing models predict cannot distinguish between them. The decisive evidence has to be something one model forbids, and that is the large-angle scattering, which plum pudding cannot produce at any frequency. Plum pudding predicts easy passage too, so that observation discriminates nothing

  7. Thomson found the same charge-to-mass ratio using cathodes made of different metals. Explain why that detail mattered more than the value itself.
    Show the full solution

    If the particles emitted by a zinc cathode had differed from those emitted by an aluminum one, the obvious reading would have been that each metal gives off fragments peculiar to itself, which says nothing general about atoms. Getting the identical ratio from every metal tested means the particle is not a property of zinc or aluminum but a component common to all of them. That is what makes it a constituent of matter in general, and it is what forces the conclusion that atoms have internal structure, since Dalton's atoms were indivisible and could not shed a universal fragment. The number was interesting; the universality was the argument. A universal particle implies internal structure common to all atoms, contradicting indivisibility

  8. An alpha particle has about seven thousand times the mass of an electron. Explain why this means the electrons in the foil could not have caused the large deflections.
    Show the full solution

    In a collision the lighter object is the one that changes direction substantially. An alpha particle meeting an electron is like a bowling ball meeting a grain of sand: the electron is flung aside and the alpha particle continues almost undisturbed, its path bent by a negligible angle. To reverse the alpha particle's direction the target must be at least comparable to it in mass, so that it can absorb the momentum rather than being pushed out of the way, and it must also repel rather than attract it, which requires positive charge. Both requirements point to the same object, and together they mean nearly all the atom's mass as well as all its positive charge sits in that tiny volume. A target must be comparably massive to reverse the alpha particle; electrons are far too light

  9. Explain why the rarity of large-angle deflection, rather than merely its existence, was the quantitative evidence for the nucleus being small.
    Show the full solution

    Existence establishes that a concentrated target is present somewhere; frequency establishes how big it is. Each alpha particle passing through the foil samples the cross-section it happens to cross, so the fraction turned back is a measure of how much of that cross-section the strongly repelling region occupies. A frequency of about one in eight thousand for large deflections means the effective target area is a minute fraction of the atom's area, and since area scales with the square of a radius, a ratio of that order in area corresponds to a radius ratio of roughly one in ten thousand to one in a hundred thousand. Had one particle in ten been turned back, the nucleus would have had to be a substantial fraction of the atom. The frequency measures the target's share of the cross-section, which converts to a size

  10. The nuclear model created a problem it could not solve. State the problem and explain why it was serious rather than a detail.
    Show the full solution

    Electromagnetic theory, well established by 1911, requires that an accelerating charged particle radiates energy, and an electron moving in a curved orbit is accelerating. It should therefore lose energy continuously and spiral into the nucleus in a small fraction of a second. The problem is serious because it is not a matter of a missing detail but a flat contradiction with the most basic observation of all, namely that matter exists and is stable. A model that predicts every atom collapsing instantly cannot be accepted as it stands, so either electromagnetic theory or the model had to be modified. The resolution required electrons to occupy fixed allowed energies rather than arbitrary orbits, and the evidence for that came from line spectra, which lesson 2.5 takes up. An orbiting electron should radiate and spiral in, so the model predicts atoms cannot exist

Lesson 2.3 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1, HS-PS1-8

Atomic number, mass number and isotopes, counted from a symbol

Once the atom has three kinds of particle, every atom in the universe can be specified by three counts. Which element it is depends on one of them and nothing else, and being strict about that is what makes the rest of the bookkeeping easy.

The key ideas
  1. The atomic number \( Z \) is the number of protons, and it alone defines the element. Change the proton count and you have a different element; there is no other criterion.
  2. The mass number \( A \) is protons plus neutrons. It is a count of particles, always a whole number, and it is not the same thing as the atomic mass on the periodic table.
  3. Neutrons \( = A - Z \). This one subtraction answers most questions in the topic.
  4. A neutral atom has equal protons and electrons. An ion does not, because ions are formed by gaining or losing electrons only.
  5. A positive ion has lost electrons and a negative ion has gained them. The proton count never changes in chemistry, only in nuclear reactions.
  6. Isotopes are atoms of the same element with different neutron counts, so they share \( Z \) and differ in \( A \). They are chemically almost identical, because chemistry is governed by electrons.
  7. Two notations mean the same thing: carbon-14 and 146C both specify six protons and eight neutrons.

Where students lose marks: changing the proton count when asked for an ion. Ca2+ has lost two electrons and still has twenty protons. An atom with eighteen protons would be argon, not a calcium ion.

Worked example

The problem. Give the number of protons, neutrons and electrons in each species, and explain the reasoning for the two ions.

SpeciesProtonsNeutronsElectrons
chlorine-35171817
chlorine-37172017
calcium-40 as Ca2+202018
sulfur-32 as S2-161618

Step one: get the atomic number from the periodic table, not from the name. Chlorine is element 17, calcium 20, sulfur 16. That fixes the proton count for every species in the table and nothing that follows can change it.

Step two: subtract for neutrons. Chlorine-35 has \( 35 - 17 = 18 \) neutrons. Chlorine-37 has \( 37 - 17 = 20 \). The difference of two neutrons is the entire difference between the two isotopes.

Step three: handle calcium-40 as a neutral atom first. Twenty protons, \( 40 - 20 = 20 \) neutrons, twenty electrons. Work out the atom before applying the charge, every time.

Step four: apply the charge. A 2+ charge means two more positive charges than negative, which is achieved by losing two electrons. So \( 20 - 2 = 18 \) electrons. Protons and neutrons are untouched.

Step five: do sulfur-32 the same way. Neutral: sixteen protons, \( 32 - 16 = 16 \) neutrons, sixteen electrons. A 2- charge means two extra electrons, so \( 16 + 2 = 18 \).

Step six: notice a pattern worth carrying forward. Ca2+ and S2- both have eighteen electrons, the same as a neutral argon atom. They are isoelectronic. This is not a coincidence, and unit 3 explains it: both ions form by reaching the electron count of the nearest noble gas.

Step seven: check the chemical consequence of the isotopes. Chlorine-35 and chlorine-37 have identical proton and electron counts, so their chemistry is the same; both form Cl- and both make sodium chloride. They differ measurably only in mass, which is why isotope separation is a physical process and an expensive one.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What does the atomic number count, and what does it determine?
    Show the full solution

    Protons; it determines which element the atom is

  2. Give the number of neutrons in uranium-235.
    Show the full solution

    Uranium is element 92, so \( 235 - 92 \). 143

  3. How many protons, neutrons and electrons are in a neutral potassium-39 atom?
    Show the full solution

    Potassium is element 19. 19 protons, 20 neutrons, 19 electrons

  4. Define isotopes.
    Show the full solution

    Atoms of the same element with the same proton count but different numbers of neutrons

  5. How many electrons does Al3+ have?
    Show the full solution

    Aluminum is element 13; a 3+ charge means three electrons lost. 10

  6. Explain why isotopes of an element have nearly identical chemical properties but measurably different physical ones.
    Show the full solution

    Chemical behavior is determined by electrons, specifically by how many are in the outer level and how strongly the nucleus holds them. Isotopes have the same proton count and therefore the same electron arrangement and the same nuclear charge, so they form the same bonds, the same ions and the same compounds. The neutrons contribute mass but no charge, so they are nearly invisible to chemistry. Physical properties that depend on mass do differ: heavier isotopes diffuse more slowly, have slightly higher boiling points and behave differently in a mass spectrometer, which is why isotope separation is done by physical methods such as diffusion or centrifuging rather than by any chemical reaction. Electrons govern chemistry and are unchanged; neutrons change mass, which governs the physical differences

  7. A student says an atom that loses two electrons becomes a different element. Correct this and explain the underlying rule.
    Show the full solution

    Losing electrons makes an ion, not a new element. Elemental identity is fixed by the proton count and by nothing else, so a calcium atom that loses two electrons is still calcium, now written Ca2+, with its twenty protons intact. It happens to have the same number of electrons as an argon atom, and it is therefore isoelectronic with argon, but it is not argon and does not behave like it: argon is an unreactive gas while Ca2+ is an ion that sits in a lattice with anions. Changing the proton count requires a nuclear reaction, which is outside chemistry entirely. It becomes an ion of the same element; only a change in proton count changes the element

  8. Explain why the mass number is always a whole number while the atomic mass on the periodic table usually is not.
    Show the full solution

    They are different quantities. The mass number counts particles, protons plus neutrons in one specific atom, and a count of objects cannot be fractional. The value printed on the periodic table is the weighted average mass of all the naturally occurring isotopes of that element, in atomic mass units, and an average over a mixture of different masses in unequal proportions will only be a whole number by coincidence. Chlorine's 35.45 is the clearest illustration: no single chlorine atom has that mass, because every one is either about 35 or about 37, and 35.45 reflects the roughly three-to-one abundance of the lighter isotope. Mass number counts particles in one atom; atomic mass is a weighted average over a mixture of isotopes

  9. Carbon-14 is used for dating and carbon-12 is not. Explain what makes them different given that they have identical chemistry.
    Show the full solution

    The difference is nuclear stability rather than chemistry. Carbon-12 has six protons and six neutrons in a stable arrangement, while carbon-14 has six protons and eight neutrons and is unstable, decaying at a known and constant rate. Their identical chemistry is precisely what makes the method work: a living organism takes up carbon in whatever isotopic proportion the environment offers, making no distinction between the two, so the ratio inside it matches the atmosphere. When the organism dies it stops exchanging carbon, the carbon-14 continues to decay and is no longer replaced, and the falling ratio measures elapsed time. Chemistry provides the uniform starting point and the nucleus provides the clock. Carbon-14 is nuclearly unstable and decays at a known rate; identical chemistry is what gives a uniform starting ratio

  10. An ion has 18 electrons, 16 protons and 16 neutrons. Identify it fully and explain how you know it is not argon.
    Show the full solution

    The proton count is sixteen, so the element is sulfur, and nothing else is relevant to that identification. Mass number is \( 16 + 16 = 32 \), so this is sulfur-32. With eighteen electrons and sixteen protons there are two more negative charges than positive, giving a charge of 2-, so the species is S2-. It is not argon because argon is defined by having eighteen protons, and this species has sixteen. Having eighteen electrons makes it isoelectronic with argon, which means the electron arrangement is identical and explains why this is a stable ion to form, but the nuclear charge pulling on those eighteen electrons is smaller, so the ion is larger than an argon atom and behaves entirely differently. Sulfide, S2-, from sulfur-32; the proton count identifies the element, not the electron count

Lesson 2.4 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1

Average atomic mass, and why chlorine weighs 35.45

No chlorine atom has a mass of 35.45 atomic mass units. Every one is close to 35 or close to 37, and the printed value is a weighted average of the two, weighted by how common each is. This is the first calculation in the course where the arithmetic is easy and the reasoning is the point.

The key ideas
  1. Average atomic mass is the weighted mean of the isotope masses, each multiplied by its fractional abundance, all added together.
  2. Convert percentages to decimals first. 75.77 percent becomes 0.7577, and the fractions must sum to exactly one.
  3. The formula is \( \text{average} = \sum (\text{isotope mass} \times \text{fractional abundance}) \), which for two isotopes is just two products added.
  4. The answer must lie between the isotope masses and closer to the more abundant one. This is a free check and it catches most errors.
  5. The atomic mass unit is defined as one twelfth of the mass of a carbon-12 atom, which is why carbon-12 has a mass of exactly 12.
  6. The periodic table value is the average, so it is the value used in every molar mass calculation in unit 4. Mass numbers of individual isotopes are not used there.
  7. The calculation can be run backward to find an unknown abundance from the average, which is a two-isotope algebra problem.

Where students lose marks: averaging the isotope masses without weighting. The plain mean of 35 and 37 is 36, which is nowhere near 35.45. The weighting is the entire calculation.

Worked example

Part one. Chlorine has two stable isotopes: chlorine-35, mass 34.969 u, abundance 75.77 percent; and chlorine-37, mass 36.966 u, abundance 24.23 percent. Calculate the average atomic mass.

Step one: check the abundances sum to one hundred. \( 75.77 + 24.23 = 100.00 \). If they did not, either an isotope is missing or a figure is wrong, and there is no point proceeding.

Step two: convert to fractional abundances. Divide each by 100: 0.7577 and 0.2423.

Step three: weight each isotope mass.

\[ 34.969 \times 0.7577 = 26.4960 \] \[ 36.966 \times 0.2423 = 8.9569 \]

Step four: add. \( 26.4960 + 8.9569 = 35.4529 \), which rounds to 35.45 u, exactly the periodic table value.

Step five: apply the check. The answer lies between 34.969 and 36.966, and it sits much nearer the lighter isotope, which is right because chlorine-35 is about three times as common. A result of 36.2 would have failed this check immediately.

Part two. Gallium has two isotopes, gallium-69 at 68.926 u and gallium-71 at 70.925 u, and an average atomic mass of 69.723 u. Find the abundance of each.

Step six: set up with one unknown. Let \( x \) be the fractional abundance of gallium-69. Because there are only two isotopes, the other must be \( 1 - x \). Using two separate unknowns here is the usual way to get stuck.

Step seven: write the weighted average equation and solve.

\[ 68.926x + 70.925(1 - x) = 69.723 \] \[ 68.926x + 70.925 - 70.925x = 69.723 \] \[ -1.999x = -1.202 \] \[ x = 0.6013 \]

Step eight: state and check. Gallium-69 is 60.13 percent and gallium-71 is 39.87 percent. Checking: \( 68.926 \times 0.6013 + 70.925 \times 0.3987 = 69.723 \). The average is nearer the lighter isotope, and the lighter isotope is indeed the more abundant, so the answer is consistent.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the formula for average atomic mass in words.
    Show the full solution

    The sum of each isotope's mass multiplied by its fractional abundance

  2. Convert an abundance of 19.9 percent to a fractional abundance.
    Show the full solution

    0.199

  3. How is the atomic mass unit defined?
    Show the full solution

    As one twelfth of the mass of a carbon-12 atom

  4. Boron has isotopes of 10.013 u at 19.9 percent and 11.009 u at 80.1 percent. Find the average atomic mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( 10.013 \times 0.199 = 1.9926 \) and \( 11.009 \times 0.801 = 8.8182 \); the sum is 10.8108. 10.81 u

  5. Copper has isotopes of 62.930 u at 69.17 percent and 64.928 u at 30.83 percent. Find the average atomic mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( 62.930 \times 0.6917 = 43.5287 \) and \( 64.928 \times 0.3083 = 20.0173 \); the sum is 63.5460. 63.55 u

  6. A student calculates chlorine's average atomic mass as 36.0 by averaging 35 and 37. Explain the error and why the correct answer must be below 36.
    Show the full solution

    They took an unweighted mean, which would only be correct if the two isotopes were equally abundant. They are not: chlorine-35 makes up about three quarters of natural chlorine and chlorine-37 about one quarter, so the lighter isotope should count three times as heavily in the average. Any weighted average is pulled toward the more abundant value, so with the lighter isotope dominating the result must fall below the midpoint of 36, and it does, at 35.45. The sign of the error is predictable before any arithmetic is done, which is why the between-and-nearer check is worth applying every time. Unweighted averaging; the answer must lie below 36 because the lighter isotope is three times more abundant

  7. An element has two isotopes and an average atomic mass almost exactly halfway between them. What does this tell you, and name an example.
    Show the full solution

    A weighted average sits at the midpoint only when the weights are equal, so this says the two isotopes are present in very nearly equal abundance, close to fifty percent each. Bromine is the standard example: bromine-79 and bromine-81 occur at roughly 50.7 and 49.3 percent, which is why bromine's average atomic mass of 79.90 sits almost exactly between 79 and 81. The reasoning runs in both directions, so an average close to one isotope's mass tells you that isotope dominates, and this is a useful qualitative read of the periodic table: chlorine at 35.45 signals a lopsided mixture, bromine at 79.90 signals a balanced one. The two isotopes are nearly equally abundant; bromine is the standard case

  8. Explain why a chemist doing a molar mass calculation uses 35.45 for chlorine rather than 35 or 37.
    Show the full solution

    Because any real sample contains an enormous number of atoms in the natural isotopic proportions, and the mass of the sample is set by the average rather than by either extreme. A single mole of chlorine atoms is about \( 6.02 \times 10^{23} \) of them, roughly three quarters of which are the lighter isotope, so the mass of that mole is 35.45 g and not 35 or 37. Using 35 would underestimate the mass of every chlorine-containing sample by about one and a half percent, which propagates into every stoichiometry result. The individual mass numbers only matter when a single atom or a separated isotope is under discussion, which in this course means nuclear chemistry rather than reaction calculations. A weighable sample contains all isotopes in natural proportion, so its mass follows the weighted average

  9. Silicon has three stable isotopes. Explain how the calculation changes and what check still applies.
    Show the full solution

    Nothing changes in principle, only in length: form one product of mass and fractional abundance for each isotope and add all three instead of two. The abundances must still sum to one, which for three isotopes is a more useful check than for two because an omitted or mistyped value is easier to hide. The between-and-nearer check still applies but in a weaker form: the average must lie between the lightest and heaviest isotope masses, and must be nearest the most abundant, though with three values you can no longer read off the abundance ratio from the position alone. Working backward also becomes harder, since one equation cannot determine two unknown abundances without a further constraint. Add one product per isotope; the abundances must still sum to one and the average must lie between the extremes

  10. Two samples of chlorine are collected, one from seawater and one from a volcanic gas, and both give an average atomic mass of 35.45. Explain why this consistency is necessary for the law of definite proportions to hold.
    Show the full solution

    The law of definite proportions says a compound has the same composition by mass whatever its source. Composition by mass depends on the masses of the atoms involved, so if the isotopic mixture of chlorine varied appreciably from place to place, sodium chloride made from seawater chlorine and sodium chloride made from volcanic chlorine would have measurably different mass percentages of chlorine, and the law would fail at the precision of a good balance. It does not fail, because isotopic abundances on Earth are very nearly uniform, having been set when the material of the planet was mixed. This is also why the periodic table can print a single value at all: a genuinely variable abundance would make atomic mass a property of the sample rather than of the element. Uniform isotopic abundance is what makes composition by mass independent of source

Lesson 2.5 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1, HS-PS4-3

Line spectra, and the evidence that electron energies are restricted

Heat any element until it glows and pass the light through a prism, and you do not get a rainbow. You get a handful of sharp colored lines with darkness between them, and the pattern is different for every element and identical for every sample of the same element. That observation is the reason the modern picture of the atom has electrons in fixed energy levels rather than arbitrary orbits.

The key ideas
  1. A continuous spectrum contains every wavelength, as a hot solid or a rainbow does. A line spectrum contains only a few specific wavelengths and is produced by an excited gas of one element.
  2. Each element's line spectrum is unique and reproducible, which makes it a fingerprint. Helium was identified in the sun's spectrum before it was found on Earth.
  3. Energy is absorbed when an electron moves to a higher level and emitted as light when it falls back. The light carries exactly the energy difference between the two levels.
  4. Higher energy corresponds to shorter wavelength. Violet light carries more energy per photon than red light, so a larger drop produces a bluer line.
  5. Sharp lines mean only certain energy differences occur, and therefore only certain electron energies are available. If any energy were allowed, every wavelength would appear and the spectrum would be continuous.
  6. This is what "quantized" means: restricted to particular values, like the steps of a staircase rather than the positions on a ramp.
  7. The levels get closer together as they rise, so transitions between high levels release less energy and produce lines at longer wavelengths, crowding toward a limit.

Where students lose marks: saying the electron "gets brighter" or "gains energy and stays there". An excited electron is unstable and falls back almost immediately, and it is the fall, not the excitation, that emits the light you see.

Worked example

The problem. The visible emission spectrum of hydrogen contains four lines, at approximately 656 nm (red), 486 nm (blue-green), 434 nm (violet) and 410 nm (violet). Explain what produces this pattern and what would be observed instead if electron energies were not quantized.

Step one: establish what a sample contains. A discharge tube holds hydrogen gas, so it contains an enormous number of hydrogen atoms, each with one electron. The electric discharge supplies energy to all of them, continuously and in varying amounts.

Step two: state what happens to an individual atom. An atom absorbs energy and its electron is promoted from the lowest level to a higher one. The atom is now excited, which is an unstable condition.

Step three: state what happens next. The electron falls back to a lower level, and the energy it loses leaves as a single packet of light. The energy of that light is fixed by the difference between the two levels and by nothing else.

Step four: connect energy to color. A larger energy drop produces light of shorter wavelength. The 410 nm violet line therefore comes from a larger drop than the 656 nm red line, and the four lines correspond to four different pairs of levels.

Step five: explain why the lines are sharp. Every hydrogen atom has the same set of allowed levels, so every atom making the same transition emits light of exactly the same wavelength. Millions of atoms making that transition produce one sharp line rather than a smear.

Step six: explain why there are gaps. A wavelength appears only if some pair of allowed levels differs by that exact energy. Between the allowed differences there is nothing to emit, so those wavelengths are simply absent. The darkness between lines is the direct evidence for the restriction.

Step seven: state the counterfactual. If an electron could hold any energy at all, the drops available would form a continuous range, every wavelength would be emitted by some atom somewhere, and hydrogen would glow with a continuous spectrum indistinguishable from a hot filament. It does not. That is the observation.

Step eight: note the converse and its use. The same atom absorbs at exactly the wavelengths it emits, so white light passed through cool hydrogen gas comes out with dark lines in those positions. This is how the composition of the sun and stars is determined, and it is the basis of the flame tests you will meet in unit 5.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the difference between a continuous and a line spectrum.
    Show the full solution

    A continuous spectrum contains all wavelengths; a line spectrum contains only certain specific wavelengths

  2. When is light emitted by an atom?
    Show the full solution

    When an electron falls from a higher energy level to a lower one

  3. Which carries more energy per photon, red or violet light?
    Show the full solution

    Violet, because it has the shorter wavelength

  4. What does "quantized" mean?
    Show the full solution

    Restricted to certain specific values rather than able to take any value continuously

  5. Why is a line spectrum useful for identifying an element?
    Show the full solution

    The pattern of lines is unique to each element and reproducible for every sample of it

  6. Explain why the gaps between the lines are better evidence for quantization than the lines themselves.
    Show the full solution

    The lines establish that certain energies are emitted, which any model allowing those particular transitions could accommodate. The gaps establish something stronger, namely that the wavelengths in between are never emitted by any atom in the sample, no matter how many atoms are present or how much energy is supplied. A model permitting continuous electron energies cannot produce a gap, because for any wavelength you name there would be some pair of energies differing by exactly that amount, and with billions of atoms available some of them would make that transition. Absence across a whole range is only explicable if the energies themselves are restricted. Absent wavelengths cannot occur under continuous energies; the gaps are what a continuous model forbids

  7. A sample of sodium vapor emits a strong yellow line at 589 nm. Explain what this tells you and why the same wavelength appears as a dark line in the sun's spectrum.
    Show the full solution

    The yellow line means sodium has two energy levels separated by exactly the energy carried by 589 nm light, and that this transition is a common one, since the line is intense. The same energy gap works in both directions, so a sodium atom in a lower level will readily absorb a photon of exactly 589 nm to climb to the higher level. In the sun, white light from the hot interior passes outward through cooler gas containing sodium atoms, which remove photons at precisely that wavelength and re-emit them in random directions. Along the line of sight to Earth there is a deficit at 589 nm, which appears as a dark absorption line. Emission and absorption lines therefore occur at identical wavelengths and both identify the element. Two levels differ by that energy; the same gap absorbs the same wavelength, producing a dark line

  8. Explain why line spectra resolved the stability problem left by Rutherford's model.
    Show the full solution

    Rutherford's difficulty was that an orbiting electron should radiate continuously and spiral into the nucleus, and a continuous loss of energy would show up as a continuous spectrum as the electron passed smoothly through every energy on the way in. The spectra show the opposite: energy leaves the atom only in fixed amounts, at a few specific values, which is incompatible with a smooth spiral. Quantized levels solve the problem because there is a lowest allowed level with nothing below it, so an electron in the ground state has no lower state to fall to and cannot radiate at all. The atom is stable not because the electron stops moving but because there is nowhere further down to go. Quantized levels give a lowest allowed state, so a ground-state electron has nothing to fall to and cannot radiate

  9. The lines in hydrogen's spectrum crowd closer together toward the violet end. Explain what this shows about the spacing of the energy levels.
    Show the full solution

    Each line corresponds to a drop from some higher level to a common lower one, and the lines toward the violet end come from drops that start further up. That those lines crowd together means the energies of successive transitions differ by less and less as the starting level rises, which can only happen if the levels themselves are packed more closely the higher you go. So the energy levels are not evenly spaced like the rungs of a ladder; the gaps shrink as the levels rise and converge toward a limit. Physically that limit is the energy at which the electron is no longer bound to the atom at all, and supplying more than that ionizes the atom, which connects directly to ionization energy in lesson 2.7. The levels converge as they rise, approaching the ionization limit

  10. Fireworks produce colors by including salts of different metals. Explain the mechanism and why the color is characteristic of the metal rather than of the explosive.
    Show the full solution

    The explosive supplies heat, which excites electrons in the metal ions present, promoting them to higher energy levels. As those electrons fall back they emit light at the wavelengths fixed by that metal's energy level spacings, and it is those emitted wavelengths that the eye sees as color. The explosive determines how much energy is available and therefore how bright and how complete the excitation is, but it cannot alter the spacing of energy levels inside a strontium or barium ion, so it cannot change which wavelengths come out. Strontium salts give red and barium salts give green in any composition, which is exactly the reproducibility that makes a line spectrum an identification, and the same principle underlies the flame tests used to identify unknown ionic compounds. Heat excites the metal's electrons and the emitted wavelengths are fixed by that metal's level spacings, not by the heat source

Lesson 2.6 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1

Electron configuration, and reading valence electrons off it

Energy levels turn out to have internal structure: each one contains sublevels, and each sublevel contains orbitals that hold at most two electrons. Filling them in order produces a notation that predicts, for every element, how many outer electrons it has and therefore how it will bond. That prediction is what unit 3 runs on.

The key ideas
  1. An orbital is a region where an electron is likely to be found, and it holds a maximum of two electrons. It is not an orbit and not a path.
  2. Sublevels hold different numbers of orbitals: s has one orbital and holds 2 electrons, p has three and holds 6, d has five and holds 10, f has seven and holds 14.
  3. Energy level \( n \) contains \( n \) kinds of sublevel: level 1 has only 1s, level 2 has 2s and 2p, level 3 has 3s, 3p and 3d.
  4. Electrons fill from lowest energy upward, and the order is 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 4s, 3d, 4p, 5s, 4d, 5p. Note that 4s fills before 3d, which is not a misprint.
  5. The periodic table is a map of this filling order. Groups 1 and 2 are the s block, groups 13 to 18 the p block, the transition metals the d block. Read the configuration off the table rather than memorizing the order.
  6. Noble gas shorthand replaces the filled inner levels with the symbol of the preceding noble gas in brackets, so calcium is [Ar]4s2.
  7. Valence electrons are those in the highest occupied energy level, and for a main group element the count equals the group number's last digit. These are the electrons that do chemistry.

Where students lose marks: counting d electrons as valence electrons for a main group element, or forgetting that 4s fills before 3d. Potassium is [Ar]4s1, with one valence electron, not nine.

Worked example

The problem. Write the full electron configuration, the noble gas shorthand and the number of valence electrons for sulfur (Z = 16), calcium (Z = 20) and bromine (Z = 35).

Step one: sulfur, count the electrons. Neutral sulfur has 16 electrons, equal to its atomic number.

Step two: fill in order until sixteen are placed. 1s holds 2 (running total 2), 2s holds 2 (4), 2p holds 6 (10), 3s holds 2 (12), and the remaining 4 go into 3p, which can hold 6. So the configuration is 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4.

Step three: check the superscripts sum to the electron count. \( 2 + 2 + 6 + 2 + 4 = 16 \). This check takes two seconds and catches nearly every slip in the topic.

Step four: write the shorthand and count valence electrons. The preceding noble gas is neon, which accounts for the first ten electrons, so sulfur is [Ne]3s2 3p4. The highest occupied level is 3, containing \( 2 + 4 = 6 \) electrons, so sulfur has six valence electrons, consistent with its position in group 16.

Step five: calcium, note where the filling order matters. After 3p6 the running total is 18, which is argon. The next two electrons go into 4s rather than 3d, because 4s is lower in energy. Calcium is [Ar]4s2, with two valence electrons.

Step six: bromine, work through the d block. Bromine has 35 electrons. After argon's 18, fill 4s2 (20), then 3d10 (30), then 5 electrons into 4p. So bromine is [Ar]4s2 3d10 4p5.

Step seven: count bromine's valence electrons carefully. The highest occupied energy level is 4, containing 4s2 and 4p5, which is seven valence electrons. The ten 3d electrons are in level 3 and are not valence electrons, which is exactly the trap named above. Seven is consistent with group 17.

Step eight: read the pattern off the table. All three answers could have been obtained by tracing the periodic table from hydrogen to the element, since each block corresponds to a sublevel and each row to a value of \( n \). That is faster and less error-prone than reciting the filling order, and it is why the table is shaped the way it is.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. How many electrons can an s, a p and a d sublevel hold?
    Show the full solution

    2, 6 and 10

  2. How many electrons does a single orbital hold?
    Show the full solution

    Two

  3. Write the full electron configuration of oxygen (Z = 8).
    Show the full solution

    1s2 2s2 2p4

  4. Write the noble gas shorthand for potassium (Z = 19).
    Show the full solution

    Argon accounts for 18, and the nineteenth goes into 4s. [Ar]4s1

  5. How many valence electrons does phosphorus have?
    Show the full solution

    Group 15, configuration [Ne]3s2 3p3. Five

  6. Write the configuration of iron (Z = 26) and explain the ordering decision you had to make.
    Show the full solution

    Argon accounts for the first 18 electrons. The decision is whether the next electrons enter 3d or 4s, and the answer is 4s, because at this point in the table the 4s sublevel lies slightly below 3d in energy and electrons fill from the lowest energy upward. Placing two in 4s brings the total to 20, and the remaining six go into 3d. Writing 3d before 4s in the sequence is common and is not wrong as a way of grouping by level, but the filling order is 4s first and that is what determines which electrons are removed first when iron forms ions. [Ar]4s2 3d6; 4s fills before 3d because it is lower in energy

  7. Explain why the periodic table can be used to write a configuration without memorizing the filling order.
    Show the full solution

    Because the table was arranged by chemical behavior and chemical behavior is determined by electron arrangement, so the table turns out to be a direct map of the filling sequence. Groups 1 and 2 are where an s sublevel is being filled, groups 13 to 18 where a p sublevel is, and the ten transition columns where a d sublevel is, with the row number giving the level for s and p blocks and one less than the row number for the d block. Tracing from hydrogen along each row to the element of interest therefore writes the configuration out in order, and it automatically handles the 4s before 3d ordering because the fourth row reaches potassium and calcium before it reaches scandium. Each block corresponds to a sublevel being filled, so reading across the rows reproduces the filling order

  8. Explain why elements in the same group have similar chemical properties, in terms of configuration.
    Show the full solution

    Chemical behavior is governed by the outermost electrons, because those are the ones that can be lost, gained or shared when atoms meet. Elements in the same group have the same number of electrons in the same kind of sublevel in their highest occupied level, so lithium is [He]2s1 and sodium is [Ne]3s1 and potassium is [Ar]4s1, all with a single outer s electron. Faced with the same reaction they do the same thing, losing that one electron to form a 1+ ion. The inner electrons differ in number but are held in filled levels and do not participate. The similarity is therefore a consequence of the configuration, not a coincidence that the table records. Same number of valence electrons in the same sublevel type, so the same bonding behavior

  9. A student writes bromine's valence electron count as seventeen. Diagnose the error and give the correct count.
    Show the full solution

    They have counted every electron outside the argon core, taking 4s2 3d10 4p5 as all valence. Valence electrons are defined as those in the highest occupied energy level, which for bromine is level 4, containing 4s2 and 4p5 for a total of seven. The ten 3d electrons sit in level 3 and are inner electrons even though they were filled later than the 4s pair, which is the genuinely confusing part: filling order and level number do not run in lockstep across the d block. The check is that seven matches bromine's position in group 17 and explains its formation of Br- by gaining one electron. Seven; the 3d electrons are in level 3 and are not valence electrons

  10. Explain why the noble gases are unreactive in terms of their configurations, and why helium belongs with them despite having only two valence electrons.
    Show the full solution

    Every noble gas from neon onward has a completely filled outer s and p sublevel, giving eight valence electrons, and a full outer level is a low energy arrangement with no strong tendency to gain, lose or share. There is no vacancy to fill and removing an electron from a filled level costs a great deal of energy, so these atoms have little reason to react. Helium has only two electrons and so cannot have eight, but its outer level is level 1, which contains only the 1s orbital and is therefore completely full at two. The criterion that matters is a full outer level rather than the number eight, and helium satisfies it, which is why it is grouped with the others and is the least reactive element of all. A filled outer level, not the number eight; level 1 is full at two electrons

Lesson 2.7 · Unit 2 · HS-PS1-1, HS-PS1-2

Periodic trends, each explained rather than memorized

Four trends are worth knowing, and all four follow from two competing influences on an outer electron: how strongly the nucleus pulls it, and how effectively the inner electrons shield it from that pull. Learn the two influences and the trends can be reconstructed rather than recalled, which matters because the exceptions then make sense too.

The key ideas
  1. Effective nuclear charge is the net pull an outer electron feels: the full nuclear charge reduced by the shielding of the inner electrons.
  2. Across a period, effective nuclear charge rises. Protons are added one at a time while the added electrons go into the same level and shield each other poorly, so the outer electrons are pulled in harder.
  3. Down a group, a whole new level is added. The outer electrons are further out and are shielded by more filled inner levels, so the pull on them weakens despite the much larger nuclear charge.
  4. Atomic radius decreases across a period and increases down a group, which follows directly from the two statements above.
  5. Ionization energy is the energy to remove the outermost electron, and it runs opposite to radius: it increases across a period and decreases down a group, because a tightly held close electron is hard to remove.
  6. Electronegativity is the tendency to attract a shared electron pair in a bond, and it follows the same pattern as ionization energy. Fluorine is the highest; the noble gases are usually left unassigned.
  7. Ionic radius breaks from the atomic pattern: cations are smaller than their parent atoms, often dramatically so because a whole level is lost, while anions are larger because added electrons increase repulsion with no extra protons.

Where students lose marks: explaining a trend by saying the nucleus "has more protons so pulls harder" when moving down a group. Going down, the proton count rises steeply and the pull on the outer electrons nonetheless weakens. Distance and shielding win, and the answer has to say so.

Worked example

Part one: a historical test of the table. In 1871 Mendeleev left a gap below silicon and predicted the properties of the element that would fill it, calling it eka-silicon. Germanium was isolated in 1886. Compare.

PropertyPredicted, 1871Germanium, measured
Atomic weight7272.6
Density of the element5.5 g/cm35.35 g/cm3
Density of the oxide4.7 g/cm34.70 g/cm3
Boiling point of the chloridebelow 100 °C86 °C
Density of the chloride1.9 g/cm31.88 g/cm3

Step one: say what this establishes. A classification that merely organizes known elements is a filing system. One that specifies the properties of an element nobody has seen, and is then confirmed to two significant figures on five independent measurements, is making claims about structure. This is why the periodic table is treated as a law rather than a convenience.

Step two: note what Mendeleev did not know. He had no knowledge of protons, electrons or energy levels, and he ordered the elements by atomic weight rather than atomic number. The underlying reason for the periodicity, namely repeating valence electron configurations, was supplied fifty years later. A pattern can be real and useful before its cause is known.

Part two: apply the trends. Arrange Mg, Na, Cl and K in order of increasing atomic radius, and explain.

Step three: locate each element. Sodium, magnesium and chlorine are all in period 3, in groups 1, 2 and 17. Potassium is in period 4, group 1.

Step four: order the three in period 3. Across a period the effective nuclear charge rises and the radius falls, so the order by size is \( \text{Na} \gt \text{Mg} \gt \text{Cl} \). Sodium is the largest of the three because it is furthest left.

Step five: place potassium. It sits below sodium, so it has an extra occupied energy level and more shielding. Down a group the radius increases, so potassium is larger than sodium and therefore larger than all three.

Step six: state the answer. Increasing radius: Cl, Mg, Na, K.

Step seven: predict ionization energy without further work. Ionization energy runs opposite to radius, because a small atom holds its outer electron close and tightly. So the order of increasing ionization energy is the reverse: K, Na, Mg, Cl. Getting a second trend free from the first is the point of understanding the cause.

Step eight: check against a known value. Chlorine should be hardest to ionize of the four and most electronegative, and it is: it forms Cl- readily by gaining an electron rather than losing one. Potassium should be easiest to ionize, and it is: potassium metal reacts violently with water, losing that single loosely held 4s electron.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define effective nuclear charge.
    Show the full solution

    The net attraction an outer electron feels, the nuclear charge reduced by shielding from inner electrons

  2. State what happens to atomic radius across a period and down a group.
    Show the full solution

    It decreases across a period and increases down a group

  3. Define ionization energy.
    Show the full solution

    The energy required to remove the outermost electron from a gaseous atom

  4. Which element has the highest electronegativity?
    Show the full solution

    Fluorine

  5. Is a sodium ion larger or smaller than a sodium atom?
    Show the full solution

    It has lost its only third-level electron, so the outer level is now the second. Much smaller

  6. Explain why atomic radius decreases across a period even though electrons are being added.
    Show the full solution

    Because the electrons being added go into the same energy level as the ones already there, and electrons in the same level shield each other very poorly. Each step across the period adds one proton to the nucleus and one electron to the outer level, so the nuclear charge rises by one while the shielding barely changes, and the net pull on every outer electron increases. That stronger pull draws the whole outer level closer to the nucleus, so the atom contracts. The contrast with moving down a group is the useful one: there, the added electron goes into a new level further out and is shielded by all the filled levels beneath it, so the pull weakens and the atom expands. Added electrons enter the same level and shield poorly, so effective nuclear charge rises and the level contracts

  7. Explain why ionization energy and atomic radius run in opposite directions.
    Show the full solution

    Both are consequences of the same underlying quantity, the strength of the pull on the outermost electron, and they simply report it in opposite senses. A large effective nuclear charge pulls the outer electron in close, which makes the atom small, and the same strong attraction is what must be overcome to detach that electron, which makes the ionization energy high. A weakly held electron sits further out, giving a large atom, and comes away easily, giving a low ionization energy. The inverse relationship is therefore not a separate fact to learn but the same fact stated twice, which is why predicting one trend from the other is legitimate. Both follow from the pull on the outer electron: strong pull means small atom and high ionization energy

  8. Explain why a cation is smaller than its parent atom while an anion is larger.
    Show the full solution

    For a cation the usual case is that the atom has lost every electron in its outermost level, so the ion's outer level is the next one in, which is genuinely closer to the nucleus. On top of that, the unchanged number of protons is now pulling on fewer electrons, so each remaining one is held more tightly. Both effects shrink the ion, and the loss of a whole level makes the change large. For an anion no level is added, but electrons are, so the same nuclear charge is now shared among more electrons and the mutual repulsion between them increases. The outer level expands, and the anion is larger than the atom it came from. Neither change involves any alteration to the nucleus. Cations usually lose a whole level and hold the rest more tightly; anions gain repulsion without gaining protons

  9. Fluorine is the most electronegative element, yet helium and neon are not assigned electronegativity values at all. Explain.
    Show the full solution

    Electronegativity is defined as an atom's tendency to attract a shared pair of electrons within a bond, so the quantity only has meaning for an atom that forms bonds. Helium and neon have completely filled outer levels, form no compounds under ordinary conditions, and therefore never have a shared pair to attract, which leaves nothing to measure. This is not a claim that they attract electrons weakly; by the related measure of ionization energy they hold their own electrons more tightly than fluorine does. It is a claim that the concept does not apply. Some tables do assign values to the heavier noble gases such as xenon, which does form compounds with fluorine and oxygen. The quantity is defined for bonded atoms, and these form no bonds, so there is nothing to measure

  10. Na+, Mg2+, F- and O2- all have ten electrons. Arrange them by size and explain the ordering.
    Show the full solution

    All four are isoelectronic, so shielding and electron count are identical and the only variable left is nuclear charge. The more protons pulling on the same ten electrons, the tighter they are held and the smaller the ion. The proton counts are oxygen 8, fluorine 9, sodium 11 and magnesium 12, so size decreases in that order of increasing charge, giving \( \text{O}^{2-} \gt \text{F}^{-} \gt \text{Na}^{+} \gt \text{Mg}^{2+} \) from largest to smallest. The general rule for an isoelectronic series is therefore that size falls as atomic number rises, which is the reverse of what a student expecting anions to be large and cations small might guess from position alone. Largest to smallest: O2-, F-, Na+, Mg2+, ordered by increasing nuclear charge on the same ten electrons

Unit 2 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 2 review: Atoms and the Periodic Table

Watch the difference between mass number and atomic mass, and remember that only the proton count identifies an element.

  1. Give the numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons in a neutral iron-56 atom.
    Show the full solution

    Iron is element 26, so \( 56 - 26 = 30 \) neutrons. 26 protons, 30 neutrons, 26 electrons

  2. How many electrons does Ca2+ have?
    Show the full solution

    Calcium is element 20 and has lost two electrons. 18

  3. An element has isotopes of mass 68.9 u at 60.0 percent and 70.9 u at 40.0 percent. Find its average atomic mass.
    Show the full solution

    \( 68.9 \times 0.600 = 41.34 \) and \( 70.9 \times 0.400 = 28.36 \); the sum is 69.70. 69.7 u

  4. Write the full electron configuration of silicon, Z = 14.
    Show the full solution

    Superscripts sum to 14. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2

  5. How many valence electrons does chlorine have?
    Show the full solution

    Group 17. Seven

  6. Which has the larger atomic radius, sodium or potassium? Explain.
    Show the full solution

    Potassium is one period below sodium, so it has an additional occupied energy level and more filled inner levels shielding its outer electron. Both effects place that electron further from the nucleus and reduce the effective nuclear charge acting on it, so the atom is larger despite potassium having more protons. Potassium

  7. Which has the higher ionization energy, lithium or fluorine? Explain.
    Show the full solution

    Both are in period 2, so both have their outer electrons in the same level with similar shielding. Fluorine has six more protons, so its effective nuclear charge is much greater and its outer electrons are held far more tightly. More energy is therefore required to remove one. Fluorine

  8. State what a line spectrum shows about electrons, and why the gaps matter.
    Show the full solution

    The sharp lines show that atoms emit light only at particular energies, so only particular differences between electron energies exist, which means the energies themselves are restricted to certain values. The gaps matter because they are what a continuous model forbids: if any energy were allowed, some pair of levels would differ by every possible amount and every wavelength would appear. Electron energies are quantized, and the absent wavelengths are the evidence

  9. Which observation in the gold foil experiment required a nucleus, and why?
    Show the full solution

    The small fraction of alpha particles deflected through more than ninety degrees. Reversing a fast, massive, positively charged particle requires a strong repulsive force, which means a large positive charge concentrated in a tiny volume, and it requires that volume to be massive so it is not simply knocked aside. Diffuse positive charge could not do either. The majority passing straight through shows only that the atom is mostly empty space, which the earlier model also predicted. The rare large-angle deflections

  10. Isotopes of an element have nearly identical chemistry. Explain why, and name one property that does differ.
    Show the full solution

    Chemical behavior is determined by the electrons, and isotopes have the same proton count and therefore the same electron arrangement and the same nuclear charge holding them. The neutrons add mass but no charge, so they are almost invisible to chemistry. Properties that depend on mass do differ: heavier isotopes diffuse more slowly and have slightly higher boiling points, which is why isotope separation uses physical methods rather than chemical ones. Electrons govern chemistry and are unchanged; mass-dependent physical properties differ

Lesson 3.1 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-2, HS-PS1-3

Why atoms bond at all, and how to predict which kind of bond forms

Atoms bond because the bonded arrangement has lower energy than the separate atoms, and that is the whole reason. The octet rule is a shorthand for when that energy drop is available, and the difference in electronegativity between two atoms tells you which of three mechanisms will deliver it.

The key ideas
  1. Bonds form when the product is lower in energy than the reactants. Energy is released when a bond forms and must be supplied to break one, which is the fact unit 7 builds enthalpy on.
  2. The octet rule: atoms tend toward eight electrons in their outermost level, the arrangement of the nearest noble gas. Hydrogen and helium are full at two.
  3. It is a model, not a law. Boron is stable with six, phosphorus and sulfur can exceed eight, and species with an odd electron count cannot obey it at all. Naming an exception is worth marks; pretending none exist is not.
  4. Three bond types: ionic (electrons transferred, metal with nonmetal), covalent (electrons shared, nonmetal with nonmetal), metallic (electrons delocalized across a lattice of metal atoms).
  5. Electronegativity difference predicts the type. A difference of about 1.7 or more gives ionic, roughly 0.4 to 1.7 gives polar covalent, and below about 0.4 gives nonpolar covalent.
  6. The boundaries are conventions, not cliffs. Bonding is a continuum from pure sharing to complete transfer, and a compound near a boundary genuinely has intermediate character.

Where students lose marks: saying atoms bond "because they want a full outer shell". Atoms have no wants. The full outer level is the arrangement that happens to be lowest in energy, and systems move to lower energy without intending anything.

Worked example

The problem. Predict the bond type in each of the following, and explain what the borderline cases show. Use the electronegativity values given.

ElementNaMgHCNOCl
Electronegativity0.931.312.202.553.043.443.16

Step one: sodium and chlorine. \( 3.16 - 0.93 = 2.23 \). That is well above 1.7, so the bonding is ionic. Chlorine's pull is strong enough to take the electron outright rather than share it, and the result is Na+ and Cl- held in a lattice.

Step two: hydrogen and oxygen. \( 3.44 - 2.20 = 1.24 \). This falls in the middle band, so the bond is polar covalent. The electrons are shared but unequally, sitting closer to oxygen, which gives oxygen a partial negative charge and each hydrogen a partial positive one.

Step three: carbon and hydrogen. \( 2.55 - 2.20 = 0.35 \), below 0.4, so nonpolar covalent. This is why hydrocarbons such as the wax in lesson 1.2 do not dissolve in water, a point lesson 9.2 returns to.

Step four: chlorine with chlorine. The difference is exactly zero, because the atoms are identical. This is pure nonpolar covalent, the only case in which the sharing is perfectly equal, and it applies to every diatomic element.

Step five: magnesium and oxygen. \( 3.44 - 1.31 = 2.13 \), so ionic. Note that magnesium must lose two electrons and oxygen must gain two, giving Mg2+ and O2- and a compound of formula MgO.

Step six: examine a borderline case. Carbon and chlorine differ by \( 3.16 - 2.55 = 0.61 \), which is just inside the polar covalent band. Carbon tetrachloride does behave as a covalent molecular liquid, not as an ionic solid, so the classification holds. Had the difference been 0.38 instead, the label would have changed but the substance would not.

Step seven: state the general principle the numbers encode. Electronegativity difference is a proxy for how unevenly a pair of atoms competes for the shared electrons. At zero difference the competition is a draw and sharing is equal. As the difference grows, the electron density shifts further toward one atom, and at a large enough difference the shift is effectively complete and an ion pair has formed. There is no physical discontinuity anywhere along that range.

Step eight: check against a known property. Ionic compounds conduct electricity when molten and have high melting points; covalent molecular substances generally do neither. Sodium chloride melts at about 801 degrees Celsius and conducts when molten; carbon tetrachloride is a liquid at room temperature and does not conduct. The predictions from the electronegativity differences match.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the octet rule and its exception for hydrogen.
    Show the full solution

    Atoms tend toward eight outer electrons; hydrogen and helium are full at two

  2. Name the three types of chemical bond.
    Show the full solution

    Ionic, covalent and metallic

  3. Which bond type forms between a metal and a nonmetal?
    Show the full solution

    Ionic

  4. An electronegativity difference of 0.96 predicts which bond type?
    Show the full solution

    It falls between 0.4 and 1.7. Polar covalent

  5. Is energy released or absorbed when a bond forms?
    Show the full solution

    Released

  6. Explain why a bond forms at all, without using the words "want" or "need".
    Show the full solution

    Two separate atoms have a certain total energy, and in some cases the arrangement in which their outer electrons are shared or transferred has a lower total energy than the separate atoms do. Systems are found in lower energy arrangements because the excess energy is released to the surroundings when the change happens and is not spontaneously reabsorbed. The full outer level is significant only because it is the configuration for which that energy drop is largest, since it places electrons where the attraction to the nuclei is strong and the repulsion between electrons is comparatively small. No intention is involved anywhere. The bonded arrangement is lower in energy, and the excess is released to the surroundings

  7. Give two exceptions to the octet rule and explain why the rule is still worth teaching.
    Show the full solution

    Boron trifluoride leaves boron with only six electrons and is a stable compound; sulfur hexafluoride places twelve around sulfur, which is possible because sulfur is in period 3 and has empty d orbitals available; and nitrogen dioxide has an odd number of valence electrons, so no arrangement can pair them all. The rule remains worth teaching because it is correct for the great majority of compounds made from period 2 elements, which is most of organic chemistry and most of what a first course covers, and because it gives a procedure for drawing structures that otherwise could only be memorized. A model is judged on whether it predicts well enough for its purpose, and this one does, provided the exceptions are named rather than hidden. Boron trifluoride with six and sulfur hexafluoride with twelve; the rule still predicts most period 2 compounds correctly

  8. Explain why the ionic and covalent categories are better described as a continuum than as two boxes.
    Show the full solution

    Because the physical quantity underlying the classification, the unevenness of electron sharing, varies smoothly and has no natural break in it. At zero electronegativity difference the pair is shared equally; as the difference grows the electron density shifts steadily toward the more electronegative atom, giving partial charges that get larger; and at a large difference the shift is so nearly complete that describing the result as separate ions is the more useful account. Nothing discontinuous happens at 1.7, which is a convention chosen for convenience. Real compounds sit at every point along the range, and some, such as aluminum chloride, genuinely behave as intermediate cases that neither label describes well. Electron sharing varies smoothly with electronegativity difference, and the cut-offs are conventions

  9. Predict the bond type in potassium bromide and in nitrogen trihydride, using the values K 0.82, Br 2.96, N 3.04, H 2.20, and state a property that follows from each answer.
    Show the full solution

    Potassium and bromine differ by \( 2.96 - 0.82 = 2.14 \), above 1.7, so the bonding is ionic and the compound is a lattice of K+ and Br-. A property that follows is a high melting point, because melting requires overcoming strong attractions throughout a three-dimensional lattice, and conduction when molten, because the ions become free to move. Nitrogen and hydrogen differ by \( 3.04 - 2.20 = 0.84 \), inside the middle band, so ammonia is polar covalent and exists as discrete molecules. A property that follows is a low boiling point compared with an ionic solid, because only the attractions between separate molecules need to be overcome, not bonds within them. KBr ionic with a high melting point; NH3 polar covalent and molecular with a low boiling point

  10. Metallic bonding does not fit the electronegativity rule, since two metals have a small difference yet do not form covalent molecules. Explain what makes metals different.
    Show the full solution

    The rule compares how strongly two atoms compete for a shared pair, and it assumes there is a pair to localize between them. Metals have few valence electrons and low ionization energies, so no atom holds its outer electrons tightly and there is nothing to compete over. Instead of one pair sitting between two nuclei, the valence electrons leave their parent atoms entirely and move freely through the whole lattice of positive ions, which is why the model is described as a sea of delocalized electrons. The low electronegativity difference correctly predicts that the sharing is even; what it cannot capture is that the sharing extends over the entire crystal rather than over one bond, and that delocalization is what produces electrical conductivity, malleability and metallic luster. Both atoms hold electrons weakly, so the valence electrons delocalize across the whole lattice instead of localizing in a pair

Lesson 3.2 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-2, HS-PS1-3

Ionic bonding, and reading the properties off the lattice

An ionic compound is not a molecule. There is no such thing as one sodium chloride particle; there is a lattice of alternating ions extending in three dimensions, and the formula NaCl records a ratio rather than a count. Almost every property of an ionic compound follows from that structure, which makes this the first topic where structure genuinely predicts behavior.

The key ideas
  1. Electrons transfer from metal to nonmetal. The metal loses them to become a cation, the nonmetal gains them to become an anion, and the oppositely charged ions attract.
  2. The attraction is not directional. An ion attracts every oppositely charged ion around it, so each ion surrounds itself with as many counter-ions as fit, producing an extended lattice.
  3. The formula is the simplest whole number ratio that makes the compound neutral, and it is an empirical formula by construction.
  4. Balance the charges to get the formula: find the charges, then use the smallest whole numbers that make the total zero. The crossover shortcut works but must be reduced, since Mg2O2 is written MgO.
  5. High melting and boiling points follow from the lattice: melting means overcoming strong electrostatic attraction between every ion and its neighbors, throughout the crystal.
  6. Conduction requires mobile ions. A solid ionic compound does not conduct because the ions are locked in place; molten or dissolved, it does.
  7. Brittleness follows from the alternating arrangement. Displace one layer by one ion width and like charges come face to face, so the crystal repels itself apart along that plane.

Where students lose marks: writing that NaCl is a molecule or drawing one Na+ joined to one Cl- by a line. Use the word formula unit, and say the solid is a lattice. Ionic compounds have no molecules.

Worked example

Part one. Write the formula of the compound formed by aluminum and oxygen, and by calcium and nitrate.

Step one: find the charges from the periodic table. Aluminum is in group 13, so it loses three electrons to reach the neon configuration: Al3+. Oxygen is in group 16, so it gains two: O2-.

Step two: find the smallest whole numbers that cancel. Three positive and two negative do not match one to one. The lowest common multiple of 3 and 2 is 6, so take two Al3+ (total 6+) and three O2- (total 6-). The formula is Al2O3.

Step three: verify the neutrality. \( 2 \times (+3) + 3 \times (-2) = +6 - 6 = 0 \). Always do this; it catches a reversed crossover instantly.

Step four: calcium and nitrate. Calcium is group 2, so Ca2+. Nitrate is a polyatomic ion, NO3-, carrying a single negative charge as a unit. Two nitrates are needed for one calcium.

Step five: use brackets correctly. Because more than one nitrate is needed and nitrate is a group of atoms, it goes in brackets with the subscript outside: Ca(NO3)2. Writing CaNO32 or CaN2O6 is wrong, the first meaningless and the second obscuring that the nitrate travels as a unit.

Part two. Explain why solid sodium chloride does not conduct electricity but molten sodium chloride does, and why the crystal shatters when struck.

Step six: state what conduction requires. Electrical conduction needs charged particles that are free to move. In an ionic compound the charge carriers are the ions themselves, since there are no free electrons.

Step seven: apply that to each state. In the solid every ion is held in a fixed lattice position by attraction to its neighbors, so although charges are present they cannot travel and no current flows. Melting supplies enough energy to break the lattice apart, the ions become mobile, and the liquid conducts. Dissolving in water does the same thing by separating the ions into solution.

Step eight: explain the brittleness. The lattice alternates positive and negative ions in every direction, so each ion is surrounded by opposite charges. A blow that displaces one layer sideways by a single ion width brings positive ions opposite positive ions and negative opposite negative. The attraction along that plane becomes a repulsion, and the crystal splits cleanly. This is why ionic crystals cleave along flat faces rather than deforming, and it is the exact opposite of a metal, where displacing a layer changes nothing because the delocalized electrons hold it together regardless.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What charge does a group 2 metal form?
    Show the full solution

    2+

  2. Write the formula of the compound formed by magnesium and chlorine.
    Show the full solution

    Mg2+ with Cl-, so two chlorides per magnesium. MgCl2

  3. Write the formula of sodium carbonate, given the carbonate ion CO32-.
    Show the full solution

    Two Na+ are needed for one carbonate. Na2CO3

  4. Write the formula of iron(III) hydroxide.
    Show the full solution

    Fe3+ with OH-, three hydroxides needed, and brackets are required. Fe(OH)3

  5. Why does a solid ionic compound not conduct electricity?
    Show the full solution

    Its ions are fixed in the lattice and cannot move, so no charge can flow

  6. Explain why ionic compounds have much higher melting points than covalent molecular substances.
    Show the full solution

    The comparison is between two different things being overcome. Melting an ionic solid means breaking the electrostatic attraction between every ion and all its neighbors, and those attractions are strong, act in all directions and extend through the entire crystal, so a great deal of energy is needed and the melting point is high. Melting a covalent molecular solid does not break any covalent bonds at all: the molecules stay intact and only the comparatively weak attractions between separate molecules have to be overcome. The covalent bonds inside the molecules may well be stronger than the ionic attractions, which is why the comparison has to be made between the forces actually broken during melting rather than between bond strengths in general. Melting an ionic solid breaks strong lattice-wide attractions; melting a molecular solid only separates molecules

  7. Explain why the formula MgO is written rather than Mg2O2, and what the formula is actually claiming.
    Show the full solution

    Because an ionic formula reports the simplest whole number ratio of ions in the lattice, not a count of particles in a molecule. There are no MgO molecules and no Mg2O2 molecules either; there is a lattice containing enormous and equal numbers of Mg2+ and O2- ions. Since the ratio is one to one, MgO expresses it and Mg2O2 merely expresses the same ratio redundantly. The formula claims that the compound is electrically neutral with one magnesium ion for every oxide ion, and the smallest group that satisfies that description is called a formula unit rather than a molecule. An ionic formula gives the simplest ratio in the lattice; the unit is a formula unit, not a molecule

  8. A student predicts that sodium chloride will bend when struck because the ionic attraction is strong. Explain why it shatters instead.
    Show the full solution

    Strength and flexibility are different properties, and the student has assumed a strong attraction implies a tough material. What matters is what happens when layers are forced to slide. In an ionic lattice the arrangement alternates in charge, so sliding one layer by a single ion width replaces every attraction across that plane with a repulsion between like charges. The crystal then pushes itself apart along the plane, and it does so suddenly, which is exactly what shattering looks like. The strength of the attraction makes the crystal hard, meaning difficult to scratch or compress, while the alternating arrangement makes it brittle. A metal lattice has no such alternation, so its layers slide without any repulsion appearing and the metal deforms instead. Sliding brings like charges opposite each other and the plane repels; hard and brittle are compatible

  9. Predict whether calcium oxide or sodium chloride has the higher melting point, and justify the prediction.
    Show the full solution

    Calcium oxide. The strength of the attraction between two ions increases with the product of their charges and decreases as they get further apart. Sodium chloride is built from singly charged ions, Na+ and Cl-, giving a charge product of one. Calcium oxide is built from Ca2+ and O2-, a charge product of four, so each attraction in the lattice is substantially stronger. The ions are also somewhat smaller, especially the oxide ion compared with chloride, which brings the centers closer and strengthens the attraction further. Both factors point the same way, so calcium oxide should melt far higher, and it does, at about 2600 degrees Celsius against about 800 for sodium chloride. Calcium oxide, because doubly charged smaller ions attract far more strongly

  10. Explain why an ionic compound dissolved in water conducts electricity, and what this shows about what dissolving does.
    Show the full solution

    Conduction requires mobile charge carriers, and a solution of an ionic compound conducts, so mobile ions must be present. That is direct evidence about the dissolving process: the water has not merely dispersed intact formula units, it has separated the lattice into individual hydrated Na+ and Cl- ions free to move independently through the liquid. The test discriminates, because a solution of sugar in water does not conduct at all, showing that sugar dissolves as whole neutral molecules with no charge separation. Conductivity therefore distinguishes ionic solutes from molecular ones experimentally, which is the basis of the strong electrolyte idea used in lesson 5.6 for net ionic equations. Dissolving separates the lattice into free ions, which carry charge; sugar solutions do not conduct because no ions form

Lesson 3.3 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-2

Covalent bonding and a procedure for Lewis structures

When two nonmetals meet, neither can take an electron from the other, so they share. Lewis structures are the bookkeeping for that sharing, and drawing them well is a procedure rather than an art. Follow the count, place the electrons, then check the total, and almost every structure in a first course comes out right.

The key ideas
  1. A covalent bond is a shared pair of electrons attracted to both nuclei at once. The shared pair counts toward the octet of both atoms.
  2. Single, double and triple bonds share one, two and three pairs. More shared pairs means a shorter and stronger bond.
  3. Lone pairs are outer electrons not involved in bonding. They take up space and affect shape, which matters in lesson 3.4.
  4. The procedure: count total valence electrons, adjusting for charge; choose the least electronegative atom as central, never hydrogen; connect with single bonds; distribute the remainder as lone pairs on the outer atoms first; then give any left over to the central atom; if the central atom lacks an octet, convert a lone pair from a neighbor into a further bond.
  5. Check the total at the end. Count every bonding electron and every lone pair electron in the finished structure and confirm it equals the number you started with. This single check catches most errors.
  6. Resonance occurs when more than one valid structure exists that differ only in where the double bond sits. The real species is a single average of them, not a rapid flicker between them.

Where students lose marks: forgetting to adjust the electron count for charge. A negative ion has gained electrons, so add one per negative charge, and a positive ion has lost them, so subtract. Getting the initial count wrong makes every subsequent step wrong.

Worked example

The problem. Draw the Lewis structure of the carbonate ion, CO32-, and account for resonance.

Step one: count valence electrons. Carbon is group 14 and contributes 4. Each oxygen is group 16 and contributes 6, and there are three, so 18. The charge is 2-, meaning the ion has gained two electrons, so add 2.

\[ 4 + 18 + 2 = 24 \text{ electrons} \]

Step two: choose the central atom. Carbon is less electronegative than oxygen, so carbon is central with the three oxygens around it. Hydrogen is never central, though there is no hydrogen here.

Step three: connect with single bonds. Three bonds from carbon to the three oxygens use \( 3 \times 2 = 6 \) electrons. Remaining: \( 24 - 6 = 18 \).

Step four: complete the outer atoms. Each oxygen already has 2 electrons from its bond and needs 6 more to reach eight, which is three lone pairs. Three oxygens need \( 3 \times 6 = 18 \) electrons, exactly what remains. Remaining: 0.

Step five: check the central atom. Carbon has only the three bonding pairs, which is 6 electrons, not 8. There are no electrons left to give it, so the structure as drawn is not acceptable.

Step six: form a double bond. Take one lone pair from one of the oxygens and use it to make a second bond to carbon. That oxygen now has two lone pairs and a double bond, giving it \( 4 + 4 = 8 \) electrons, and carbon now has four bonding pairs, giving it 8. Both are satisfied and no electrons were created or destroyed.

Step seven: run the final count. Bonding electrons: two single bonds and one double bond is \( 2 + 2 + 4 = 8 \). Lone pairs: two single-bonded oxygens with three pairs each is 12, plus the double-bonded oxygen's two pairs is 4. Total \( 8 + 12 + 4 = 24 \), matching step one. The structure is valid.

Step eight: account for resonance. Nothing in the procedure singles out which oxygen gets the double bond, so three equally valid structures exist. The measured evidence settles what this means: all three carbon-oxygen bonds in carbonate are found to be the same length, intermediate between a single and a double bond. The ion is therefore not flickering between three structures; it is a single species in which the fourth bonding pair is spread over all three positions, and the separate drawings are a limitation of the notation rather than a description of the molecule.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What is a covalent bond?
    Show the full solution

    A pair of electrons shared between two atoms and attracted to both nuclei

  2. How many valence electrons are used to draw CH4?
    Show the full solution

    Carbon 4 plus four hydrogens at 1 each. 8

  3. How many valence electrons are used to draw NH3?
    Show the full solution

    Nitrogen 5 plus three hydrogens at 1 each. 8

  4. How many valence electrons are used to draw the nitrate ion, NO3-?
    Show the full solution

    \( 5 + 18 + 1 = 24 \), the extra one for the negative charge. 24

  5. How many lone pairs are on the oxygen in a water molecule?
    Show the full solution

    Oxygen has six valence electrons, two used in bonds. Two

  6. Explain why the electron count must be adjusted for charge, using NO3- as the example.
    Show the full solution

    Because the count is a count of the electrons actually present in the species, and an ion has a different number from the neutral atoms it was built from. Nitrogen contributes 5 and three oxygens contribute 18, giving 23 for the neutral collection, which is an odd number and cannot be arranged in pairs at all. The single negative charge means the ion has gained one electron from somewhere, bringing the total to 24, which pairs properly and gives every atom an octet. Skipping the adjustment produces a structure that either fails the octet rule or is drawn with an impossible unpaired electron, and since every later step uses the total, the error propagates through the whole drawing. An ion has gained or lost electrons, so add one per negative charge and subtract one per positive; nitrate needs 24, not 23

  7. A student draws CO2 with two single bonds and gives carbon two lone pairs. Find the error using the electron count.
    Show the full solution

    Count first: carbon contributes 4 and two oxygens contribute 12, giving 16 electrons to place. Their structure uses 4 in the two single bonds and 4 in carbon's two lone pairs, leaving 8 for the oxygens, which is only two lone pairs each, so each oxygen has 6 electrons rather than 8. Carbon also has only 8 counting its lone pairs, but has placed electrons on itself while leaving outer atoms short, which the procedure forbids: outer atoms are completed first. The correct structure has two double bonds, giving carbon 8 from four bonding pairs and each oxygen 8 from two bonding pairs and two lone pairs. The count checks: \( 8 \text{ bonding} + 8 \text{ lone pair} = 16 \). Two double bonds are required; their version leaves both oxygens with only six electrons

  8. Explain what resonance means and what evidence shows it is an averaging rather than a flickering.
    Show the full solution

    Resonance is the situation where the Lewis procedure yields two or more equally valid structures differing only in the placement of a multiple bond. The obvious reading is that the molecule alternates rapidly between them, but bond length measurements rule that out. In carbonate, a genuine flicker would mean each bond is sometimes a short double bond and sometimes a longer single bond, and techniques that measure bond lengths would show a distribution of two values. What is found instead is three identical bonds of one intermediate length, at all times. The ion therefore has a single unchanging structure in which the extra bonding pair is delocalized over all three positions, and the multiple drawings are an artifact of a notation that can only place a pair between two specific atoms. All bonds are measured to be identical and intermediate in length, which a rapid alternation would not produce

  9. Explain why a triple bond is both shorter and stronger than a single bond between the same two elements.
    Show the full solution

    A covalent bond exists because shared electrons sit between the two nuclei and attract both, so the amount of shared electron density in that region determines how strongly the nuclei are pulled together. A triple bond shares three pairs there rather than one, so the attraction is roughly three times greater, and the nuclei are drawn closer until the repulsion between the two positive nuclei balances it, giving a shorter bond. Breaking that bond means separating atoms held by three times the shared density, so it requires considerably more energy. The pattern is consistent across nitrogen, where the triple bond of N2 is both very short and very strong, which is exactly why atmospheric nitrogen is chemically unreactive. More shared pairs between the nuclei means stronger attraction, so the bond is both shorter and harder to break

  10. Explain why the final electron count is a worthwhile check even when the structure looks right.
    Show the full solution

    Because the commonest Lewis structure errors produce drawings that look entirely plausible. Adding a lone pair too many, forgetting to subtract the electrons used in a bond, or drawing a double bond without removing the lone pair it came from all yield pictures in which every atom appears to have an octet, and visual inspection cannot distinguish them from a correct structure. The total is an independent constraint that none of those errors can satisfy: if the finished drawing contains twenty-six electrons when twenty-four were available, two were invented somewhere, and the check says so without needing to find where. It takes a few seconds and it is the only step that verifies the structure against the starting data rather than against expectation. Errors such as an invented lone pair still look like valid octets; only the total detects them

Lesson 3.4 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-3

Shape from VSEPR, and why carbon dioxide is nonpolar but water is not

A Lewis structure says what is bonded to what; it says nothing about the shape, and shape is what determines whether a molecule is polar. Two molecules can both contain polar bonds and behave completely differently, and the difference between carbon dioxide and water is the single most consequential example in this course.

The key ideas
  1. Electron domains repel each other and arrange themselves as far apart as possible. A domain is a single bond, a double bond, a triple bond or a lone pair; a multiple bond counts as one domain.
  2. Count domains on the central atom, then count how many are lone pairs. Those two numbers give the shape.
  3. Two domains, no lone pairs: linear, 180 degrees. Carbon dioxide.
  4. Three domains: trigonal planar, 120 degrees with no lone pairs, or bent with one lone pair, as in sulfur dioxide.
  5. Four domains: tetrahedral, 109.5 degrees with no lone pairs (methane); trigonal pyramidal, about 107 with one (ammonia); bent, about 104.5 with two (water).
  6. Lone pairs repel more strongly than bonding pairs, which is why each lone pair squeezes the remaining angles slightly below the ideal value. This explains the 109.5, 107, 104.5 sequence exactly.
  7. A bond is polar if the atoms differ in electronegativity. A molecule is polar only if the bond polarities fail to cancel, which depends entirely on the shape.

Where students lose marks: concluding a molecule is polar because it contains polar bonds. Carbon dioxide has two strongly polar bonds and is a nonpolar molecule, because the shape is linear and the two pulls are exactly opposite. Shape decides it.

Worked example

The problem. Determine the shape and polarity of CO2, H2O and NH3, and explain what the comparison shows.

Step one: carbon dioxide, count domains. The Lewis structure is O=C=O. Carbon has two double bonds and no lone pairs, so two domains, both bonding.

Step two: assign the shape. Two domains get as far apart as possible, which is on opposite sides at 180 degrees. Carbon dioxide is linear.

Step three: test the polarity. Each C=O bond is polar, since \( 3.44 - 2.55 = 0.89 \), with the oxygen end negative. But the two bonds point in exactly opposite directions and are identical in magnitude, so the two pulls cancel completely. Carbon dioxide is a nonpolar molecule with polar bonds.

Step four: water, count domains. Oxygen has two bonding pairs to hydrogen and two lone pairs, so four domains, two of them lone pairs.

Step five: assign the shape. Four domains arrange tetrahedrally, but shape names describe the positions of the atoms only, and two of the four positions hold lone pairs with no atom. The three atoms therefore form a bent molecule. The angle is about 104.5 degrees rather than the ideal 109.5, because the two lone pairs repel more strongly than bonding pairs and squeeze the hydrogens together.

Step six: test water's polarity. Each O-H bond is polar, with a difference of \( 3.44 - 2.20 = 1.24 \) and the oxygen end negative. Because the molecule is bent, the two pulls do not oppose each other; they combine into a net pull toward the oxygen. Water is a polar molecule.

Step seven: ammonia. Nitrogen has three bonding pairs and one lone pair, so four domains with one lone pair, giving a trigonal pyramidal shape with an angle of about 107 degrees. The three N-H bond polarities point down toward the base of the pyramid and do not cancel, so ammonia is polar.

Step eight: state what the comparison establishes. All three molecules contain polar bonds, and only two are polar molecules. The deciding factor is symmetry: if the polar bonds are arranged so that every pull is balanced by an equal and opposite one, the molecule is nonpolar however polar its bonds. This is why the shape has to be determined before the polarity question can even be asked, and why water's bent shape, which is a consequence of two lone pairs on oxygen, is responsible for essentially everything water does in lessons 7.2 and 9.2.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What counts as one electron domain?
    Show the full solution

    Any single bond, double bond, triple bond or lone pair

  2. Give the shape and bond angle for four domains with no lone pairs.
    Show the full solution

    Tetrahedral, 109.5 degrees

  3. Give the shape of a molecule with four domains and one lone pair.
    Show the full solution

    Trigonal pyramidal

  4. State the bond angle in water and in ammonia.
    Show the full solution

    About 104.5 degrees and about 107 degrees

  5. Is CCl4 polar or nonpolar?
    Show the full solution

    Tetrahedral and symmetrical, so the four polar bonds cancel. Nonpolar

  6. Explain the sequence 109.5, 107, 104.5 degrees for methane, ammonia and water.
    Show the full solution

    All three have four electron domains around the central atom, so all three start from a tetrahedral arrangement with an ideal angle of 109.5 degrees. The difference is how many of those domains are lone pairs. A lone pair is held by only one nucleus rather than shared between two, so its electron density is closer to the central atom and spread more widely, and it repels neighboring domains more strongly than a bonding pair does. Methane has no lone pairs and keeps the ideal angle. Ammonia has one, which pushes the three bonding pairs slightly closer together, reducing the angle to about 107. Water has two, which push twice as hard and bring the angle down to about 104.5. The steady decrease is a direct count of lone pairs. Each lone pair repels more strongly than a bonding pair and compresses the remaining bond angles

  7. Explain why CO2 is nonpolar but SO2 is polar, given that both contain a central atom double bonded to two oxygens.
    Show the full solution

    The difference is the lone pair on sulfur, which changes the shape. Carbon in carbon dioxide has two domains and no lone pairs, so the molecule is linear and the two identical bond polarities point in exactly opposite directions and cancel completely. Sulfur in sulfur dioxide has three domains, two bonds and one lone pair, so the molecule is bent at about 120 degrees. The two bond polarities now point in directions that are not opposite, so they add rather than cancel and leave a net polarity toward the oxygen side. The bonds are similarly polar in both molecules; only the geometry differs, which is exactly the point that shape determines molecular polarity. Sulfur's lone pair makes SO2 bent, so its bond polarities do not cancel; CO2 is linear and they do

  8. CH4 and CH3Cl are both tetrahedral. Explain why one is nonpolar and the other polar.
    Show the full solution

    Cancellation requires the pulls to be equal as well as symmetrically arranged. In methane the four bonds are identical C-H bonds, each barely polar and each pulling with the same small magnitude toward carbon, and the tetrahedral arrangement places them so that the four equal pulls sum to zero. Replacing one hydrogen with chlorine leaves the geometry tetrahedral but destroys the equality: the C-Cl bond is considerably more polar than a C-H bond, with a difference of 0.61 against 0.35, and it pulls electron density strongly toward the chlorine. That larger pull is no longer balanced by the three smaller ones opposite it, so a net polarity remains along the C-Cl direction. Symmetry of shape is necessary for cancellation but not sufficient; the bonds must also be alike. Tetrahedral symmetry cancels only identical bonds; the more polar C-Cl bond is unbalanced

  9. Explain why the shape name describes only the atom positions and not the lone pairs, using water as the example.
    Show the full solution

    Because shape names were established to describe what can be observed, and experimental methods locate nuclei rather than lone pairs. Techniques such as X-ray diffraction determine where the atoms sit and therefore give bond lengths and bond angles directly; a lone pair has no nucleus and does not appear. Water has four electron domains arranged tetrahedrally, but only three of the positions are occupied by atoms, and the three atoms lie in a line that is bent, so the molecule is called bent rather than tetrahedral. The electron domain arrangement is still doing the explanatory work, since it is what fixes the angle at close to the tetrahedral value, and that is why the domain count is determined first and the shape name assigned afterward. Shape names report observable atom positions; the tetrahedral domain arrangement explains the angle but is not the name

  10. Water's bent shape is a consequence of two lone pairs on oxygen. Explain how different the world would be if water were linear.
    Show the full solution

    A linear water molecule would have its two O-H bond polarities pointing in exactly opposite directions, so they would cancel and the molecule would be nonpolar, like carbon dioxide. Almost everything water does depends on it being polar. It would no longer dissolve ionic compounds, because there would be no partial charges to surround and separate the ions, so seawater and the ionic chemistry of cells could not exist. Hydrogen bonding between molecules would be absent, so water's boiling point would fall to something like that of hydrogen sulfide, around minus sixty degrees Celsius, and there would be no liquid water on Earth's surface at all. Its unusually high specific heat capacity and its expansion on freezing both follow from the same hydrogen bonding, so the climate moderation described in lesson 7.2 and the floating ice of lesson 1.7 would also disappear. Two lone pairs on one atom account for a remarkable amount. It would be nonpolar, dissolve no ionic compounds, form no hydrogen bonds, and be a gas at ordinary temperatures

Lesson 3.5 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-3

Forces between molecules, and predicting boiling points from structure

Boiling a molecular substance does not break any covalent bonds. The molecules survive intact and simply move apart, which means boiling point measures the attraction between molecules rather than the strength of the bonds inside them. Keeping those two quantities separate is the whole lesson.

The key ideas
  1. Intermolecular forces are attractions between separate molecules, and they are far weaker than the covalent bonds within a molecule, typically by a factor of ten to a hundred.
  2. London dispersion forces act between all molecules. Electrons move constantly, so a momentary uneven distribution creates a temporary dipole that induces one in a neighbor. They strengthen with the number of electrons, so larger molecules are more strongly attracted.
  3. Dipole-dipole forces act between polar molecules, whose permanent partial charges align positive to negative.
  4. Hydrogen bonding is a particularly strong dipole-dipole attraction that occurs only when hydrogen is bonded directly to nitrogen, oxygen or fluorine. It is not a bond in the covalent sense.
  5. Ranking, strongest first: hydrogen bonding, then dipole-dipole, then dispersion, though a large enough molecule can have dispersion forces that beat the dipole-dipole forces of a small one.
  6. Higher boiling point means stronger intermolecular forces, because more energy is needed to separate the molecules into a gas.
  7. Melting and boiling a molecular substance leaves the molecules intact. Steam is water molecules, not hydrogen and oxygen.

Where students lose marks: saying water has a high boiling point "because the O-H bonds are strong". The O-H bonds are not broken when water boils. It is the hydrogen bonding between molecules that must be overcome.

Worked example

The problem. Account for the boiling points below.

SubstanceMolar mass (g/mol)Boiling point (°C)
CH416.0-162
H2S34.1-60
H2O18.0100
Cl270.9-34
Br2159.859
I2253.8184

Step one: deal with the halogens first, where one factor acts alone. Chlorine, bromine and iodine molecules are all nonpolar, being made of two identical atoms, so dipole-dipole forces and hydrogen bonding are both absent. Dispersion is the only attraction present.

Step two: apply the dispersion rule. Dispersion strengthens as the number of electrons rises, because a larger and more loosely held electron cloud distorts more easily. Iodine has far more electrons than chlorine, so its molecules attract more strongly, and the boiling points rise steadily from -34 to 59 to 184 degrees Celsius.

Step three: note what this establishes. Dispersion alone can produce a two-hundred-degree range. It is described as the weakest force per interaction, but it scales with size and should never be dismissed as negligible.

Step four: compare methane with hydrogen sulfide. Methane is nonpolar, so dispersion only. Hydrogen sulfide is bent and polar, so it has dipole-dipole forces in addition, and it also has more electrons. Both factors point the same way and hydrogen sulfide boils about a hundred degrees higher.

Step five: set up the decisive comparison. Water and hydrogen sulfide are the same shape and the same group, and hydrogen sulfide is nearly twice the molar mass. On size alone, hydrogen sulfide should boil higher.

Step six: read the actual result. Water boils at 100 degrees and hydrogen sulfide at -60, a difference of 160 degrees in the opposite direction from the size prediction. Something other than size is dominating.

Step seven: identify it. Oxygen is small and highly electronegative; sulfur is neither. Water therefore meets the condition for hydrogen bonding, with hydrogen bonded directly to oxygen, and hydrogen sulfide does not. Hydrogen bonding is strong enough to overturn a twofold difference in molar mass, which is exactly why it is picked out as its own category.

Step eight: state the consequence. Without hydrogen bonding, water would follow the trend set by hydrogen sulfide and boil somewhere below -60 degrees Celsius. There would be no liquid water anywhere on the Earth's surface. The anomaly in this table is the reason the planet is habitable.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name the three kinds of intermolecular force in order of strength.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrogen bonding, dipole-dipole, London dispersion

  2. Which force acts between all molecules?
    Show the full solution

    London dispersion

  3. State the condition for hydrogen bonding.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrogen must be bonded directly to nitrogen, oxygen or fluorine

  4. What is broken when a molecular substance boils?
    Show the full solution

    Intermolecular forces between molecules, not the covalent bonds within them

  5. Why does dispersion strengthen down the halogen group?
    Show the full solution

    More electrons in a larger, more easily distorted electron cloud

  6. Explain why ammonia boils at -33 degrees Celsius while phosphine, PH3, boils at -88 despite being heavier.
    Show the full solution

    On molar mass alone phosphine should boil higher, since it has more electrons and therefore stronger dispersion forces. The prediction fails because ammonia has hydrogen bonded directly to nitrogen, one of the three elements small enough and electronegative enough to support hydrogen bonding, while phosphorus is neither sufficiently electronegative nor sufficiently small. Ammonia molecules therefore attract one another through hydrogen bonds that phosphine entirely lacks, and that additional attraction outweighs phosphine's advantage in dispersion by about fifty degrees. It is the same pattern as water against hydrogen sulfide, one group to the left, which is why both anomalies appear in the same corner of the periodic table. Ammonia hydrogen bonds and phosphine cannot, which outweighs phosphine's greater dispersion

  7. A student says steam is a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen gas. Correct this and explain what boiling actually does.
    Show the full solution

    Steam is water in the gas phase: the molecules are still H2O, with their covalent O-H bonds entirely intact. Boiling is a physical change in the sense of lesson 1.2, and the evidence is that cooling steam gives back water rather than anything else, which would be impossible if the molecules had been taken apart. What boiling overcomes is the hydrogen bonding between separate molecules, allowing them to move apart into the gas phase. Splitting water into hydrogen and oxygen is a chemical change requiring far more energy, and it is achieved by electrolysis or by temperatures of thousands of degrees, not by a kettle. Steam is intact water molecules; boiling separates molecules without breaking covalent bonds

  8. Explain why dispersion forces should not be described as negligible, using the halogen data.
    Show the full solution

    Because the per-interaction weakness of dispersion is offset by how strongly it scales with molecular size, and the halogens isolate the effect cleanly since they are all nonpolar and have no other force acting. Across chlorine, bromine and iodine the only variable is the number of electrons, and the boiling point rises from -34 to 59 to 184 degrees Celsius, a range of more than two hundred degrees produced by dispersion alone. Iodine is a solid at room temperature entirely because of it. The accurate statement is that dispersion is the weakest force between two small molecules and can become the dominant force between large ones, which is why very large nonpolar molecules such as waxes and polymers are solids. It scales with electron count, and alone it spans more than two hundred degrees across the halogens

  9. Predict which of propane, C3H8, and ethanol, C2H5OH, has the higher boiling point. Both have a molar mass near 45 g/mol.
    Show the full solution

    Ethanol, by a wide margin. With the molar masses nearly equal, dispersion forces are comparable and cannot be the deciding factor, so the difference has to come from the other categories. Propane is a hydrocarbon: its C-H bonds are barely polar and the molecule is effectively nonpolar, so dispersion is all it has. Ethanol contains an O-H group, which means hydrogen bonded directly to oxygen and therefore hydrogen bonding between molecules, together with the dipole-dipole attraction from its polarity. Separating ethanol molecules requires overcoming those hydrogen bonds as well, so its boiling point is far higher. The measured values are about -42 degrees Celsius for propane and 78 for ethanol, a gap of a hundred and twenty degrees from one functional group. Ethanol, because its O-H group allows hydrogen bonding while propane has only dispersion

  10. Explain why intermolecular forces, rather than bond strength, determine whether a substance is a gas, liquid or solid at room temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Because the state of a molecular substance is decided by whether thermal energy at that temperature is enough to pull whole molecules away from each other, and that contest involves only the attractions between molecules. The covalent bonds inside each molecule are not being tested at all, since they remain intact through melting and boiling alike. Nitrogen illustrates the point sharply: the triple bond in N2 is among the strongest covalent bonds known, yet nitrogen is a gas down to -196 degrees Celsius, because the nonpolar molecules attract each other only through weak dispersion. Water has much weaker covalent bonds and is a liquid, because hydrogen bonding between its molecules is comparatively strong. Bond strength governs chemical reactivity; intermolecular forces govern physical state. State depends on separating whole molecules, which tests only the forces between them; nitrogen's strong triple bond still leaves it a gas

Lesson 3.6 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-2

Naming ionic compounds, both directions

Chemical nomenclature is a set of rules rather than a set of facts, and once the rules are in place a name and a formula carry exactly the same information. The two things worth drilling are the polyatomic ions, which have to be known, and the roman numeral, which is required for precisely the metals that can form more than one charge.

The key ideas
  1. The cation is named first, unchanged. Sodium stays sodium.
  2. A monatomic anion takes the -ide ending. Chlorine becomes chloride, oxygen becomes oxide, sulfur becomes sulfide, nitrogen becomes nitride.
  3. A roman numeral gives the charge on a metal that has more than one. Iron(II) is Fe2+ and iron(III) is Fe3+. Group 1, group 2, aluminum, zinc and silver have only one charge each and take no numeral.
  4. The numeral is the charge, not the subscript. In Fe2O3 the numeral is III, not II, and it must be worked out from the anion charges.
  5. Polyatomic ions keep their own names and must be learned. The essential set is nitrate NO3-, sulfate SO42-, carbonate CO32-, phosphate PO43-, hydroxide OH-, ammonium NH4+, and hydrogen carbonate HCO3-.
  6. An -ite ending means one fewer oxygen than the -ate: sulfate is SO42- and sulfite is SO32-, nitrate is NO3- and nitrite is NO2-. The charge does not change.
  7. No prefixes are ever used for ionic compounds. CaCl2 is calcium chloride, never calcium dichloride, because the subscripts are fixed by the charges and carry no extra information.

Where students lose marks: reading the roman numeral off the subscript. In Fe2O3 the 2 belongs to iron but the charge on each iron is 3+, so the name is iron(III) oxide. Work the charge out from the anion every time.

Worked example

Part one: formula to name. Name Fe2O3, Cu2S and Al2(SO4)3.

Step one: Fe2O3, identify the anion and its total charge. Oxide is O2- and there are three of them, so the total negative charge is \( 3 \times (-2) = -6 \).

Step two: divide among the cations. The compound is neutral, so the two iron ions must supply +6 between them, which is +3 each. The name is iron(III) oxide.

Step three: Cu2S, repeat the method. Sulfide is S2-, one of them, so -2 total. Two coppers share +2, giving +1 each. The name is copper(I) sulfide. Note that the same subscript 2 that meant iron(III) here means copper(I), which is why the subscript is not the numeral.

Step four: Al2(SO4)3. Aluminum forms only Al3+, so no numeral is needed. The polyatomic ion in brackets is sulfate. The name is aluminum sulfate, with no prefixes.

Part two: name to formula. Write the formulas of magnesium nitride, ammonium phosphate and lead(IV) oxide.

Step five: magnesium nitride. Magnesium is group 2, so Mg2+. The -ide ending on nitrogen means the monatomic ion N3-, a group 15 element gaining three. Balancing +2 and -3 needs a total of 6 each way, so three magnesium and two nitride: Mg3N2.

Step six: ammonium phosphate. Both ions are polyatomic here: ammonium is NH4+ and phosphate is PO43-. Three ammonium ions balance one phosphate. Because more than one ammonium is needed and it is a group of atoms, it takes brackets: (NH4)3PO4.

Step seven: lead(IV) oxide. The numeral states the charge directly, so lead is Pb4+ and oxide is O2-. Two oxides balance one lead, giving PbO2. The subscript 2 and the numeral IV are different numbers, which is the clearest possible illustration of why one is not read off the other.

Step eight: check every formula for neutrality. Mg3N2: \( 3(+2) + 2(-3) = 0 \). (NH4)3PO4: \( 3(+1) + 1(-3) = 0 \). PbO2: \( 1(+4) + 2(-2) = 0 \). All three balance, and this check takes seconds.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name NaBr.
    Show the full solution

    Sodium bromide

  2. Give the formula and charge of the sulfate ion.
    Show the full solution

    SO42-

  3. Name CaCO3.
    Show the full solution

    Calcium carbonate

  4. Write the formula of potassium nitrate.
    Show the full solution

    K+ with NO3-, one each. KNO3

  5. Which metals in a first course require no roman numeral?
    Show the full solution

    Group 1, group 2, aluminum, zinc and silver

  6. Name CuCl2 and explain how you determined the numeral.
    Show the full solution

    Start from the anion, whose charge is known and fixed: chloride is Cl- and there are two of them, giving a total of -2. The compound must be electrically neutral, so the single copper ion has to supply +2, making it Cu2+ and the name copper(II) chloride. The numeral is therefore derived from the anion charges and the requirement of neutrality, never read off a subscript. Copper is one of the metals that needs a numeral precisely because it can also form Cu+, and copper(I) chloride is the quite different compound CuCl. Copper(II) chloride; two chlorides give -2, so the one copper must be 2+

  7. Explain why calcium chloride is never called calcium dichloride.
    Show the full solution

    Because the prefix would carry no information. Calcium is in group 2 and forms only Ca2+, and chloride is always Cl-, so the requirement of neutrality fixes the ratio at one calcium to two chlorides and no other formula is possible. The name calcium chloride already specifies the compound completely, and adding di- would be redundant. Prefixes are used in covalent naming precisely because there the ratio is not fixed by charge: nitrogen and oxygen form NO, N2O, NO2 and N2O4 among others, so without prefixes the name could not distinguish them. The presence or absence of prefixes is therefore a signal about which kind of compound is being named. The charges fix the ratio uniquely, so a prefix would add nothing; prefixes exist for covalent compounds where the ratio varies

  8. Write the formulas of iron(II) sulfate and iron(III) sulfate, and comment on why the numeral is essential here.
    Show the full solution

    Iron(II) is Fe2+ and sulfate is SO42-, so they balance one to one: FeSO4. Iron(III) is Fe3+ against the same 2- sulfate, so the lowest common multiple is 6 and the formula is two irons to three sulfates: Fe2(SO4)3, with brackets because more than one polyatomic ion is present. The numeral is essential because without it the name iron sulfate would be ambiguous between two genuinely different compounds with different formulas, different molar masses, different colors and different chemistry. This is exactly the situation roman numerals exist to resolve, and it does not arise for sodium or magnesium, which have only one available charge. FeSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3; without the numeral the name would not specify which compound

  9. A student writes the formula of sodium nitrate as NaNO32. Diagnose the error and explain the bracket rule.
    Show the full solution

    They have attached the subscript from the polyatomic ion to the wrong place, or have written a subscript of thirty-two, and in either reading the formula is meaningless. Sodium nitrate needs only one nitrate ion, since Na+ and NO3- balance one to one, so the correct formula is simply NaNO3 with no brackets needed at all. The bracket rule applies when more than one polyatomic ion is required: the whole ion goes inside brackets and the number of them is written outside, as in Ca(NO3)2. Without the brackets that formula would read CaNO32 and lose the information that nitrate travels as an intact unit of one nitrogen and three oxygens. NaNO3; brackets are needed only when more than one polyatomic ion is required, and the count goes outside them

  10. Given that sulfate is SO42-, predict the formula and charge of sulfite, and explain the reasoning pattern.
    Show the full solution

    Sulfite is SO32-. The -ate and -ite endings distinguish two oxyanions of the same central element, and the rule is that the -ite form has one fewer oxygen atom than the -ate form while carrying the same charge. So dropping one oxygen from sulfate gives sulfite with the charge unchanged at 2-. The same pattern holds across the set: nitrate NO3- gives nitrite NO2-, and phosphate PO43- gives phosphite PO33-. Knowing the -ate form of each family therefore yields the -ite form without separate memorization, which halves the list that has to be learned. SO32-; the -ite form has one fewer oxygen and the same charge as the -ate form

Lesson 3.7 · Unit 3 · HS-PS1-2

Naming covalent compounds and acids, and choosing which system applies

There are three naming systems in a first chemistry course, and the hardest part is not any one of them but deciding which to use. The decision is made from the formula in about two seconds once you know what to look at, and getting it wrong means applying correct rules to the wrong compound.

The key ideas
  1. Covalent naming uses prefixes to state the number of each atom: mono 1, di 2, tri 3, tetra 4, penta 5, hexa 6.
  2. The first element drops mono- but the second keeps it. CO is carbon monoxide, not monocarbon monoxide.
  3. The second element takes the -ide ending, the same as in ionic naming.
  4. Prefixes are needed here because the ratio is not fixed. Nitrogen and oxygen form NO, N2O, NO2 and N2O4, and only the prefixes tell them apart.
  5. A binary acid is hydrogen with one nonmetal, named hydro-(root)-ic acid. HCl in water is hydrochloric acid.
  6. An oxyacid contains hydrogen, a nonmetal and oxygen, and is named from the polyatomic ion: an -ate ion gives -ic acid, an -ite ion gives -ous acid. No hydro- prefix appears.
  7. The decision procedure: if the formula starts with H and the compound is in water, it is an acid. Otherwise, if the first element is a metal, use ionic naming. If both elements are nonmetals, use prefixes.

Where students lose marks: using prefixes on an ionic compound or roman numerals on a covalent one. Check whether the first element is a metal before writing anything down, because that single test selects the system.

Worked example

The problem. Name each formula, stating which system you chose and why: N2O4, FeCl3, H2SO4, HNO2, SF6 and HBr in water.

Step one: N2O4. Nitrogen and oxygen are both nonmetals, so the covalent system applies. Two nitrogens is di-, four oxygens is tetra-, and the second element takes -ide. The name is dinitrogen tetroxide. The a of tetra is dropped before the vowel of oxide, which is conventional.

Step two: FeCl3. Iron is a metal, so this is ionic and prefixes are forbidden. Iron is a variable-charge metal, so a numeral is required: three chlorides at -1 give -3, so the single iron is Fe3+. The name is iron(III) chloride.

Step three: H2SO4. The formula begins with hydrogen and contains oxygen, so this is an oxyacid. Strip the hydrogens and the remaining ion is SO42-, sulfate. An -ate ion gives an -ic acid, so the name is sulfuric acid. The root expands to sulfur- rather than sulf-, which is a spelling convention worth noting.

Step four: HNO2. Again hydrogen plus oxygen, so an oxyacid. The remaining ion is NO2-, which is nitrite, not nitrate. An -ite ion gives an -ous acid, so this is nitrous acid. Compare HNO3, from nitrate, which is nitric acid.

Step five: SF6. Sulfur and fluorine are both nonmetals, so covalent. One sulfur takes no prefix as the first element, six fluorines is hexa-, and the ending is -ide: sulfur hexafluoride.

Step six: HBr in water. Hydrogen with one nonmetal and no oxygen is a binary acid, so the hydro- prefix is used and the ending is -ic: hydrobromic acid. Note the qualification: as a pure gas the same formula is named hydrogen bromide, and it only becomes an acid in aqueous solution.

Step seven: collect the decision rule that ran through all six. Look at the first element. Hydrogen with water means an acid, and the presence or absence of oxygen then selects between the oxyacid and binary rules. A metal means ionic naming, with a numeral only if the metal has more than one charge. Two nonmetals means prefixes.

Step eight: note the one genuine overlap. Hydrogen is a nonmetal, so H2S could be named as a covalent compound. Both names exist and both are correct in their context: the pure gas is hydrogen sulfide and the aqueous solution is hydrosulfuric acid. The state matters, which is why acid naming questions usually specify aqueous.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name CO.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon monoxide

  2. Name CCl4.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon tetrachloride

  3. Write the formula of diphosphorus pentoxide.
    Show the full solution

    P2O5

  4. Name HNO3.
    Show the full solution

    Nitrate gives an -ic acid. Nitric acid

  5. Name HCl in aqueous solution.
    Show the full solution

    Binary acid, so hydro- and -ic. Hydrochloric acid

  6. Explain why covalent compounds need prefixes when ionic compounds do not.
    Show the full solution

    In an ionic compound the ratio of ions is determined entirely by their charges and the requirement that the compound be neutral, so for any given pair of ions only one formula is possible and the name alone specifies it. Covalent compounds have no such constraint, because atoms share electrons in whatever combination is energetically available rather than balancing fixed charges, so the same two elements commonly form several different compounds. Nitrogen and oxygen give NO, N2O, NO2 and N2O4, all real substances with quite different properties, and a name of nitrogen oxide would be useless. The prefixes supply the information that charge balance supplies on the ionic side. Ionic ratios are fixed by charge, so a name determines the formula; covalent ratios vary, so the count must be stated

  7. Name H2SO3 and explain how its name relates to sulfuric acid.
    Show the full solution

    Remove the two hydrogens and the remaining ion is SO32-, which is sulfite rather than sulfate, since sulfite has one fewer oxygen than sulfate at the same charge. An -ite ion produces an -ous acid, so the compound is sulfurous acid. Its relationship to sulfuric acid, H2SO4, is exactly the relationship between sulfite and sulfate: one oxygen fewer, same charge, and the suffix change from -ic to -ous records it. The same pairing runs through nitric and nitrous acids from nitrate and nitrite, so learning one family gives the pattern for all of them. Sulfurous acid; the -ous ending corresponds to the -ite ion, which has one fewer oxygen than the -ate

  8. A student names MgCl2 as magnesium dichloride and N2O as nitrogen(I) oxide. Diagnose both errors.
    Show the full solution

    Both errors are the same error, made in opposite directions: the wrong naming system was selected. Magnesium is a metal, so magnesium chloride is ionic and takes no prefixes, because the two-to-one ratio is already forced by Mg2+ against Cl- and di- adds nothing; the correct name is magnesium chloride. Nitrogen and oxygen are both nonmetals, so N2O is covalent and takes prefixes rather than a roman numeral, which is reserved for variable-charge metals in ionic compounds; the correct name is dinitrogen monoxide. Checking whether the first element is a metal before writing anything would have prevented both. Magnesium chloride and dinitrogen monoxide; each used the other compound's system

  9. Explain why HCl is called hydrogen chloride in one situation and hydrochloric acid in another.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two names describe the same formula in two different physical states, and the chemistry genuinely differs between them. As a pure substance HCl is a covalent molecular gas, named by the covalent system as hydrogen chloride, and in that state it does not behave as an acid at all: dry hydrogen chloride will not turn dry litmus red. Dissolved in water the molecules ionize, releasing H+ into solution and producing the properties that define an acid, so the aqueous solution takes the acid name hydrochloric acid. The distinction is not a bookkeeping quirk but a record of the fact that acidic behavior requires water, which lesson 11.1 develops through the Arrhenius definition. The pure gas is a covalent compound; only the aqueous solution ionizes and behaves as an acid

  10. Given only the formula, describe the procedure you would use to decide which naming system applies, and identify the one case where the answer is ambiguous.
    Show the full solution

    Look at the first element in the formula. If it is a metal, the compound is ionic: name the cation, then the anion with -ide or its polyatomic name, adding a roman numeral only if the metal has more than one possible charge. If both elements are nonmetals, the compound is covalent and takes prefixes on both elements, with mono- dropped from the first. If the formula begins with hydrogen and the compound is described as aqueous, it is an acid: use hydro-(root)-ic if there is no oxygen, and otherwise name from the polyatomic ion with -ate going to -ic and -ite to -ous. The ambiguous case is a hydrogen compound with no state specified, since hydrogen is itself a nonmetal and H2S is hydrogen sulfide as a gas and hydrosulfuric acid in water. The formula alone does not settle it and the question has to say which is meant. Test the first element for metal, nonmetal or hydrogen; hydrogen compounds with no stated state are the ambiguous case

Unit 3 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 3 review: Bonding, Shape and Naming

Check which naming system a formula needs before writing anything, and remember that shape rather than bonds decides molecular polarity.

  1. Predict the bond type between potassium and bromine, given K 0.82 and Br 2.96.
    Show the full solution

    The difference is \( 2.96 - 0.82 = 2.14 \), above 1.7. Ionic

  2. Write the formula of aluminum oxide.
    Show the full solution

    Al3+ with O2-; the lowest common multiple of 3 and 2 is 6. Al2O3

  3. Name Fe2O3.
    Show the full solution

    Three oxides give -6, so two irons supply +3 each. Iron(III) oxide

  4. Name N2O5.
    Show the full solution

    Two nonmetals, so prefixes. Dinitrogen pentoxide

  5. Give the shape of NH3 and its approximate bond angle.
    Show the full solution

    Four domains with one lone pair. Trigonal pyramidal, about 107 degrees

  6. Is CO2 a polar molecule? Explain.
    Show the full solution

    No. Each C=O bond is strongly polar, but carbon has two electron domains and no lone pairs, so the molecule is linear and the two bond polarities point in exactly opposite directions. They cancel completely, leaving no net dipole. This is the standard demonstration that polar bonds do not imply a polar molecule; the shape decides it. Nonpolar, because the linear shape cancels the two bond polarities

  7. How many valence electrons are used to draw the Lewis structure of CO32-?
    Show the full solution

    Carbon 4, three oxygens 18, plus 2 for the charge. 24

  8. Water boils at 100 degrees Celsius and hydrogen sulfide at -60, despite hydrogen sulfide being heavier. Explain.
    Show the full solution

    On molar mass alone hydrogen sulfide should boil higher, since more electrons mean stronger dispersion forces. The prediction fails because water has hydrogen bonded directly to oxygen, which is small and highly electronegative, so water molecules attract one another by hydrogen bonding. Sulfur is neither small enough nor electronegative enough, so hydrogen sulfide has only dipole-dipole and dispersion forces. Hydrogen bonding is strong enough to overturn a twofold difference in molar mass, and without it there would be no liquid water on Earth's surface. Water hydrogen bonds and hydrogen sulfide cannot

  9. Write the formula of ammonium sulfate and check that it is neutral.
    Show the full solution

    Ammonium is NH4+ and sulfate is SO42-, so two ammonium ions are needed per sulfate, and because more than one polyatomic ion is required it takes brackets: (NH4)2SO4. The check is \( 2(+1) + 1(-2) = 0 \). (NH4)2SO4

  10. Name H2SO3 and explain how the name relates to H2SO4.
    Show the full solution

    Removing the hydrogens leaves SO32-, which is sulfite rather than sulfate, and an -ite ion gives an -ous acid, so the compound is sulfurous acid. Its relationship to sulfuric acid is exactly that of sulfite to sulfate: one fewer oxygen at the same charge, recorded by the suffix change from -ic to -ous. The same pattern connects nitric and nitrous acids. Sulfurous acid

Lesson 4.1 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

The mole, and why chemists count by weighing

Reactions happen between individual particles in fixed whole number ratios, so a chemist needs to know how many particles are present. Particles cannot be counted and can be weighed, so chemistry needs a bridge between mass and number. The mole is that bridge, and it is the single most important idea in the course.

The key ideas
  1. A mole is a fixed number of particles, namely \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \), which is Avogadro's number. It is a counting word, like dozen, with an inconveniently large value.
  2. The value is not arbitrary. It is chosen so that one mole of an element has a mass in grams numerically equal to its atomic mass in atomic mass units. Carbon's atomic mass is 12.01 u, so one mole of carbon atoms weighs 12.01 g.
  3. That correspondence is the whole point. It lets a balance reading in grams be converted directly into a particle count, which is what makes quantitative chemistry possible.
  4. Always say what the particles are. A mole of oxygen atoms and a mole of oxygen molecules are different quantities of matter, 16.00 g against 32.00 g. Write "mol O" or "mol O2", never just "a mole of oxygen".
  5. A mole of anything contains the same number of particles, but moles of different substances have different masses, because the particles have different masses.
  6. The number is far larger than everyday intuition allows. A mole of water is about 18 mL, roughly a tablespoon, and contains more molecules than there are stars in the observable universe.

Where students lose marks: treating the mole as a mass or a volume. It is a number. Saying "a mole of lead is heavier than a mole of aluminum" is correct; saying "a mole of lead is more than a mole of aluminum" is not, because both are the same count.

Worked example

The problem. Show why counting by weighing works, and get a sense of the size of Avogadro's number.

Step one: start with an everyday analogy. A hardware store sells washers by weight rather than by counting them. If one washer has a mass of 2.0 g, then 500 g of washers contains \( 500 \div 2.0 = 250 \) washers. Nobody counted; the count was obtained from a mass and a known mass per item.

Step two: identify what the store needed to know. Only one thing: the mass of a single washer. Everything else follows from division. Chemistry needs the same thing, the mass of a single atom, and that is a problem, because a single atom has a mass of the order of \( 10^{-23} \) grams and no balance can weigh it.

Step three: solve it by choosing a package size. Instead of the mass of one atom, define a package containing a fixed enormous number of atoms and measure the mass of the package. Choose the number so the package masses come out convenient, and the obvious choice is to make the package of carbon-12 weigh exactly 12 g, since the atomic mass unit is already defined as one twelfth of a carbon-12 atom.

Step four: that choice fixes the number. The count required to make 12 g of carbon-12 is \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \). Avogadro's number is a measured consequence of the definition, not a number someone picked.

Step five: check that the convenience carries over to every element. Because atomic masses are all expressed on the same scale relative to carbon-12, the same package count gives a mass in grams numerically equal to the atomic mass for every element. One mole of iron is 55.85 g, one mole of sodium is 22.99 g. The periodic table becomes a table of molar masses at no extra cost.

Step six: get a feel for the size. One mole of water is about 18 g, which is roughly 18 mL, about a tablespoon. That tablespoon contains \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) molecules.

Step seven: put that against a large familiar number. Estimates of the number of stars in the observable universe are of the order of \( 10^{22} \) to \( 10^{24} \). A tablespoon of water therefore contains roughly as many molecules as the universe contains stars.

Step eight: draw the lesson. The gap between the scale we weigh at and the scale reactions occur at is more than twenty orders of magnitude, which is why no amount of care with grams alone will get a reaction ratio right. Every quantitative problem in this course converts to moles first for exactly this reason.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the value of Avogadro's number.
    Show the full solution

    \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) particles per mole

  2. How many atoms are in 2.00 mol of iron?
    Show the full solution

    \( 2.00 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \). \( 1.20 \times 10^{24} \) atoms

  3. What is the mass of one mole of carbon atoms?
    Show the full solution

    12.01 g

  4. Which contains more particles, one mole of lead or one mole of helium?
    Show the full solution

    Neither; both contain \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) particles

  5. How many moles is \( 3.011 \times 10^{23} \) molecules?
    Show the full solution

    That is half of Avogadro's number. 0.500 mol

  6. Explain why the mole exists at all, rather than chemists simply using grams.
    Show the full solution

    Because reactions are governed by particle counts and not by masses. Two hydrogen molecules react with one oxygen molecule to make two water molecules, a fixed relationship between numbers of particles, and the corresponding mass relationship is nothing so simple, since 4 g of hydrogen reacts with 32 g of oxygen. A chemist who mixes equal masses of two reactants has almost certainly mixed them in the wrong ratio. Since particles cannot be counted directly, the mole provides a fixed package size that converts a mass on a balance into a particle count, so that the whole number ratio from the equation can actually be used in the laboratory. Reactions occur in fixed particle ratios, not mass ratios, and the mole converts a measurable mass into a count

  7. Explain why "one mole of oxygen" is an ambiguous statement, and what it should say.
    Show the full solution

    Because oxygen exists as individual atoms in compounds and as diatomic O2 molecules as a free element, and a mole of each is a different quantity of matter. One mole of oxygen atoms is \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) atoms with a mass of 16.00 g, while one mole of oxygen molecules is the same number of molecules, therefore twice as many atoms, with a mass of 32.00 g. Any calculation that uses the wrong one is out by a factor of two. The statement should specify the particle: one mole of O atoms, or one mole of O2 molecules. The same ambiguity affects every diatomic element, which in a first course means hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen and the halogens. A mole of O atoms is 16.00 g and a mole of O2 molecules is 32.00 g; the particle must be named

  8. Explain why Avogadro's number has the particular value it has rather than being a round number.
    Show the full solution

    Because the number was not chosen; the convenience was chosen and the number followed. Chemists wanted a package whose mass in grams would be numerically equal to the atomic mass in atomic mass units, so that the periodic table could be read directly as a table of molar masses. Since the atomic mass unit was already defined as one twelfth of the mass of a carbon-12 atom, the required package is whatever count of carbon-12 atoms weighs exactly 12 g, and measurement shows that count to be \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \). Had a round number such as \( 10^{23} \) been chosen instead, the convenient correspondence with atomic masses would have been lost and every molar mass would carry an awkward conversion factor. It is whatever count makes 12 g of carbon-12, which is what preserves the link to atomic masses

  9. A student says a mole of lead is "more" than a mole of carbon because lead is heavier. Diagnose the error precisely.
    Show the full solution

    The word "more" is being applied to two different quantities without distinguishing them. By particle count the two are identical: both contain \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) atoms, because that is what a mole means. By mass they differ substantially, since a mole of lead is about 207 g and a mole of carbon about 12 g, reflecting that a lead atom is roughly seventeen times as massive as a carbon atom. The correct statements are that a mole of lead has a greater mass than a mole of carbon, and that both contain the same number of atoms. The underlying confusion is treating the mole as a unit of amount of stuff rather than as a count. Same number of atoms, greater mass; the mole counts particles and says nothing about mass

  10. A mole of water occupies about 18 mL and a mole of carbon dioxide gas occupies about 22 400 mL at STP. Explain why the same number of molecules takes up such different volumes.
    Show the full solution

    Because in a liquid the molecules are in contact and in a gas they are overwhelmingly separated by empty space, so the volume occupied is set almost entirely by the spacing rather than by the size of the molecules themselves. In liquid water the hydrogen bonding of lesson 3.5 holds molecules touching one another, so the volume is roughly the combined volume of the molecules. In a gas at ordinary pressure the molecules are perhaps ten molecular diameters apart on average, which is about a thousand times the volume per molecule, and that ratio matches the observed factor of roughly 1200 between the two figures. It also explains why the molar volume of a gas is nearly the same for every gas, as lesson 4.4 shows, while molar volumes of liquids differ substantially. Gas volume is set by the spacing between molecules, not their size, so the same count occupies about a thousand times more space

Lesson 4.2 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Molar mass, and the bracket subscript that gets missed

Molar mass is the mass of one mole of a substance, and calculating it is addition with one trap in it. The trap is the subscript outside a bracket, which multiplies everything inside, and missing it is the most common arithmetic error in the entire course because it is invisible: the answer looks like a normal number.

The key ideas
  1. Molar mass is the mass of one mole in grams per mole, and it is numerically equal to the atomic or formula mass in atomic mass units.
  2. For an element, read it off the periodic table. For a compound, add the contribution of every atom in the formula.
  3. A subscript inside the formula multiplies the atom before it. In H2O the 2 applies to hydrogen only.
  4. A subscript outside a bracket multiplies everything inside it. In Ca(NO3)2 there are two nitrogens and six oxygens, not two nitrogens and three oxygens.
  5. A dot in a formula means water of crystallization, and it is included in the molar mass. CuSO4·5H2O has five whole water molecules added on.
  6. Use atomic masses to two decimal places and keep them consistent. Rounding chlorine to 35 rather than 35.45 introduces an error of more than one percent that carries through every subsequent step.
  7. Sanity check the size. A molar mass smaller than the heaviest atom in the formula is impossible, and that check catches most bracket errors.

Where students lose marks: computing Ca(NO3)2 as 40.08 + 14.01 + 48.00 = 102.09. The bracket subscript doubles both the nitrogen and the three oxygens, giving 164.10. Count the atoms explicitly before adding anything.

Worked example

The problem. Calculate the molar mass of Ca(NO3)2, Al2(SO4)3 and CuSO4·5H2O. Use Ca 40.08, N 14.01, O 16.00, Al 26.98, S 32.07, Cu 63.55, H 1.008.

Step one: calcium nitrate, count the atoms before adding. Writing the count out is what prevents the error. The bracket contains NO3 and the subscript 2 applies to all of it, so there are 1 calcium, 2 nitrogen and \( 3 \times 2 = 6 \) oxygen.

Step two: multiply and add.

\[ 1 \times 40.08 = 40.08 \] \[ 2 \times 14.01 = 28.02 \] \[ 6 \times 16.00 = 96.00 \]

Total: 164.10 g/mol.

Step three: check against the wrong answer. Ignoring the bracket gives \( 40.08 + 14.01 + 48.00 = 102.09 \), which is 38 percent too low and looks completely reasonable on the page. There is nothing about 102.09 that signals an error, which is why the atom count has to be written out rather than done mentally.

Step four: aluminum sulfate, count the atoms. The bracket contains SO4 with a subscript 3 outside, so there are 2 aluminum, 3 sulfur and \( 4 \times 3 = 12 \) oxygen.

Step five: multiply and add.

\[ 2 \times 26.98 = 53.96 \] \[ 3 \times 32.07 = 96.21 \] \[ 12 \times 16.00 = 192.00 \]

Total: 342.17 g/mol. Note that oxygen contributes more than half the mass, which is typical of sulfates and worth remembering as a rough check.

Step six: the hydrate, handle the dot. CuSO4·5H2O means one formula unit of copper sulfate together with five water molecules held in the crystal. Calculate the two parts separately and add.

Step seven: do each part. Copper sulfate: \( 63.55 + 32.07 + 4 \times 16.00 = 159.62 \). Water: \( 2 \times 1.008 + 16.00 = 18.016 \), and five of them is \( 5 \times 18.016 = 90.08 \).

Step eight: add and interpret. \( 159.62 + 90.08 = \) 249.70 g/mol. The water accounts for 36 percent of the mass, which is why heating a hydrate to drive off the water produces such a large mass loss, and why a hydrate weighed as though it were anhydrous gives a badly wrong number of moles.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Calculate the molar mass of H2O.
    Show the full solution

    \( 2 \times 1.008 + 16.00 \). 18.02 g/mol

  2. Calculate the molar mass of CO2.
    Show the full solution

    \( 12.01 + 2 \times 16.00 \). 44.01 g/mol

  3. Calculate the molar mass of NaCl.
    Show the full solution

    \( 22.99 + 35.45 \). 58.44 g/mol

  4. Calculate the molar mass of Mg(OH)2.
    Show the full solution

    1 Mg, 2 O, 2 H: \( 24.31 + 32.00 + 2.016 \). 58.33 g/mol

  5. Calculate the molar mass of glucose, C6H12O6.
    Show the full solution

    \( 6(12.01) + 12(1.008) + 6(16.00) = 72.06 + 12.10 + 96.00 \). 180.16 g/mol

  6. Calculate the molar mass of calcium phosphate, Ca3(PO4)2, showing the atom count. Use P 30.97.
    Show the full solution

    Count first: the bracket holds PO4 with a subscript 2, so there are 3 calcium, 2 phosphorus and \( 4 \times 2 = 8 \) oxygen. Then \( 3 \times 40.08 = 120.24 \), \( 2 \times 30.97 = 61.94 \) and \( 8 \times 16.00 = 128.00 \). Adding gives 310.18 g/mol. The error to avoid is taking four oxygens instead of eight, which would give 246.18 and is off by more than twenty percent with nothing on the page to reveal it. 310.18 g/mol

  7. Explain why the bracket subscript error is harder to catch than most arithmetic mistakes.
    Show the full solution

    Because it produces an answer that is entirely plausible in isolation. A mistyped digit often gives an absurd result that the eye rejects, and a dropped decimal place shifts the magnitude by a factor of ten, which a rough estimate catches. Missing a bracket subscript changes the answer by a factor somewhere between one and a half and three, which is neither absurd nor obviously wrong, and the resulting number sits comfortably in the range a molar mass ought to occupy. Nothing downstream flags it either, since the wrong molar mass simply produces a wrong number of moles that then propagates quietly through the rest of the calculation. The only reliable defense is procedural: write out the atom count before any multiplication. It gives a plausible number in the right range, so neither estimation nor inspection detects it

  8. A student calculates the molar mass of Fe2O3 as 71.85 g/mol. Diagnose the error without being told what they did.
    Show the full solution

    Apply the sanity check first: iron alone has an atomic mass of 55.85, so a compound containing two iron atoms must have a molar mass above 111.70 whatever else is in it. An answer of 71.85 is therefore impossible and can be rejected before the source of the error is found. Locating it, 71.85 is exactly \( 55.85 + 16.00 \), so the student used one iron and one oxygen and ignored both subscripts. The correct calculation is \( 2 \times 55.85 + 3 \times 16.00 = 111.70 + 48.00 = 159.70 \) g/mol. The check that the total exceeds the mass of the heaviest atom present, multiplied by its subscript, is worth applying to every molar mass. 159.70 g/mol; they ignored both subscripts, and the answer is below the mass of the iron alone

  9. Explain why rounding chlorine's atomic mass to 35 is a worse decision than it looks.
    Show the full solution

    The true value is 35.45, so rounding to 35 introduces an error of 0.45 in 35.45, which is about 1.3 percent. That sounds small, but molar mass sits in the denominator of every conversion from mass to moles, so the error transfers directly into the mole count and then into every quantity derived from it, including the mass of product predicted by a stoichiometry calculation. In a compound with several chlorines the error multiplies: in CCl4 the four chlorines contribute 141.8 correctly against 140 rounded, and the whole molar mass shifts by more than one percent. Since experimental percent yields are often reported to three significant figures, an avoidable systematic error of this size can be larger than the effect being measured. A 1.3 percent error enters the denominator of every mole calculation and multiplies with the number of chlorine atoms

  10. Explain why a hydrate's molar mass includes the water, and what goes wrong if a student weighs a hydrate and uses the anhydrous molar mass.
    Show the full solution

    The water of crystallization is physically present in the solid being weighed. It occupies fixed positions in the crystal lattice in a definite ratio to the rest of the formula unit, so it contributes to the mass on the balance just as every other atom does, and excluding it would describe a different substance. If a student weighs 25.0 g of CuSO4·5H2O and divides by the anhydrous molar mass of 159.62 rather than the correct 249.70, they obtain 0.157 mol instead of 0.100 mol, overstating the amount by more than fifty percent. Every quantity derived from that figure is then too large by the same factor, and since blue copper sulfate crystals are the hydrate while the white powder is anhydrous, the decision has to be made by looking at what is actually on the balance. The water is part of the solid being weighed; using 159.62 instead of 249.70 overstates the moles by more than half

Lesson 4.3 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Mass, moles and particles, with moles as the hub

There are three quantities in play and only two conversion factors, because everything goes through moles. Drawing that as a map once, with moles in the middle, removes the guessing from every problem in the rest of the course: you are never deciding whether to multiply or divide, only which way along the map you are traveling.

The key ideas
  1. The map is mass, then moles, then particles. Mass and particles are never connected directly; every route passes through moles.
  2. Mass to moles: divide by the molar mass. \( n = \frac{m}{M} \).
  3. Moles to mass: multiply by the molar mass. \( m = nM \).
  4. Moles to particles: multiply by Avogadro's number. Particles to moles: divide by it.
  5. Set every conversion up as a fraction so the units cancel, exactly as in lesson 1.4. The unit that survives tells you whether the setup is right before you calculate.
  6. A two-step conversion is one expression, not two calculations. Chaining them means one rounding at the end rather than two.
  7. Particles may be atoms, molecules, formula units or ions, and the answer should say which. A mole of CaCl2 is \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) formula units but contains three times that many ions.

Where students lose marks: multiplying a mass by Avogadro's number directly. Grams are not particles, and nothing converts between them in one step. If the setup does not have moles in the middle, it is wrong.

Worked example

The problem. A beaker contains 25.0 g of water. Find the number of moles and the number of molecules, then the number of hydrogen atoms.

Step one: find the molar mass. \( 2 \times 1.008 + 16.00 = 18.02 \) g/mol.

Step two: set up mass to moles as a fraction.

\[ n = 25.0 \text{ g} \times \frac{1 \text{ mol}}{18.02 \text{ g}} \]

Grams cancel and moles survive, so the setup is right.

Step three: calculate. \( 25.0 \div 18.02 = 1.3873 \), so 1.39 mol to three significant figures.

Step four: chain on to molecules without rounding first.

\[ N = 25.0 \text{ g} \times \frac{1 \text{ mol}}{18.02 \text{ g}} \times \frac{6.022 \times 10^{23} \text{ molecules}}{1 \text{ mol}} \]

Grams cancel, moles cancel, molecules survive.

Step five: calculate. \( 1.3873 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 8.355 \times 10^{23} \), so \( 8.35 \times 10^{23} \) molecules.

Step six: notice what rounding early would have done. A student who rounded to 1.39 mol and then multiplied gets \( 1.39 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 8.37 \times 10^{23} \). The third digit differs, and this is exactly the intermediate rounding problem from lesson 1.5 appearing in a real calculation.

Step seven: get the hydrogen atoms. Each water molecule contains two hydrogen atoms, so multiply by 2: \( 8.355 \times 10^{23} \times 2 = \) \( 1.67 \times 10^{24} \) hydrogen atoms. Note that this factor comes from the formula, not from Avogadro's number, and it is a separate step.

Step eight: sanity check the magnitudes. 25 g of water is a bit more than one mole, so the mole count should be a little above 1 and it is. The molecule count should be a little above \( 6 \times 10^{23} \) and it is. An answer of \( 8.35 \times 10^{21} \) or \( 1.39 \times 10^{-2} \) mol would be caught here without rechecking any arithmetic.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What do you divide by to convert mass to moles?
    Show the full solution

    The molar mass

  2. Find the mass of 3.00 mol of CO2.
    Show the full solution

    \( 3.00 \times 44.01 \). 132 g

  3. How many moles is \( 1.204 \times 10^{24} \) molecules?
    Show the full solution

    \( 1.204 \times 10^{24} \div 6.022 \times 10^{23} \). 2.00 mol

  4. Find the number of moles in 58.44 g of NaCl.
    Show the full solution

    That is exactly one molar mass. 1.00 mol

  5. Why can mass never be converted to particles in a single step?
    Show the full solution

    Because no conversion factor links them directly; both are connected only through moles

  6. Find the number of molecules in 8.00 g of oxygen gas, showing the units canceling.
    Show the full solution

    Oxygen gas is O2, with a molar mass of 32.00 g/mol, and using 16.00 here is the standard error. Setting up the chain: \( 8.00 \text{ g} \times \frac{1 \text{ mol}}{32.00 \text{ g}} \times \frac{6.022 \times 10^{23}}{1 \text{ mol}} \). Grams cancel against grams and moles against moles, leaving molecules. The arithmetic is \( 8.00 \div 32.00 = 0.250 \) mol, then \( 0.250 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 1.5055 \times 10^{23} \). \( 1.51 \times 10^{23} \) molecules

  7. Find the mass of \( 3.011 \times 10^{23} \) molecules of ammonia, NH3.
    Show the full solution

    Travel the map from particles to moles to mass. First \( 3.011 \times 10^{23} \div 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 0.5000 \) mol, which is a recognizable half of Avogadro's number and worth spotting. The molar mass of ammonia is \( 14.01 + 3 \times 1.008 = 17.03 \) g/mol. Then \( 0.5000 \times 17.03 = 8.515 \). To the three significant figures the data support, this is 8.52 g. The check on magnitude is that half a mole should weigh about half the molar mass, and it does. 8.52 g

  8. Explain why 1.00 mol of CaCl2 contains \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) formula units but \( 1.81 \times 10^{24} \) ions.
    Show the full solution

    A mole always contains Avogadro's number of whatever particle is named, and the particle named in the first figure is the formula unit. One formula unit of CaCl2 is not a molecule, since the compound is ionic, but it does represent one Ca2+ together with two Cl-, which is three ions in total. So one mole of formula units contains three moles of ions, and \( 3 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 1.807 \times 10^{24} \). The factor of three comes from reading the formula and is a separate step from any mole conversion, which is why the answer must always state what is being counted rather than reporting a bare number of particles. Each formula unit contains three ions, so the ion count is three times the formula unit count

  9. A student converts 10.0 g of helium to atoms and gets \( 6.02 \times 10^{24} \). Check the answer and explain the significance of the result either way.
    Show the full solution

    Helium has a molar mass of 4.00 g/mol, so \( 10.0 \div 4.00 = 2.50 \) mol, and \( 2.50 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 1.51 \times 10^{24} \) atoms. The student's answer is exactly ten times Avogadro's number, which corresponds to 10.0 mol rather than 2.50 mol, so they have treated the mass in grams as a number of moles and skipped the division by molar mass entirely. The error is caught quickly by asking whether 10.0 g of helium is plausibly ten moles: ten moles would weigh 40.0 g. Helium's low molar mass makes this slip especially easy, because the numbers are small and the missing step is not obvious in the arithmetic. \( 1.51 \times 10^{24} \) atoms; they used the mass as a mole count without dividing by 4.00

  10. Explain why setting conversions up as fractions with visible units is worth the extra writing, even for a one-step problem.
    Show the full solution

    Because the habit is what makes multi-step problems reliable, and it cannot be acquired at the moment it becomes necessary. In a one-step conversion a student can usually guess correctly whether to multiply or divide, so the fraction seems like overhead. In a three-step chain, where a mass becomes moles becomes a mole ratio becomes another mass, guessing fails often, and an inverted factor produces an answer wrong by the square of the molar mass with nothing on the page to reveal it. Written as fractions, the units either cancel to leave the quantity asked for or they do not, and the check happens before any arithmetic. The practice also makes an answer auditable by someone else, which matters when the working is what earns the marks. The habit transfers to multi-step chains where guessing fails, and the unit check verifies the setup before calculating

Lesson 4.4 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Molar volume, and why every gas takes up the same room

One mole of any gas occupies about 22.4 L at standard temperature and pressure, whether it is hydrogen or carbon dioxide or a mixture. That a light gas and a heavy one occupy identical volumes is surprising until you notice what sets the volume of a gas, and the explanation is the same one that made a mole of water so much smaller than a mole of carbon dioxide in lesson 4.1.

The key ideas
  1. Molar volume at STP is 22.4 L/mol for any gas behaving ideally.
  2. STP means standard temperature and pressure, 0 degrees Celsius (273 K) and 1 atmosphere. The value 22.4 applies at those conditions and nowhere else.
  3. The reason is that gas volume is set by spacing, not by particle size. Gas molecules are so far apart that their own volume is negligible, so what matters is only how many there are and how hard they push.
  4. This is Avogadro's law: equal volumes of gases at the same temperature and pressure contain equal numbers of particles.
  5. It adds a fourth quantity to the map from lesson 4.3. Gas volume connects to moles, and therefore to mass and particles, but only through moles.
  6. The conversion factor works both ways: divide a volume by 22.4 to get moles, multiply moles by 22.4 to get a volume at STP.
  7. It applies only to gases. There is no corresponding constant for liquids or solids, whose molar volumes differ by orders of magnitude between substances.

Where students lose marks: using 22.4 L/mol at room temperature. Room temperature is about 25 degrees Celsius, not 0, and the molar volume there is roughly 24.5 L/mol. Check that the question says STP before reaching for 22.4.

Worked example

Part one. A container holds 5.60 L of oxygen gas at STP. Find the number of moles, the mass, and the number of molecules.

Step one: convert volume to moles.

\[ n = 5.60 \text{ L} \times \frac{1 \text{ mol}}{22.4 \text{ L}} = 0.250 \text{ mol} \]

Liters cancel and moles survive.

Step two: convert moles to mass. Oxygen gas is O2, molar mass 32.00 g/mol. \( 0.250 \times 32.00 = \) 8.00 g. Using 16.00 here would halve the answer and is the standard trap.

Step three: convert moles to molecules. \( 0.250 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = \) \( 1.51 \times 10^{23} \) molecules.

Step four: notice the structure. All three answers came from the same mole figure. Volume, mass and particles are three spokes on the same hub, and once the mole count is in hand, every other quantity is one multiplication away.

Part two. Explain why 5.60 L of hydrogen at STP contains the same number of molecules as 5.60 L of carbon dioxide, despite carbon dioxide molecules being twenty-two times heavier.

Step five: ask what sets the volume of a gas. In a solid or liquid the particles are touching, so the volume is roughly the sum of the particle volumes and a bigger particle means a bigger volume. In a gas the particles are separated by distances many times their own diameter, so the space between them accounts for nearly all the volume and the particles themselves contribute almost nothing.

Step six: ask what sets the spacing. The spacing is determined by the balance between the pressure pushing the gas inward and the kinetic energy of the particles pushing outward. At a given temperature, all gas particles have the same average kinetic energy regardless of their mass, which is a result unit 8 develops.

Step seven: draw the conclusion. Since the spacing depends on temperature and pressure but not on the identity of the particle, the volume per particle is the same for every gas at given conditions. Twenty-two times the mass makes no difference, because mass is not what is taking up the room.

Step eight: note the limit of the model. This holds only while the particles' own volume really is negligible and the attractions between them really are weak. At high pressure the particles are forced close together and both assumptions fail, so real gases deviate from 22.4 L/mol, which lesson 8.6 quantifies.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the molar volume of a gas at STP.
    Show the full solution

    22.4 L/mol

  2. What temperature and pressure does STP specify?
    Show the full solution

    0 degrees Celsius, which is 273 K, and 1 atmosphere

  3. How many moles is 11.2 L of any gas at STP?
    Show the full solution

    \( 11.2 \div 22.4 \). 0.500 mol

  4. Find the volume of 44.0 g of CO2 at STP.
    Show the full solution

    \( 44.0 \div 44.01 = 1.00 \) mol, then \( \times 22.4 \). 22.4 L

  5. State Avogadro's law.
    Show the full solution

    Equal volumes of gases at the same temperature and pressure contain equal numbers of particles

  6. Find the mass of 3.36 L of nitrogen gas at STP.
    Show the full solution

    Convert to moles first: \( 3.36 \div 22.4 = 0.150 \) mol. Nitrogen gas is N2, so the molar mass is \( 2 \times 14.01 = 28.02 \) g/mol, and using 14.01 would halve the answer. Then \( 0.150 \times 28.02 = 4.203 \), which to three significant figures is 4.20 g. The magnitude check is that 3.36 L is well under a mole, so the mass should be well under 28 g. 4.20 g

  7. Explain why there is a single molar volume for all gases but no single molar volume for liquids.
    Show the full solution

    In a gas the particles are separated by distances far larger than their own diameters, so the volume is almost entirely empty space and is set by how far apart the particles sit rather than by how big they are. That spacing depends only on temperature and pressure, so at fixed conditions every gas has the same volume per mole. In a liquid the particles are in contact, so the volume is essentially the sum of the particle volumes together with however efficiently they pack, and both of those vary enormously between substances. A mole of water occupies about 18 mL and a mole of mercury about 15 mL despite mercury being eleven times denser, because the two quantities depend on molecular size and packing in ways that no single constant can capture. Gas volume comes from spacing, which is identical at fixed conditions; liquid volume comes from particle size and packing, which differ

  8. A question gives a gas volume at 25 degrees Celsius and a student uses 22.4 L/mol. Explain what goes wrong and in which direction the answer errs.
    Show the full solution

    The constant 22.4 L/mol applies only at 0 degrees Celsius and 1 atmosphere. Raising the temperature to 25 degrees gives the particles more kinetic energy, so at constant pressure they push further apart and the same number of moles occupies a larger volume, about 24.5 L/mol. Using 22.4 therefore divides the volume by a number that is too small, which overstates the number of moles by roughly nine percent, and every quantity derived from that mole count, including any mass of product, is correspondingly too large. The lesson is to check the stated conditions before reaching for the constant, since the phrase "at STP" is doing real work in the question and is not decoration. The molar volume at 25 degrees is about 24.5 L/mol, so using 22.4 overstates the moles by about nine percent

  9. Two identical balloons at the same temperature and pressure are filled, one with helium and one with argon. Compare the number of atoms and the masses.
    Show the full solution

    The atom counts are equal. By Avogadro's law equal volumes at the same temperature and pressure contain equal numbers of particles, and since both balloons have the same volume, both contain the same number of moles and therefore the same number of atoms. Both gases are monatomic, so no diatomic correction is needed. The masses are very different: helium has a molar mass of 4.00 g/mol and argon 39.95, so the argon balloon is almost exactly ten times heavier. This is precisely why the helium balloon rises and the argon one does not, since buoyancy depends on the density of the gas compared with the surrounding air rather than on how many particles are inside. Equal numbers of atoms; the argon is about ten times the mass

  10. Explain how Avogadro's law let chemists determine molecular formulas that mass measurements alone could not, referring back to lesson 2.1.
    Show the full solution

    Mass analysis gives ratios, and a ratio is unchanged by multiplying both terms by the same number, so weighing could establish that a carbon oxide had twice as much oxygen per carbon as another without distinguishing CO and CO2 from C2O2 and C2O4. Avogadro's law breaks the deadlock because it converts a measured volume directly into a particle count. When gases react, their volumes are found to stand in small whole number ratios, and if equal volumes contain equal numbers of particles, those volume ratios are particle ratios. Observing that two volumes of hydrogen combine with one volume of oxygen to give two volumes of water vapor fixes the numbers of molecules involved, not merely their masses, which is exactly the evidence mass measurements could not supply. Volume ratios become particle ratios, giving absolute molecule counts rather than mass ratios

Lesson 4.5 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Percent composition, from a formula and back toward one

Percent composition states how much of a compound's mass each element contributes. It is easy to calculate and it is the quantity a laboratory actually measures, which makes it the bridge between an analysis and a formula. Lesson 4.6 runs the bridge in the harder direction.

The key ideas
  1. Percent by mass of an element is the total mass of that element in one mole of the compound, divided by the molar mass, times 100.
  2. The numerator uses all the atoms of that element, so a subscript or a bracket subscript multiplies the atomic mass before dividing.
  3. The percentages must sum to 100 within rounding. This check is free and it catches a missed subscript immediately.
  4. Percent composition is fixed for a compound, which is the law of definite proportions from lesson 2.1 expressed as a number.
  5. It is what an analysis reports, because burning or decomposing a sample and weighing the products gives masses, not formulas.
  6. Percent composition can be used to find a mass of element in a sample: multiply the sample mass by the percentage as a decimal.
  7. It cannot distinguish compounds with the same ratio. CH2O and C6H12O6 have identical percent compositions, which is the limitation lesson 4.7 resolves.

Where students lose marks: dividing by the atomic mass of the element rather than by the molar mass of the compound. The denominator is always the whole compound, because the question asks what fraction of the compound's mass the element accounts for.

Worked example

Part one. Find the percent composition of calcium nitrate, Ca(NO3)2.

Step one: use the molar mass from lesson 4.2. The atom count is 1 Ca, 2 N and 6 O, giving \( 40.08 + 28.02 + 96.00 = 164.10 \) g/mol.

Step two: calcium.

\[ \%\text{Ca} = \frac{40.08}{164.10} \times 100 = 24.42\% \]

Step three: nitrogen, remembering there are two.

\[ \%\text{N} = \frac{2 \times 14.01}{164.10} \times 100 = \frac{28.02}{164.10} \times 100 = 17.07\% \]

Step four: oxygen, remembering there are six.

\[ \%\text{O} = \frac{6 \times 16.00}{164.10} \times 100 = \frac{96.00}{164.10} \times 100 = 58.50\% \]

Step five: apply the check. \( 24.42 + 17.07 + 58.50 = 99.99 \), which is 100 within rounding. Had the bracket subscript been missed, the percentages would have summed to something far from 100 and the error would have announced itself.

Part two. A fertilizer bag is labeled as containing calcium nitrate. How much nitrogen is in a 5.00 kg bag?

Step six: use the percentage as a decimal. Nitrogen is 17.07 percent by mass, so \( 5.00 \text{ kg} \times 0.1707 = 0.8535 \) kg, which is 0.854 kg, or 854 g.

Step seven: note why this is the useful number. A farmer buying fertilizer is buying nitrogen, not calcium nitrate, so the percentage is what allows two products to be compared on price per unit of nitrogen. Ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, is 35.00 percent nitrogen by the same method, so it delivers more than twice the nitrogen per kilogram.

Step eight: state the limitation that motivates the next lesson. Percent composition follows straightforwardly from a formula. The laboratory faces the reverse problem: it can measure the percentages of an unknown and needs the formula. That direction is harder, because more than one formula can give the same percentages, and it is the subject of lesson 4.6.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the formula for percent by mass of an element in a compound.
    Show the full solution

    Mass of that element in one mole, divided by the molar mass, times 100

  2. Find the percent oxygen in H2O.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{16.00}{18.02} \times 100 \). 88.8 percent

  3. Find the percent carbon in CO2.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{12.01}{44.01} \times 100 \). 27.3 percent

  4. What check should every percent composition answer pass?
    Show the full solution

    The percentages must add to 100 within rounding

  5. Find the mass of carbon in 200. g of CO2.
    Show the full solution

    \( 200. \times 0.2729 \). 54.6 g

  6. Find the percent composition of calcium carbonate, CaCO3, and check your answer.
    Show the full solution

    The molar mass is \( 40.08 + 12.01 + 3 \times 16.00 = 100.09 \) g/mol, which is conveniently close to 100 and makes the percentages almost readable off the masses. Calcium: \( \frac{40.08}{100.09} \times 100 = 40.04 \) percent. Carbon: \( \frac{12.01}{100.09} \times 100 = 12.00 \) percent. Oxygen: \( \frac{48.00}{100.09} \times 100 = 47.96 \) percent. The check: \( 40.04 + 12.00 + 47.96 = 100.00 \). 40.04 percent Ca, 12.00 percent C, 47.96 percent O

  7. Explain why the denominator is the molar mass of the compound rather than the atomic mass of the element.
    Show the full solution

    Because the question being answered is what fraction of the compound's total mass a given element accounts for, and a fraction requires the whole in the denominator. Dividing the mass of an element by its own atomic mass answers a different question entirely, namely how many moles of that element are present, and the result is a mole count rather than a fraction. The error is easy to spot in the units: mass divided by mass is dimensionless and can sensibly be multiplied by 100 to give a percentage, whereas grams divided by grams per mole gives moles, and multiplying moles by 100 produces nothing meaningful. A percentage is a part over a whole, so the whole compound's molar mass must be the denominator

  8. CH2O and C6H12O6 have identical percent compositions. Explain why, and what this means for chemical analysis.
    Show the full solution

    Because the second formula is exactly six times the first, so every element's mass contribution and the total molar mass are all multiplied by six, and a fraction is unchanged when numerator and denominator are multiplied by the same number. Percent composition therefore reports only the ratio of atoms, not their absolute numbers, and every compound sharing that ratio gives the same analysis. For a laboratory this means an elemental analysis alone can never determine a molecular formula; it can determine the simplest ratio, called the empirical formula, and no more. A second and independent measurement of the molar mass is required to find the multiplier, which is the procedure of lesson 4.7. This is the same limitation that lesson 2.1 identified in Dalton's mass ratios. One formula is a whole multiple of the other, so the ratios are identical; analysis gives the empirical formula only

  9. Two nitrogen fertilizers are offered: ammonium nitrate, NH4NO3, at 35.00 percent nitrogen, and urea, CO(NH2)2. Calculate urea's nitrogen percentage and say which delivers more nitrogen per kilogram.
    Show the full solution

    Count urea's atoms carefully, since the bracket subscript applies to both the nitrogen and the two hydrogens: 1 C, 1 O, 2 N and 4 H. The molar mass is \( 12.01 + 16.00 + 2 \times 14.01 + 4 \times 1.008 = 12.01 + 16.00 + 28.02 + 4.03 = 60.06 \) g/mol. The nitrogen percentage is \( \frac{28.02}{60.06} \times 100 = 46.65 \) percent. Urea therefore delivers more nitrogen per kilogram than ammonium nitrate, 466 g against 350 g, which is why it is the more concentrated product and is cheaper to transport per unit of nitrogen supplied. 46.65 percent; urea delivers more nitrogen per kilogram

  10. Explain why percent composition being fixed for a compound is the same statement as the law of definite proportions.
    Show the full solution

    The law of definite proportions says a given compound always contains the same elements in the same proportion by mass regardless of its source, and percent composition is precisely that proportion expressed as a number out of a hundred. If water is always 11.19 percent hydrogen and 88.81 percent oxygen, then the law holds for water, and if a sample gave different percentages it would be either a different compound or a mixture. The connection also explains why percent composition is a useful identification tool: since the value is fixed by the formula, a measured analysis can be compared against calculated values for candidate compounds, and one that matches identifies the substance in the same way that density did for the metal in lesson 1.7. Percent composition is the fixed proportion by mass that the law asserts, stated numerically

Lesson 4.6 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Empirical formulas, working from an analysis back to a ratio

This is the lesson where the mole earns its place. An analysis gives masses, a formula needs a ratio of atom counts, and masses cannot be compared directly because the atoms have different masses. Convert to moles and the comparison becomes possible, which is the whole procedure in one sentence.

The key ideas
  1. An empirical formula is the simplest whole number ratio of atoms in a compound. It may or may not be the actual molecular formula.
  2. The procedure: percent to mass, mass to moles, divide by the smallest, multiply to whole numbers. Four steps, always in that order.
  3. Assume a 100 g sample when given percentages, so each percentage becomes a mass in grams directly. The answer is a ratio, so the assumed sample size does not affect it.
  4. Dividing by the smallest mole value sets that element to exactly 1 and expresses the others relative to it.
  5. If a result lands near 1.5, 1.33 or 1.25, multiply all of them by 2, 3 or 4 respectively. Rounding 1.5 to 2 changes the compound.
  6. Tolerate small deviations, not large ones. A ratio of 1.98 is 2 within experimental error; a ratio of 1.5 is not.
  7. Combustion analysis supplies the same data differently: all the carbon appears in the CO2 and all the hydrogen in the H2O, so those masses give the mole counts.

Where students lose marks: rounding 1.5 up to 2. That step turns Fe2O3 into FeO, a different compound. When a ratio lands on a clean fraction, multiply rather than round.

Worked example

Part one. A compound is 40.0 percent carbon, 6.7 percent hydrogen and 53.3 percent oxygen by mass. Find its empirical formula.

Step one: assume 100 g. The percentages become 40.0 g C, 6.7 g H and 53.3 g O. This is legitimate because the answer is a ratio and would be identical for any sample size.

Step two: convert each mass to moles.

\[ \text{C}: \frac{40.0}{12.01} = 3.331 \text{ mol} \] \[ \text{H}: \frac{6.7}{1.008} = 6.647 \text{ mol} \] \[ \text{O}: \frac{53.3}{16.00} = 3.331 \text{ mol} \]

Step three: divide every value by the smallest. The smallest is 3.331. Carbon gives \( 3.331 \div 3.331 = 1.000 \), hydrogen gives \( 6.647 \div 3.331 = 1.996 \), oxygen gives \( 3.331 \div 3.331 = 1.000 \).

Step four: round only where the deviation is small. 1.996 is 2 within experimental error, so the ratio is 1 : 2 : 1 and the empirical formula is CH2O.

Part two. An oxide of iron is 69.9 percent iron and 30.1 percent oxygen. Find its empirical formula.

Step five: moles in a 100 g sample.

\[ \text{Fe}: \frac{69.9}{55.85} = 1.2516 \text{ mol} \qquad \text{O}: \frac{30.1}{16.00} = 1.8813 \text{ mol} \]

Step six: divide by the smallest. Iron gives 1.000 and oxygen gives \( 1.8813 \div 1.2516 = 1.503 \). This is the situation the rule above warns about: 1.503 is not 1 and is not 2, and it is not within experimental error of either.

Step seven: multiply rather than round. A ratio of 1.5 means three halves, so multiply both values by 2: iron becomes 2 and oxygen becomes 3.01, which is 3 within error. The empirical formula is Fe2O3.

Step eight: see what rounding would have cost. Rounding 1.503 to 2 would give FeO, and rounding down to 1 would give FeO with the oxygen halved. Both are real compounds with different colors, different densities and different chemistry, so the error does not produce a slightly wrong answer but an answer about a different substance. Fe2O3 is rust; FeO is a black powder.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define an empirical formula.
    Show the full solution

    The simplest whole number ratio of atoms in a compound

  2. State the four steps of the procedure in order.
    Show the full solution

    Percent to mass, mass to moles, divide by the smallest, multiply to whole numbers

  3. Why is it legitimate to assume a 100 g sample?
    Show the full solution

    Because the answer is a ratio, which is the same for any sample size

  4. A ratio comes out as 1 : 1.33. What should you multiply by?
    Show the full solution

    1.33 is four thirds. 3, giving 3 : 4

  5. Give the empirical formula of C4H8.
    Show the full solution

    Divide both subscripts by 4. CH2

  6. A compound is 52.2 percent carbon, 13.0 percent hydrogen and 34.8 percent oxygen. Find its empirical formula.
    Show the full solution

    Take 100 g, so 52.2 g C, 13.0 g H and 34.8 g O. Converting to moles: \( 52.2 \div 12.01 = 4.346 \), \( 13.0 \div 1.008 = 12.90 \) and \( 34.8 \div 16.00 = 2.175 \). The smallest is 2.175, so dividing through gives carbon \( 4.346 \div 2.175 = 1.998 \), hydrogen \( 12.90 \div 2.175 = 5.931 \) and oxygen 1.000. These round to 2, 6 and 1 within experimental error, so the empirical formula is C2H6O. That is ethanol, and note that no further multiplication is needed because the values are already close to whole numbers. C2H6O

  7. Explain why the masses cannot simply be compared as a ratio without converting to moles.
    Show the full solution

    Because a formula states a ratio of atoms and a mass states a ratio of weights, and the two differ by however much the atoms differ in mass. In the first worked example the sample contained 40.0 g of carbon and 6.7 g of hydrogen, a mass ratio of about six to one, yet the formula has twice as many hydrogen atoms as carbon atoms. The discrepancy is entirely accounted for by a carbon atom being about twelve times heavier than a hydrogen atom, so a small mass of hydrogen represents a large number of atoms. Dividing each mass by its own molar mass removes the weighting and converts a mass ratio into a count ratio, which is exactly the job the mole was introduced to do. Atoms differ in mass, so a mass ratio is not a count ratio; dividing by molar mass removes the weighting

  8. A student obtains a ratio of 1 : 2.5 and rounds it to 1 : 3. Explain the error and give the correct formula ratio.
    Show the full solution

    A value of 2.5 is not close to either 2 or 3, so it cannot be a rounding artifact; it is a genuine half-integer ratio and rounding it in either direction describes a different compound. The correct treatment is to multiply both values by 2, giving 2 : 5, which is a whole number ratio and therefore a valid empirical formula. The distinction that matters is between small deviations and clean fractions: a value of 2.97 or 3.02 should be rounded to 3, because experimental error of one or two percent is expected, whereas 2.5, 2.33 and 2.25 are exact fractions that should be cleared by multiplying by 2, 3 and 4 respectively. Multiply by 2 to give 2 : 5; a half-integer is a real fraction, not a rounding error

  9. A 2.50 g sample of a hydrocarbon burns completely to give 7.86 g of CO2 and 3.21 g of H2O. Find the empirical formula.
    Show the full solution

    All the carbon in the sample ends up in the carbon dioxide and all the hydrogen in the water, so those product masses give the mole counts. Carbon: \( 7.86 \div 44.01 = 0.1786 \) mol CO2, and each contains one carbon, so 0.1786 mol C. Hydrogen: \( 3.21 \div 18.02 = 0.1782 \) mol H2O, and each contains two hydrogens, so \( 2 \times 0.1782 = 0.3563 \) mol H. Dividing both by the smaller gives carbon 1.000 and hydrogen 1.995, which is 2 within error, so the empirical formula is CH2. As a check, the masses of carbon and hydrogen are \( 0.1786 \times 12.01 = 2.145 \) g and \( 0.3563 \times 1.008 = 0.359 \) g, which sum to 2.504 g and account for the 2.50 g sample, confirming that it contained no oxygen. CH2

  10. Explain why combustion analysis requires the mass check in the previous question when the compound might contain oxygen.
    Show the full solution

    Because the oxygen in the combustion products comes from two sources and the analysis cannot distinguish them. The carbon dioxide and water contain oxygen that was supplied by the air as well as any oxygen that was in the original compound, so unlike carbon and hydrogen, the oxygen content cannot be read off a product mass. It has to be obtained by difference: add the masses of carbon and hydrogen determined from the products, subtract that total from the original sample mass, and whatever remains was oxygen in the compound. In the previous question the carbon and hydrogen accounted for the whole 2.50 g, so the remainder was zero and the compound was a pure hydrocarbon. Had they summed to 1.80 g, the missing 0.70 g would be oxygen and would be converted to moles and included in the ratio. Product oxygen comes partly from the air, so compound oxygen must be found by subtracting the carbon and hydrogen masses from the sample mass

Lesson 4.7 · Unit 4 · HS-PS1-7

Molecular formulas, and the one extra measurement they need

An empirical formula is a ratio, and a ratio cannot say how large the molecule actually is. Glucose, formaldehyde and acetic acid all reduce to ratios that elemental analysis cannot tell apart. One further measurement, the molar mass, supplies the missing information, and the arithmetic that uses it is a single division.

The key ideas
  1. The molecular formula gives the actual number of each atom in one molecule. The empirical formula gives only the simplest ratio.
  2. The molecular formula is always a whole number multiple of the empirical formula, and that multiple may be 1.
  3. Find the multiplier by dividing the molar mass by the empirical formula mass. \( n = \frac{M_{\text{molecular}}}{M_{\text{empirical}}} \).
  4. The multiplier must come out very close to a whole number. If it does not, either the empirical formula or the molar mass is wrong.
  5. Multiply every subscript by the multiplier, not just one of them.
  6. Ionic compounds have no molecular formula, because there are no molecules. Their formulas are empirical by nature, as lesson 3.2 established.
  7. Different compounds can share an empirical formula, and some share a molecular formula too. Compounds with the same molecular formula and different structures are isomers.

Where students lose marks: multiplying only the first subscript. If CH2O has a multiplier of 6, every subscript is multiplied, giving C6H12O6, not C6H2O.

Worked example

The problem. The compound from lesson 4.6 has the empirical formula CH2O. A separate measurement gives its molar mass as 180.2 g/mol. Find the molecular formula, and explain what the same empirical formula means for two other compounds.

Step one: calculate the empirical formula mass. This is the mass of one CH2O unit: \( 12.01 + 2 \times 1.008 + 16.00 = 30.03 \) g/mol.

Step two: divide.

\[ n = \frac{180.2}{30.03} = 6.000 \]

Step three: check that it is a whole number. It is 6.000, which is clean. A result of 5.7 or 6.4 would indicate an error in the empirical formula or the molar mass, and the right response would be to recheck them rather than to round.

Step four: multiply every subscript by 6. Carbon 1 becomes 6, hydrogen 2 becomes 12, oxygen 1 becomes 6. The molecular formula is C6H12O6, which is glucose.

Step five: verify. The molar mass of C6H12O6 is \( 6 \times 12.01 + 12 \times 1.008 + 6 \times 16.00 = 72.06 + 12.10 + 96.00 = 180.16 \) g/mol, matching the measured 180.2. The answer is self-consistent.

Step six: consider a multiplier of 1. Formaldehyde has the same empirical formula CH2O and a molar mass of 30.03 g/mol, so its multiplier is \( 30.03 \div 30.03 = 1 \) and its molecular formula is CH2O itself. Here the empirical and molecular formulas coincide.

Step seven: consider an intermediate case. Acetic acid also analyzes as CH2O and has a molar mass of 60.05 g/mol, giving a multiplier of 2 and a molecular formula of C2H4O2. Three quite different substances, a gas used as a preservative, the acid in vinegar and a sugar, share one empirical formula.

Step eight: state what this establishes about analysis. Elemental analysis alone cannot identify a compound, because it returns only the ratio and three different substances here return the same one. The molar mass is not a refinement but a necessary second measurement, and in practice it is obtained by a physical method such as mass spectrometry or from gas density rather than by any further chemical analysis.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the relationship between an empirical and a molecular formula.
    Show the full solution

    The molecular formula is a whole number multiple of the empirical formula

  2. How is the multiplier found?
    Show the full solution

    Divide the molar mass by the empirical formula mass

  3. A compound has empirical formula NO2 and molar mass 92.0 g/mol. Find the molecular formula.
    Show the full solution

    Empirical mass \( 14.01 + 32.00 = 46.01 \); \( 92.0 \div 46.01 = 2.00 \). N2O4

  4. A compound has empirical formula CH2 and molar mass 42.0 g/mol. Find the molecular formula.
    Show the full solution

    Empirical mass \( 12.01 + 2.016 = 14.03 \); \( 42.0 \div 14.03 = 2.99 \), so 3. C3H6

  5. Why do ionic compounds have no molecular formula?
    Show the full solution

    They form lattices rather than molecules, so the formula is a ratio by nature

  6. A student finds a multiplier of 3.4 and rounds it to 3. Explain why this is not acceptable and what they should do.
    Show the full solution

    The multiplier has to be a whole number because a molecule contains a whole number of each kind of atom, so a value of 3.4 is not a molecule that has been slightly mismeasured but a signal that one of the inputs is wrong. Deviations of one or two percent are expected from experimental error and 2.98 would be safely rounded to 3, but 3.4 is thirteen percent from the nearest integer, which is far too large to attribute to measurement. The correct response is to look for the error: recheck the empirical formula, since a ratio that was rounded rather than multiplied in lesson 4.6 would produce exactly this symptom, and recheck the molar mass measurement. Rounding hides the fault and produces a formula for a compound that was never analyzed. A multiplier that far from an integer indicates an error in the empirical formula or molar mass, which should be rechecked rather than rounded

  7. Explain why the molar mass has to be measured separately rather than calculated from the percent composition.
    Show the full solution

    Because percent composition is a ratio and is unchanged by multiplying every subscript by the same number, so it carries no information about the absolute size of the molecule. CH2O, C2H4O2 and C6H12O6 all give exactly 40.0 percent carbon, 6.7 percent hydrogen and 53.3 percent oxygen, so no amount of care in the elemental analysis can distinguish them. The molar mass is an independent quantity that does scale with molecular size, which is precisely why it supplies the missing information. In practice it is determined by a physical method such as mass spectrometry, or from the density of the vapor using the gas laws of unit 8, rather than by any further chemical analysis. Percent composition is scale-free, so it cannot reveal size; the molar mass is an independent physical measurement

  8. Glucose and fructose both have the molecular formula C6H12O6 yet differ in taste and in how the body processes them. Explain what this shows about the limits of a formula.
    Show the full solution

    A molecular formula states which atoms are present and how many of each, and nothing at all about how they are joined. Glucose and fructose contain identical atoms in identical numbers but arranged differently, with the carbon skeleton and the position of the carbonyl group differing, and such compounds are called isomers. Because chemical behavior depends on structure rather than on composition, isomers can have quite different properties, as lesson 3.4 showed for shape and polarity. This means the sequence from analysis to empirical formula to molecular formula, complete as it is, still stops short of identifying a substance, and determining the structure requires further evidence from methods such as spectroscopy. A formula says nothing about arrangement; isomers share a formula and differ in structure and therefore in behavior

  9. A compound is 92.3 percent carbon and 7.7 percent hydrogen, with a molar mass of 78.1 g/mol. Find both formulas.
    Show the full solution

    Take 100 g, giving 92.3 g C and 7.7 g H. Moles: \( 92.3 \div 12.01 = 7.685 \) and \( 7.7 \div 1.008 = 7.639 \). Dividing both by 7.639 gives carbon 1.006 and hydrogen 1.000, so the ratio is 1 : 1 and the empirical formula is CH. The empirical formula mass is \( 12.01 + 1.008 = 13.02 \), so the multiplier is \( 78.1 \div 13.02 = 6.00 \). Multiplying both subscripts by 6 gives the molecular formula C6H6, which is benzene. Note that the empirical formula CH would be a molecule with one carbon and one hydrogen, which is not a stable substance, so in this case the empirical formula does not correspond to any real compound at all. Empirical CH, molecular C6H6

  10. Explain the full chain of reasoning from a laboratory analysis to a molecular formula, naming what each step contributes.
    Show the full solution

    The laboratory measures masses, either as percentages from an elemental analysis or as the masses of combustion products, and masses alone cannot give a formula because atoms of different elements have different masses. Dividing each mass by the appropriate molar mass converts the mass ratio into a mole ratio, which is a ratio of atom counts, and this is the step the mole exists to make possible. Dividing through by the smallest value and clearing any fraction turns that ratio into whole numbers, giving the empirical formula, which is the simplest ratio consistent with the analysis. That ratio is scale-free, so an independent measurement of the molar mass is required, and dividing it by the empirical formula mass gives the whole number multiplier. Applying that multiplier to every subscript gives the molecular formula. Even then the structure remains undetermined, since isomers share a molecular formula. Masses give mole ratios, mole ratios give the empirical formula, the molar mass gives the multiplier, and structure still needs separate evidence

Unit 4 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 4 review: Chemical Quantities and the Mole

Write the atom count out before calculating any molar mass, and remember that 22.4 L/mol applies only at STP.

  1. Calculate the molar mass of CaCl2.
    Show the full solution

    \( 40.08 + 2 \times 35.45 = 40.08 + 70.90 \). 110.98 g/mol

  2. How many moles are in 36.0 g of water?
    Show the full solution

    \( 36.0 \div 18.02 \). 2.00 mol

  3. Find the mass of 0.250 mol of CO2.
    Show the full solution

    \( 0.250 \times 44.01 \). 11.0 g

  4. How many molecules are in 0.500 mol?
    Show the full solution

    \( 0.500 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \). \( 3.01 \times 10^{23} \)

  5. Find the volume of 2.00 mol of any gas at STP.
    Show the full solution

    \( 2.00 \times 22.4 \). 44.8 L

  6. Calculate the molar mass of Mg(NO3)2, showing the atom count.
    Show the full solution

    The bracket subscript applies to the whole nitrate group, so there are 1 magnesium, 2 nitrogen and \( 3 \times 2 = 6 \) oxygen. Then \( 24.31 + 2 \times 14.01 + 6 \times 16.00 = 24.31 + 28.02 + 96.00 = 148.33 \). Taking only three oxygens would give 100.33, an error of nearly a third with nothing on the page to reveal it. 148.33 g/mol

  7. Find the percent nitrogen by mass in NH3.
    Show the full solution

    The molar mass is \( 14.01 + 3 \times 1.008 = 17.03 \) g/mol, and the nitrogen contributes 14.01 of that. So \( \frac{14.01}{17.03} \times 100 = 82.2 \) percent. The denominator is the whole compound, not the atomic mass of nitrogen, which is the usual error here. 82.2 percent

  8. A compound is 75.0 percent carbon and 25.0 percent hydrogen by mass. Find its empirical formula.
    Show the full solution

    Assume 100 g, giving 75.0 g of carbon and 25.0 g of hydrogen. Converting to moles, \( 75.0 \div 12.01 = 6.245 \) and \( 25.0 \div 1.008 = 24.80 \). Dividing both by the smaller, carbon gives 1.000 and hydrogen gives \( 24.80 \div 6.245 = 3.97 \), which is 4 within experimental error. The empirical formula is CH4, which is methane. CH4

  9. A compound has empirical formula CH2O and a molar mass of 60.0 g/mol. Find its molecular formula.
    Show the full solution

    The empirical formula mass is \( 12.01 + 2 \times 1.008 + 16.00 = 30.03 \) g/mol. The multiplier is \( 60.0 \div 30.03 = 2.00 \), a clean whole number as it must be. Multiplying every subscript by 2, not just the first, gives C2H4O2, which is ethanoic acid. C2H4O2

  10. How many moles of gas occupy 5.60 L at STP, and what is the mass if the gas is oxygen?
    Show the full solution

    \( 5.60 \div 22.4 = 0.250 \) mol. Oxygen gas is O2 with a molar mass of 32.00 g/mol, so the mass is \( 0.250 \times 32.00 = 8.00 \) g. Using 16.00 for oxygen would halve the answer and is the standard trap with any diatomic element. 0.250 mol, 8.00 g

Lesson 5.1 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2

Evidence that a reaction occurred, and conservation tested in a closed system

Lesson 1.2 gave five signs of chemical change and warned that each has a physical impostor. This lesson turns that warning into a procedure, because deciding whether a reaction has happened is the first step of every investigation and it is decided by identifying products, not by watching for fizzing.

The key ideas
  1. A chemical reaction rearranges atoms into new substances. Bonds break and form, and the products have different properties from the reactants.
  2. The five signs are gas evolution, precipitate formation, color change, temperature change and light emission. Any of them justifies a closer look; none of them settles the question.
  3. Each sign has a physical impostor: boiling produces gas, cooling produces a solid from solution, dilution changes color, dissolving changes temperature, and a hot filament emits light.
  4. The decisive test is whether the original substances can be recovered by physical means. If they can, nothing new was made.
  5. Mass is conserved in a closed system. Testing this requires a sealed vessel, because an open one exchanges gas with the room, as lesson 1.1 showed.
  6. A precipitate is an insoluble solid formed in solution, and it is strong evidence because it is a substance that was not present before and is not a state change of anything that was.
  7. Identifying a product is the strongest evidence of all, which is why tests such as limewater for carbon dioxide and a glowing splint for oxygen exist.

Where students lose marks: listing observations instead of drawing a conclusion. "Bubbles appeared and the tube got warm" is data. "A gas was produced that turned limewater cloudy, so carbon dioxide was formed and a reaction occurred" is an answer.

Worked example

The problem. A student mixes two clear colorless solutions in a flask. The mixture turns cloudy white and the flask feels slightly warmer. Design a set of observations that would establish whether a chemical reaction occurred, and use the same setup to test conservation of mass.

Step one: list what has been observed and what each could mean. Cloudiness suggests a precipitate, which would be a new substance, but it could also be an emulsion or a substance coming out of solution because the mixture is now colder in some region. Warmth suggests an exothermic reaction, but dissolving alone releases or absorbs heat without any reaction. Neither observation is conclusive.

Step two: test the recoverability of the starting materials. Filter the mixture and attempt to redissolve the solid in fresh water. A precipitate is insoluble and will not redissolve; a substance that merely came out of a saturated solution will. This one test separates the two candidate explanations for the cloudiness.

Step three: identify the solid. Dry and weigh it, then measure a property that identifies a substance rather than an amount, such as its melting point or its behavior with acid. If the solid is not either of the starting compounds, a new substance exists and a reaction has occurred.

Step four: identify what is left in solution. Evaporate the filtrate and examine the residue. In a double replacement reaction the ions have been redistributed, so the dissolved product should be a different compound from either reactant, and finding it is independent confirmation.

Step five: set up the conservation test properly. Weigh both solutions in their containers before mixing. Carry out the mixing inside a sealed flask so that nothing can enter or leave, and weigh the sealed flask and its entire contents afterward, including the precipitate.

Step six: state the expected result and what would count as a failure. The total mass should be unchanged to the precision of the balance. If the mass falls, the seal leaked or a gas escaped; if it rises, something entered. In neither case would matter have been created or destroyed, and the first check is always the apparatus.

Step seven: note why the sealed flask matters here specifically. This reaction produces no gas, so an open beaker would have given the same reading and the student might conclude that sealing is unnecessary. It is necessary because the result must be trustworthy before the products are known, and a reaction that unexpectedly released a gas would produce an apparent mass loss that an open vessel cannot distinguish from a violation.

Step eight: write the conclusion in the right form. "Mixing produced an insoluble white solid that could not be redissolved and was neither starting compound, and the filtrate contained a third compound. A chemical reaction therefore occurred. The sealed mass was unchanged within the balance's precision, consistent with conservation of mass." Observations, then identification, then conclusion.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. List the five common signs of a chemical reaction.
    Show the full solution

    Gas evolution, precipitate formation, color change, temperature change, light emission

  2. Define a precipitate.
    Show the full solution

    An insoluble solid formed when two solutions are mixed

  3. What test identifies carbon dioxide?
    Show the full solution

    It turns limewater cloudy

  4. Why must a conservation of mass experiment use a closed system?
    Show the full solution

    So that no gas can enter or escape, which would change the measured mass without any matter being created or destroyed

  5. Give a physical process that mimics gas evolution.
    Show the full solution

    Boiling, or a dissolved gas coming out of solution when warmed

  6. A student warms a blue solution and it turns green. Explain why this is not sufficient evidence of a reaction and what would settle it.
    Show the full solution

    Color change is the weakest of the five signs because several physical processes produce it. Warming can shift the equilibrium between two differently colored forms of the same dissolved species, and evaporation of solvent concentrates the solution, which deepens and can apparently alter the color without any new substance existing. The test is reversibility together with identification: cool the solution back to its original temperature and see whether the blue returns, since a physical shift reverses and a reaction generally does not. If the color persists, evaporate a sample and examine the residue to determine whether it is the original compound or a different one. Color changes can be physical and reversible; cool it back and identify the dissolved substance

  7. Explain why identifying a product is stronger evidence than any of the five signs.
    Show the full solution

    Because the five signs are symptoms that a chemical change could produce, while a new substance is the definition of a chemical change having occurred. Each sign is consistent with a physical process as well, so observing one narrows the possibilities without deciding between them, and a list of signs can never be made long enough to close that gap. Determining that a substance is present which was not present before, and which cannot be obtained from the reactants by any physical means, establishes the conclusion directly rather than by inference. This is why laboratory work moves as quickly as possible from watching to testing, using limewater, splint tests, flame tests and melting points. The signs are symptoms consistent with physical change; a new substance is what chemical change means

  8. A reaction in an open beaker shows a mass decrease of 0.44 g. Explain what most likely happened and how to confirm it.
    Show the full solution

    A gaseous product has almost certainly escaped from the open beaker into the room. Nothing has been destroyed; the mass has simply left the system being weighed, which is the standard explanation for an apparent loss and is exactly the wood-burning case from lesson 1.1. Confirming it has two parts. First, repeat the reaction in a sealed flask and weigh the whole vessel before and after: an unchanged total shows the mass left the beaker rather than existence. Second, collect the gas, either over water or in a gas syringe, weigh it and identify it, which should account for the missing 0.44 g and name the substance responsible. The figure itself is suggestive, since 0.44 g is one hundredth of a mole of carbon dioxide. A gas escaped; repeat in a sealed vessel and collect, weigh and identify the gas

  9. Explain why dissolving sodium hydroxide in water releases heat but is still not a chemical reaction, while neutralizing it with acid is.
    Show the full solution

    Dissolving separates the ions of the lattice and surrounds each with water molecules, and the energy released when water molecules arrange around the ions exceeds the energy needed to break the lattice apart, so the solution warms. No new substance results: the sodium and hydroxide ions are the same ions that were in the solid, now dispersed, and evaporating the water returns solid sodium hydroxide unchanged. Neutralization is different because hydroxide ions and hydrogen ions combine to form water molecules, which is a new substance with entirely different properties, and the solution afterward contains a salt rather than the original base. The recovery test discriminates: the dissolved base comes back, the neutralized one does not. Dissolving disperses existing ions recoverably; neutralization forms water, a new substance

  10. Explain why the conclusion in the worked example is phrased as "consistent with conservation of mass" rather than "proves conservation of mass".
    Show the full solution

    Because a single experiment with a balance of finite precision cannot prove a general law, and claiming more than the evidence supports is the specific error lesson 1.5 identified. The measurement shows that the mass did not change by more than the balance could detect, which might be a hundredth of a gram, so it rules out any change larger than that and says nothing about smaller ones. It also concerns one reaction in one vessel, while the law is a claim about every chemical change everywhere. What gives the law its standing is not any single result but the accumulation of many such measurements, at steadily improving precision, none of which has found a discrepancy, together with the atomic explanation of why a discrepancy should not occur. One measurement of finite precision on one reaction cannot establish a universal law, only fail to contradict it

Lesson 5.2 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2, HS-PS1-7

Balancing equations, and the rule that is broken most often

A balanced equation is conservation of mass written in symbols: the same atoms appear on both sides, rearranged. Balancing is done by adjusting coefficients, the numbers in front, and never by adjusting subscripts, the numbers inside formulas. Changing a subscript does not balance an equation; it changes which substance the equation is about.

The key ideas
  1. Coefficients may be changed; subscripts may not. Turning H2O into H2O2 replaces water with hydrogen peroxide, which is a different substance.
  2. State symbols follow each formula: (s) solid, (l) liquid, (g) gas, (aq) dissolved in water.
  3. Balance by counting each element on both sides and adjusting coefficients until every count matches.
  4. An efficient order: leave the element that appears in the most places until last. In combustion that is almost always oxygen, so do carbon and hydrogen first.
  5. Treat an unchanged polyatomic ion as a single unit. If sulfate appears on both sides intact, count sulfates rather than sulfurs and oxygens.
  6. The odd-even trick: if you reach an odd number of atoms that must come from a diatomic molecule, double every coefficient and continue.
  7. Coefficients must be the smallest whole numbers that work. \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \) is right and \( 4\text{H}_2 + 2\text{O}_2 \) is not.

Where students lose marks: balancing by altering a subscript. This is the structural error named in the course brief, and it is fatal rather than approximate: the equation afterward describes a reaction that does not happen.

Worked example

Part one. Balance the combustion of propane, C3H8, in oxygen.

Step one: write the unbalanced equation with formulas and states.

\[ \text{C}_3\text{H}_8(g) + \text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}_2(g) + \text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Step two: choose the order. Oxygen appears in three of the four formulas, so leave it until last. Carbon appears in two and hydrogen in two.

Step three: balance carbon. Three carbons on the left, so three carbon dioxides on the right: \( 3\text{CO}_2 \).

Step four: balance hydrogen. Eight hydrogens on the left, and each water contains two, so four waters: \( 4\text{H}_2\text{O} \).

Step five: count the oxygen now that the right side is fixed. Three carbon dioxides give \( 3 \times 2 = 6 \) oxygens and four waters give 4, a total of 10. The left side has oxygen only as O2, so it needs \( 10 \div 2 = 5 \) molecules.

\[ \text{C}_3\text{H}_8(g) + 5\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3\text{CO}_2(g) + 4\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Step six: check every element. Carbon 3 and 3, hydrogen 8 and 8, oxygen 10 and 10. Balanced, in smallest whole numbers.

Part two. Balance the combustion of octane, C8H18, which needs the odd-even trick.

Step seven: carbon and hydrogen first. Eight carbons give \( 8\text{CO}_2 \); eighteen hydrogens give \( 9\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Oxygen on the right is now \( 16 + 9 = 25 \), which is odd.

Step eight: apply the trick and finish. Oxygen on the left comes only as O2 and cannot supply an odd number of atoms without a fractional coefficient. Double every coefficient: \( 2\text{C}_8\text{H}_{18} \) gives \( 16\text{CO}_2 \) and \( 18\text{H}_2\text{O} \), so the right side now has \( 32 + 18 = 50 \) oxygens, requiring \( 25\text{O}_2 \).

\[ 2\text{C}_8\text{H}_{18}(l) + 25\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 16\text{CO}_2(g) + 18\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Check: carbon 16 and 16, hydrogen 36 and 36, oxygen 50 and 50.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What may be changed when balancing an equation, and what may not?
    Show the full solution

    Coefficients may be changed; subscripts may not

  2. Give the state symbol for a substance dissolved in water.
    Show the full solution

    (aq)

  3. Balance: H2 + O2 gives H2O.
    Show the full solution

    \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  4. Balance: Fe + O2 gives Fe2O3.
    Show the full solution

    Iron 4 and 4, oxygen 6 and 6. \( 4\text{Fe} + 3\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{Fe}_2\text{O}_3 \)

  5. Balance: Zn + HCl gives ZnCl2 + H2.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \)

  6. Balance the combustion of ethanol, C2H6O, and show your check.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon first: two carbons give \( 2\text{CO}_2 \). Hydrogen next: six hydrogens give \( 3\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Now count oxygen on the right: \( 2 \times 2 + 3 = 7 \) atoms. The left already has one oxygen inside the ethanol molecule, which is the step most often missed, so the O2 needs to supply only \( 7 - 1 = 6 \) atoms, which is \( 3\text{O}_2 \). The balanced equation is \( \text{C}_2\text{H}_6\text{O} + 3\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{CO}_2 + 3\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Check: carbon 2 and 2, hydrogen 6 and 6, oxygen \( 1 + 6 = 7 \) and \( 4 + 3 = 7 \). \( \text{C}_2\text{H}_6\text{O} + 3\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{CO}_2 + 3\text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  7. A student balances H2 + O2 to H2O by writing H2O2. Explain precisely what is wrong.
    Show the full solution

    They have altered a subscript, which is not a bookkeeping adjustment but a change of substance. H2O2 is hydrogen peroxide, a corrosive liquid that decomposes readily and is used as a bleach, and it is not what forms when hydrogen burns in oxygen. The atoms now balance, but the equation is a true statement about a different reaction and a false statement about the one asked for. Coefficients may be changed because they count how many of each molecule take part, which is genuinely adjustable; subscripts describe the internal composition of a molecule, which is fixed by the compound's identity. The correct balance is \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Changing a subscript changes the compound to hydrogen peroxide; only coefficients may be adjusted

  8. Explain why leaving oxygen until last makes combustion equations easier.
    Show the full solution

    Because balancing is easiest when each adjustment affects only one element, and an element appearing in several formulas violates that. In a combustion equation oxygen appears in the O2 on the left and in both the carbon dioxide and the water on the right, so any change to an oxygen-containing coefficient disturbs at least two counts at once. Carbon appears in only two places and hydrogen in only two, so fixing them is unambiguous and, once done, the right-hand side is completely determined. Oxygen can then be counted rather than balanced: total the oxygens on the right and halve to get the O2 coefficient. Leaving the most widely distributed element until last is a general strategy, and in combustion that element is reliably oxygen. Oxygen appears in three formulas, so adjusting it disturbs several counts; fixing the others first determines it

  9. Balance the reaction of aluminum with copper(II) chloride, and explain how treating chloride as a unit helps.
    Show the full solution

    The unbalanced equation is \( \text{Al} + \text{CuCl}_2 \rightarrow \text{AlCl}_3 + \text{Cu} \). Chlorine does not change partners in a way that breaks it up, so count chlorines directly: the left has them in twos and the right in threes, and the lowest common multiple is 6. That fixes \( 3\text{CuCl}_2 \) and \( 2\text{AlCl}_3 \). Aluminum then needs a coefficient of 2 and copper a coefficient of 3, giving \( 2\text{Al} + 3\text{CuCl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{AlCl}_3 + 3\text{Cu} \). Checking: aluminum 2 and 2, copper 3 and 3, chlorine 6 and 6. Going straight to the element that constrains the answer, rather than starting at the left and working across, turns a trial-and-error problem into one step. \( 2\text{Al} + 3\text{CuCl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{AlCl}_3 + 3\text{Cu} \)

  10. Explain why a balanced equation with coefficients 4, 2, 4 is considered wrong even though the atoms balance.
    Show the full solution

    Because the convention is that coefficients are the smallest whole numbers that achieve the balance, and 4, 2, 4 shares a common factor of 2 with a simpler set of 2, 1, 2. The atoms do balance, so the equation is not false, but it fails to state the reaction in its simplest terms and can suggest a relationship that is not there. The coefficients are read as a mole ratio in unit 6, and while 4 : 2 : 4 and 2 : 1 : 2 are the same ratio, only the reduced form makes that ratio immediately legible. The convention parallels the one for ionic formulas in lesson 3.2, where Mg2O2 is reduced to MgO for the same reason. Coefficients must be the smallest whole number set; 4, 2, 4 reduces to 2, 1, 2

Lesson 5.3 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2

Five reaction types, classified from an equation and used to predict one

Classifying reactions is not an end in itself. The point is that recognizing a type lets you predict the products of a reaction you have never seen, which is the difference between memorizing equations and being able to write one.

The key ideas
  1. Synthesis: two or more substances combine into one. \( \text{A} + \text{B} \rightarrow \text{AB} \). Iron rusting is one.
  2. Decomposition: one substance breaks into two or more. \( \text{AB} \rightarrow \text{A} + \text{B} \). Heating calcium carbonate gives calcium oxide and carbon dioxide.
  3. Single replacement: an element displaces another from a compound. \( \text{A} + \text{BC} \rightarrow \text{AC} + \text{B} \). A more reactive metal displaces a less reactive one.
  4. Double replacement: two compounds exchange partners. \( \text{AB} + \text{CD} \rightarrow \text{AD} + \text{CB} \). These occur in solution and are driven by forming a precipitate, a gas or water.
  5. Combustion: a substance reacts rapidly with oxygen, releasing energy. For a hydrocarbon the products are carbon dioxide and water.
  6. Classify by counting substances on each side first. One product means synthesis; one reactant means decomposition; a lone element with a compound means single replacement; two compounds means double replacement.
  7. The categories overlap. Burning magnesium is both a synthesis and a combustion, and saying so is better than choosing arbitrarily.

Where students lose marks: predicting products for a single replacement without checking the activity series. Copper does not displace zinc from zinc sulfate, so the reaction simply does not occur, and writing products for it is a worse error than leaving it blank.

Worked example

Part one. Classify each reaction.

EquationType
\( 4\text{Fe} + 3\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{Fe}_2\text{O}_3 \)Synthesis
\( \text{CaCO}_3 \rightarrow \text{CaO} + \text{CO}_2 \)Decomposition
\( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \)Single replacement
\( \text{AgNO}_3 + \text{NaCl} \rightarrow \text{AgCl} + \text{NaNO}_3 \)Double replacement
\( \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \)Combustion

Step one: use the counting rule rather than intuition. The iron reaction has two reactants and one product, so synthesis. The calcium carbonate reaction has one reactant and two products, so decomposition. Each classification took one glance and no chemical knowledge.

Step two: distinguish the two replacements. The zinc reaction has a lone element on the left, so it is single replacement. The silver nitrate reaction has two compounds and no free element, so it is double replacement. The presence or absence of an uncombined element is the whole test.

Step three: note the overlap. The iron reaction is a synthesis and is also a reaction with oxygen releasing energy, so it could be called combustion as well. Categories are a tool, and a reaction that fits two of them is not a problem to be resolved.

Part two. Predict whether each of these single replacements occurs, using the activity series: K, Na, Ca, Mg, Al, Zn, Fe, Pb, H, Cu, Ag, Au, most reactive first.

Step four: zinc added to copper(II) sulfate solution. Zinc is above copper in the series, so zinc is more reactive and displaces it. The reaction occurs: \( \text{Zn} + \text{CuSO}_4 \rightarrow \text{ZnSO}_4 + \text{Cu} \). The observable sign is a brown copper deposit and the blue color fading.

Step five: copper added to zinc sulfate solution. Copper is below zinc, so it is less reactive and cannot displace it. No reaction occurs. Writing CuSO4 and Zn as products would be a prediction of something that does not happen.

Step six: magnesium added to hydrochloric acid. Magnesium is above hydrogen in the series, so it displaces hydrogen from the acid: \( \text{Mg} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{MgCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \). Bubbles of hydrogen are seen.

Step seven: copper added to hydrochloric acid. Copper is below hydrogen, so no reaction. This is why copper pipes carry water and acidic solutions without dissolving, while magnesium or zinc would not.

Step eight: state the general rule the series encodes. A single replacement occurs only when the free element is more reactive than the element it would displace. The series is an experimental ranking, established by testing every pair, and it is used rather than derived. Predicting a reaction that does not occur is treated as a clear error, because the whole purpose of the series is to rule such predictions out.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name the five reaction types.
    Show the full solution

    Synthesis, decomposition, single replacement, double replacement, combustion

  2. Classify: \( 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \).
    Show the full solution

    One reactant, two products. Decomposition

  3. Classify: \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \).
    Show the full solution

    Synthesis

  4. Classify: \( \text{BaCl}_2 + \text{Na}_2\text{SO}_4 \rightarrow \text{BaSO}_4 + 2\text{NaCl} \).
    Show the full solution

    Two compounds exchanging partners. Double replacement

  5. What are the products when a hydrocarbon burns completely?
    Show the full solution

    Carbon dioxide and water

  6. Predict whether iron will displace silver from silver nitrate solution, and write the equation if it does.
    Show the full solution

    Iron sits above silver in the activity series, so iron is the more reactive metal and the displacement occurs. Iron forms Fe2+ in this reaction and nitrate carries a single negative charge, so iron(II) nitrate is Fe(NO3)2 and two silver nitrates are consumed per iron atom, releasing two silver atoms: \( \text{Fe} + 2\text{AgNO}_3 \rightarrow \text{Fe(NO}_3)_2 + 2\text{Ag} \). The observable result is silver depositing as a gray coating on the iron while the solution takes on the pale green of iron(II). This is the basis of the traditional silver tree demonstration. It occurs: \( \text{Fe} + 2\text{AgNO}_3 \rightarrow \text{Fe(NO}_3)_2 + 2\text{Ag} \)

  7. Explain why predicting products for a reaction that does not occur is a worse error than writing "no reaction".
    Show the full solution

    Because the two answers claim different things about the chemistry. Writing "no reaction" is a substantive prediction that can be tested and that happens to be correct, and it demonstrates that the activity series was consulted and understood. Writing plausible products asserts that a chemical change happens when it does not, which would be discovered immediately in the laboratory by nothing at all occurring. It also indicates that the student treated the question as a pattern-matching exercise, swapping symbols according to the shape of the equation without checking whether the swap is energetically possible. The activity series exists precisely to rule such predictions out, so ignoring it defeats the purpose of having asked. "No reaction" is a correct testable prediction; inventing products asserts a change that does not happen

  8. Burning magnesium is both a synthesis and a combustion. Explain why this is not a flaw in the classification scheme.
    Show the full solution

    Because the five categories are not defined by a single criterion and were never intended to partition reactions into exclusive boxes. Four of them classify by the pattern of the equation, counting reactants and products and looking for free elements, while combustion classifies by what is reacting and what happens energetically, namely rapid reaction with oxygen releasing heat and light. A reaction can satisfy both a structural description and an energetic one at once, and burning magnesium does: two substances combine into one, which is synthesis, and the combination is with oxygen and releases a great deal of energy, which is combustion. Categories are models in the sense of lesson 1.2, judged by usefulness rather than by whether they carve reality at exclusive joints. Combustion is defined by what reacts and the energy released, the others by equation pattern, so overlap is expected

  9. Explain what drives a double replacement reaction, given that ions in solution are already free to move.
    Show the full solution

    Simply mixing two solutions of soluble salts produces a mixture of four kinds of ion all moving independently, and if all four possible combinations are soluble then nothing changes and no reaction has occurred, however the equation is written. A double replacement happens only when one of the new pairings removes ions from solution, which it can do in three ways: forming an insoluble solid that precipitates out, forming a gas that escapes, or forming water, which is a molecular compound that does not dissociate. In each case the ions concerned are no longer free in the solution, so the change is real and irreversible under those conditions. Predicting these reactions therefore requires the solubility rules, which lesson 5.5 sets out, and the point is made explicit by the net ionic equations of lesson 5.6. Only the formation of a precipitate, a gas or water removes ions from solution; otherwise nothing changes

  10. Explain how the activity series was established and why it has to be experimental rather than derived.
    Show the full solution

    It was built by testing pairs: put each metal into solutions of the others' salts and record which displacements occur, then arrange the metals so that every observed displacement runs from higher to lower in the list. Consistency across all the pairs is what makes a single ordering possible, and the position of hydrogen was fixed by testing which metals release hydrogen from acids. The ranking is experimental because it reflects the overall energy change of a real process, which depends on ionization energy, the energy needed to break up the metal lattice and the energy released when the resulting ion is surrounded by water molecules, all combining in a way that no single periodic trend predicts. Reactivity does correlate loosely with low ionization energy, so the alkali metals sit at the top, but the ordering of zinc, iron and lead cannot be read off the periodic table. By systematic pairwise displacement tests; the ordering depends on several competing energy terms that no single trend predicts

Lesson 5.4 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2, HS-PS1-4, HS-ESS3-6

Combustion, the reaction the California framework opens with

Combustion deserves its own lesson because it is the reaction that heats most buildings, moves most vehicles and has changed the composition of the atmosphere. It is also the reaction whose equation students most often get wrong, and the errors are predictable enough to be prevented.

The key ideas
  1. Complete combustion of a hydrocarbon gives carbon dioxide and water only, and requires an ample supply of oxygen.
  2. Incomplete combustion occurs when oxygen is limited and gives carbon monoxide, or carbon as soot, alongside water.
  3. Carbon monoxide is dangerous precisely because it is undetectable by smell, and it binds to hemoglobin far more strongly than oxygen does, which is why faulty heaters are lethal.
  4. A yellow sooty flame indicates incomplete combustion; a blue flame indicates complete combustion. This is the visible diagnostic on any gas burner.
  5. If the fuel contains oxygen, count it. Ethanol has an oxygen atom in the molecule, so it needs less O2 than a hydrocarbon of similar size.
  6. Combustion is exothermic because the bonds formed in carbon dioxide and water are stronger than those broken in the fuel and oxygen, which lesson 7.4 quantifies.
  7. Every carbon atom in the fuel becomes one carbon dioxide molecule, which is the fact that makes emissions calculable from fuel mass in lesson 6.7.

Where students lose marks: forgetting the oxygen already present in an oxygen-containing fuel. In ethanol, C2H6O, one oxygen atom comes from the molecule itself, so only three O2 are needed rather than three and a half.

Source

Michael Faraday, The Chemical History of a Candle, Lecture I, delivered at the Royal Institution, 1861. Public domain.

There is no more open door by which you can enter into the study of natural philosophy than by considering the physical phenomena of a candle.

Faraday's six lectures take a single candle apart: the capillary action that feeds the wick, the vaporization at its tip, the region of unburnt vapor inside the flame, the products that can be caught on a cold surface. It remains the best demonstration in the subject that an ordinary object contains most of an introductory course, and it is the reason lesson 1.2 used a candle to separate physical from chemical change.

Worked example

Part one. Write balanced equations for the complete and incomplete combustion of propane, C3H8.

Step one: complete combustion, from lesson 5.2.

\[ \text{C}_3\text{H}_8(g) + 5\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 3\text{CO}_2(g) + 4\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Step two: incomplete combustion to carbon monoxide. The hydrogen still becomes water, but each carbon now takes only one oxygen instead of two. Carbon first: \( 3\text{CO} \) from one propane. Hydrogen: \( 4\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Oxygen on the right is \( 3 + 4 = 7 \), which is odd, so double everything.

\[ 2\text{C}_3\text{H}_8(g) + 7\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 6\text{CO}(g) + 8\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Check: carbon 6 and 6, hydrogen 16 and 16, oxygen 14 and 14.

Step three: compare the oxygen requirement. Complete combustion needs 5 O2 per propane; incomplete needs 3.5. The incomplete reaction is what happens when the available oxygen falls between those figures, which is exactly the situation in a poorly ventilated room or a blocked flue.

Part two. Balance the complete combustion of ethanol, C2H6O, and explain the step that catches students.

Step four: carbon and hydrogen. Two carbons give \( 2\text{CO}_2 \); six hydrogens give \( 3\text{H}_2\text{O} \).

Step five: count the oxygen on the right. \( 2 \times 2 + 3 = 7 \) atoms.

Step six: count the oxygen already on the left. The ethanol molecule contains one oxygen atom. This is the step that is missed, because in a pure hydrocarbon there is nothing here to count and the habit does not form.

Step seven: supply the difference. The O2 must provide \( 7 - 1 = 6 \) atoms, which is \( 3\text{O}_2 \).

\[ \text{C}_2\text{H}_6\text{O}(l) + 3\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2\text{CO}_2(g) + 3\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Step eight: check and interpret. Carbon 2 and 2, hydrogen 6 and 6, oxygen \( 1 + 6 = 7 \) and \( 4 + 3 = 7 \). Ignoring the fuel's own oxygen would have given \( 3.5\text{O}_2 \) and then, after doubling, an equation requiring seven O2 per two ethanol, which overstates the oxygen needed by seventeen percent and would misstate the air requirement of any burner designed from it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Give the products of complete combustion of a hydrocarbon.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon dioxide and water

  2. Give the additional products possible in incomplete combustion.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon monoxide and carbon as soot

  3. What flame color indicates incomplete combustion?
    Show the full solution

    Yellow and sooty, rather than blue

  4. Balance the complete combustion of methane.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  5. Is combustion exothermic or endothermic?
    Show the full solution

    Exothermic

  6. Explain why carbon monoxide is more dangerous than the carbon dioxide produced by complete combustion.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon dioxide is not especially toxic and becomes dangerous only at concentrations high enough to displace oxygen from the air, and it is also detectable indirectly because rising levels make a room feel stuffy. Carbon monoxide is toxic at concentrations far too low to affect the oxygen content of the air, because it binds to hemoglobin in the blood in place of oxygen and does so far more strongly, so the blood loses its capacity to carry oxygen even while the lungs are working normally. It is colorless, odorless and tasteless, so there is no sensory warning at all, and the early symptoms of headache and drowsiness resemble ordinary tiredness and discourage the victim from leaving. That combination of potency and undetectability is why detectors are required near fuel-burning appliances. It binds hemoglobin far more strongly than oxygen, is toxic at low concentrations, and gives no sensory warning

  7. A gas burner burns with a yellow sooty flame and blackens the base of a beaker. Explain what is happening and how to correct it.
    Show the full solution

    The flame is burning with insufficient oxygen, so combustion is incomplete. Instead of every carbon atom reaching carbon dioxide, some form carbon monoxide and some remain as solid carbon particles, which glow yellow as they are heated in the flame and deposit as soot on any cool surface they meet. The black deposit is that unreacted carbon, which represents fuel whose energy was never released, so the flame is also cooler and less efficient. The correction is to increase the air supply by opening the air hole at the base of the burner, which premixes air with the gas before it reaches the flame. The flame should turn blue and stop depositing soot, which is the visible test that combustion is now complete. Incomplete combustion from insufficient oxygen; open the air hole to premix more air and the flame turns blue

  8. Balance the complete combustion of butane, C4H10, showing where the odd-even trick is needed.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon first: four carbons give \( 4\text{CO}_2 \). Hydrogen next: ten hydrogens give \( 5\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Now count oxygen on the right: \( 4 \times 2 + 5 = 13 \) atoms, which is odd. Since the only source on the left is the diatomic O2, an odd atom count cannot be supplied without a fractional coefficient, so double every coefficient. Two butanes give \( 8\text{CO}_2 \) and \( 10\text{H}_2\text{O} \), so the right side now holds \( 16 + 10 = 26 \) oxygen atoms, requiring \( 13\text{O}_2 \). The balanced equation is \( 2\text{C}_4\text{H}_{10} + 13\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 8\text{CO}_2 + 10\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Check: carbon 8 and 8, hydrogen 20 and 20, oxygen 26 and 26. \( 2\text{C}_4\text{H}_{10} + 13\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 8\text{CO}_2 + 10\text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  9. Explain why every carbon atom in a fuel ends up as one carbon dioxide molecule in complete combustion, and why this matters beyond the equation.
    Show the full solution

    Conservation of mass requires that atoms are neither created nor destroyed, and in complete combustion the only carbon-containing product is carbon dioxide, each molecule of which contains exactly one carbon atom. Every carbon that went in as fuel must therefore come out as one molecule of carbon dioxide, with no route to anywhere else. This matters because it makes emissions calculable from composition alone: the mass of carbon dioxide produced by burning a fuel can be worked out from the fuel's formula and mass without any measurement of the exhaust, which is the calculation lesson 6.7 carries out. It also means emissions cannot be reduced by adjusting how a fuel is burned, only by burning less of it or by burning a fuel with less carbon per unit of energy released. Conservation of atoms and the single carbon in CO2 fix the ratio, so emissions follow from fuel composition alone

  10. Faraday chose a candle as the subject of six lectures. Using lessons 1.2 and 5.4, explain what makes a candle a good vehicle for teaching chemistry.
    Show the full solution

    A candle contains an unusual density of separable phenomena in one familiar object. It shows three distinct physical changes, melting, capillary rise and vaporization, feeding one chemical change, so it forces the distinction of lesson 1.2 rather than merely illustrating it. It demonstrates combustion of a hydrocarbon with visible evidence of both products, since water condenses on a cold surface held in the flame and carbon dioxide turns limewater cloudy. It shows complete and incomplete combustion simultaneously, since the yellow luminous region contains glowing carbon particles while the blue base burns cleanly, which is why a cold spoon held in the yellow region collects soot. It shows that a fuel must reach the gas phase to burn rapidly, which is the point of the wick. Every one of those can be observed without apparatus, which is what Faraday meant by an open door. It combines several physical changes feeding one chemical change, with both complete and incomplete combustion visible and both products testable

Lesson 5.5 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2

Predicting products with the activity series and the solubility rules

Writing an equation for a reaction you have been given is bookkeeping. Deciding what two substances will do when mixed, including deciding that they will do nothing, is chemistry. Two reference tools make that possible at this level, and each answers a different question.

The key ideas
  1. The activity series ranks metals by reactivity: K, Na, Ca, Mg, Al, Zn, Fe, Pb, H, Cu, Ag, Au, most reactive first.
  2. A single replacement occurs only if the free element is higher in the series than the one it would displace. Otherwise, no reaction.
  3. Hydrogen's position predicts acid reactions. Metals above hydrogen displace it from acids and release hydrogen gas; metals below it do not.
  4. The solubility rules predict precipitates. All group 1 and ammonium compounds are soluble, and all nitrates are soluble, with no exceptions worth remembering.
  5. Most chlorides are soluble except those of silver and lead. Most sulfates are soluble except those of barium, lead and calcium.
  6. Most carbonates, phosphates and hydroxides are insoluble, except those of group 1 and ammonium, which the first rule already covers.
  7. For a double replacement: swap the partners, then check both products against the rules. If both are soluble, there is no reaction.

Where students lose marks: swapping partners without recalculating the charges. Silver nitrate and calcium chloride give AgCl and Ca(NO3)2, not AgCl2 and CaNO3. The new formulas are built from the charges, not copied from the reactants.

Worked example

The problem. Predict the products, or state that no reaction occurs, for each mixture.

Step one: lead(II) nitrate solution plus potassium iodide solution. Two compounds, no free element, so this is a potential double replacement. Swap the partners: lead pairs with iodide, potassium pairs with nitrate.

Step two: build the new formulas from the charges, not by copying. Lead(II) is Pb2+ and iodide is I-, so the formula is PbI2. Potassium is K+ and nitrate is NO3-, so the formula is KNO3.

Step three: check both products against the solubility rules. Potassium nitrate is soluble twice over, being both a group 1 compound and a nitrate. Lead iodide is not covered by any of the soluble categories, and lead is one of the named exceptions for halides, so it is insoluble and will precipitate.

Step four: write the balanced equation with states.

\[ \text{Pb(NO}_3)_2(aq) + 2\text{KI}(aq) \rightarrow \text{PbI}_2(s) + 2\text{KNO}_3(aq) \]

The reaction occurs, and the observable result is a bright yellow precipitate.

Step five: sodium chloride solution plus potassium nitrate solution. Swapping gives sodium nitrate and potassium chloride. Check both: sodium nitrate is soluble, potassium chloride is soluble. Nothing leaves the solution.

Step six: state the conclusion properly. No reaction. All four ions remain dissolved and independent, exactly as they were before mixing, so although an equation can be written it would describe no change. Lesson 5.6 makes this formally visible.

Step seven: magnesium metal plus lead(II) nitrate solution. A free element with a compound, so this is a potential single replacement. Magnesium is above lead in the activity series, so it displaces lead: \( \text{Mg}(s) + \text{Pb(NO}_3)_2(aq) \rightarrow \text{Mg(NO}_3)_2(aq) + \text{Pb}(s) \). Gray lead deposits on the magnesium.

Step eight: silver metal plus magnesium nitrate solution. Silver is below magnesium, so it cannot displace it. No reaction. This is the reverse of step seven, and the asymmetry is the whole content of the activity series: displacement runs one way only.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Which compounds are always soluble?
    Show the full solution

    All group 1 and ammonium compounds, and all nitrates

  2. Name the two common insoluble chlorides.
    Show the full solution

    Silver chloride and lead(II) chloride

  3. Will copper displace hydrogen from hydrochloric acid?
    Show the full solution

    Copper is below hydrogen in the activity series. No

  4. Are most carbonates soluble or insoluble?
    Show the full solution

    Insoluble, except group 1 and ammonium carbonates

  5. What must be true for a double replacement reaction to actually occur?
    Show the full solution

    One product must be a precipitate, a gas or water

  6. Predict what happens when barium chloride solution is mixed with sodium sulfate solution, and write the equation.
    Show the full solution

    Swap the partners and build the formulas from the charges: barium is Ba2+ and sulfate is SO42-, giving BaSO4, while sodium is Na+ and chloride is Cl-, giving NaCl. Checking the rules, sodium chloride is a group 1 compound and therefore soluble, but barium sulfate is one of the named exceptions among sulfates and is insoluble. A precipitate forms, so the reaction occurs: \( \text{BaCl}_2(aq) + \text{Na}_2\text{SO}_4(aq) \rightarrow \text{BaSO}_4(s) + 2\text{NaCl}(aq) \). The observable result is a dense white precipitate, and this reaction is the standard laboratory test for sulfate ions. A white precipitate of barium sulfate forms

  7. A student predicts that mixing silver nitrate with calcium chloride gives AgCl2 and CaNO3. Find both errors.
    Show the full solution

    They have carried the subscripts across from the reactants instead of rebuilding the formulas from the charges. Silver forms only Ag+, so pairing it with Cl- gives AgCl in a one-to-one ratio, and AgCl2 would require a 2+ silver ion that does not occur here. Calcium forms Ca2+, so pairing it with the singly charged NO3- requires two nitrates, giving Ca(NO3)2 with brackets. The correct equation is \( 2\text{AgNO}_3(aq) + \text{CaCl}_2(aq) \rightarrow 2\text{AgCl}(s) + \text{Ca(NO}_3)_2(aq) \), with silver chloride precipitating as a white solid. The general rule is that a double replacement produces genuinely new compounds whose formulas must be derived afresh. AgCl and Ca(NO3)2; formulas must be rebuilt from charges, not copied

  8. Explain why the activity series predicts that potassium cannot be stored in water but gold can be left exposed for centuries.
    Show the full solution

    The series ranks how readily a metal gives up electrons to form a positive ion, and the two metals sit at opposite ends of it. Potassium is at the very top, losing its single outer electron extremely readily, so it reacts vigorously even with the weak supply of hydrogen ions in water, displacing hydrogen gas and releasing enough heat to ignite it. That is why potassium is stored under oil, which excludes both water and air. Gold is at the very bottom, meaning the energy required to remove its electrons is not repaid by the compound that would form, so it does not react with water, oxygen or ordinary acids. Gold artifacts recovered from ancient burials are untarnished for exactly this reason, and it is also why gold occurs in nature as the free metal while potassium never does. Potassium gives up electrons extremely readily and reacts with water; gold does not, so it survives unreacted

  9. Explain why sodium chloride and potassium nitrate solutions can be mixed with no reaction, even though both would give a precipitate with silver nitrate.
    Show the full solution

    Whether a reaction occurs depends on the particular pairings available, not on whether the ions are capable of forming a precipitate with something. Mixing sodium chloride with potassium nitrate puts Na+, Cl-, K+ and NO3- into one solution, and every pairing of those four is soluble: sodium and potassium compounds are soluble by the group 1 rule and nitrates are soluble without exception. No combination removes anything from solution, so all four ions remain free and the mixture is simply a solution of four ions. Adding silver nitrate introduces Ag+, which does form an insoluble compound with chloride, so a precipitate appears. The chloride ion was present and available the whole time; it had no partner that could take it out of solution until silver arrived. All four possible pairings are soluble, so nothing leaves solution; the chloride needs a silver ion to precipitate

  10. Explain why the solubility rules are stated as a list of exceptions rather than derived from the bonding ideas of unit 3.
    Show the full solution

    Because whether an ionic compound dissolves depends on a close competition between two large energy terms that unit 3 treats separately. Breaking up the lattice requires energy, and the amount depends on the charges and sizes of the ions, while surrounding the separated ions with water molecules releases energy, and that amount also depends on charge and size. Both terms are large and they are of similar magnitude, so solubility is decided by a small difference between two big numbers, and the sign of that difference cannot be predicted from ionic radius or charge alone. Compounds with similar-looking formulas therefore behave differently, as sodium chloride and silver chloride do. The rules are an empirical summary of measured behavior, which is honest, and lesson 9.1 sets out the energy account they summarize. Solubility is a small difference between two large competing energy terms, so it is measured rather than predicted

Lesson 5.6 · Unit 5 · HS-PS1-2

Net ionic equations, and what the molecular equation hides

When two solutions are mixed, most of the ions written into the equation do nothing at all. They start dissolved and independent, and they end dissolved and independent. The net ionic equation strips them out and leaves only the change that actually occurred, which is both a clearer statement and a more general one.

The key ideas
  1. Soluble ionic compounds exist in solution as separated ions, not as formula units, which is the evidence from conductivity in lesson 3.2.
  2. The molecular equation writes every substance as a complete formula. It is correct but describes the mixture inaccurately.
  3. The complete ionic equation splits every aqueous ionic compound into its ions, keeping solids, liquids, gases and molecular compounds intact.
  4. Spectator ions appear identically on both sides and are canceled out. They are present in the beaker and take no part in the change.
  5. The net ionic equation is what remains and shows only the ions that combined and the product they formed.
  6. Charge must balance as well as atoms. The total charge on the left must equal the total charge on the right, which is an extra check the molecular equation does not offer.
  7. The net ionic equation is more general than the molecular one. Any soluble silver salt with any soluble chloride gives the same net reaction, so one equation covers many combinations.

Where students lose marks: splitting the precipitate into ions. Only species labeled (aq) that are strong electrolytes are split. A solid, even an ionic one, stays written as a formula unit because its ions are not free.

Worked example

The problem. Write the molecular, complete ionic and net ionic equations for silver nitrate solution reacting with sodium chloride solution, then say what the net equation generalizes to.

Step one: the molecular equation. A double replacement swapping partners, with silver chloride insoluble by the rules of lesson 5.5.

\[ \text{AgNO}_3(aq) + \text{NaCl}(aq) \rightarrow \text{AgCl}(s) + \text{NaNO}_3(aq) \]

Step two: decide what to split. Silver nitrate is aqueous and soluble, so it splits. Sodium chloride is aqueous and soluble, so it splits. Sodium nitrate is aqueous and soluble, so it splits. Silver chloride is a solid, so it does not.

Step three: write the complete ionic equation.

\[ \text{Ag}^{+}(aq) + \text{NO}_3^{-}(aq) + \text{Na}^{+}(aq) + \text{Cl}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{AgCl}(s) + \text{Na}^{+}(aq) + \text{NO}_3^{-}(aq) \]

Step four: identify the spectators. Sodium ions appear as Na+(aq) on both sides, unchanged. Nitrate ions appear as NO3-(aq) on both sides, unchanged. Both are spectators.

Step five: cancel and write the net ionic equation.

\[ \text{Ag}^{+}(aq) + \text{Cl}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{AgCl}(s) \]

Step six: check that charge balances. The left has \( (+1) + (-1) = 0 \) and the right has a neutral solid, which is 0. Atoms balance too. Had the charges not balanced, an ion would have been lost or a charge mistyped.

Step seven: state what the equation now describes. The entire chemical change is that dissolved silver ions and dissolved chloride ions met and formed an insoluble solid. Sodium and nitrate were in the beaker throughout and could have been replaced by any other soluble partners without affecting anything.

Step eight: generalize it. Silver acetate or silver fluoride with potassium chloride, calcium chloride or hydrochloric acid would all give the same net ionic equation, because in every case the reaction is silver ions meeting chloride ions. One net equation replaces a dozen molecular ones, which is why this form is preferred whenever the question is what happened rather than what was poured.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define a spectator ion.
    Show the full solution

    An ion that appears unchanged on both sides of the complete ionic equation and takes no part in the reaction

  2. Which species are split into ions when writing a complete ionic equation?
    Show the full solution

    Only soluble ionic compounds labeled (aq)

  3. Should a precipitate be split into ions? Explain in one sentence.
    Show the full solution

    No, because its ions are locked in a solid lattice and are not free in solution

  4. What must balance in a net ionic equation besides atoms?
    Show the full solution

    Total charge on each side

  5. Write the net ionic equation for barium ions reacting with sulfate ions.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{Ba}^{2+}(aq) + \text{SO}_4^{2-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{BaSO}_4(s) \)

  6. Write all three equations for lead(II) nitrate reacting with potassium iodide.
    Show the full solution

    Molecular: \( \text{Pb(NO}_3)_2(aq) + 2\text{KI}(aq) \rightarrow \text{PbI}_2(s) + 2\text{KNO}_3(aq) \). Complete ionic, splitting every aqueous ionic compound and keeping the solid intact, and noting that the coefficient of 2 means two potassium ions and two iodide ions: \( \text{Pb}^{2+}(aq) + 2\text{NO}_3^{-}(aq) + 2\text{K}^{+}(aq) + 2\text{I}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{PbI}_2(s) + 2\text{K}^{+}(aq) + 2\text{NO}_3^{-}(aq) \). Potassium and nitrate are spectators, so the net ionic equation is \( \text{Pb}^{2+}(aq) + 2\text{I}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{PbI}_2(s) \). Charge check: \( (+2) + 2(-1) = 0 \) on the left and 0 on the right. \( \text{Pb}^{2+}(aq) + 2\text{I}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{PbI}_2(s) \)

  7. Explain why the net ionic equation for mixing sodium chloride and potassium nitrate solutions cannot be written.
    Show the full solution

    Because there is nothing left after the cancellation. Writing the complete ionic equation puts Na+, Cl-, K+ and NO3- on the left, and since every possible pairing is soluble nothing precipitates, so exactly the same four ions appear on the right. Every one of them is therefore a spectator, and canceling them all leaves an empty equation. That emptiness is the formal statement that no reaction occurred, and it is a more informative result than it looks: the molecular equation can be written out and balanced and looks like a reaction, whereas the net ionic form makes the absence of any change explicit and unmistakable. All four ions are spectators, so nothing remains; the empty equation states that no reaction occurred

  8. Explain why one net ionic equation can represent many different molecular equations.
    Show the full solution

    Because the net form records only the ions that changed, and the identity of the spectators is irrelevant to that change. When silver ions meet chloride ions they form solid silver chloride regardless of what the silver arrived with or what the chloride arrived with, so silver nitrate with sodium chloride, silver acetate with potassium chloride and silver fluoride with hydrochloric acid all reduce to the same net equation. The molecular equations look entirely different because they name the spectator partners, which the chemist happened to choose when selecting reagents. The net form therefore captures the chemistry, and the molecular form captures the recipe, which is why the net form is the more useful statement of what a reaction is. Only the reacting ions appear, and spectator identity does not affect the change, so many recipes share one reaction

  9. Explain why writing the complete ionic equation is a better description of the beaker than the molecular equation, even though both are correct.
    Show the full solution

    Because the molecular equation implies particles that are not present. Writing NaCl(aq) suggests intact sodium chloride units floating in the water, whereas the conductivity evidence of lesson 3.2 shows the solution contains separated hydrated Na+ and Cl- ions moving independently, with no association between a particular sodium and a particular chloride. The complete ionic equation represents that accurately. The molecular equation is not false, since it correctly reports what was weighed out and what the overall stoichiometry is, and it is the right form for calculating quantities. But as a picture of the mixture it is misleading, and the difference matters as soon as a student is asked why mixing two solutions that contain no solid at all can suddenly produce one. Soluble ionic compounds exist as free ions, not formula units, and the ionic equation shows what is actually present

  10. Explain why charge balance is a useful check that the molecular equation does not provide.
    Show the full solution

    A molecular equation contains only neutral formulas, so both sides are automatically zero charge and the check is vacuous: it can never fail and therefore never detects anything. Once the compounds are split into ions, each side carries an explicit sum of positive and negative charges, and that sum must be equal on both sides because electrons are neither created nor destroyed. This gives an independent test that catches errors the atom count misses, such as omitting an ion during cancellation, writing a charge with the wrong sign, or forgetting that a coefficient of 2 applies to the ion charge as well as to the count. In the lead iodide example the left sums to zero from \( (+2) + 2(-1) \), and a student who wrote a single iodide would get a nonzero total and know immediately that something was dropped. Molecular equations are all neutral so the check is vacuous; ionic equations expose omitted ions and sign errors

Unit 5 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 5 review: Chemical Reactions

Balance by adjusting coefficients only, and check the activity series before predicting any single replacement.

  1. Balance: Fe + Cl2 gives FeCl3.
    Show the full solution

    Chlorine comes in twos on the left and threes on the right, so use 6 of them. \( 2\text{Fe} + 3\text{Cl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{FeCl}_3 \)

  2. Classify: \( \text{CaO} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightarrow \text{Ca(OH)}_2 \).
    Show the full solution

    Two reactants, one product. Synthesis

  3. Give the products of the complete combustion of ethane, C2H6.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon dioxide and water

  4. Will silver displace copper from copper(II) sulfate solution?
    Show the full solution

    Silver is below copper in the activity series. No reaction

  5. Which precipitate forms when silver nitrate and sodium chloride solutions are mixed?
    Show the full solution

    Silver chloride is one of the insoluble halides. AgCl

  6. Balance the complete combustion of ethane and show your check.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon first: two carbons give \( 2\text{CO}_2 \). Hydrogen next: six hydrogens give \( 3\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Oxygen on the right is then \( 4 + 3 = 7 \), which is odd and cannot come from diatomic oxygen without a fraction, so double everything: \( 2\text{C}_2\text{H}_6 + 7\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 4\text{CO}_2 + 6\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Check: carbon 4 and 4, hydrogen 12 and 12, oxygen 14 and \( 8 + 6 = 14 \). \( 2\text{C}_2\text{H}_6 + 7\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 4\text{CO}_2 + 6\text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  7. Write the net ionic equation for barium ions reacting with sulfate ions, and identify the spectators in the reaction of barium chloride with sodium sulfate.
    Show the full solution

    Barium sulfate is insoluble, so the net ionic equation is \( \text{Ba}^{2+}(aq) + \text{SO}_4^{2-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{BaSO}_4(s) \). In the full reaction the sodium and chloride ions appear unchanged on both sides and take no part, so they are the spectators. The charge check confirms the net equation: \( (+2) + (-2) = 0 \) on the left, and a neutral solid on the right. \( \text{Ba}^{2+} + \text{SO}_4^{2-} \rightarrow \text{BaSO}_4(s) \); sodium and chloride are spectators

  8. A student balances \( \text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O} \) by changing the product to H2O2. Explain the error.
    Show the full solution

    They altered a subscript, which is not a bookkeeping adjustment but a change of substance. H2O2 is hydrogen peroxide, not water, so the equation is now a true statement about a different reaction and a false one about the reaction asked for. Coefficients count how many molecules take part and are adjustable; subscripts describe what a molecule is and are fixed. The correct balance is \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Changing a subscript changes the compound; only coefficients may be adjusted

  9. Explain what drives a double replacement reaction, given that the ions in solution are already free.
    Show the full solution

    Mixing two soluble salts simply produces a solution containing four kinds of free ion, and if every possible pairing is soluble then nothing changes and no reaction has occurred however the equation is written. A double replacement happens only when one new pairing removes ions from solution, by forming an insoluble precipitate, a gas that escapes, or water, which does not dissociate. In each case those ions are no longer free, so a real change has taken place. Formation of a precipitate, a gas or water removes ions from solution

  10. A gas burner burns with a yellow sooty flame. Explain what is happening and how to correct it.
    Show the full solution

    There is insufficient oxygen, so combustion is incomplete. Instead of every carbon atom reaching carbon dioxide, some form carbon monoxide and some remain as solid carbon particles, which glow yellow in the flame and deposit as soot. The fuel's energy is not fully released, so the flame is also cooler. Opening the air hole at the base premixes more air with the gas, and the flame should turn blue and stop sooting, which is the visible test that combustion is now complete. Incomplete combustion; increase the air supply

Lesson 6.1 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

The mole ratio, and the road map every problem follows

A balanced equation is usually read as a statement about molecules, and it is one. It is more useful read as a statement about moles, because moles are what a balance can deliver. The coefficients are the only source of the ratio that connects one substance to another, and every calculation in this unit passes through them.

The key ideas
  1. Coefficients are mole ratios. \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \) says one mole of nitrogen reacts with three of hydrogen to give two of ammonia.
  2. Coefficients are never mass ratios. One gram of nitrogen does not react with three grams of hydrogen, and assuming it does is the central error this unit exists to prevent.
  3. The road map has three stages: given quantity to moles, moles of the given substance to moles of the wanted substance using the mole ratio, then moles to the quantity asked for.
  4. Only the middle step uses the equation. The outer two use molar mass, molar volume or Avogadro's number, exactly as in unit 4.
  5. Write the mole ratio as a fraction with the wanted substance on top. Then the given moles cancel and the wanted moles survive, as in lesson 1.4.
  6. The equation must be balanced first. An unbalanced equation gives a wrong ratio and therefore a wrong answer to every part of the problem.
  7. Any two substances in the equation can be related, including two reactants or two products, because they all share the same set of coefficients.

Where students lose marks: applying the coefficient ratio directly to masses. In the ammonia equation, 1 g of N2 with 3 g of H2 is a large excess of hydrogen, because a mole of hydrogen weighs only 2.02 g while a mole of nitrogen weighs 28.02 g.

Worked example

The problem. For \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), demonstrate that the coefficients are mole ratios and not mass ratios, and state every ratio available.

Step one: read the equation in particles. One nitrogen molecule reacts with three hydrogen molecules to give two ammonia molecules. This is what the equation asserts and it is true.

Step two: scale up by Avogadro's number. If the statement holds for one nitrogen molecule, it holds for \( 6.022 \times 10^{23} \) of them, since every molecule behaves the same way. So one mole of N2 reacts with three moles of H2 to give two moles of NH3. The coefficients carry over unchanged from particles to moles, which is exactly why the mole was defined as a count.

Step three: now convert to masses and watch the ratio break. One mole of N2 is 28.02 g. Three moles of H2 is \( 3 \times 2.016 = 6.05 \) g. Two moles of NH3 is \( 2 \times 17.03 = 34.06 \) g.

Step four: state the mass relationship. 28.02 g of nitrogen reacts with 6.05 g of hydrogen to give 34.06 g of ammonia. The mass ratio is about 4.6 to 1, nothing like the 1 to 3 of the coefficients, and it is not a simple ratio at all.

Step five: check conservation. \( 28.02 + 6.05 = 34.07 \), which matches the 34.06 g of ammonia within rounding. Mass is conserved even though the mass ratio is untidy, which is the point: conservation and simple ratios are different properties, and only the second belongs to the coefficients.

Step six: list every mole ratio the equation provides. Six ratios are available, each usable in either direction: \( \frac{1 \text{ mol N}_2}{3 \text{ mol H}_2} \), \( \frac{1 \text{ mol N}_2}{2 \text{ mol NH}_3} \), \( \frac{3 \text{ mol H}_2}{2 \text{ mol NH}_3} \), and their inverses.

Step seven: choose one by what cancels. To find moles of ammonia from moles of hydrogen, use \( \frac{2 \text{ mol NH}_3}{3 \text{ mol H}_2} \), because hydrogen is in the denominator and will cancel against the given quantity. The orientation is decided by the same rule as every conversion in lesson 1.4.

Step eight: state the road map that follows. Given a mass of hydrogen and asked for a mass of ammonia: divide by the molar mass of hydrogen to get moles, multiply by the ratio two thirds to get moles of ammonia, multiply by the molar mass of ammonia to get grams. Three steps, of which only the middle one needed the equation.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What do the coefficients in a balanced equation represent?
    Show the full solution

    A ratio of moles, or equivalently of particles

  2. For \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \), how many moles of water come from 4 mol of hydrogen?
    Show the full solution

    The ratio is 2 to 2, so one to one. 4 mol

  3. State the three stages of the stoichiometry road map.
    Show the full solution

    Given quantity to moles, mole ratio, moles to wanted quantity

  4. Which stage uses the balanced equation?
    Show the full solution

    Only the middle one, the mole ratio

  5. Why must the equation be balanced before any calculation?
    Show the full solution

    Because the coefficients supply the ratio, and wrong coefficients give a wrong ratio

  6. Explain why mixing reactants in the mass ratio given by the coefficients wastes one of them.
    Show the full solution

    Because the coefficients count particles and the masses of those particles differ, often by a large factor. In the ammonia synthesis the equation calls for three hydrogen molecules per nitrogen molecule, but a hydrogen molecule has a mass of 2.016 atomic mass units against nitrogen's 28.02, so three moles of hydrogen weigh only 6.05 g while one mole of nitrogen weighs 28.02 g. Measuring out 1 g of nitrogen and 3 g of hydrogen supplies about 0.036 mol of nitrogen and 1.49 mol of hydrogen, which is a ratio of roughly 1 to 41 rather than 1 to 3. Almost all the hydrogen would be left over, and the reaction would stop when the nitrogen ran out. Masses per mole differ, so equal coefficient masses give wildly wrong mole ratios and leave one reactant unused

  7. For \( \text{C}_3\text{H}_8 + 5\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 3\text{CO}_2 + 4\text{H}_2\text{O} \), find the moles of oxygen needed for 0.250 mol of propane and the moles of water produced.
    Show the full solution

    Take each ratio from the coefficients with the wanted substance on top so the given moles cancel. For oxygen the ratio is five moles of O2 per mole of propane, so \( 0.250 \times \frac{5}{1} = 1.25 \) mol of oxygen. For water the ratio is four moles per mole of propane, so \( 0.250 \times \frac{4}{1} = 1.00 \) mol of water. Both came from the same given quantity without any intermediate step, because the question asked in moles and answered in moles, so no molar mass was needed at all. 1.25 mol of oxygen and 1.00 mol of water

  8. Explain why any two substances in an equation can be related directly, including two reactants.
    Show the full solution

    Because a single balanced equation fixes the proportions of everything in it simultaneously, so the coefficients form one consistent set rather than a series of separate pairwise statements. If one nitrogen goes with three hydrogens and one nitrogen goes with two ammonias, then three hydrogens go with two ammonias, and the ratio between any two species can be read off directly without passing through a third. This includes two reactants, which is what makes limiting reactant problems possible in lesson 6.4, and two products, which allows one product to be measured in order to determine another. The equation is a set of simultaneous proportions, not a recipe to be read from left to right. The coefficients form one consistent set of proportions, so any pair relates directly

  9. A student calculates moles of product without balancing the equation first. Explain what happens and why the error is invisible in the answer.
    Show the full solution

    An unbalanced equation still has coefficients, implicitly all equal to one, so the student takes a one-to-one ratio and the calculation proceeds without any obstacle. The arithmetic is valid, the units cancel correctly and the answer emerges as a plausible mass in a plausible range, so nothing in the working signals a problem. The answer is nonetheless wrong by whatever factor the true coefficients would have supplied, which for \( 4\text{Fe} + 3\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{Fe}_2\text{O}_3 \) would be a factor of two. The only defense is procedural: balance the equation and check every element before extracting any ratio, since no later step will catch the omission. An unbalanced equation supplies a one-to-one ratio that calculates cleanly and gives a plausible but wrong answer

  10. Explain why the mole is indispensable to stoichiometry, referring to what a balance can and cannot measure.
    Show the full solution

    A balanced equation states a relationship between numbers of particles, and a balance measures mass, so the two are expressed in incompatible quantities and neither can be used directly to get the other. The mole resolves the incompatibility because it is defined as a count and yet has a known mass for every substance, which means it can be reached from either side. A mass is converted into moles by dividing by molar mass, the equation's ratio is applied to those moles because the coefficients are a particle ratio and therefore a mole ratio, and the resulting moles are converted back into a mass. Without that middle unit there is no route from what the equation says to what the laboratory can weigh, which is why every problem in this unit converts to moles first even when both the question and the answer are in grams. Equations relate particle counts and balances measure mass; the mole is the only quantity that is both a count and weighable

Lesson 6.2 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

Mass to mass, the three-step chain worked in full

This is the standard calculation of the subject: given the mass of one substance, find the mass of another. It is three steps and no more, and the discipline that makes it reliable is writing the whole chain as one expression with the units visible, so the setup can be checked before any arithmetic is done.

The key ideas
  1. Step one: given mass to moles, by dividing by the molar mass of the given substance.
  2. Step two: moles of given to moles of wanted, using the coefficient ratio with the wanted substance on top.
  3. Step three: moles of wanted to mass, by multiplying by the molar mass of the wanted substance.
  4. The two molar masses are different numbers and belong to different substances. Using the same one twice is a common and silent error.
  5. Chain the three steps into one expression so there is one rounding at the end, following lesson 1.5.
  6. Check the units cancel before calculating: grams of given, moles of given and moles of wanted should all cancel, leaving grams of the wanted substance.
  7. Sanity check the answer against conservation. The total mass of products must equal the total mass of reactants consumed, which often gives a free check on a multi-part problem.

Where students lose marks: using the molar mass of the given substance in step three. The chain converts to a different substance in the middle, so the mass conversion at the end must use that substance's molar mass.

Worked example

The problem. Limestone is heated in a kiln and decomposes: \( \text{CaCO}_3(s) \rightarrow \text{CaO}(s) + \text{CO}_2(g) \). Find the mass of quicklime, CaO, and the mass of carbon dioxide produced from 50.0 g of calcium carbonate.

Step one: confirm the equation is balanced. Calcium 1 and 1, carbon 1 and 1, oxygen 3 and \( 1 + 2 = 3 \). Balanced, with all coefficients equal to one.

Step two: calculate the three molar masses. CaCO3 is \( 40.08 + 12.01 + 48.00 = 100.09 \) g/mol. CaO is \( 40.08 + 16.00 = 56.08 \) g/mol. CO2 is \( 12.01 + 32.00 = 44.01 \) g/mol.

Step three: convert the given mass to moles.

\[ n = 50.0 \text{ g} \times \frac{1 \text{ mol CaCO}_3}{100.09 \text{ g}} = 0.4996 \text{ mol} \]

Step four: apply the mole ratio for carbon dioxide. The coefficients are 1 and 1, so the ratio is one to one and the moles of carbon dioxide equal the moles of calcium carbonate: 0.4996 mol.

Step five: convert to mass, using carbon dioxide's molar mass.

\[ m = 0.4996 \text{ mol} \times \frac{44.01 \text{ g}}{1 \text{ mol}} = 21.99 \text{ g} \]

So 22.0 g of carbon dioxide to three significant figures.

Step six: repeat for calcium oxide. The ratio is again one to one, so 0.4996 mol, and \( 0.4996 \times 56.08 = 28.02 \), giving 28.0 g of calcium oxide. Note that step five used 44.01 and step six used 56.08: the same mole figure, two different molar masses.

Step seven: apply the conservation check. \( 22.0 + 28.0 = 50.0 \) g, exactly the mass of limestone that decomposed. Mass is conserved, and since the two answers were calculated independently, agreement is strong evidence that both are right.

Step eight: interpret the result industrially. Producing 28.0 kg of quicklime for cement necessarily releases 22.0 kg of carbon dioxide, and that release comes from the limestone itself, not from the fuel used to heat the kiln. It is therefore unavoidable by any change of fuel, which is why cement manufacture is a hard case in emissions policy and why lesson 6.7 distinguishes process emissions from combustion emissions.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the three steps of a mass to mass calculation.
    Show the full solution

    Mass to moles, mole ratio, moles to mass

  2. Which molar mass is used in the final step?
    Show the full solution

    That of the substance being asked for, not the given one

  3. For \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \), find the mass of water from 10.0 g of hydrogen with oxygen in excess.
    Show the full solution

    \( 10.0 \div 2.016 = 4.960 \) mol H2, ratio 2 to 2 so 4.960 mol H2O, then \( \times 18.02 \). 89.4 g

  4. For \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), find the mass of ammonia from 28.0 g of nitrogen with hydrogen in excess.
    Show the full solution

    \( 28.0 \div 28.02 = 0.9993 \) mol, \( \times 2 = 1.9986 \) mol NH3, \( \times 17.03 \). 34.0 g

  5. What free check is available when a problem asks for every product?
    Show the full solution

    The product masses must sum to the mass of reactant consumed

  6. Explain why using the given substance's molar mass in the last step is a silent error.
    Show the full solution

    Because the calculation still produces a number in grams with all the units canceling correctly, so nothing in the setup reveals the mistake. The molar mass simply appears in the right place with the right units, and only its value is wrong. The size of the resulting error depends on how different the two molar masses are: in the limestone example, using 100.09 instead of 44.01 would report 50.0 g of carbon dioxide from 50.0 g of limestone, which happens to be exactly the starting mass and could easily be mistaken for a conservation check passing. The defense is to write the substance name next to each molar mass as it is used, so that a mismatch between the label and the step is visible. The units still cancel and the answer looks reasonable; only labeling each molar mass with its substance exposes it

  7. Zinc reacts with hydrochloric acid: \( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \). Find the mass of hydrogen from 6.54 g of zinc.
    Show the full solution

    Zinc's molar mass is 65.38 g/mol, so \( 6.54 \div 65.38 = 0.1000 \) mol, a convenient round figure. The mole ratio from the coefficients is one hydrogen molecule per zinc atom, so 0.1000 mol of H2 is produced. Hydrogen gas is diatomic with a molar mass of \( 2 \times 1.008 = 2.016 \) g/mol, and using 1.008 here would halve the answer. So \( 0.1000 \times 2.016 = 0.2016 \) g. The answer is small because hydrogen is the lightest substance there is, which is a useful sanity check on its magnitude. 0.202 g

  8. Explain why the conservation check in the worked example is strong evidence rather than a coincidence.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two product masses were obtained by separate calculations that used different molar masses, 44.01 for carbon dioxide and 56.08 for calcium oxide, and there is no arithmetic reason for two independently wrong answers to sum to the starting mass. An error in either mole conversion, either molar mass or either ratio would shift one of the answers without shifting the other, and the sum would miss 50.0 g. The check is therefore testing the whole chain rather than repeating it. It would fail to catch one class of error, namely a mistake in the initial mole calculation, since that figure feeds both answers equally and would scale both by the same factor, which is why it is a strong check rather than a complete one. Two independent calculations with different molar masses have no reason to agree unless both are right

  9. Magnesium burns in oxygen: \( 2\text{Mg} + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{MgO} \). Find the mass of magnesium oxide from 2.43 g of magnesium, and relate the answer to lesson 1.1.
    Show the full solution

    Magnesium's molar mass is 24.31 g/mol, so \( 2.43 \div 24.31 = 0.1000 \) mol. The ratio is two to two, so one to one, giving 0.1000 mol of magnesium oxide. Its molar mass is \( 24.31 + 16.00 = 40.31 \) g/mol, so the mass is \( 0.1000 \times 40.31 = 4.031 \) g, or 4.03 g. This is precisely the worked example of lesson 1.1, where the apparent mass gain of 1.60 g was attributed to oxygen taken in from the air. The stoichiometry now supplies the number independently: 0.0500 mol of O2 is consumed, which is \( 0.0500 \times 32.00 = 1.60 \) g, matching exactly. 4.03 g, and the 1.60 g gain is the mass of oxygen the calculation predicts

  10. Explain why a chemist planning an industrial process would run this calculation before building anything.
    Show the full solution

    Because the calculation converts a required output into every input and byproduct, all of which have to be arranged for physically and financially before a plant exists. Working backward from a target tonnage of quicklime gives the tonnage of limestone that must be quarried and transported, which fixes the raw material cost and the size of the supply contract. It simultaneously gives the mass of carbon dioxide released, which determines the emissions permit required and, in many jurisdictions, a carbon cost. It also identifies which costs cannot be engineered away: the carbon dioxide from the limestone is fixed by the equation, so no improvement in the kiln's efficiency reduces it. Getting a factor of two wrong here means a plant sized wrongly, which is discovered only after it is built. It converts a target output into raw material needs, byproduct masses and emissions, all of which must be committed to in advance

Lesson 6.3 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

Gas volumes, solution volumes and particle counts

The road map does not change when the question asks for a volume of gas or a number of molecules. Only the outer steps change, because moles connect to four quantities rather than one. Recognizing that the middle step is always the same is what makes the whole unit one method rather than four.

The key ideas
  1. Moles is the hub, with four spokes: mass through molar mass, gas volume through 22.4 L/mol at STP, particles through Avogadro's number, and solution volume through molarity.
  2. The mole ratio step is unchanged whatever the question asks for.
  3. A gas volume at STP converts with 22.4 L/mol, and only at STP, as lesson 4.4 established.
  4. Volume-to-volume shortcuts exist for gases. At the same temperature and pressure, the coefficient ratio is also the volume ratio, so no mole conversion is needed at all.
  5. That shortcut works only when both substances are gases at the same conditions. It does not apply to a solid or a liquid.
  6. Solution volumes use molarity, which lesson 9.3 defines as moles per liter. Moles equals molarity times volume in liters.
  7. Mixed problems are common: a mass of solid producing a volume of gas is the standard laboratory case, and it uses one spoke in and a different one out.

Where students lose marks: applying the volume ratio shortcut to a solid. In \( \text{CaCO}_3(s) \rightarrow \text{CaO}(s) + \text{CO}_2(g) \) the one-to-one coefficient ratio does not mean a volume of limestone gives an equal volume of gas, and the error is large.

Worked example

Part one. Using the limestone decomposition from lesson 6.2, find the volume of carbon dioxide produced at STP from 50.0 g of calcium carbonate, and the number of molecules.

Step one: reuse the mole figure. From lesson 6.2, \( 50.0 \div 100.09 = 0.4996 \) mol of CaCO3, and the one-to-one ratio gives 0.4996 mol of CO2. The first two steps of the road map are identical to the mass problem.

Step two: convert moles to volume at STP.

\[ V = 0.4996 \text{ mol} \times \frac{22.4 \text{ L}}{1 \text{ mol}} = 11.19 \text{ L} \]

So 11.2 L to three significant figures.

Step three: convert moles to molecules. \( 0.4996 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} = 3.01 \times 10^{23} \) molecules. The same mole figure produced a mass, a volume and a count by three different final steps.

Step four: sanity check the volume. Half a mole of gas should occupy about half of 22.4 L, which is 11.2 L. It does. Note also how large this is: 50 g of rock, a piece the size of a small egg, produces more than eleven liters of gas.

Part two. For \( \text{N}_2(g) + 3\text{H}_2(g) \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3(g) \), find the volume of ammonia produced from 15.0 L of hydrogen, all gases at the same temperature and pressure.

Step five: check whether the shortcut applies. Both the given and the wanted substance are gases, and the conditions are stated to be the same for both. The shortcut applies.

Step six: justify the shortcut. By Avogadro's law, equal volumes of gases at the same temperature and pressure contain equal numbers of particles, so volume is directly proportional to moles with the same constant for every gas. The coefficient ratio is therefore also the volume ratio, and both conversions through moles would cancel out.

Step seven: apply it. The ratio is two ammonia per three hydrogen, so

\[ V = 15.0 \text{ L} \times \frac{2}{3} = 10.0 \text{ L of NH}_3 \]

Step eight: note what the shortcut does not tell you. It gives no mass and requires no molar mass, so if the question had asked for the mass of ammonia the full road map would still be needed, converting 15.0 L to moles with 22.4 L/mol if the conditions were STP. It also fails immediately if either substance is a solid or a liquid, because their volumes are governed by particle size and packing rather than by spacing, as lesson 4.4 explained.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name the four quantities that connect directly to moles.
    Show the full solution

    Mass, gas volume at STP, number of particles, and solution volume through molarity

  2. Which step of the road map changes when the question asks for a gas volume rather than a mass?
    Show the full solution

    Only the final step; the mole ratio is unchanged

  3. For \( 2\text{CO}(g) + \text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2\text{CO}_2(g) \), what volume of oxygen reacts with 10.0 L of carbon monoxide at the same conditions?
    Show the full solution

    Ratio one oxygen per two carbon monoxide. 5.00 L

  4. When can the volume ratio shortcut be used?
    Show the full solution

    Only when both substances are gases at the same temperature and pressure

  5. Find the volume at STP of 0.250 mol of any gas.
    Show the full solution

    \( 0.250 \times 22.4 \). 5.60 L

  6. Zinc reacts with excess hydrochloric acid. Find the volume of hydrogen at STP from 6.54 g of zinc.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \). Zinc's molar mass is 65.38 g/mol, so \( 6.54 \div 65.38 = 0.1000 \) mol. The mole ratio is one hydrogen per zinc, giving 0.1000 mol of H2. Converting to volume at STP: \( 0.1000 \times 22.4 = 2.24 \) L. Note that the volume shortcut is unavailable here because zinc is a solid, so the full road map is required, entering through mass and leaving through volume. 2.24 L

  7. Explain why the volume ratio shortcut works for gases but would be badly wrong for solids.
    Show the full solution

    For gases, volume is set by the spacing between particles rather than by their size, and at a given temperature and pressure that spacing is the same for every gas, so volume is directly proportional to the number of moles with one universal constant. That proportionality is what allows moles to be skipped entirely: multiplying and dividing by the same constant cancels. For solids and liquids the particles are in contact, so the volume depends on how big the particles are and how efficiently they pack, and the volume per mole varies enormously between substances. Applying the shortcut to the limestone reaction would claim that a given volume of rock yields the same volume of carbon dioxide, when in fact 50 g of limestone occupies about 18 mL and produces 11.2 L of gas, an error of nearly a factor of six hundred. Gas volume per mole is universal because it comes from spacing; solid volume per mole depends on particle size and packing

  8. A student uses 22.4 L/mol for a reaction carried out at 25 degrees Celsius. Explain the consequence and how to do it properly.
    Show the full solution

    The constant 22.4 L/mol holds only at 0 degrees Celsius and 1 atmosphere. At 25 degrees the particles have more kinetic energy and spread further apart at constant pressure, so a mole occupies about 24.5 L. Using 22.4 to convert a measured volume into moles therefore divides by a value that is too small and overstates the mole count by roughly nine percent, and that error carries into every subsequent quantity. The proper approach is to use the ideal gas law from lesson 8.4, \( PV = nRT \), with the actual temperature in kelvin, which handles any conditions rather than one special case. The molar volume shortcut is a special case of that equation evaluated at STP, and it should only be reached for when the question says STP. It overstates the moles by about nine percent; use \( PV = nRT \) with the actual temperature instead

  9. For \( 2\text{H}_2(g) + \text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O}(l) \), explain why the volume ratio shortcut can be used for the two reactants but not to find the volume of water.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrogen and oxygen are both gases at the stated conditions, so their volumes are both proportional to moles with the same constant and the coefficient ratio of two to one transfers directly to volumes. Water in this equation is labeled as a liquid, and a liquid's volume per mole is governed by molecular size and packing rather than by the universal gas spacing, so no shared constant exists and the ratio does not carry across. Finding the volume of water requires the full road map: convert to moles of water, multiply by the molar mass of 18.02 g/mol to get a mass, then divide by the density of about 1.00 g/mL to get a volume. The state symbols in the equation are therefore not decoration; they determine which method is available. Both reactants are gases sharing one molar volume; liquid water does not, so its volume needs mass and density

  10. Explain why the hub and spoke picture is a better way to learn this unit than memorizing separate procedures for mass, volume and particle problems.
    Show the full solution

    Because there is only one procedure, and treating it as several invites the student to memorize three sets of steps that differ in one place and to choose wrongly under pressure. Every problem in the unit does the same thing: convert whatever is given into moles, apply the mole ratio from the balanced equation, and convert the resulting moles into whatever is wanted. What varies is only which spoke is used at each end, and those are four independent conversions from unit 4 that were learned before stoichiometry began. Seeing it this way also makes mixed problems unremarkable, since entering by mass and leaving by volume is just a different pair of spokes, and it explains why the unit's genuinely new content is a single idea, the mole ratio, rather than a catalog of cases. All problems share one structure, with only the entry and exit conversions differing; mixed cases then need nothing new

Lesson 6.4 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

Limiting reactants, and why the smaller mass is not the answer

Every problem so far has assumed one reactant runs out and the other is in excess. When the quantities of both are given, that assumption has to be tested, and the test is not which mass is smaller. It is which reactant runs out first given the ratio the equation demands, and the ratio can easily overturn the comparison of masses.

The key ideas
  1. The limiting reactant is the one that runs out first and it determines how much product can form. The reaction stops when it is gone.
  2. The excess reactant is left over when the reaction stops, and its leftover amount is calculated in lesson 6.5.
  3. The smaller mass is not the limiting reactant. Masses cannot be compared because the equation is a ratio of moles, and molar masses differ.
  4. The method: convert both to moles, then divide each by its coefficient. The smallest result is the limiting reactant.
  5. Dividing by the coefficient is what accounts for the ratio. It asks how many times the reaction as written could run on each reactant alone.
  6. Calculate all products from the limiting reactant only. Using the excess reactant gives an answer that is too large and describes a reaction that cannot occur.
  7. Both quantities being given is the signal. If a question supplies two amounts, it is almost always a limiting reactant problem.

Where students lose marks: comparing moles without dividing by the coefficients. In \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), having more moles of hydrogen than nitrogen means nothing, because three times as much hydrogen is required.

Worked example

The problem. Aluminum foil is added to copper(II) chloride solution: \( 2\text{Al} + 3\text{CuCl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{AlCl}_3 + 3\text{Cu} \). A student uses 10.0 g of aluminum and 50.0 g of copper(II) chloride. Find the mass of copper produced.

Step one: notice the signal. Two quantities are given, so the limiting reactant must be identified before any product can be calculated. Assuming either one is in excess would be a guess.

Step two: reject the mass comparison immediately. Aluminum is the smaller mass at 10.0 g against 50.0 g, which tempts the conclusion that aluminum is limiting. That comparison is meaningless, because a mole of aluminum weighs 26.98 g while a mole of copper(II) chloride weighs 134.45 g, nearly five times as much.

Step three: convert both to moles.

\[ n_{\text{Al}} = \frac{10.0}{26.98} = 0.3706 \text{ mol} \] \[ n_{\text{CuCl}_2} = \frac{50.0}{134.45} = 0.3719 \text{ mol} \]

The mole counts are nearly equal, which already shows how misleading the mass comparison was.

Step four: divide each by its coefficient. This is the step that accounts for the ratio the equation demands.

\[ \text{Al}: \frac{0.3706}{2} = 0.1853 \qquad \text{CuCl}_2: \frac{0.3719}{3} = 0.1240 \]

Step five: identify the limiting reactant. Copper(II) chloride gives the smaller value, 0.1240 against 0.1853, so copper(II) chloride is limiting and aluminum is in excess. The mass comparison would have given the opposite answer.

Step six: understand what those numbers mean. The figure 0.1240 says the reaction as written could run 0.1240 times on the copper(II) chloride available, while the aluminum could support 0.1853 runs. The reaction can only run as many times as the scarcest reactant allows, so it runs 0.1240 times and then stops.

Step seven: calculate the copper from the limiting reactant only. The ratio is three coppers per three copper(II) chlorides, so one to one:

\[ n_{\text{Cu}} = 0.3719 \text{ mol} \qquad m_{\text{Cu}} = 0.3719 \times 63.55 = 23.63 \text{ g} \]

So 23.6 g of copper.

Step eight: check what using aluminum would have given. From 0.3706 mol of aluminum, the ratio three coppers per two aluminums predicts \( 0.3706 \times \frac{3}{2} = 0.5559 \) mol of copper, or 35.3 g. That is nearly fifty percent too high and describes a reaction that would run out of copper(II) chloride long before reaching it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define the limiting reactant.
    Show the full solution

    The reactant that runs out first and therefore limits how much product can form

  2. State the method for identifying it.
    Show the full solution

    Convert both reactants to moles and divide each by its coefficient; the smallest result is limiting

  3. Which reactant is used to calculate the product?
    Show the full solution

    The limiting reactant only

  4. What signals that a question is a limiting reactant problem?
    Show the full solution

    Quantities are given for two or more reactants

  5. Is the reactant with the smaller mass always limiting?
    Show the full solution

    No; molar masses and coefficients both differ, so mass alone decides nothing

  6. Explain why dividing by the coefficient is necessary rather than just comparing moles.
    Show the full solution

    Because the equation does not require the reactants in equal amounts, so an equal number of moles does not mean an equal supply. Dividing each mole count by its coefficient converts both into the same unit of comparison, namely how many times the reaction as written could proceed on that reactant alone, and only then can the two be put side by side. In the ammonia synthesis a mixture containing two moles of nitrogen and three of hydrogen has more hydrogen by mole count, yet hydrogen is limiting: dividing gives two for nitrogen and one for hydrogen, and the reaction can run only once. Comparing raw moles would have picked the wrong reactant whenever the coefficients differ, which is most of the time. Coefficients set how much of each is needed per run, so dividing converts both to a comparable number of possible runs

  7. For \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), 28.0 g of nitrogen is mixed with 6.00 g of hydrogen. Identify the limiting reactant and find the mass of ammonia.
    Show the full solution

    Convert both to moles: \( 28.0 \div 28.02 = 0.9993 \) mol of N2 and \( 6.00 \div 2.016 = 2.976 \) mol of H2. Divide each by its coefficient: nitrogen gives \( 0.9993 \div 1 = 0.9993 \) and hydrogen gives \( 2.976 \div 3 = 0.9921 \). Hydrogen is very slightly smaller, so hydrogen is limiting, and the mixture is close to the ideal ratio. Calculate from hydrogen only: \( 2.976 \times \frac{2}{3} = 1.984 \) mol of NH3, and \( 1.984 \times 17.03 = 33.79 \) g. The closeness of the two figures shows why the method has to be applied rather than eyeballed. Hydrogen is limiting; 33.8 g of ammonia

  8. Explain why calculating from the excess reactant gives an answer that is not merely wrong but physically impossible.
    Show the full solution

    Because it predicts an amount of product that would require more of the limiting reactant than exists. In the worked example, calculating from aluminum predicts 35.3 g of copper, which would need \( 0.5559 \) mol of copper(II) chloride, or 74.7 g, when only 50.0 g was supplied. The prediction therefore asserts that atoms appeared from nowhere, which conservation of mass forbids. This is a useful way to check an answer: take the predicted product back through the equation to the reactant not used in the calculation, and confirm that the amount required is actually available. A limiting reactant answer always passes this test and an excess reactant answer never does. It requires more of the limiting reactant than was supplied, so it violates conservation of mass

  9. A mixture contains 4.00 mol of A and 4.00 mol of B for the reaction \( \text{A} + 2\text{B} \rightarrow \text{C} \). Identify the limiting reactant and explain the result in words.
    Show the full solution

    Divide each by its coefficient: A gives \( 4.00 \div 1 = 4.00 \) and B gives \( 4.00 \div 2 = 2.00 \). B is smaller, so B is limiting despite the two being present in identical amounts. In words, each run of the reaction consumes one A and two B, so the four moles of A could support four runs while the four moles of B can support only two. After two runs the B is exhausted, and 2.00 mol of A remains untouched, which is half of what was supplied. The example shows clearly that equal mole quantities do not imply a balanced mixture; the mixture is balanced only when the mole ratio matches the coefficient ratio, which here would require twice as much B as A. B is limiting: it supports two runs against A's four, leaving 2.00 mol of A unreacted

  10. Explain why industrial processes often deliberately supply one reactant in excess, given that the excess is not consumed.
    Show the full solution

    Because the goal is usually to consume the expensive or difficult reactant completely rather than to avoid leftovers. Supplying a cheap reactant in excess drives the limiting reactant as close to full conversion as possible, which raises the yield relative to the costly input and reduces the amount of unreacted valuable material that has to be separated and recycled. The excess is often easy to recover and return to the process, as unreacted nitrogen and hydrogen are in ammonia synthesis, so it is not wasted in any real sense. There is also a rate consideration from unit 10: a higher concentration of one reactant speeds the reaction up, so an excess can shorten the time a batch occupies expensive equipment. The excess is chosen by cost, not by the equation. An excess of the cheap reactant maximizes conversion of the expensive one, and is usually recovered and recycled

Lesson 6.5 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

How much of the excess is left, the step that is usually skipped

Identifying the limiting reactant answers what the reaction produces. It does not answer what is still sitting in the flask afterward, and that is a separate calculation with a separate method. It matters practically, because the leftover has to be separated, recovered or disposed of.

The key ideas
  1. The excess left over is what was supplied minus what was consumed, and the amount consumed has to be calculated rather than assumed.
  2. Calculate the consumed amount from the limiting reactant, using the mole ratio between the two reactants.
  3. The subtraction must be done in the same units, usually grams, so convert the consumed moles to a mass before subtracting.
  4. Never subtract moles from grams. This is the most common error in the calculation and it produces a number with no meaning.
  5. The leftover excess is a real substance in the flask, mixed with the products, which is why purification is needed after most reactions.
  6. The check: consumed excess plus leftover excess equals the supplied amount. This is a free verification of the subtraction.
  7. A full mass balance closes: the mass of all products plus the mass of leftover excess equals the total mass supplied, which checks the whole problem.

Where students lose marks: subtracting the limiting reactant's moles from the excess reactant's moles. The two are different substances with different coefficients, so the mole ratio must be applied first.

Worked example

The problem. Continuing the reaction from lesson 6.4, \( 2\text{Al} + 3\text{CuCl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{AlCl}_3 + 3\text{Cu} \) with 10.0 g of aluminum and 50.0 g of copper(II) chloride, find the mass of aluminum remaining and verify the full mass balance.

Step one: recall the findings so far. Copper(II) chloride is limiting at 0.3719 mol, aluminum is in excess at 0.3706 mol, and 23.63 g of copper is produced.

Step two: find the moles of aluminum actually consumed. Use the mole ratio between the two reactants, two aluminums per three copper(II) chlorides, applied to the limiting reactant.

\[ n_{\text{Al consumed}} = 0.3719 \times \frac{2}{3} = 0.2479 \text{ mol} \]

Step three: convert to a mass. \( 0.2479 \times 26.98 = 6.689 \) g of aluminum consumed. The conversion to mass must happen before the subtraction, because the supplied amount was given in grams.

Step four: subtract. \( 10.0 - 6.689 = 3.311 \), so 3.31 g of aluminum remains.

Step five: apply the first check. Consumed plus remaining should equal supplied: \( 6.689 + 3.311 = 10.0 \) g. It does.

Step six: calculate the other product for the full balance. Aluminum chloride: the ratio is two per three copper(II) chlorides, so \( 0.3719 \times \frac{2}{3} = 0.2479 \) mol, and with a molar mass of \( 26.98 + 3 \times 35.45 = 133.33 \) g/mol, the mass is \( 0.2479 \times 133.33 = 33.06 \) g.

Step seven: close the mass balance. Total supplied was \( 10.0 + 50.0 = 60.0 \) g. Afterward the flask contains 23.63 g of copper, 33.06 g of aluminum chloride and 3.31 g of unreacted aluminum. The sum is \( 23.63 + 33.06 + 3.31 = 60.00 \) g. Conservation of mass holds across the whole problem, which verifies every step at once.

Step eight: state the practical consequence. The copper is contaminated with 3.31 g of unreacted aluminum foil and sits in a solution of aluminum chloride. Obtaining pure copper requires separating all three, and the aluminum can be removed by adding more copper(II) chloride or by physical means since the foil remains as a solid piece. Knowing how much excess remains is what makes that plan possible.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. How is the mass of excess remaining found?
    Show the full solution

    Mass supplied minus mass consumed

  2. Which reactant is used to calculate the amount consumed?
    Show the full solution

    The limiting reactant, through the mole ratio between the two reactants

  3. What must be done before subtracting?
    Show the full solution

    Convert the consumed moles to a mass, so both quantities are in the same unit

  4. State the check on the subtraction.
    Show the full solution

    Consumed plus remaining must equal supplied

  5. What does a full mass balance compare?
    Show the full solution

    The total mass supplied against the products plus the leftover excess

  6. Explain why the mole ratio must be applied before the subtraction, rather than after.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two reactants are consumed in the proportion the equation specifies, not one for one, so the moles of limiting reactant are not the moles of excess reactant used up. In the worked example, 0.3719 mol of copper(II) chloride consumes only 0.2479 mol of aluminum, because the equation requires two aluminums for every three copper(II) chlorides. Subtracting 0.3719 from the supplied 0.3706 mol of aluminum would give a negative number and suggest aluminum was limiting, contradicting the analysis already done. The ratio converts a quantity of one substance into the corresponding quantity of another, and until that conversion is made the two numbers refer to different things and cannot be combined. The reactants are consumed in the coefficient ratio, so the limiting moles must be converted before they can be subtracted

  7. Explain why subtracting moles from grams produces a meaningless result.
    Show the full solution

    Because addition and subtraction require the quantities to be the same kind of thing, and moles and grams are not. Grams measure mass and moles count particles, and the conversion between them differs for every substance, so there is no fixed relationship that would make the subtraction sensible. The result carries no unit that can be written down, since gram minus mole is not a quantity, and it cannot be interpreted as either a mass or a count. This is the same requirement that governs significant figures in lesson 1.5, where the addition rule applies to decimal places precisely because the quantities being added share a unit, and it is worth treating any subtraction in a chemistry problem as a prompt to check the units match. Addition requires matching units; moles and grams are different quantities with a substance-dependent conversion

  8. Explain why the full mass balance verifies the entire problem rather than just the last step.
    Show the full solution

    Because every quantity in the problem appears in it. The masses of both products came from the limiting reactant through two different mole ratios and two different molar masses, and the leftover excess came from a third ratio and a subtraction, so the balance simultaneously tests the identification of the limiting reactant, three mole ratios, four molar masses and the subtraction. An error anywhere would shift one term without shifting the others and the total would miss 60.0 g. The check is powerful precisely because the terms were calculated independently, and it rests on conservation of mass from lesson 1.1, which guarantees that whatever was put into the sealed flask is still there in some form afterward. Every calculated quantity appears in the balance, so an error in any of them breaks the total

  9. In the worked example, suppose 60.0 g of copper(II) chloride had been used instead. Determine what changes.
    Show the full solution

    Recheck the limiting reactant first, since changing a quantity can change which one it is. Now \( 60.0 \div 134.45 = 0.4463 \) mol of copper(II) chloride, and dividing by the coefficient gives \( 0.4463 \div 3 = 0.1488 \). Aluminum is unchanged at \( 0.3706 \div 2 = 0.1853 \). Copper(II) chloride is still the smaller, so it remains limiting, and every product simply scales up: copper becomes \( 0.4463 \times 63.55 = 28.4 \) g. The aluminum consumed rises to \( 0.4463 \times \frac{2}{3} = 0.2975 \) mol, or 8.03 g, so the leftover aluminum falls to \( 10.0 - 8.03 = 1.97 \) g. Adding more of the limiting reactant increases the product and reduces the excess, as expected. Copper(II) chloride is still limiting; copper rises to 28.4 g and leftover aluminum falls to 1.97 g

  10. Explain why knowing the leftover excess matters in a real laboratory or plant, given that it does not affect the yield.
    Show the full solution

    Because the leftover is physically present in the vessel mixed with the products, and everything downstream has to deal with it. It sets the purification problem: the product cannot be used until the unreacted material is removed, and the choice of method depends on how much there is and what state it is in. It sets the recovery question, since a valuable excess is worth separating and returning to the process while a cheap one may not be. It sets a disposal question if the excess is hazardous, because the waste stream's composition must be known before it can be treated or discharged legally. It also affects the apparent yield if the product is weighed without purification, since contamination by leftover reactant inflates the mass and can produce a percent yield above one hundred, which lesson 6.6 treats as a diagnostic. It determines purification, recovery, waste handling, and whether an unpurified product mass can be trusted

Lesson 6.6 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7

Theoretical, actual and percent yield, and why real reactions fall short

Every calculation so far has predicted what a reaction would produce if it went perfectly. Real reactions do not. Percent yield compares what was obtained with what was predicted, and the gap is not a failure of the chemistry but a measurement worth understanding, because its size points at specific causes.

The key ideas
  1. Theoretical yield is the mass predicted by stoichiometry, calculated from the limiting reactant assuming complete conversion.
  2. Actual yield is the mass obtained, which is measured in the laboratory and cannot be calculated.
  3. Percent yield is \( \frac{\text{actual}}{\text{theoretical}} \times 100 \), and both masses must be of the same substance in the same units.
  4. Reactions fall short for physical reasons: product lost during transfer and filtering, product left dissolved, incomplete reaction, and the reverse reaction if the process is reversible.
  5. They also fall short for chemical reasons: side reactions consuming reactant into a different product, and impure starting materials.
  6. A yield above one hundred percent signals an error, almost always an impure or wet product that was weighed before drying.
  7. Percent yield does not measure how good the chemistry is. A low yield with a valuable product may be entirely acceptable, and the figure has to be read alongside cost.

Where students lose marks: calculating theoretical yield from the excess reactant. Theoretical yield always comes from the limiting reactant, which means lesson 6.4 has to be done first whenever two quantities are given.

Worked example

The problem. In the aluminum and copper(II) chloride experiment, the theoretical yield of copper was 23.63 g. A student filters, washes and dries the copper and weighs 21.2 g. Calculate the percent yield and account for the shortfall.

Step one: confirm the theoretical yield came from the right place. It was calculated in lesson 6.4 from copper(II) chloride, which was shown to be the limiting reactant. Had it been calculated from aluminum the figure would have been 35.3 g and every subsequent number would be wrong.

Step two: check both masses refer to the same substance. Both are masses of copper. Comparing the mass of copper obtained against the theoretical yield of aluminum chloride would be meaningless.

Step three: calculate.

\[ \text{percent yield} = \frac{21.2}{23.63} \times 100 = 89.7\% \]

Step four: state the result plainly. The student recovered 89.7 percent of the copper the stoichiometry predicted, losing about 2.4 g.

Step five: identify the likely physical losses. Copper deposits as a fine powder that clings to the aluminum foil and to the sides of the beaker; some passes through or remains on the filter paper; and some is lost in transferring between vessels. For a fine precipitate these losses alone commonly account for five to ten percent, which fits the observed shortfall.

Step six: consider chemical causes. If the reaction was stopped before completion, some copper(II) chloride would remain in solution, which is testable because the solution would retain a blue color. A side reaction is possible if the aluminum foil carried an oxide layer, since some copper(II) chloride would be consumed reacting with it rather than producing copper.

Step seven: rule out the impossible explanation. The shortfall cannot be that atoms were destroyed, because conservation of mass forbids it. Every missing atom of copper is somewhere: on the foil, on the glass, on the filter paper, or still in solution. Saying where is what a good account does.

Step eight: consider the opposite result. Had the student weighed 25.0 g, the yield would be 105.8 percent, which is impossible and therefore a detected error rather than a surprising success. The usual cause is weighing before the product is fully dry, so that the mass includes water, and the fix is to dry to constant mass, reweighing until two successive readings agree.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define theoretical yield.
    Show the full solution

    The mass of product predicted by stoichiometry from the limiting reactant, assuming complete conversion

  2. Write the formula for percent yield.
    Show the full solution

    Actual divided by theoretical, times 100

  3. An experiment predicts 8.00 g and obtains 6.40 g. Find the percent yield.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{6.40}{8.00} \times 100 \). 80.0 percent

  4. Which reactant is used to find the theoretical yield?
    Show the full solution

    The limiting reactant

  5. What does a percent yield above 100 indicate?
    Show the full solution

    An error, most often a product weighed before it was fully dry

  6. Give three physical and two chemical reasons a yield falls below 100 percent.
    Show the full solution

    Physical: product is lost during transfer between vessels, since some always adheres to glassware; product passes through or remains on the filter paper during separation; and some product stays dissolved in the solution rather than precipitating, since no solid is completely insoluble. Chemical: a side reaction consumes some of the limiting reactant into a different product, so those atoms never reach the intended one; and the starting material may be impure, so the mass weighed out contained less reactant than assumed and the true theoretical yield was lower than calculated. A sixth cause applies to reversible reactions, where equilibrium is reached before conversion is complete, which unit 10 develops. Transfer losses, filtration losses and residual solubility; side reactions and impure reactants

  7. Explain why a shortfall in yield does not contradict conservation of mass.
    Show the full solution

    Because conservation of mass says atoms are neither created nor destroyed in a closed system, not that all of them end up in the vessel where the chemist is looking. A yield of 89.7 percent means that about ten percent of the copper atoms are somewhere other than the weighing boat: adhering to the beaker, trapped in the filter paper, clinging to the unreacted foil, or still dissolved in the discarded filtrate. Every one of them could in principle be recovered and weighed, and doing so would close the balance exactly. The apparatus is an open system, so the shortfall is a bookkeeping statement about where the product went, which is exactly the reasoning pattern of lesson 1.1. The missing atoms are elsewhere in the apparatus, not destroyed; the system is open

  8. A student's theoretical yield is calculated from the excess reactant. Describe the effect on the percent yield and how you would spot it.
    Show the full solution

    Calculating from the excess reactant always overstates the theoretical yield, because the excess could support more reaction than the limiting reactant permits. Since the theoretical yield is the denominator of the percent yield, an inflated denominator produces a percent yield that is too low, and in the worked example using aluminum would give \( \frac{21.2}{35.3} \times 100 = 60.1 \) percent instead of 89.7. The symptom is a percent yield that is surprisingly poor for a reaction with no obvious difficulty, and the diagnostic is to check whether the limiting reactant was identified at all. A second check is to take the theoretical yield back through the equation and confirm the required amount of every reactant was actually available, which the inflated figure fails. The theoretical yield is too large, so the percent yield is too small; check that the limiting reactant was identified

  9. A reaction has a theoretical yield of 45.0 g and a percent yield of 72.0 percent. Find the actual yield, and explain how to rearrange the formula reliably.
    Show the full solution

    Start from the definition rather than a memorized rearrangement: percent yield equals actual divided by theoretical times 100, so \( 72.0 = \frac{\text{actual}}{45.0} \times 100 \). Divide both sides by 100 to get the fraction, \( 0.720 = \frac{\text{actual}}{45.0} \), then multiply both sides by 45.0 to get \( \text{actual} = 0.720 \times 45.0 = 32.4 \) g. The reliable habit is to convert the percentage to a decimal first and then read the remaining equation as a simple proportion, which avoids the common slip of multiplying by 100 in the wrong place. The sanity check is that the actual yield must be smaller than the theoretical yield whenever the percentage is below one hundred, and 32.4 is indeed less than 45.0. 32.4 g

  10. Explain why a chemical process with a yield of 40 percent might be preferred over one with a yield of 90 percent.
    Show the full solution

    Because percent yield measures only the efficiency of conversion and says nothing about cost, safety, speed or what else is produced. The forty percent route might start from a raw material that is a tenth of the price, so that the wasted sixty percent costs less than the ninety percent route's input. It might run at room temperature and atmospheric pressure while the high-yield route requires high temperature and pressure, which means expensive equipment and large energy costs. It might avoid a toxic reagent or a hazardous intermediate, reducing the cost of handling and waste treatment. It might produce a purer product that needs no further separation, or produce a valuable byproduct. It might also simply be much faster, so more batches run in the same plant. Yield is one input to the decision, not the decision. Yield ignores cost, energy, safety, speed and byproducts, any of which can dominate the choice

Lesson 6.7 · Unit 6 · HS-PS1-7, HS-ESS3-6

Emissions from fuel, and what the number does and does not settle

This lesson uses the whole chain on a question the Earth system half of the course keeps returning to: how much carbon dioxide does burning a fuel release? The calculation is ordinary stoichiometry, the result is surprising the first time, and the final step is being precise about what a number like this can support.

The key ideas
  1. Every carbon atom in the fuel becomes one carbon dioxide molecule in complete combustion, so the emission follows from the fuel's formula and mass alone.
  2. The mass of carbon dioxide exceeds the mass of fuel, typically by about a factor of three for a hydrocarbon, which surprises almost everyone.
  3. The extra mass comes from the air. Two oxygen atoms with a combined mass of 32 join each carbon of mass 12, so the product is far heavier than the carbon that entered it.
  4. This is conservation of mass, not a violation of it, and it is the magnesium result of lesson 1.1 on a planetary scale.
  5. Process emissions are different from combustion emissions. The carbon dioxide from decomposing limestone in lesson 6.2 comes from the raw material, not the fuel, and no change of fuel removes it.
  6. The calculation is unavoidable by engineering. Burning the fuel more efficiently extracts more energy per gram but does not change the carbon dioxide per gram burned.
  7. The number settles a quantity, not a policy. What to do about it depends on costs, alternatives and priorities, which are not measurable, exactly as lesson 1.1 set out.

Where students lose marks: asserting that producing more carbon dioxide than fuel is impossible. It follows directly from the masses involved, and the mass balance closes once the oxygen taken from the air is counted.

Worked example

The problem. Gasoline can be approximated as octane, C8H18. Find the mass of carbon dioxide released by burning 1.00 kg of it completely, and interpret the answer.

Step one: write and check the balanced equation. From lesson 5.2:

\[ 2\text{C}_8\text{H}_{18}(l) + 25\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow 16\text{CO}_2(g) + 18\text{H}_2\text{O}(g) \]

Carbon 16 and 16, hydrogen 36 and 36, oxygen 50 and 50.

Step two: find the molar mass of octane. \( 8 \times 12.01 + 18 \times 1.008 = 96.08 + 18.14 = 114.22 \) g/mol.

Step three: convert the fuel mass to moles. Work in grams throughout.

\[ n = \frac{1000 \text{ g}}{114.22 \text{ g/mol}} = 8.755 \text{ mol} \]

Step four: apply the mole ratio. Sixteen carbon dioxides per two octanes, which is eight per octane.

\[ n_{\text{CO}_2} = 8.755 \times \frac{16}{2} = 70.04 \text{ mol} \]

Step five: convert to mass. \( 70.04 \times 44.01 = 3082 \) g, so 3.08 kg of carbon dioxide from 1.00 kg of fuel.

Step six: resolve the apparent paradox. Three times as much product as fuel looks impossible until the oxygen is counted. Each octane molecule of mass 114.22 combines with 12.5 oxygen molecules of mass 32.00 each, which is 400 units of oxygen, so 514.22 units of reactant produce 514.22 units of product. The oxygen was supplied by the atmosphere and never appeared on the fuel gauge.

Step seven: check against an independent figure. A US gallon of gasoline is about 3.785 L with a density near 0.745 kg/L, so about 2.82 kg. At 3.08 kg of carbon dioxide per kilogram of fuel that is about 8.7 kg per gallon. The Environmental Protection Agency publishes a figure of about 8.9 kg per gallon, which agrees closely; the small difference reflects real gasoline being a mixture rather than pure octane.

Step eight: state what the number settles and what it does not. It settles that burning a given mass of this fuel releases a fixed and calculable mass of carbon dioxide, that the figure cannot be reduced by burning the fuel more cleanly, and that it is about three times the fuel mass. It does not settle what anyone should do, because that requires weighing costs, alternatives and priorities against each other, and lesson 1.1 established that no measurement returns a value judgment. Chemistry supplies the quantity the decision needs, and stops there.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What happens to each carbon atom in a fuel during complete combustion?
    Show the full solution

    It becomes one molecule of carbon dioxide

  2. Roughly what mass of carbon dioxide comes from 1 kg of a typical hydrocarbon fuel?
    Show the full solution

    About 3 kg

  3. Where does the extra mass come from?
    Show the full solution

    Oxygen taken from the atmosphere

  4. Give the molar mass of octane, C8H18.
    Show the full solution

    \( 8 \times 12.01 + 18 \times 1.008 \). 114.22 g/mol

  5. Name one source of carbon dioxide in industry that is not combustion.
    Show the full solution

    Decomposition of limestone in cement manufacture

  6. Find the mass of carbon dioxide released by burning 1.00 kg of methane, CH4, and compare it with octane.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Methane's molar mass is \( 12.01 + 4 \times 1.008 = 16.04 \) g/mol, so \( 1000 \div 16.04 = 62.34 \) mol. The ratio is one to one, giving 62.34 mol of carbon dioxide, and \( 62.34 \times 44.01 = 2744 \) g, or 2.74 kg. That is less than octane's 3.08 kg from the same fuel mass, because methane has a higher proportion of hydrogen and hydrogen burns to water rather than carbon dioxide. This is part of why natural gas is described as a lower-carbon fossil fuel, though a full comparison would also have to account for the energy released per kilogram. 2.74 kg, less than octane's 3.08 kg because methane is richer in hydrogen

  7. Explain why improving an engine's efficiency reduces fuel consumption but not the carbon dioxide released per kilogram of fuel burned.
    Show the full solution

    Because efficiency and stoichiometry answer different questions. Efficiency describes how much of the energy released by the reaction is converted into useful work rather than lost as waste heat, so a more efficient engine travels further on each kilogram of fuel and therefore burns fewer kilograms for a given journey. The carbon dioxide produced per kilogram burned is fixed by conservation of atoms: every carbon atom in the fuel must leave as carbon dioxide in complete combustion, and no arrangement of pistons changes that. So efficiency reduces total emissions by reducing the amount of fuel burned, which is a real and substantial effect, while leaving the emission factor per kilogram exactly where it was. The only ways to change the factor itself are to burn a fuel with a different carbon to hydrogen ratio or not to burn one at all. Efficiency reduces how much fuel is burned; the carbon per kilogram is fixed by the fuel's formula

  8. Explain why cement manufacture is described as having emissions that are hard to eliminate, referring to lesson 6.2.
    Show the full solution

    Cement production involves two separate carbon dioxide sources. The kiln has to be heated to around fourteen hundred degrees Celsius, which is normally done by burning fuel and produces combustion emissions, and those could in principle be eliminated by heating with electricity from a non-combustion source. The second source is the chemistry itself: the process requires calcium oxide, which is made by decomposing calcium carbonate, and lesson 6.2 showed that producing 28.0 kg of quicklime necessarily releases 22.0 kg of carbon dioxide from the limestone. Those process emissions come from the raw material rather than from any fuel, so they persist no matter how the kiln is heated. Removing them requires either capturing the gas or finding a different chemistry for cement, both of which are much harder problems than changing a heat source. The carbon dioxide comes from decomposing the limestone itself, so changing the fuel or heat source cannot remove it

  9. A student says producing 3.08 kg of carbon dioxide from 1.00 kg of fuel violates conservation of mass. Refute this with a full mass balance.
    Show the full solution

    It violates nothing, because the fuel is not the only reactant. Burning 1.00 kg of octane is 8.755 mol, and the equation requires 12.5 moles of oxygen per mole of octane, so \( 8.755 \times 12.5 = 109.4 \) mol of O2 is consumed, which at 32.00 g/mol is 3502 g, or 3.50 kg. The total reactant mass is therefore \( 1.00 + 3.50 = 4.50 \) kg. On the product side, the carbon dioxide is 3.08 kg and the water is \( 8.755 \times 9 = 78.80 \) mol at 18.02 g/mol, which is 1420 g or 1.42 kg. The products total \( 3.08 + 1.42 = 4.50 \) kg, matching exactly. The oxygen simply arrived from the atmosphere rather than from the tank, which is why the fuel mass alone does not bound the product mass. 3.50 kg of oxygen is consumed from the air, so 4.50 kg of reactants give 4.50 kg of products

  10. Explain what this calculation does and does not establish about what should be done regarding fuel use.
    Show the full solution

    It establishes several things firmly. Burning a given mass of a given fuel releases a fixed and calculable mass of carbon dioxide; that mass is about three times the fuel mass for a hydrocarbon; the figure is determined by the fuel's formula and cannot be reduced by burning it more cleanly or efficiently per kilogram; and different fuels have different emission factors that can be compared quantitatively. Those are measurable facts and they constrain any sensible discussion. What the calculation cannot supply is what anyone should do, because that requires weighing the benefits obtained from the energy against the costs of the emissions, comparing alternatives that carry their own costs and risks, and deciding whose interests count and over what time horizon. None of those is a measurement, and lesson 1.1 established that science informs such decisions without making them. A student who presents the number as settling the policy has overstepped exactly the boundary this course opened with. It fixes the quantity of emissions and rules out some proposed remedies, but weighing costs against benefits is not a measurable question

Unit 6 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 6 review: Stoichiometry

Every problem goes through moles. When two reactant quantities are given, identify the limiting reactant before calculating anything.

  1. For \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), state the mole ratio of hydrogen to ammonia.
    Show the full solution

    3 to 2

  2. State the three stages of the stoichiometry road map.
    Show the full solution

    Given quantity to moles, mole ratio, moles to wanted quantity

  3. How is the limiting reactant identified?
    Show the full solution

    Convert both to moles and divide each by its coefficient; the smallest result is limiting

  4. An experiment predicts 15.0 g and obtains 12.0 g. Find the percent yield.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{12.0}{15.0} \times 100 \). 80.0 percent

  5. Find the volume at STP of 0.250 mol of carbon dioxide.
    Show the full solution

    \( 0.250 \times 22.4 \). 5.60 L

  6. For \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \), find the mass of water from 4.00 g of hydrogen with oxygen in excess.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrogen gas is H2 with a molar mass of 2.016 g/mol, so \( 4.00 \div 2.016 = 1.984 \) mol. The ratio is two to two, so one to one, giving 1.984 mol of water. Then \( 1.984 \times 18.02 = 35.75 \) g. Note the two different molar masses: 2.016 entering and 18.02 leaving. 35.8 g

  7. Find the mass of carbon dioxide released when 25.0 g of calcium carbonate decomposes.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{CaCO}_3 \rightarrow \text{CaO} + \text{CO}_2 \), a one to one ratio. Calcium carbonate has a molar mass of 100.09 g/mol, so \( 25.0 \div 100.09 = 0.2498 \) mol, and the same number of moles of carbon dioxide is produced. Then \( 0.2498 \times 44.01 = 10.99 \) g. As a check, the calcium oxide produced would be \( 0.2498 \times 56.08 = 14.01 \) g, and \( 11.0 + 14.0 = 25.0 \) g, closing the mass balance. 11.0 g

  8. Explain why the reactant present in the smaller mass is not necessarily limiting.
    Show the full solution

    Because the equation specifies a ratio of moles, not of masses, and molar masses differ between substances, often by a large factor. A small mass of a light substance can be a large number of moles while a larger mass of a heavy one is fewer. The coefficients then modify the comparison again, since a reactant needed in a three to one ratio runs out sooner than its mole count alone suggests. Only converting both to moles and dividing each by its coefficient makes the two comparable. Molar masses and coefficients both differ, so mass alone decides nothing

  9. Find the mass of carbon dioxide released by completely burning 1.00 kg of methane.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Methane's molar mass is \( 12.01 + 4 \times 1.008 = 16.04 \) g/mol, so \( 1000 \div 16.04 = 62.34 \) mol. The ratio is one to one, giving 62.34 mol of carbon dioxide, and \( 62.34 \times 44.01 = 2744 \) g. The product outweighs the fuel because each carbon of mass 12 acquires two oxygens of combined mass 32 from the air. 2.74 kg

  10. Explain why a percent yield above 100 indicates an error rather than an unusually good result.
    Show the full solution

    Because the theoretical yield is the maximum the limiting reactant can produce, fixed by conservation of atoms, so obtaining more would require atoms to have been created. The usual cause is that the product was weighed before it was fully dry, so the mass includes residual water or solvent, and a second possibility is contamination with unreacted starting material. The remedy is to dry the product to constant mass, reweighing until two successive readings agree. It exceeds what conservation of mass permits; the product was probably wet or impure

Lesson 7.1 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-1, HS-PS3-2

Energy, heat and temperature, which are three different things

In ordinary speech heat and temperature are interchangeable. In chemistry they are separate quantities measured in different units, and almost every confusion in thermochemistry starts by merging them. A spark from a firework is at a far higher temperature than a bathtub of warm water and carries far less energy, and being able to say why is the whole lesson.

The key ideas
  1. Energy is the capacity to do work or transfer heat, measured in joules. One calorie is 4.18 J, and a food Calorie is a kilocalorie.
  2. Temperature is the average kinetic energy of the particles, measured in degrees Celsius or kelvin. It does not depend on how many particles there are.
  3. Heat is energy transferred because of a temperature difference, measured in joules. It depends on how much material there is.
  4. Heat flows from higher to lower temperature, always, and continues until the temperatures are equal. That end state is thermal equilibrium.
  5. Temperature is intensive and heat is extensive, in the sense of lesson 1.2. This is exactly why a spark and a bathtub differ.
  6. The kelvin scale starts at absolute zero: \( K = {}^{\circ}\text{C} + 273 \). A temperature in kelvin is proportional to the average kinetic energy, which is why the gas laws require it.
  7. An object does not contain heat. It contains internal energy, and heat is what crosses the boundary. Saying a substance has a lot of heat is a category error.

Where students lose marks: writing that something is "hot because it has more heat". Temperature reports the average energy per particle and heat is a transfer, so the correct statement names which quantity is larger and why.

Worked example

The problem. A spark from a sparkler is at about 1000 degrees Celsius and lands on your hand without injury. A bathtub of water at 50 degrees Celsius would scald you badly. Explain, and state which quantity each observation reports.

Step one: compare the temperatures. The spark is at a much higher temperature, so its particles have a much higher average kinetic energy. On that measure the spark wins by a factor of twenty.

Step two: compare the amounts of material. A spark is a fragment of metal weighing perhaps a millionth of a gram. A bathtub holds of the order of 100 kg of water, which is eleven orders of magnitude more mass.

Step three: identify what causes injury. Damage is done by energy transferred into the skin, which is heat, not by the temperature the source happened to be at. The question is therefore how much energy each can deliver.

Step four: reason about the spark. Total energy depends on mass as well as temperature, and the spark's mass is minuscule. It also cools to skin temperature almost instantly, so the transfer stops after delivering a tiny quantity of energy. The temperature is high and the energy is negligible.

Step five: reason about the bath. The temperature difference is smaller but the mass is enormous, and the water has a large specific heat capacity, so the reservoir of energy available to transfer is very large. It also stays hot, because drawing energy out of 100 kg of water barely lowers its temperature, so the transfer continues indefinitely.

Step six: state which quantity each observation reports. "The spark is at 1000 degrees" is a statement about temperature, which is intensive and independent of size. "The bath transferred enough energy to burn you" is a statement about heat, which is extensive and depends on mass.

Step seven: connect to the particle picture. Temperature is the average kinetic energy per particle; total thermal energy is that average multiplied by the number of particles. The spark has very energetic particles and very few of them; the bath has less energetic particles and an astronomical number of them.

Step eight: state the general rule. Never predict an energy transfer from a temperature alone. The transfer depends on the temperature difference, the mass, and the substance's specific heat capacity, which lesson 7.2 introduces as the third factor.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define temperature in terms of particles.
    Show the full solution

    The average kinetic energy of the particles in a substance

  2. Define heat.
    Show the full solution

    Energy transferred between objects because of a temperature difference

  3. Convert 25 degrees Celsius to kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    \( 25 + 273 \). 298 K

  4. In which direction does heat always flow?
    Show the full solution

    From higher temperature to lower temperature

  5. Classify temperature and heat as intensive or extensive.
    Show the full solution

    Temperature is intensive; heat is extensive

  6. Explain why two beakers of water at the same temperature, one holding 50 g and one holding 500 g, differ in how much energy they can transfer.
    Show the full solution

    Temperature reports the average kinetic energy of each particle, so at the same temperature the particles in both beakers are moving with the same average energy and neither is hotter than the other. Total thermal energy, however, is that average multiplied by the number of particles, and the larger beaker contains ten times as many. Cooling both to room temperature therefore releases ten times as much energy from the 500 g beaker. The larger beaker also stays hot far longer, because removing a given quantity of energy lowers its temperature by only a tenth as much. This is the intensive against extensive distinction from lesson 1.2 applied to energy. Same average energy per particle, but ten times as many particles, so ten times the transferable energy

  7. Explain why it is wrong to say an object "contains heat".
    Show the full solution

    Because heat is defined as energy in transit, not as a property an object holds. What an object possesses is internal energy, which is the total kinetic and potential energy of its particles, and that quantity exists whether or not anything is happening. Heat is the name for internal energy crossing a boundary because of a temperature difference, so it exists only during a transfer and stops existing when equilibrium is reached. The distinction matters because saying an object contains heat suggests a fixed store that could be identified and measured inside it, when in fact the same object transfers different amounts depending entirely on what it is placed in contact with. The parallel is that a bank account contains money but not payments. Heat is energy in transit; what an object holds is internal energy

  8. Explain why the kelvin scale rather than Celsius is required whenever temperature appears in a formula.
    Show the full solution

    Because the kelvin scale is proportional to the average kinetic energy of the particles, starting from zero where that energy is at its minimum, while the Celsius scale has its zero at an arbitrary point, the freezing temperature of water. Ratios are meaningless on a scale with an arbitrary zero: 40 degrees Celsius is not twice as energetic as 20 degrees Celsius, whereas 400 K genuinely does correspond to twice the average kinetic energy of 200 K. Any formula that multiplies or divides by temperature is therefore using a ratio and requires kelvin, which is why the gas laws of unit 8 fail dramatically if Celsius is substituted, and why a Celsius value that happens to be negative would produce an impossible negative volume. Kelvin is proportional to kinetic energy from a true zero, so ratios are meaningful; Celsius has an arbitrary zero

  9. A student says a bucket of ice at 0 degrees Celsius has no thermal energy. Correct this.
    Show the full solution

    Zero degrees Celsius is not zero energy; it is the freezing temperature of water, which is an arbitrary reference point on that scale and corresponds to 273 K. The particles in ice at that temperature are still vibrating vigorously about their lattice positions and possess a substantial quantity of kinetic energy, which is why ice can melt and why it will warm something colder than itself placed against it. The temperature at which particle motion reaches its minimum is absolute zero, which is 0 K or about minus 273 degrees Celsius, and even there a residual zero-point energy remains. The error is treating a scale's zero as though it marked the absence of the quantity being measured. 0 degrees Celsius is 273 K, an arbitrary reference; particle motion and energy continue

  10. Explain what happens at the particle level when a hot metal block is placed in cold water, and why the process stops.
    Show the full solution

    At the surface where the two touch, the metal's particles are vibrating with a much higher average kinetic energy than the water molecules against them. Collisions at that boundary transfer energy from the faster particles to the slower ones, on average, so the metal's particles lose kinetic energy and the water's gain it. That transfer is heat, and it is not directed by anything; it is the statistical result of energetic particles colliding with less energetic ones. As the exchange continues the metal cools and the water warms, so the difference in average energies shrinks. When the two averages become equal, collisions still occur and energy still crosses the boundary in both directions, but at equal rates, so there is no net transfer. That is thermal equilibrium, and it is a dynamic balance rather than a cessation of motion, which is the same structure as the chemical equilibrium of lesson 10.5. Collisions transfer energy from faster to slower particles until the average energies match, after which transfer continues equally in both directions

Lesson 7.2 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-1, HS-PS3-4

Specific heat capacity, and why coasts have mild winters

Different substances need different amounts of energy to warm by the same amount, and water needs more than almost anything else. That single number, 4.18 joules per gram per degree, is responsible for the temperature of coastal cities, the timing of sea breezes and the capacity of the ocean to absorb heat from the atmosphere.

The key ideas
  1. Specific heat capacity is the energy needed to raise one gram of a substance by one degree Celsius, in J/(g·°C).
  2. The equation is \( q = mc\Delta T \), where \( q \) is energy in joules, \( m \) is mass in grams, \( c \) is specific heat capacity and \( \Delta T \) is the temperature change.
  3. \( \Delta T \) is final minus initial, so it is negative when something cools, which makes \( q \) negative and means energy was released.
  4. Water's value of 4.18 is unusually high. Most metals are below 1, with iron at 0.449 and copper at 0.385.
  5. The reason is hydrogen bonding. Energy supplied to water partly goes into disrupting the hydrogen bonds between molecules rather than into increasing their speed, so the temperature rises less per joule.
  6. A high specific heat capacity means slow to warm and slow to cool, which makes water an excellent thermal buffer.
  7. A size of \( \Delta T \) is the same in Celsius and kelvin, because the degrees are the same size, so either may be used in this equation.

Where students lose marks: using a temperature rather than a temperature change. \( \Delta T \) is a difference, so heating water from 20 to 85 degrees gives \( \Delta T = 65 \), not 85.

Worked example

Part one. Calculate the energy needed to heat 250.0 g of water from 20.0 to 85.0 degrees Celsius.

Step one: extract the quantities with units. \( m = 250.0 \) g, \( c = 4.18 \) J/(g·°C), \( \Delta T = 85.0 - 20.0 = 65.0 \) °C. Calculating the difference first, as its own step, is what prevents the commonest error.

Step two: substitute and calculate.

\[ q = mc\Delta T = 250.0 \times 4.18 \times 65.0 = 67\,925 \text{ J} \]

So about 67.9 kJ.

Step three: check the units. Grams times joules per gram per degree times degrees leaves joules. Grams and degrees both cancel, which confirms the setup.

Part two. Explain why a coastal city has milder winters and cooler summers than an inland city at the same latitude.

Step four: set up a fair comparison. Take one kilogram of water and one kilogram of dry sand, using 0.83 J/(g·°C) for sand, and supply each with the same 10 000 J of energy from sunlight.

Step five: rearrange for temperature change. \( \Delta T = \frac{q}{mc} \).

\[ \text{water}: \frac{10\,000}{1000 \times 4.18} = 2.39 \;^{\circ}\text{C} \] \[ \text{sand}: \frac{10\,000}{1000 \times 0.83} = 12.05 \;^{\circ}\text{C} \]

Step six: state the factor. The sand warms about five times as much for the same energy input. The same arithmetic runs in reverse when energy is lost at night, so the sand also cools about five times as fast.

Step seven: apply it to the two cities. The coastal city sits beside an enormous mass of water that warms slowly in summer and releases stored energy slowly through winter, holding the air temperature within a narrow range. The inland city is surrounded by rock and soil, which heat quickly in summer and lose their energy quickly in winter, so the annual range is much wider. The same effect operating over a day produces sea breezes, as land heats faster than water each morning.

Step eight: extend to the planet. The ocean covers about seventy percent of the Earth's surface, is kilometers deep and has the highest specific heat capacity of any common substance, so it constitutes by far the largest thermal reservoir in the climate system. It absorbs the great majority of the extra energy retained by the atmosphere, which moderates the rate at which surface air temperature changes and makes ocean heat content a more direct measure of the energy imbalance than air temperature is. Lesson 7.7 returns to this.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the equation relating heat, mass, specific heat capacity and temperature change.
    Show the full solution

    \( q = mc\Delta T \)

  2. State the specific heat capacity of water with its units.
    Show the full solution

    4.18 J/(g·°C)

  3. Find the energy needed to heat 500.0 g of water by 25.0 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    \( 500.0 \times 4.18 \times 25.0 \). 52 250 J, or 52.2 kJ

  4. How is \( \Delta T \) calculated?
    Show the full solution

    Final temperature minus initial temperature

  5. What does a negative value of \( q \) mean?
    Show the full solution

    The substance cooled, so energy was released

  6. Find the temperature rise when 5000 J is supplied to 200.0 g of aluminum, specific heat capacity 0.897 J/(g·°C).
    Show the full solution

    Rearrange to \( \Delta T = \frac{q}{mc} \), which is the form to derive rather than memorize, since the original equation is easy to recall and dividing both sides by \( mc \) takes a moment. Substituting, \( \Delta T = \frac{5000}{200.0 \times 0.897} = \frac{5000}{179.4} = 27.87 \). To three significant figures the rise is 27.9 degrees Celsius. A useful check is that the same energy into 200.0 g of water would give only \( \frac{5000}{836} = 5.98 \) degrees, about a fifth as much, which is consistent with aluminum's specific heat capacity being about a fifth of water's. 27.9 degrees Celsius

  7. Explain why water's specific heat capacity is so much higher than that of a metal, referring to lesson 3.5.
    Show the full solution

    Temperature rises only when the energy supplied increases the average kinetic energy of the particles, so anything else that energy does suppresses the temperature rise. In a metal there is very little else available: the atoms sit in a lattice with delocalized electrons and energy supplied goes almost entirely into vibration, so a small input produces a large temperature rise. In water, molecules are held to one another by hydrogen bonds, which are comparatively strong intermolecular attractions, and a substantial fraction of the energy supplied goes into disrupting and rearranging those bonds rather than into speeding molecules up. That energy raises potential energy instead of kinetic energy, so it does not register as temperature, and far more joules are required per degree. Much of the energy goes into disrupting hydrogen bonds, raising potential rather than kinetic energy

  8. A car radiator uses water rather than oil, which has a specific heat capacity of about 2 J/(g·°C). Explain the choice and one drawback.
    Show the full solution

    A radiator's job is to carry energy away from the engine, so the coolant should absorb as much energy as possible for a given temperature rise and a given mass circulated. Water's specific heat capacity of 4.18 is roughly twice that of oil, so the same mass of water removes about twice the energy for the same temperature rise, allowing a smaller pump and a smaller radiator. Water is also cheap, non-flammable and non-toxic. The drawbacks follow from its other properties: it freezes at 0 degrees Celsius and expands as it does so, as lesson 1.7 explained, which can crack an engine block, so antifreeze must be added. It also boils at 100 degrees Celsius unless the system is pressurized, and it promotes corrosion of metal parts. About twice the energy per gram per degree; but it freezes and expands, and boils at 100 degrees unless pressurized

  9. Explain why a sea breeze blows from the sea toward the land during the day and often reverses at night.
    Show the full solution

    During the day the sun delivers roughly equal energy per square meter to land and sea, but the land has a much lower specific heat capacity, so its surface warms several times faster. Air in contact with the warm land is heated, expands, becomes less dense and rises, which lowers the pressure there, and cooler denser air from over the sea flows in to replace it. That inflow is the sea breeze. At night the process reverses because the land also loses its energy much faster, so the surface cools below the sea's temperature within a few hours while the sea, holding an enormous store of energy, has barely changed. Now the air over the sea is the warmer and rising one, and the breeze blows from land to sea. The same specific heat difference drives both directions. Land warms and cools much faster than water, so the rising air is over the land by day and over the sea at night

  10. Explain why scientists studying the energy balance of the climate regard ocean heat content as a more reliable measure than surface air temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Because the ocean is where nearly all of the retained energy actually goes. It covers about seventy percent of the surface, extends kilometers deep and has the highest specific heat capacity of any common substance, so its thermal mass dwarfs that of the atmosphere by a factor of roughly a thousand. An energy imbalance therefore shows up in ocean heat content as a steady accumulation, whereas surface air temperature is a measurement on a thin, low-capacity layer that is stirred by weather and by exchanges with the ocean itself. Air temperature consequently fluctuates by large amounts from year to year for reasons that involve moving energy around rather than adding it, as when a warm ocean current releases stored energy to the atmosphere. Measuring the reservoir rather than the surface gives a signal with far less noise relative to the trend, which is the same reasoning as preferring a mean with a stated spread in lesson 1.5. The ocean holds the overwhelming majority of the energy, so it integrates the imbalance while air temperature fluctuates with exchanges

Lesson 7.3 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-1, HS-PS3-4

Calorimetry, and measuring what cannot be weighed directly

Energy cannot be put on a balance. It is measured indirectly, by letting it flow into something whose specific heat capacity is known and watching the temperature change. The whole technique rests on one assumption, that the energy lost by one thing equals the energy gained by the other, and the errors in the method are all failures of that assumption.

The key ideas
  1. A calorimeter is an insulated container in which an energy change is measured by the temperature change of a known mass of water.
  2. The central assumption: \( q_{\text{lost}} = -q_{\text{gained}} \), so all the energy leaving one substance enters the other and none escapes elsewhere.
  3. Work with magnitudes and assign signs at the end to avoid sign confusion, or carry the signs consistently throughout. Do not mix the two approaches.
  4. Both substances end at the same final temperature, which is thermal equilibrium and is usually the quantity measured.
  5. A coffee-cup calorimeter is two nested polystyrene cups with a lid and a thermometer, and is adequate for solution reactions at constant pressure.
  6. Every error in a simple calorimeter loses energy, through the walls, the lid and the thermometer, so measured values are systematically low in magnitude.
  7. Stirring and prompt reading reduce the loss but cannot remove it, which is why precise work uses a bomb calorimeter whose heat capacity is calibrated in advance.

Where students lose marks: using the wrong \( \Delta T \) for the metal. The metal cools from its starting temperature to the final temperature, so its \( \Delta T \) is the final temperature minus 100 degrees, not the same rise the water experienced.

Worked example

The problem. A 50.0 g piece of unknown metal is heated to 100.0 degrees Celsius in boiling water, then dropped into 100.0 g of water at 22.0 degrees Celsius in a coffee-cup calorimeter. The final temperature of both is 25.9 degrees Celsius. Identify the metal.

MetalSpecific heat capacity, J/(g·°C)
Lead0.129
Copper0.385
Iron0.449
Aluminum0.897

Step one: state the assumption explicitly. The calorimeter is insulated, so all the energy lost by the metal is gained by the water. This is what makes the problem solvable and it is also the largest source of error.

Step two: find the water's temperature change. \( \Delta T = 25.9 - 22.0 = 3.9 \) °C. The water warmed.

Step three: calculate the energy gained by the water.

\[ q_{\text{water}} = 100.0 \times 4.18 \times 3.9 = 1630 \text{ J} \]

Step four: find the metal's temperature change, carefully. The metal started at 100.0 and ended at 25.9, so \( \Delta T = 25.9 - 100.0 = -74.1 \) °C. It is much larger in magnitude than the water's 3.9, and using 3.9 for both is the error named above.

Step five: apply the assumption. The metal lost 1630 J, the same quantity the water gained.

Step six: rearrange for the specific heat capacity. Working in magnitudes,

\[ c = \frac{q}{m \Delta T} = \frac{1630}{50.0 \times 74.1} = \frac{1630}{3705} = 0.440 \]

Step seven: identify the metal. The result is 0.440 J/(g·°C). Iron at 0.449 is the closest match; copper at 0.385 and aluminum at 0.897 are both clearly inconsistent. The metal is iron, though as in lesson 1.7 this is consistency with one candidate rather than proof.

Step eight: account for the direction of the error. The measured 0.440 is slightly below iron's accepted 0.449, and the discrepancy has an expected sign. Some energy from the metal warms the polystyrene cup, the lid and the thermometer instead of the water, and some escapes to the room during the transfer and while the temperature equilibrates. The water therefore gains less than the metal lost, the calculated \( q \) is too small, and the specific heat capacity comes out low. A simple calorimeter almost always underestimates for this reason, which is why the direction of the error is as informative as its size.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the central assumption of calorimetry.
    Show the full solution

    The energy lost by one substance equals the energy gained by the other

  2. What is a coffee-cup calorimeter made from?
    Show the full solution

    Two nested polystyrene cups with a lid and a thermometer

  3. At the end of a calorimetry experiment, how do the two temperatures compare?
    Show the full solution

    They are equal, at thermal equilibrium

  4. Find the specific heat capacity of a 50.0 g metal that releases 460 J while cooling by 20.0 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    \( c = \frac{460}{50.0 \times 20.0} \). 0.460 J/(g·°C)

  5. In which direction does a simple calorimeter's error usually run?
    Show the full solution

    Energy is lost to the surroundings, so measured values come out low in magnitude

  6. Explain why the metal and the water have very different temperature changes even though the energy transferred is the same.
    Show the full solution

    Because temperature change is energy divided by the product of mass and specific heat capacity, and both of those factors differ between the two substances. In the worked example the water has twice the mass of the metal and about nine and a half times its specific heat capacity, so the product \( mc \) is roughly nineteen times larger for the water. The same 1630 J therefore produces a temperature change about nineteen times smaller in the water, which is why the water rose by 3.9 degrees while the metal fell by 74.1. The quantity \( mc \), sometimes called the heat capacity of the object, is what determines how much a given energy transfer moves the temperature. The same energy divided by very different values of \( mc \) gives very different temperature changes

  7. A student uses the water's temperature change for the metal as well. Explain what happens to the answer.
    Show the full solution

    Using 3.9 instead of 74.1 for the metal's temperature change divides by a number about nineteen times too small, so the calculated specific heat capacity comes out about nineteen times too large: \( \frac{1630}{50.0 \times 3.9} = 8.36 \) J/(g·°C). That value is impossible for a metal, being twice water's and far above any known substance, so the error is detectable by inspection against the reference table, where no candidate is within an order of magnitude. The underlying mistake is conceptual rather than arithmetic: the two substances share a final temperature but not a temperature change, because they started from very different points. It gives about 8.4 J/(g·°C), roughly nineteen times too large and impossible for a metal

  8. Explain why the calorimeter's error has a predictable direction rather than being random.
    Show the full solution

    Because the physical processes that violate the assumption all run the same way. The assumption is that every joule leaving the metal enters the water, and the ways it fails are conduction through the cup walls and lid, energy absorbed by the cup and the thermometer, and loss to the room air during transfer and while equilibrium is reached. There is no corresponding mechanism by which extra energy enters the water, since the room is cooler than the system for most of the experiment. Every failure therefore reduces the water's temperature rise, reduces the calculated \( q \), and reduces the calculated specific heat capacity. This makes the error systematic in the sense of lesson 1.5 rather than random: repeating the experiment gives the same low bias each time, so averaging more trials improves precision without improving accuracy. Every loss mechanism removes energy from the water and none adds any, so the bias is systematic and always low

  9. A neutralization reaction in a coffee-cup calorimeter raises 100.0 g of solution by 6.8 degrees Celsius. Find the energy released, and state two assumptions you made.
    Show the full solution

    Treating the solution as water, \( q = 100.0 \times 4.18 \times 6.8 = 2842 \) J, which to two significant figures is about 2.8 kJ released by the reaction. The first assumption is that the dilute solution has the same specific heat capacity and density as pure water, which is reasonable for dilute solutions but introduces a small error. The second is that no energy was absorbed by the cup, lid or thermometer and none escaped to the room, which is the standard calorimetry assumption and means the true value is somewhat larger than 2.8 kJ. A third, implicit in taking the mass as 100.0 g, is that the mass of the combined solutions is the sum of the masses mixed. About 2.8 kJ released, assuming the solution behaves as water and that no energy was lost to the calorimeter or surroundings

  10. Explain why precise measurements use a bomb calorimeter whose heat capacity is calibrated in advance.
    Show the full solution

    Because calibration removes the need for the assumption that fails. A simple calorimeter assumes the apparatus absorbs no energy, which is false, and the size of the error is unknown. A bomb calorimeter is instead characterized in advance by releasing a precisely known quantity of energy inside it, usually by burning a standard substance, and measuring the resulting temperature rise. That gives the heat capacity of the entire assembly, including the vessel, the water and the thermometer, as a single calibrated number in joules per degree. Subsequent measurements multiply the observed temperature rise by that constant, so the energy absorbed by the apparatus is accounted for rather than ignored. The sealed steel vessel also allows combustion at constant volume under high oxygen pressure, so the reaction goes to completion and no gaseous products escape. Calibrating the whole apparatus accounts for the energy it absorbs instead of assuming it absorbs none

Lesson 7.4 · Unit 7 · HS-PS1-4

Bond energy, and why combustion releases energy at all

Breaking a bond always costs energy and forming one always releases it. A reaction is exothermic when the bonds formed are collectively stronger than the bonds broken, and that comparison is the entire explanation of why burning fuel warms a house. It is also one of the few places where a first-course calculation reproduces a measured value to within a fraction of a percent.

The key ideas
  1. Breaking a bond requires energy input and is always endothermic. Nothing breaks a bond for free.
  2. Forming a bond releases energy and is always exothermic. The two statements are the same fact read in opposite directions.
  3. Bond energy is the energy needed to break one mole of that bond in the gas phase, in kJ/mol. Larger value means stronger bond.
  4. The estimate is \( \Delta H = \sum(\text{bonds broken}) - \sum(\text{bonds formed}) \), reactants minus products.
  5. A negative result means exothermic, because more energy was released in forming than was spent in breaking.
  6. Combustion is exothermic because C=O and O-H bonds are very strong. The products hold their atoms more tightly than the fuel did.
  7. The values are averages across many compounds, so the method gives a good estimate rather than an exact answer, and it applies only to gas phase species.

Where students lose marks: reversing the subtraction. It is bonds broken minus bonds formed, so reactants first. Reversing it flips the sign and turns every combustion into an endothermic reaction, which the warmth of a flame immediately contradicts.

Worked example

The problem. Estimate the enthalpy change for the combustion of methane using the bond energies below, and compare with the accepted value of -802.3 kJ/mol.

BondBond energy (kJ/mol)
C-H413
O=O498
C=O799
O-H463

Step one: write the balanced equation and identify every bond.

\[ \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \]

Methane has four C-H bonds. Each oxygen molecule has one O=O double bond, and there are two. Carbon dioxide is O=C=O, so two C=O bonds. Each water has two O-H bonds, and there are two waters, so four O-H bonds.

Step two: total the bonds broken.

\[ 4 \times 413 = 1652 \qquad 2 \times 498 = 996 \qquad \text{total} = 2648 \text{ kJ} \]

Step three: total the bonds formed.

\[ 2 \times 799 = 1598 \qquad 4 \times 463 = 1852 \qquad \text{total} = 3450 \text{ kJ} \]

Step four: subtract in the right order.

\[ \Delta H = 2648 - 3450 = -802 \text{ kJ/mol} \]

Step five: read the sign. The result is negative, so the reaction is exothermic. More energy was released in forming the product bonds than was required to break the reactant bonds, and the surplus leaves as heat and light.

Step six: compare with the accepted value. The measured enthalpy of combustion of methane is -802.3 kJ/mol. The estimate from average bond energies is within 0.1 percent, which is better agreement than the method usually achieves and is a strong confirmation that the bond picture is describing something real.

Step seven: identify where the energy came from. The two largest terms are the 1852 kJ released by forming four O-H bonds and the 1598 kJ released by forming two C=O bonds. Combustion releases energy because oxygen forms exceptionally strong bonds to both carbon and hydrogen, so the products are far more stable than the reactants.

Step eight: state the limitation honestly. Bond energies are averages taken across many different compounds, so the C-H bond energy in methane is not exactly 413 in every molecule. The method also assumes every species is a gas, so it does not account for the energy released when product water condenses to a liquid. Agreement to one part in a thousand here is partly good fortune; agreement to within a few percent is what the method reliably delivers.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Is breaking a bond exothermic or endothermic?
    Show the full solution

    Endothermic; energy must be supplied

  2. Write the bond energy formula for enthalpy change.
    Show the full solution

    Bonds broken minus bonds formed

  3. What does a larger bond energy value indicate?
    Show the full solution

    A stronger bond, requiring more energy to break

  4. A reaction breaks 1200 kJ of bonds and forms 1500 kJ. Find \( \Delta H \) and classify it.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1200 - 1500 = -300 \). -300 kJ, exothermic

  5. Why is the bond energy method only an estimate?
    Show the full solution

    The values are averages across many compounds and apply only to gas phase species

  6. Estimate \( \Delta H \) for \( \text{H}_2 + \text{Cl}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{HCl} \), given H-H 436, Cl-Cl 243 and H-Cl 431 kJ/mol.
    Show the full solution

    Bonds broken: one H-H at 436 and one Cl-Cl at 243, a total of 679 kJ. Bonds formed: two H-Cl bonds, since the equation produces two molecules each with one bond, giving \( 2 \times 431 = 862 \) kJ. Then \( \Delta H = 679 - 862 = -183 \) kJ/mol, so the reaction is exothermic. The accepted value is about -184.6 kJ/mol, so the estimate is within one percent. Note that the coefficient of 2 in the equation had to be applied to the H-Cl bonds; forgetting it would give \( 679 - 431 = +248 \) kJ and reverse the classification entirely. -183 kJ/mol, exothermic

  7. Explain why combustion reactions are reliably exothermic, in terms of specific bonds.
    Show the full solution

    Because the bonds that oxygen forms in the products are unusually strong compared with the bonds present in the fuel and in oxygen itself. A hydrocarbon contains C-H bonds at about 413 kJ/mol and C-C bonds at about 347, and molecular oxygen contains an O=O bond at 498, all moderate values. The products contain C=O bonds at about 799 kJ/mol and O-H bonds at about 463, and every carbon ends up with two C=O bonds while every pair of hydrogens ends up in a water with two O-H bonds. The total released on forming those product bonds therefore exceeds the total required to break the reactant bonds, generally by a wide margin, and the surplus appears as heat. The pattern holds across hydrocarbons because the bonds involved are the same ones in every case. C=O and O-H bonds in the products are much stronger than the C-H, C-C and O=O bonds broken

  8. Explain why the activation energy of a reaction is consistent with it being exothermic overall.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two quantities describe different stages of the same process. Before any new bond can form, existing bonds must be broken or at least substantially stretched, and that requires an energy input regardless of what happens afterward. Activation energy is the size of that initial investment, the barrier that must be climbed before the reaction can proceed. The overall enthalpy change compares the starting and finishing states only, and if the product bonds are stronger, the system ends lower in energy than it began and the reaction is exothermic. A reaction can therefore need a spark to start and then release far more than the spark supplied, which is exactly what happens when a match lights a gas burner. Lesson 7.5 draws this as an energy diagram and lesson 10.2 uses the barrier to explain reaction rates. Activation energy is the initial cost of breaking bonds; the enthalpy change compares only the start and end states

  9. Nitrogen gas is very unreactive despite nitrogen being an essential element. Explain using bond energy, given that the nitrogen triple bond is about 941 kJ/mol.
    Show the full solution

    At 941 kJ/mol the triple bond in N2 is among the strongest bonds known, roughly twice the O=O bond and more than twice a typical single bond. Any reaction of nitrogen gas must begin by breaking or weakening that bond, so the energy barrier is enormous and the reaction is extremely slow at ordinary temperatures even when the overall enthalpy change is favorable. The consequence is that the atmosphere is seventy-eight percent nitrogen which is chemically almost inert, and that converting it into usable compounds requires either the high temperature and pressure of the industrial ammonia process with a catalyst, the energy of a lightning strike, or the specialized enzymes of nitrogen-fixing bacteria. A very strong bond makes a substance unreactive without making it low in energy. The triple bond is exceptionally strong, so the barrier to any reaction is very large and nitrogen is kinetically inert

  10. Explain why a bond energy calculation cannot account for the energy released when the water produced in combustion condenses.
    Show the full solution

    Because bond energies describe only the making and breaking of covalent bonds within molecules, and condensation breaks no bonds and forms none. When water vapor condenses to liquid, the H-O covalent bonds inside each molecule are entirely unchanged; what happens is that hydrogen bonds form between separate molecules, which are intermolecular attractions of the kind in lesson 3.5. The bond energy method has no term for those, so it necessarily gives the enthalpy change with water as a gas. The difference is not small: condensing the water releases a further amount of energy, which is why the heat obtainable from burning methane is quoted as two different values depending on whether the exhaust water is allowed to condense, and why a condensing boiler is more efficient than a conventional one. Condensation forms intermolecular hydrogen bonds, not covalent bonds, so the method gives the gas-phase value only

Lesson 7.5 · Unit 7 · HS-PS1-4, HS-PS3-1

Enthalpy, the sign convention, and reading an energy diagram

The sign convention in thermochemistry is arbitrary but universal, and it is read from the system's point of view rather than yours. An exothermic reaction feels warm, which tempts the answer that it gained energy, when in fact it lost energy to your hand. Getting this backward is the single most common error in the unit.

The key ideas
  1. The system is the reaction; the surroundings are everything else, including the solvent, the container and your hand.
  2. Enthalpy change \( \Delta H \) is the energy change of the system at constant pressure, in kJ/mol.
  3. Exothermic means the system releases energy, so \( \Delta H \) is negative and the surroundings warm up.
  4. Endothermic means the system absorbs energy, so \( \Delta H \) is positive and the surroundings cool down.
  5. Read the sign from the system, not from what you feel. A flask that feels cold contains an endothermic reaction with a positive \( \Delta H \).
  6. On an energy diagram, products below reactants means exothermic, and the vertical gap between them is \( \Delta H \).
  7. The peak is the activation energy, measured from the reactants up to the top, and it exists for both exothermic and endothermic reactions.

Where students lose marks: labeling an exothermic reaction with a positive \( \Delta H \) because the beaker got hot. The beaker is the surroundings. The system lost that energy, so its \( \Delta H \) is negative.

Worked example

The problem. A student mixes two solutions and the flask becomes too hot to hold. In a second experiment the flask becomes cold enough to freeze a drop of water beneath it. Classify each, assign signs, and describe the energy diagram for each.

Step one: define the system in each case. The system is the chemical reaction taking place in the solution. The flask, the remaining solvent, the bench and the student's hand are all surroundings.

Step two: analyze the hot flask. The flask warmed, so the surroundings gained energy. Energy is conserved, so that energy came from the system. The system therefore lost energy.

Step three: assign the label and the sign. A system that loses energy is exothermic, and \( \Delta H \) is negative. The sensation of warmth is evidence about the surroundings and has to be converted into a statement about the system before the sign can be written.

Step four: analyze the cold flask. The flask cooled, so the surroundings lost energy, which means the system absorbed it. The reaction is endothermic and \( \Delta H \) is positive.

Step five: explain the endothermic case in bond terms. Using lesson 7.4, this happens when the bonds formed in the products are weaker than the bonds broken in the reactants. The shortfall has to be supplied from somewhere, and it comes from the thermal energy of the surroundings, which is why they cool. Instant cold packs work this way, dissolving ammonium nitrate in water.

Step six: draw the exothermic diagram in words. Energy on the vertical axis and reaction progress on the horizontal. The reactants start at some level, the curve rises to a peak, then falls to a product level below the reactants. The drop from reactants to products is \( \Delta H \), and it is negative because the products are lower.

Step seven: draw the endothermic diagram. Same shape, but the products end above the reactants, so \( \Delta H \) is positive. The peak is still present and is still above both.

Step eight: distinguish the two vertical distances. Activation energy is measured from the reactants up to the peak and is always positive, whichever type the reaction is. The enthalpy change is measured from the reactants across to the products and takes its sign from which is higher. Confusing the two is common, and the distinguishing question is whether the measurement ends at the peak or at the products.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What sign does \( \Delta H \) take for an exothermic reaction?
    Show the full solution

    Negative

  2. Define the system and the surroundings.
    Show the full solution

    The system is the reaction itself; the surroundings are everything else

  3. A flask feels cold during a reaction. Classify the reaction.
    Show the full solution

    Endothermic, with a positive \( \Delta H \)

  4. On an energy diagram, where are the products for an exothermic reaction?
    Show the full solution

    Below the reactants

  5. From where to where is activation energy measured?
    Show the full solution

    From the reactants up to the peak

  6. Explain why a warm beaker indicates a negative \( \Delta H \), which seems backward.
    Show the full solution

    Because \( \Delta H \) reports the energy change of the system, and the beaker is part of the surroundings rather than part of the system. The warmth you feel is energy that has arrived in the surroundings, and by conservation of energy it must have come from somewhere, namely the reaction. The system therefore ended with less energy than it started with, which is a decrease, and a decrease is written with a negative sign. The convention only seems backward because the observation is made on the surroundings while the quantity is defined for the system, so the two always carry opposite signs. The reliable habit is to translate the observation into a sentence about the system before writing anything: "the surroundings warmed, so the system lost energy, therefore \( \Delta H \) is negative." \( \Delta H \) describes the system, which lost the energy the surroundings gained

  7. Explain why an endothermic reaction can occur at all, given that systems tend toward lower energy.
    Show the full solution

    Because energy is not the only factor determining whether a change happens. Many endothermic processes proceed because they produce a large increase in disorder, and the tendency toward greater disorder can outweigh an unfavorable energy change, particularly at higher temperatures. Dissolving ammonium nitrate is the standard example: the process absorbs energy and cools the solution, yet it happens readily because an ordered crystal lattice becomes ions dispersed randomly through the solvent, which is a very large increase in disorder. The energy required is drawn from the thermal energy of the surroundings, which is why the solution cools. Full treatment of this requires the concept of entropy and free energy, which is beyond a first course, but the qualitative point matters: "lower energy is favored" is a tendency and not a law. An increase in disorder can outweigh an unfavorable energy change, with the energy drawn from the surroundings

  8. Two reactions have the same \( \Delta H \) of -200 kJ/mol but very different activation energies. Describe how their diagrams and their behavior differ.
    Show the full solution

    Both diagrams start and finish at the same levels, with the products 200 kJ below the reactants, so the vertical distance across the diagram is identical and both release the same energy per mole. What differs is the height of the peak between them. The reaction with the low activation energy has a small hump, so a large fraction of collisions have enough energy to get over it and the reaction proceeds quickly at ordinary temperature. The reaction with the high activation energy has a tall hump, so very few collisions succeed and the reaction is extremely slow unless it is heated or a catalyst is provided. This is why energy released and speed of release are independent properties: petrol and wood both burn exothermically, but petrol vapor ignites from a spark while a log needs prolonged heating. Lesson 10.2 develops the collision picture behind this. Same start and end levels, different peak heights; the higher barrier makes the reaction much slower without changing the energy released

  9. Photosynthesis is endothermic and respiration is exothermic. Explain the signs and the relationship between them.
    Show the full solution

    Photosynthesis converts carbon dioxide and water into glucose and oxygen, forming products whose bonds are collectively weaker than those of the reactants, so the system ends higher in energy and \( \Delta H \) is positive. The energy required is supplied as light, which is why the process stops in the dark. Respiration runs the same conversion in reverse, breaking down glucose with oxygen to give carbon dioxide and water, so the system ends lower in energy and \( \Delta H \) is negative, with the released energy captured by the organism. Because the two are reverse processes, their enthalpy changes are equal in magnitude and opposite in sign, which is an instance of the state function property that lesson 7.6 uses in Hess's law. Together they form the energy cycle that supports nearly all life, storing solar energy in chemical bonds and releasing it on demand. Photosynthesis is positive and respiration negative, equal in magnitude and opposite in sign because they are reverse processes

  10. Explain why the same reaction can be reported with two different \( \Delta H \) values in different textbooks without either being wrong.
    Show the full solution

    Because \( \Delta H \) depends on how the equation is written and on the states of the substances, both of which must be specified for the value to mean anything. Doubling every coefficient doubles the enthalpy change, since twice as much reacts, so \( \text{H}_2 + \frac{1}{2}\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O} \) and \( 2\text{H}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \) legitimately carry values differing by a factor of two. The state of the product matters too: producing liquid water releases more energy than producing steam, because condensation releases further energy as hydrogen bonds form, so the two values differ by that amount. This is why published values always accompany a specific balanced equation with state symbols, and why comparing two figures requires checking that both refer to the same equation. The value scales with the coefficients and depends on the physical states, so the equation and state symbols must be given with it

Lesson 7.6 · Unit 7 · HS-PS1-4

Hess's law, and measuring what cannot be measured directly

Some enthalpy changes cannot be measured because the reaction cannot be made to happen cleanly. Burning carbon to carbon monoxide always produces some carbon dioxide as well, so no calorimeter reading isolates it. Hess's law obtains the value anyway, by combining reactions that can be measured, and it works because enthalpy depends only on where you start and finish.

The key ideas
  1. Enthalpy is a state function: the change depends only on the initial and final states, not on the route taken between them.
  2. Hess's law follows directly: the total enthalpy change is the same whether a reaction happens in one step or several.
  3. Reversing a reaction reverses the sign of its enthalpy change.
  4. Multiplying a reaction by a factor multiplies its enthalpy change by the same factor.
  5. The method: manipulate the given equations until adding them produces the target equation, then add the manipulated enthalpy values.
  6. Substances appearing on both sides cancel, and checking that the unwanted ones cancel completely is how you know the manipulation was right.
  7. Work backward from the target. Look at where each substance must end up and decide which equation to reverse or scale to put it there.

Where students lose marks: reversing an equation and forgetting to change the sign of its enthalpy value. Every manipulation of an equation must be applied to its enthalpy change at the same moment, not afterward.

Worked example

The problem. Find the enthalpy change for \( \text{C}(s) + \frac{1}{2}\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}(g) \), which cannot be measured directly, from these two reactions which can.

Reaction\( \Delta H \) (kJ)
(1) \( \text{C}(s) + \text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}_2(g) \)-393.5
(2) \( \text{CO}(g) + \frac{1}{2}\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}_2(g) \)-283.0

Step one: say why the target cannot be measured. Burning carbon in a limited oxygen supply always gives a mixture of carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide, and the proportions cannot be controlled precisely, so a calorimeter measures the enthalpy of an unknown mixture rather than of the target reaction.

Step two: work backward from the target. The target needs C(s) on the left and CO(g) on the right. Reaction 1 already has C(s) on the left, so it is used as written. Reaction 2 has CO on the left, so it must be reversed to put CO on the right.

Step three: reverse reaction 2 and change its sign at the same time.

\[ \text{CO}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}(g) + \tfrac{1}{2}\text{O}_2(g) \qquad \Delta H = +283.0 \text{ kJ} \]

The sign change is not optional and is not deferred: an equation and its enthalpy value are manipulated together.

Step four: add the two equations.

\[ \text{C}(s) + \text{O}_2(g) + \text{CO}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}_2(g) + \text{CO}(g) + \tfrac{1}{2}\text{O}_2(g) \]

Step five: cancel what appears on both sides. CO2 appears once on each side and cancels entirely. Oxygen appears as one molecule on the left and half a molecule on the right, so half cancels and half remains on the left.

\[ \text{C}(s) + \tfrac{1}{2}\text{O}_2(g) \rightarrow \text{CO}(g) \]

This is the target equation exactly, which confirms the manipulation was correct.

Step six: add the enthalpy values.

\[ \Delta H = -393.5 + 283.0 = -110.5 \text{ kJ} \]

Step seven: check the result for plausibility. The value is negative, so forming carbon monoxide from carbon and oxygen is exothermic, which is expected since any combustion releases energy. It is also smaller in magnitude than -393.5, which it must be: forming carbon monoxide releases only part of the energy available from forming carbon dioxide, and the remaining 283.0 kJ is released later if the carbon monoxide burns further.

Step eight: state why the law works. Enthalpy is a state function, so the energy released going from solid carbon and oxygen to carbon dioxide is fixed regardless of route. Going directly releases 393.5 kJ. Going via carbon monoxide releases 110.5 kJ in the first step and 283.0 kJ in the second, totaling 393.5 kJ. If the two routes gave different totals, energy could be created by going one way and back the other, which conservation of energy forbids.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State Hess's law.
    Show the full solution

    The total enthalpy change is the same whether a reaction occurs in one step or several

  2. What happens to \( \Delta H \) when an equation is reversed?
    Show the full solution

    Its sign changes

  3. What happens to \( \Delta H \) when an equation is doubled?
    Show the full solution

    It doubles

  4. Define a state function.
    Show the full solution

    A quantity whose change depends only on the initial and final states, not on the route

  5. A reaction has \( \Delta H = -250 \) kJ. Give \( \Delta H \) for the reverse reaction.
    Show the full solution

    +250 kJ

  6. Explain why enthalpy being a state function is what makes Hess's law possible.
    Show the full solution

    A state function's change depends only on where the system starts and where it finishes, so any two routes between the same pair of states must give the same total. That is precisely what allows a real reaction to be replaced by an imaginary sequence of other reactions for the purpose of calculation: the sequence need not be one that anyone could actually carry out, as long as it begins and ends at the right places. If enthalpy were not a state function, the answer would depend on which route was chosen and the method would be meaningless. The physical guarantee comes from conservation of energy: if two routes gave different totals, running the cheaper one forward and the more expensive one backward would create energy from nothing. Any route between the same start and end gives the same total, so a convenient imaginary route may replace the real one

  7. Given \( \text{A} \rightarrow \text{B} \) with \( \Delta H = +40 \) kJ and \( \text{B} \rightarrow \text{C} \) with \( \Delta H = -70 \) kJ, find \( \Delta H \) for \( \text{C} \rightarrow \text{A} \).
    Show the full solution

    First find \( \text{A} \rightarrow \text{C} \) by adding the two given steps as written, since B appears as a product of the first and a reactant of the second and cancels: \( \Delta H = +40 + (-70) = -30 \) kJ. The target runs the other way, from C to A, which is the reverse of what was just found, so the sign changes and \( \Delta H = +30 \) kJ. An alternative route reaches the same place: reverse both given steps individually, giving \( \text{C} \rightarrow \text{B} \) at +70 and \( \text{B} \rightarrow \text{A} \) at -40, then add to get +30. The two methods agreeing is itself an illustration of the state function property. +30 kJ

  8. Explain why the method requires checking that unwanted substances cancel completely.
    Show the full solution

    Because the cancellation is the verification that the manipulation was correct. Reversing or scaling an equation is a choice, and there is no guarantee that a particular set of choices produces the target; the check is that adding the manipulated equations leaves exactly the target equation and nothing else. If a substance fails to cancel, or cancels only partially in a way the target does not contain, then the combination describes a different overall reaction and the enthalpy total belongs to that reaction rather than the one asked for. The arithmetic would still produce a number, and it would look entirely respectable, so the cancellation check is the only step that catches a wrong choice of manipulation. Complete cancellation to exactly the target equation is the only confirmation that the manipulations were the right ones

  9. Explain why a student who reverses an equation but forgets the sign change will get an answer that looks reasonable.
    Show the full solution

    Because the error changes only one number in a sum of similar-sized numbers, and the result remains in a plausible range for an enthalpy change. In the worked example, forgetting the sign change gives \( -393.5 + (-283.0) = -676.5 \) kJ instead of -110.5, which is still negative, still an exothermic combustion value and still of a magnitude that chemical reactions commonly have, so nothing about it looks absurd. The check that catches it is physical rather than arithmetic: forming carbon monoxide cannot release more energy than forming carbon dioxide from the same carbon, because the carbon monoxide can still be burned further to release 283.0 kJ more. Any answer larger in magnitude than -393.5 is therefore impossible, and asking whether the result makes sense against the other values given is the habit that catches this. The wrong answer is still negative and of a normal magnitude; only a physical plausibility check detects it

  10. Explain how Hess's law is used to obtain enthalpy values for reactions that have never been carried out.
    Show the full solution

    By building the target reaction out of standard enthalpies of formation, which are the enthalpy changes for forming one mole of each compound from its elements in their standard states. These have been measured or derived for thousands of compounds and tabulated. Any reaction can then be treated as an imaginary two-stage route: decompose all the reactants back into their elements, which costs the reverse of their formation enthalpies, then assemble the products from those elements, which releases their formation enthalpies. Adding gives the familiar rule that the enthalpy change equals the sum of the products' formation enthalpies minus the sum of the reactants'. Neither stage is a reaction anyone performs, and it does not matter, because enthalpy is a state function and only the endpoints count. This is how the energy change of a proposed industrial process can be evaluated before anyone attempts it. Tabulated formation enthalpies let any reaction be routed through the elements, since only the endpoints matter

Lesson 7.7 · Unit 7 · HS-PS3-4, HS-ESS2-2, HS-ESS2-4

Heat in the Earth system, and why some molecules trap infrared

This is where the two halves of the course title meet. The Earth is warmed by sunlight and cooled by radiating infrared back to space, and the temperature settles where those balance. Which molecules can absorb infrared is a question about molecular shape and polarity, which means the answer was already available in lesson 3.4.

The key ideas
  1. Energy moves by conduction, convection and radiation. Conduction passes energy through contact, convection carries it in a moving fluid, and radiation travels as electromagnetic waves and needs no medium.
  2. Only radiation crosses space, so the planet's entire energy budget is radiation in from the sun and radiation out to space.
  3. The sun is hot and emits mostly visible light; the Earth is cool and emits infrared. The two do not overlap much, which is what makes selective absorption possible.
  4. A molecule absorbs infrared only if the vibration changes its dipole moment. This is the direct application of lesson 3.4.
  5. Nitrogen and oxygen cannot. Each is two identical atoms, so stretching the bond never creates a dipole, and these two gases are transparent to infrared despite being ninety-nine percent of the atmosphere.
  6. Carbon dioxide, water vapor and methane can. Carbon dioxide is linear and nonpolar at rest, but its bending and asymmetric stretching vibrations make it momentarily polar, so it absorbs.
  7. The ocean holds most of the energy. Water's specific heat capacity from lesson 7.2, multiplied by the ocean's mass, makes it the dominant thermal reservoir.

Where students lose marks: saying greenhouse gases "trap heat like a blanket" and stopping. The mechanism is that they are transparent to incoming visible light and absorbent of outgoing infrared, and that asymmetry is the whole effect.

Source

Svante Arrhenius, "On the Influence of Carbonic Acid in the Air upon the Temperature of the Ground", Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 1896. Public domain. "Carbonic acid" was the nineteenth-century term for carbon dioxide.

if the quantity of carbonic acid increases in geometric progression, the augmentation of the temperature will increase nearly in arithmetic progression.

Arrhenius calculated by hand, using measurements of infrared absorption by carbon dioxide and water vapor that had been made by others, and estimated that doubling atmospheric carbon dioxide would raise the surface temperature by about five to six degrees Celsius. His stated rule is that each doubling produces roughly the same additional warming, which is why the quantity is still discussed today in terms of doublings rather than absolute amounts. That a hand calculation from 1896 reached a figure of the right order is the reason he is cited rather than a later author.

Worked example

The problem. Nitrogen and oxygen make up ninety-nine percent of the atmosphere and contribute nothing to the greenhouse effect, while carbon dioxide at about 0.04 percent contributes substantially. Explain, using molecular structure.

Step one: state the condition for infrared absorption. A molecule absorbs an infrared photon by beginning to vibrate more energetically, and that is only possible if the vibration changes the molecule's dipole moment. Infrared light is an oscillating electric field, and it can only push on a separation of charge that changes as the molecule vibrates.

Step two: apply it to nitrogen. N2 is two identical atoms with a triple bond. The only vibration available is stretching that bond, and because the atoms are identical the electrons are shared perfectly evenly at every bond length. The dipole moment is zero when stretched, zero when compressed and zero at rest, so it never changes and no absorption occurs.

Step three: apply it to oxygen. O2 is the same case. Both gases are therefore completely transparent to infrared, which is why an atmosphere of pure nitrogen and oxygen would produce no greenhouse effect at all whatever its pressure.

Step four: apply it to carbon dioxide, carefully. At rest CO2 is linear and nonpolar, exactly as lesson 3.4 established, because the two bond polarities point in opposite directions and cancel. That is the reason the answer needs more than one step.

Step five: consider the vibrations rather than the resting shape. The molecule can bend, so that the two oxygens move to the same side while the carbon moves to the other. The two bond polarities no longer oppose each other and the molecule is momentarily polar. It can also stretch asymmetrically, with one bond lengthening as the other shortens, which again breaks the cancellation. Both of these vibrations change the dipole moment, so both absorb infrared.

Step six: note the one vibration that does not. The symmetric stretch, in which both bonds lengthen and shorten together, keeps the cancellation intact throughout and does not absorb. So a molecule can be infrared-active in some of its vibrations and not others, and being nonpolar at rest does not rule it out.

Step seven: explain why a trace gas matters. The effect does not depend on abundance alone but on abundance multiplied by absorbing capacity, and nitrogen's capacity is exactly zero. Ninety-nine percent of the atmosphere multiplied by zero contributes nothing, so the entire effect comes from the remaining fraction. Water vapor is the largest contributor and carbon dioxide the next, and a small proportional change in a trace gas is not a small change in the absorption.

Step eight: complete the energy balance. Sunlight arrives mostly as visible light, which these gases do not absorb, so it passes through and warms the surface. The surface, being far cooler than the sun, radiates infrared, which these gases do absorb and re-emit in all directions including downward. The result is that energy leaves more slowly than it arrives until the surface warms enough to restore the balance. Most of the retained energy ends up in the ocean, for the specific heat reasons in lesson 7.2.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name the three mechanisms of energy transfer.
    Show the full solution

    Conduction, convection and radiation

  2. Which mechanism can cross empty space?
    Show the full solution

    Radiation

  3. State the condition for a molecule to absorb infrared radiation.
    Show the full solution

    The vibration must change the molecule's dipole moment

  4. Why are nitrogen and oxygen transparent to infrared?
    Show the full solution

    They are made of two identical atoms, so stretching never produces a dipole

  5. Which reservoir holds most of the energy retained in the Earth system?
    Show the full solution

    The ocean

  6. Explain how carbon dioxide can absorb infrared even though it is a nonpolar molecule.
    Show the full solution

    Because the absorption condition concerns the dipole moment during a vibration, not the dipole moment of the molecule sitting still. Carbon dioxide is linear and symmetrical at rest, so its two polar C=O bonds point in exactly opposite directions and cancel, giving zero net dipole. When the molecule bends, however, the two oxygens move to the same side and the cancellation fails, so the molecule becomes momentarily polar, and the same happens during an asymmetric stretch where one bond lengthens as the other shortens. Those vibrations therefore change the dipole moment and can interact with the oscillating electric field of infrared light. Only the symmetric stretch, which preserves the symmetry throughout, remains inactive. The resting shape tells you about the molecule's behavior in a solvent; the vibrational shapes tell you about its behavior in radiation. Bending and asymmetric stretching break the symmetry, creating a changing dipole even though the resting molecule has none

  7. Explain why a gas present at 0.04 percent can matter when one at 78 percent does not.
    Show the full solution

    Because the contribution of each gas is its abundance multiplied by its capacity to absorb infrared, and nitrogen's capacity is exactly zero rather than merely small. Any quantity multiplied by zero is zero, so seventy-eight percent of the atmosphere contributes nothing whatsoever to the greenhouse effect however much of it there is, and the same applies to oxygen and argon. The entire effect therefore comes from the remaining fraction of a percent, within which water vapor and carbon dioxide are the principal absorbers. This also means that proportional reasoning about the atmosphere as a whole is misleading: increasing carbon dioxide from 0.028 to 0.042 percent sounds negligible as a fraction of the atmosphere, but it is a fifty percent increase in one of the few constituents doing any absorbing at all. Nitrogen's absorbing capacity is zero, so the whole effect comes from the trace gases and their proportional changes are what count

  8. Explain why the greenhouse effect depends on the sun and the Earth emitting at different wavelengths.
    Show the full solution

    Because the effect is an asymmetry between incoming and outgoing radiation, and that asymmetry only exists if the two are at different wavelengths. The sun is extremely hot and emits mostly visible and near-infrared light, which greenhouse gases barely absorb, so sunlight passes through the atmosphere and reaches the surface. The Earth's surface is far cooler and therefore radiates at much longer wavelengths, in the thermal infrared, which is exactly where carbon dioxide and water vapor absorb strongly. Energy consequently enters easily and leaves with difficulty. Were both streams at the same wavelength, any gas that blocked the outgoing radiation would block the incoming radiation equally and there would be no net effect. The mechanism is a one-way filter, and it is one-way only because the two bodies are at very different temperatures. Incoming visible light passes through while outgoing infrared is absorbed; equal wavelengths would block both and produce no effect

  9. Explain why Arrhenius stated his result in terms of doublings rather than absolute amounts.
    Show the full solution

    Because the relationship he found is logarithmic rather than linear, which is what his quoted rule says: carbon dioxide rising in geometric progression produces temperature rising in arithmetic progression. In plain terms, each successive doubling adds roughly the same amount of warming, so the first doubling and the second doubling have similar effects even though the second involves twice as much gas. The physical reason is saturation within the strongest absorption bands: once those wavelengths are almost completely absorbed by the gas already present, adding more can only capture radiation at the weaker edges of the bands, so each additional molecule contributes less than the one before. Quoting a sensitivity per doubling therefore states the result in the units in which it is approximately constant, which is more useful than a figure per part per million that would change as the concentration rose. The response is logarithmic, so each doubling adds about the same warming; band saturation is the physical reason

  10. Explain the full path of energy through the Earth system, from the sun to space, in terms of the three transfer mechanisms.
    Show the full solution

    Energy arrives from the sun entirely by radiation, since nothing else crosses the vacuum, and most of it is visible light that passes through the atmosphere without being absorbed. At the surface it is absorbed by land and ocean, warming them. From there it moves in several ways. Conduction passes energy from the surface into the air and water immediately in contact with it, but both are poor conductors so this acts only over a short distance. Convection then does most of the work of redistribution: warmed air and water become less dense and rise, carrying energy upward and, through winds and ocean currents, from the equator toward the poles. Evaporation carries energy as well, released again when water vapor condenses at altitude. Finally the surface and the atmosphere radiate infrared, some of which is absorbed by greenhouse gases and re-emitted in all directions, slowing the loss, and the remainder escapes to space. The planet's temperature settles where the outgoing radiation matches the incoming. Radiation in from the sun, conduction and convection redistributing energy at the surface, and radiation out to space, with greenhouse gases slowing the last step

Unit 7 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 7 review: Energy, Heat and the Earth System

Read the enthalpy sign from the system's point of view, not from what the beaker feels like.

  1. Find the energy needed to heat 100.0 g of water by 15.0 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    \( q = mc\Delta T = 100.0 \times 4.18 \times 15.0 \). 6270 J

  2. What sign does \( \Delta H \) take for an exothermic reaction?
    Show the full solution

    Negative

  3. Write the bond energy formula for enthalpy change.
    Show the full solution

    Bonds broken minus bonds formed

  4. A reaction has \( \Delta H = -180 \) kJ. Give \( \Delta H \) for the reverse reaction.
    Show the full solution

    +180 kJ

  5. Find the temperature rise when 500 J is supplied to 50.0 g of copper, specific heat capacity 0.385 J/(g·°C).
    Show the full solution

    \( \Delta T = \frac{q}{mc} = \frac{500}{50.0 \times 0.385} \). 26.0 degrees Celsius

  6. Explain why nitrogen is transparent to infrared radiation while carbon dioxide is not.
    Show the full solution

    A molecule absorbs infrared only if the vibration changes its dipole moment. Nitrogen is two identical atoms, so the electrons are shared perfectly evenly at every bond length and stretching never produces a dipole; there is nothing for the oscillating electric field of the radiation to push on. Carbon dioxide is linear and nonpolar at rest, but bending it moves both oxygens to one side and stretching it asymmetrically breaks the cancellation, so those vibrations do change the dipole moment and absorb. A molecule can therefore be infrared-active even when it has no permanent dipole. Nitrogen's vibration never changes its dipole moment; carbon dioxide's bending and asymmetric stretching do

  7. Explain why a coastal city has a smaller annual temperature range than an inland city at the same latitude.
    Show the full solution

    Water has an unusually high specific heat capacity of 4.18 J/(g·°C), about five times that of dry rock and soil, so the same energy input raises its temperature about five times less and the same energy loss cools it about five times less. A coastal city sits beside an enormous mass of water that therefore warms slowly through summer and releases stored energy slowly through winter, holding the air temperature within a narrow band. An inland city is surrounded by ground that heats and cools quickly, so its annual range is much wider. Water's high specific heat capacity makes the ocean a thermal buffer

  8. Estimate \( \Delta H \) for \( \text{CH}_4 + 2\text{O}_2 \rightarrow \text{CO}_2 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \) using C-H 413, O=O 498, C=O 799 and O-H 463 kJ/mol.
    Show the full solution

    Bonds broken: four C-H at \( 4 \times 413 = 1652 \) and two O=O at \( 2 \times 498 = 996 \), a total of 2648 kJ. Bonds formed: two C=O at \( 2 \times 799 = 1598 \) and four O-H at \( 4 \times 463 = 1852 \), a total of 3450 kJ. Then \( \Delta H = 2648 - 3450 = -802 \) kJ/mol, which is exothermic and matches the accepted value of -802.3 kJ/mol closely. Reversing the subtraction would turn a combustion into an endothermic reaction, which the warmth of a flame contradicts. -802 kJ/mol, exothermic

  9. A flask feels cold during a reaction. State the classification and the sign of \( \Delta H \), and explain why the sign seems backward.
    Show the full solution

    The flask is part of the surroundings, and it cooled, so the surroundings lost energy. By conservation that energy went into the system, so the system gained energy and the reaction is endothermic with a positive \( \Delta H \). The sign seems backward only because the observation is made on the surroundings while the quantity is defined for the system, and the two always carry opposite signs. The reliable habit is to state the observation about the system before writing the sign. Endothermic, positive \( \Delta H \)

  10. Explain why Hess's law works, and what it is used for.
    Show the full solution

    Enthalpy is a state function, so its change depends only on the initial and final states and not on the route between them. Any two routes from the same start to the same finish therefore give the same total, which is guaranteed by conservation of energy: if they differed, running one forward and the other backward would create energy. The practical use is obtaining enthalpy changes for reactions that cannot be measured directly, such as forming carbon monoxide from carbon, by combining reactions that can be measured, with reversal changing the sign and scaling multiplying the value. Enthalpy is a state function, so an imaginary route gives the same answer; this yields values that cannot be measured directly

Lesson 8.1 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5, HS-PS3-2

Kinetic molecular theory, and what pressure actually is

The gas laws are a set of relationships between pressure, volume and temperature that were found by measurement before anyone could explain them. The kinetic molecular theory is the model that explains all of them at once, and learning the model first means the laws can be reconstructed rather than memorized.

The key ideas
  1. The assumptions of the model: gas particles are in constant random motion, their own volume is negligible compared with the container, collisions are perfectly elastic, there are no attractions between particles, and average kinetic energy is proportional to the absolute temperature.
  2. Pressure is force per unit area, and for a gas it is produced by particles colliding with the container walls.
  3. More frequent or more forceful collisions mean higher pressure. Every gas law reduces to changing one of those two things.
  4. Temperature in kelvin is proportional to average kinetic energy, which is why every gas law requires kelvin and none works in Celsius.
  5. At the same temperature, all gases have the same average kinetic energy, so lighter particles move faster to compensate.
  6. The pressure units to know: \( 1 \text{ atm} = 101.325 \text{ kPa} = 760 \text{ mmHg} = 760 \text{ torr} \).
  7. The model is an idealization and it is a very good one at ordinary conditions. Lesson 8.6 states exactly when it fails.

Where students lose marks: explaining a pressure change by saying particles "push harder" without saying why. The answer must name either the collision frequency or the force per collision, and say what changed it.

Worked example

The problem. Use the kinetic model to predict what happens to the pressure of a gas when the volume is halved, when the temperature is doubled, and when more gas is added, each at constant everything else.

Step one: state what pressure depends on. Pressure is the total force the particles exert on the walls divided by the wall area. That total force depends on how often particles strike the wall and how hard each impact is.

Step two: halve the volume at constant temperature. The particles are unchanged in number and in speed, since temperature fixes their average kinetic energy. What changes is the distance each must travel between wall collisions, which is now half as far.

Step three: draw the conclusion. Each particle reaches a wall twice as often, so the collision frequency doubles while the force per collision is unchanged. The pressure doubles. This is Boyle's law, and it has been derived rather than recalled.

Step four: double the absolute temperature at constant volume. Average kinetic energy doubles, so the particles move faster. Two things now change together: each collision is harder, because a faster particle carries more momentum, and collisions are more frequent, because a faster particle crosses the container sooner.

Step five: state that result. Both factors increase the pressure, which is Gay-Lussac's law. Note that a complete answer names both effects, since an answer giving only "the particles hit harder" has found half the reason.

Step six: add more gas at constant volume and temperature. Each particle behaves exactly as before, with the same average speed and the same force per impact, but there are more of them, so more collisions occur per second in total. Pressure rises in proportion to the number of particles, which is the \( n \) in the ideal gas law of lesson 8.4.

Step seven: notice what the model explains for free. Gases fill their container completely, because there are no attractions to hold particles together and their motion is random. Gases are compressible, because most of the volume is empty space. Gases mix completely, for the same two reasons. None of these required a separate rule.

Step eight: check the temperature assumption against experience. At the same temperature, hydrogen and carbon dioxide molecules have equal average kinetic energy. Since a carbon dioxide molecule is twenty-two times heavier, it must move considerably slower to carry the same energy. That is why hydrogen and helium escape from a balloon faster than air does: lighter particles move faster and reach the pores more often.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State three assumptions of the kinetic molecular theory.
    Show the full solution

    Constant random motion, negligible particle volume, elastic collisions, no attractions, average kinetic energy proportional to absolute temperature (any three)

  2. What causes the pressure of a gas?
    Show the full solution

    Collisions of the particles with the walls of the container

  3. Convert 380 mmHg to atmospheres.
    Show the full solution

    \( 380 \div 760 \). 0.500 atm

  4. Give the value of one atmosphere in kilopascals.
    Show the full solution

    101.325 kPa

  5. Which quantity is proportional to average kinetic energy?
    Show the full solution

    Absolute temperature, in kelvin

  6. Explain from the model why a gas fills its container completely while a liquid does not.
    Show the full solution

    The model assumes gas particles are in constant random motion and that there are no significant attractions between them, and those two assumptions together mean nothing holds a gas particle near any other. A particle travels in a straight line until it collides with something, and since the motion is random the particles spread until they are distributed throughout whatever space is available, filling the container and taking its shape. In a liquid the particles are close enough for intermolecular forces of the kind in lesson 3.5 to matter, and those attractions are strong enough to hold the particles together as a body while still allowing them to slide past one another. A liquid therefore takes the shape of its container but keeps its own volume, because it is held together but not held in place. No attractions and random motion, so gas particles disperse; in a liquid intermolecular forces hold the particles together

  7. Explain why doubling the temperature raises the pressure more than merely doubling the collision frequency would.
    Show the full solution

    Because raising the temperature changes both of the factors that determine pressure, whereas compressing the gas changes only one. Faster particles reach the walls more often, which increases the collision frequency, and they also arrive carrying more momentum, so each impact delivers a larger force. Pressure is the product of how often and how hard, so both contributions act in the same direction and reinforce each other. By contrast, halving the volume increases the frequency of collisions but leaves the speed of each particle exactly as it was, since temperature is unchanged, so only one factor rises. This is why a complete answer to any temperature question names both effects; naming one finds half the explanation. Higher temperature raises both collision frequency and force per collision, while compression raises only frequency

  8. Explain why helium leaks out of a balloon faster than the nitrogen and oxygen of air leak in.
    Show the full solution

    At a given temperature all gas particles have the same average kinetic energy, and kinetic energy depends on both mass and speed. A helium atom has a molar mass of about 4 g/mol while nitrogen and oxygen molecules are around 28 and 32, so to carry the same energy the much lighter helium atom must move considerably faster, by roughly a factor of two and a half to three. Escape through the microscopic pores in the balloon wall depends on how often a particle arrives at a pore and how readily it passes through, and faster smaller particles do both more often. The helium therefore leaves at a greater rate than air enters, so the balloon shrinks rather than simply exchanging its contents. Equal average kinetic energy means the lighter helium atoms move faster and reach the pores more often

  9. Explain why the kinetic model requires collisions to be elastic, and what would follow if they were not.
    Show the full solution

    An elastic collision is one in which no kinetic energy is lost, so the particles rebound with the same total energy they arrived with. The assumption is needed because gas particles collide constantly, of the order of billions of times per second each, and if even a tiny fraction of the energy were lost in each collision the total kinetic energy would decay extremely rapidly. Since temperature is a measure of average kinetic energy, the gas would cool spontaneously to a standstill within a fraction of a second, and its pressure would fall to zero as the particles stopped striking the walls. A sealed flask of gas left alone does neither: its temperature and pressure stay constant indefinitely. That observation is the evidence for the assumption, and it also means any energy a gas loses must go somewhere identifiable, such as through the walls to a cooler surrounding. Any energy loss per collision would cool the gas to a standstill almost instantly; sealed gases keep constant temperature and pressure

  10. A student says gases are compressible because the particles themselves squash. Correct this using the model.
    Show the full solution

    The particles do not change size at all; what changes is the space between them. The model assumes the volume of the particles is negligible compared with the volume of the container, which means a gas at ordinary pressure is overwhelmingly empty space, as the comparison of molar volumes in lesson 4.1 showed, where a mole of water occupies 18 mL as a liquid and 22 400 mL as a gas. Compressing a gas pushes the particles closer together, reducing that empty space, and the particles themselves are untouched. This also explains why liquids and solids are nearly incompressible: their particles are already in contact, so there is almost no empty space left to remove, and compressing further would require deforming the particles, which takes enormous force. The empty space between particles is reduced; the particles are unchanged, which is why liquids and solids barely compress

Lesson 8.2 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5

Boyle's and Charles's laws, and the kelvin requirement

Two of the three simple gas laws, each holding one quantity constant. Boyle's is straightforward. Charles's carries the single most consequential trap in the unit, because it involves temperature, and temperature must be in kelvin or the answer is not slightly wrong but wildly wrong.

The key ideas
  1. Boyle's law: at constant temperature, pressure and volume are inversely proportional. \( P_1V_1 = P_2V_2 \).
  2. Charles's law: at constant pressure, volume and absolute temperature are directly proportional. \( \frac{V_1}{T_1} = \frac{V_2}{T_2} \).
  3. Every temperature must be converted to kelvin first. \( K = {}^{\circ}\text{C} + 273 \), and this conversion is done before anything is substituted.
  4. The reason is that the relationship is a proportion, and a proportion requires a scale with a true zero, which Celsius does not have.
  5. Extrapolating Charles's law to zero volume gives -273 degrees Celsius, which is how absolute zero was first located, by measurement rather than by assumption.
  6. Check the direction of the answer before accepting it. Heating at constant pressure must increase the volume; compressing must decrease it.
  7. The units of P and V need only be consistent, since they appear on both sides and cancel. Only temperature has a required unit.

Where students lose marks: substituting Celsius into Charles's law. Heating from 25 to 100 degrees Celsius is a ratio of 373 to 298, about 1.25, not a ratio of 100 to 25, which is 4. The error is a factor of three.

Worked example

Part one: Boyle. A gas occupies 2.50 L at 1.00 atm. The volume is changed until the pressure reaches 2.50 atm at constant temperature. Find the new volume.

Step one: identify what is constant. Temperature and amount of gas, so Boyle's law applies.

Step two: predict the direction first. The pressure has increased, so the volume must have decreased. Any answer above 2.50 L is wrong before it is calculated.

Step three: substitute and solve.

\[ P_1V_1 = P_2V_2 \qquad V_2 = \frac{P_1V_1}{P_2} = \frac{1.00 \times 2.50}{2.50} = 1.00 \text{ L} \]

The volume fell, as predicted, and the pressure rose by a factor of 2.5 while the volume fell by the same factor, which is what inverse proportionality means.

Part two: Charles. A balloon holds 3.00 L at 25.0 degrees Celsius. It is warmed to 100.0 degrees Celsius at constant pressure. Find the new volume.

Step four: convert both temperatures before anything else. \( 25.0 + 273 = 298 \) K and \( 100.0 + 273 = 373 \) K. Doing this conversion as its own written step, before substituting, is the habit that prevents the error.

Step five: predict the direction. The gas is heated at constant pressure, so the volume must increase. The answer must exceed 3.00 L.

Step six: substitute and solve.

\[ \frac{V_1}{T_1} = \frac{V_2}{T_2} \qquad V_2 = \frac{V_1 T_2}{T_1} = \frac{3.00 \times 373}{298} = 3.755 \]

So 3.76 L. The volume rose by about twenty-five percent, matching the twenty-five percent rise in absolute temperature.

Step seven: see what Celsius would have given. \( \frac{3.00 \times 100.0}{25.0} = 12.0 \) L, a fourfold increase. That is more than three times the correct answer, and nothing in the arithmetic signals a problem. The direction is even right, which is what makes the error dangerous.

Step eight: explain why kelvin is required. Charles's law states that volume is proportional to temperature, and proportionality means that doubling one doubles the other. On the kelvin scale that works, because zero kelvin is the temperature at which particle motion is at its minimum and the extrapolated volume is zero. On the Celsius scale zero is the freezing point of water, an arbitrary reference, so 100 degrees is not four times as energetic as 25 degrees and the ratio is meaningless. Historically the argument runs the other way: plotting volume against Celsius temperature and extrapolating to zero volume gives an intercept at about -273 degrees, which is how absolute zero was located.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State Boyle's law as an equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( P_1V_1 = P_2V_2 \) at constant temperature

  2. State Charles's law as an equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{V_1}{T_1} = \frac{V_2}{T_2} \) at constant pressure

  3. Convert 27 degrees Celsius to kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    300 K

  4. A gas at 2.00 atm occupies 5.00 L. Find the volume at 1.00 atm.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{2.00 \times 5.00}{1.00} \). 10.0 L

  5. What value of Celsius temperature corresponds to absolute zero?
    Show the full solution

    About -273 degrees Celsius

  6. A gas at 300 K occupies 4.00 L. Find the volume at 450 K at constant pressure, and check the answer.
    Show the full solution

    Both temperatures are already in kelvin, so no conversion is needed, though confirming that is worth a moment. The gas is heated at constant pressure so the volume must increase, which sets the expectation. Substituting, \( V_2 = \frac{V_1 T_2}{T_1} = \frac{4.00 \times 450}{300} = 6.00 \) L. The check is proportional: the absolute temperature rose by a factor of 1.5, so the volume should rise by the same factor, and \( 4.00 \times 1.5 = 6.00 \) confirms it. Doing the proportional check separately from the formula catches a substitution made upside down. 6.00 L

  7. Explain why the units of pressure and volume do not need converting but the units of temperature do.
    Show the full solution

    Because pressure and volume each appear on both sides of the equation, so any consistent unit cancels in the ratio. Expressing both volumes in liters or both in milliliters gives the same numerical answer, since only the ratio of the two matters, and the same is true of pressures in atmospheres or kilopascals. Temperature is different because the requirement is not merely consistency but that the scale has a true zero, so that ratios correspond to ratios of the underlying physical quantity. Converting 25 and 100 degrees Celsius to kelvin does not simply rescale them, it shifts them by 273, and a shift changes a ratio while a rescale does not. That is why consistency is sufficient for the other two and insufficient for temperature. P and V appear as ratios so units cancel; a Celsius-to-kelvin change is an offset, which alters a ratio

  8. A sealed syringe of gas is pushed to half its volume at constant temperature. Explain what happens to the pressure using the kinetic model.
    Show the full solution

    The number of particles is unchanged because the syringe is sealed, and their average speed is unchanged because the temperature is constant, so each individual collision with the wall delivers exactly the same force as before. What changes is how far a particle travels between wall collisions, which is now half as far, so each particle strikes a wall twice as often. The total number of collisions per second therefore doubles while the force per collision is the same, and since pressure is the total force per unit area, the pressure doubles. This is Boyle's law derived from the model, and it also explains why the relationship is inverse rather than some other shape: collision frequency scales directly with how little distance there is to cross. Collision frequency doubles while force per collision is unchanged, so the pressure doubles

  9. Explain how plotting Charles's law data located absolute zero before anyone could reach that temperature.
    Show the full solution

    By extrapolation from measurements taken at ordinary temperatures. Measuring the volume of a fixed quantity of gas at several accessible temperatures and plotting volume against Celsius temperature gives a straight line, and the line can be extended backward beyond the measured range. Every gas tested gives a line that, when extended, reaches zero volume at the same temperature of about -273 degrees Celsius, and that common intercept is the evidence. A volume cannot be negative, so no lower temperature is possible, which identifies -273 as an absolute minimum. The fact that gases of quite different molar masses and properties all extrapolate to the same intercept is what makes the result a property of temperature itself rather than an accident of one substance. No gas actually reaches zero volume, since every gas liquefies first, so the value is obtained entirely from where the line points. Volume against Celsius temperature is linear and extrapolates to zero volume at -273 for every gas, which is a common intercept no substance could reach

  10. A student calculates that heating a gas from 20 degrees Celsius to 40 degrees Celsius doubles its volume. Diagnose the error and give the correct factor.
    Show the full solution

    They have taken the ratio of the Celsius values, 40 divided by 20, and concluded the volume doubles. Charles's law is a proportion in absolute temperature, so the temperatures must be converted first: 20 degrees Celsius is 293 K and 40 degrees is 313 K. The ratio is \( \frac{313}{293} = 1.068 \), so the volume increases by about seven percent, not by one hundred percent. The error is a factor of nearly twenty in the size of the change. It is worth noting how misleading the Celsius arithmetic is near room temperature: because 273 is large compared with ordinary Celsius readings, modest Celsius changes correspond to small absolute changes, and doubling a Celsius temperature almost never doubles anything. Convert first: 293 K to 313 K is a factor of 1.068, about a seven percent increase

Lesson 8.3 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5

Gay-Lussac's law, and combining the three into one

The third pairing completes the set, and once all three are written down the combined gas law can be derived rather than learned as a fourth thing. That derivation is worth doing once, because it shows that the three simple laws are special cases of a single relationship and removes the problem of choosing which one to use.

The key ideas
  1. Gay-Lussac's law: at constant volume, pressure and absolute temperature are directly proportional. \( \frac{P_1}{T_1} = \frac{P_2}{T_2} \).
  2. The three laws pair the three quantities in the three possible ways, each holding the remaining one constant.
  3. The combined gas law is \( \frac{P_1V_1}{T_1} = \frac{P_2V_2}{T_2} \), which contains all three as special cases.
  4. Each simple law is recovered by canceling the constant quantity. Hold temperature constant and the T terms cancel, leaving Boyle's law.
  5. Learn the combined form and cancel what is constant, rather than memorizing which of three equations to reach for.
  6. All of them require kelvin, and all of them assume the amount of gas is unchanged.
  7. A sealed rigid container is the signal for Gay-Lussac, since rigid means constant volume and sealed means constant amount.

Where students lose marks: using the combined law when the amount of gas changes. All three laws, and the combined form, assume a fixed quantity of gas. If gas is added or escapes, the ideal gas law of lesson 8.4 is required.

Worked example

Part one: derive the combined law.

Step one: write the three proportionalities. Boyle says volume is inversely proportional to pressure. Charles says volume is directly proportional to absolute temperature. Gay-Lussac says pressure is directly proportional to absolute temperature.

Step two: combine the first two into a single statement about volume. If \( V \) is proportional to \( \frac{1}{P} \) and also to \( T \), then \( V \) is proportional to \( \frac{T}{P} \).

Step three: turn a proportionality into an equation. A proportionality becomes an equation with a constant, so \( \frac{PV}{T} \) is a constant for a fixed quantity of gas. Comparing two states of the same gas gives

\[ \frac{P_1V_1}{T_1} = \frac{P_2V_2}{T_2} \]

Step four: check it contains the three laws. Hold temperature constant and \( T_1 = T_2 \) cancels, leaving \( P_1V_1 = P_2V_2 \), which is Boyle. Hold pressure constant and the P terms cancel, leaving Charles. Hold volume constant and the V terms cancel, leaving Gay-Lussac. Nothing further needs to be memorized.

Part two: apply Gay-Lussac. A sealed rigid aerosol can reads 1.00 atm at 20.0 degrees Celsius. It is left in a car where it reaches 60.0 degrees Celsius. Find the new pressure.

Step five: identify what is constant from the wording. "Rigid" means the volume cannot change and "sealed" means the amount of gas cannot change, so pressure and temperature are the only variables. That is Gay-Lussac, or equivalently the combined law with the V terms canceled.

Step six: convert temperatures. \( 20.0 + 273 = 293 \) K and \( 60.0 + 273 = 333 \) K.

Step seven: substitute.

\[ P_2 = \frac{P_1 T_2}{T_1} = \frac{1.00 \times 333}{293} = 1.14 \text{ atm} \]

Step eight: interpret and apply the combined law to a third case. A fourteen percent pressure rise from a forty degree warming explains the warning against leaving pressurized containers in hot cars, and the effect is larger for a can already pressurized to several atmospheres. For a case where all three quantities change, such as a weather balloon rising from 1.00 atm and 300 K to 0.500 atm and 250 K while holding 2.00 L, use the full form: \( V_2 = \frac{P_1V_1T_2}{T_1P_2} = \frac{1.00 \times 2.00 \times 250}{300 \times 0.500} = 3.33 \) L. The falling pressure expands the balloon and the falling temperature partly offsets it, with expansion winning.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State Gay-Lussac's law as an equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{P_1}{T_1} = \frac{P_2}{T_2} \) at constant volume

  2. Write the combined gas law.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{P_1V_1}{T_1} = \frac{P_2V_2}{T_2} \)

  3. Which quantity is held constant in Gay-Lussac's law?
    Show the full solution

    Volume

  4. What assumption do all three simple gas laws share?
    Show the full solution

    The amount of gas is fixed

  5. A gas at 1.50 atm and 300 K is heated to 400 K at constant volume. Find the new pressure.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{1.50 \times 400}{300} \). 2.00 atm

  6. A gas occupies 5.00 L at 2.00 atm and 250 K. Find the volume at 1.00 atm and 300 K.
    Show the full solution

    All three quantities change, so the full combined law is needed. Rearranging, \( V_2 = \frac{P_1V_1T_2}{T_1P_2} \). Before calculating, predict the direction of each effect separately: halving the pressure should roughly double the volume, and raising the temperature from 250 to 300 K should increase it by a further twenty percent, so the answer should be around 12 L. Substituting, \( V_2 = \frac{2.00 \times 5.00 \times 300}{250 \times 1.00} = \frac{3000}{250} = 12.0 \) L. Both effects acted in the same direction here, which is why the volume more than doubled. 12.0 L

  7. Explain why learning the combined law is more reliable than memorizing three separate equations.
    Show the full solution

    Because it removes a decision that is easy to get wrong under pressure. With three equations a student must first identify which quantity is held constant, then recall which of three similar-looking formulas corresponds to that case, and the formulas differ only in which symbols appear. With the combined law there is one equation to recall, and the constant quantity simply appears on both sides and cancels, which is a mechanical step rather than a recall step. It also handles the case where all three quantities change, which none of the simple laws can, so there is no separate procedure for it. Deriving the three special cases once, as the worked example does, is what makes the single equation feel sufficient rather than like one more thing to remember. One equation replaces a choice among three, and it also covers the case where all three quantities change

  8. Explain why an aerosol can carries a warning against heating, using both the gas law and the kinetic model.
    Show the full solution

    The can is rigid and sealed, so volume and amount of gas are fixed and Gay-Lussac's law applies: pressure rises in direct proportion to absolute temperature. The worked example showed a forty degree warming raising the pressure by about fourteen percent, and since aerosol cans are already pressurized to several atmospheres, fourteen percent of a large number is a substantial absolute increase. In kinetic terms, heating raises the average kinetic energy of the particles, so they strike the walls both more often and with greater force, and both effects raise the pressure. The can is designed with a margin above its filling pressure, but that margin is finite, and a fire or a closed car in summer can push the internal pressure past the point where the seam fails, which is why the warning specifies both direct heat and incineration. Rigid and sealed means Gay-Lussac applies, and faster particles strike more often and harder, raising pressure past the can's margin

  9. Explain why the combined gas law cannot be used when a gas leaks from a container.
    Show the full solution

    Because every form of the law assumes the quantity of gas is unchanged between the two states, and that assumption is built into the derivation. The quantity \( \frac{PV}{T} \) is constant for a fixed amount of gas, and its value is proportional to the number of moles present, so comparing a before state and an after state with different amounts compares two different constants. If gas escapes, the pressure falls for a reason the equation has no term for, and applying it anyway would attribute that fall to a volume or temperature change that did not happen. The correct tool is the ideal gas law of lesson 8.4, which includes \( n \) explicitly and can therefore handle a change in the amount of gas as well as in the other three quantities. The law assumes a fixed amount of gas; use \( PV = nRT \), which includes \( n \) explicitly

  10. A weather balloon rises, so both pressure and temperature fall. Explain why it expands rather than contracting.
    Show the full solution

    The two changes push the volume in opposite directions and the question is which wins. Falling external pressure allows the gas to expand, which increases the volume, while falling temperature reduces the particles' kinetic energy and tends to reduce the volume. Their relative sizes settle it. In the worked example the pressure halved, a factor of 2.00 in favor of expansion, while the temperature fell from 300 to 250 K, a factor of 0.833 in favor of contraction, and the product is 1.67 so the volume rose from 2.00 to 3.33 L. The general reason expansion usually wins is that pressure falls very steeply with altitude, dropping to a small fraction of its surface value, whereas absolute temperature falls only modestly because the kelvin scale starts so far below ordinary temperatures. This is why high-altitude balloons are launched slack and can eventually burst. Pressure falls by a much larger factor than absolute temperature, so the expansion outweighs the contraction

Lesson 8.4 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5

The ideal gas law, which describes one state rather than two

Every law so far has compared two states of the same sample. The ideal gas law does something different: it describes a single state completely, connecting pressure, volume, temperature and amount in one equation. That fourth variable is what makes it the link between the gas laws and the stoichiometry of unit 6.

The key ideas
  1. The ideal gas law is \( PV = nRT \), where \( n \) is the number of moles and \( R \) is the gas constant.
  2. \( R = 0.0821 \) L·atm/(mol·K) when pressure is in atmospheres and volume in liters. Other unit sets need a different numerical value.
  3. The units of R dictate the units of everything else. Pressure in atmospheres, volume in liters, temperature in kelvin, amount in moles, every time.
  4. It describes one state, so there are no subscripts and no before and after.
  5. It can be solved for any variable, and in particular for \( n \), which is what connects a measured gas to a stoichiometry calculation.
  6. Molar mass follows from density: substituting \( n = \frac{m}{M} \) and rearranging gives \( M = \frac{dRT}{P} \), which determines a molar mass from a measured gas density.
  7. The molar volume of lesson 4.4 is a special case. Putting \( n = 1 \), \( P = 1 \) atm and \( T = 273 \) K gives \( V = 22.4 \) L.

Where students lose marks: using a pressure in kilopascals with \( R = 0.0821 \). The value of R is tied to its units, so a pressure in kPa must be converted to atmospheres or a different R must be used. Mixing them is off by a factor of about a hundred.

Worked example

Part one. A 5.00 L vessel contains a gas at 2.00 atm and 27.0 degrees Celsius. Find the number of moles.

Step one: list the quantities in the units R requires. \( P = 2.00 \) atm, \( V = 5.00 \) L, \( T = 27.0 + 273 = 300 \) K. Writing the temperature conversion as its own step, as always.

Step two: rearrange for n.

\[ n = \frac{PV}{RT} = \frac{2.00 \times 5.00}{0.0821 \times 300} = \frac{10.0}{24.63} = 0.406 \text{ mol} \]

Step three: check the units cancel. Atmospheres times liters, divided by liter atmospheres per mole per kelvin, times kelvin, leaves moles. Every unit in R appears once and cancels, which is the check that the right R was used.

Step four: sanity check against the molar volume. At STP, 5.00 L would contain \( 5.00 \div 22.4 = 0.223 \) mol. This vessel is at double the pressure and a slightly higher temperature, so it should hold somewhat less than twice that, and 0.406 fits.

Part two. A gas has a density of 1.96 g/L at STP. Identify it.

Step five: derive the relationship rather than recalling it. The number of moles is the mass divided by the molar mass, \( n = \frac{m}{M} \). Substituting into \( PV = nRT \) gives \( PV = \frac{m}{M}RT \), and rearranging for M gives \( M = \frac{mRT}{PV} \). Since density is \( \frac{m}{V} \), this is \( M = \frac{dRT}{P} \).

Step six: substitute the STP values. \( d = 1.96 \) g/L, \( T = 273 \) K, \( P = 1.00 \) atm.

\[ M = \frac{1.96 \times 0.0821 \times 273}{1.00} = 43.9 \text{ g/mol} \]

Step seven: identify the gas. Carbon dioxide has a molar mass of 44.01 g/mol, which matches to within a quarter of a percent. Candidates with similar molar masses include propane at 44.10, so this identifies a molar mass rather than a substance, exactly as in lesson 1.7.

Step eight: note what this technique made possible. Before mass spectrometry, measuring a gas density and applying this relationship was the standard way to determine a molar mass, and it is precisely the independent measurement that lesson 4.7 required in order to convert an empirical formula into a molecular formula. The gas laws and the mole calculations are not separate topics.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the ideal gas law.
    Show the full solution

    \( PV = nRT \)

  2. Give the value and units of R for pressure in atmospheres.
    Show the full solution

    0.0821 L·atm/(mol·K)

  3. What does n represent?
    Show the full solution

    The number of moles of gas

  4. Find the volume of 0.500 mol of gas at 1.50 atm and 350 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( V = \frac{nRT}{P} = \frac{0.500 \times 0.0821 \times 350}{1.50} \). 9.58 L

  5. How does the ideal gas law differ from the combined gas law in what it describes?
    Show the full solution

    It describes a single state including the amount of gas, rather than comparing two states of a fixed amount

  6. Show that the ideal gas law reproduces the molar volume of 22.4 L/mol at STP.
    Show the full solution

    Molar volume is the volume occupied by exactly one mole, so set \( n = 1.00 \), and STP specifies \( P = 1.00 \) atm and \( T = 273 \) K. Rearranging for volume, \( V = \frac{nRT}{P} = \frac{1.00 \times 0.0821 \times 273}{1.00} = 22.41 \) L. This reproduces the 22.4 L/mol used throughout unit 4, which confirms that the molar volume is not an independent fact to be memorized but a single evaluation of the ideal gas law at one particular set of conditions. It also explains immediately why the value changes at other conditions, since altering P or T alters the result, which is the reason lesson 4.4 insisted that 22.4 applies at STP only. 22.4 L, so the molar volume is the ideal gas law evaluated at STP

  7. A student uses a pressure of 202.65 kPa with R = 0.0821. Explain what goes wrong and give the fix.
    Show the full solution

    The numerical value 0.0821 is inseparable from its units of liter atmospheres per mole per kelvin, so it is only correct when the pressure is expressed in atmospheres. Substituting 202.65 instead of the equivalent 2.00 atm inflates the pressure term by a factor of about 101, so a calculation of the number of moles comes out about a hundred times too large and a calculation of volume about a hundred times too small. Nothing in the arithmetic signals this, and the units check would catch it only if the student wrote kPa explicitly and noticed it failing to cancel against the atm in R. The fix is either to convert the pressure by dividing by 101.325 to get 2.00 atm, or to use R = 8.314 with pressure in kilopascals and volume in liters. Convert to 2.00 atm, or use R = 8.314 for kPa; otherwise the answer is off by about a hundredfold

  8. Explain why the ideal gas law connects the gas laws to stoichiometry in a way the combined law cannot.
    Show the full solution

    Because it contains \( n \), the number of moles, and moles are the currency of every stoichiometry calculation. The combined gas law relates pressure, volume and temperature only, and the amount of gas cancels out of it entirely, so it can predict how a sample behaves when conditions change but can never say how much substance is present. The ideal gas law makes the amount explicit, so a measurement of pressure, volume and temperature in the laboratory converts directly into a mole count, which then enters the road map of lesson 6.1 exactly as a mass would after division by molar mass. This is what allows a reaction that produces a gas to be quantified by collecting it and measuring its volume, which is often far easier than isolating and weighing a product. It contains n, so measured P, V and T give a mole count that feeds directly into the stoichiometry road map

  9. Derive the expression for molar mass from gas density, and explain why it was historically important.
    Show the full solution

    Start from \( PV = nRT \) and substitute \( n = \frac{m}{M} \), where m is the sample mass and M the molar mass, giving \( PV = \frac{m}{M}RT \). Multiply both sides by M and divide by PV to isolate it: \( M = \frac{mRT}{PV} \). Since the mass divided by the volume is the density d, this becomes \( M = \frac{dRT}{P} \). The importance is that it determines a molar mass from three quantities that are all straightforward to measure for a gas, namely its density, its temperature and its pressure, with no chemical analysis required at all. Before mass spectrometry this was the principal route to a molar mass, and lesson 4.7 showed that a molar mass is exactly the independent measurement needed to convert an empirical formula into a molecular formula. Combining an elemental analysis with a gas density measurement therefore determined a molecular formula completely. \( M = \frac{dRT}{P} \); it gave molar masses from purely physical measurements, supplying what empirical formulas lacked

  10. Explain why the ideal gas law is called "ideal" and what that word is warning about.
    Show the full solution

    Because it describes the behavior of a hypothetical gas that exactly satisfies the assumptions of the kinetic model from lesson 8.1, in particular that the particles have no volume of their own and exert no attractions on one another. No real gas satisfies either assumption: real molecules occupy space and do attract each other, as the intermolecular forces of lesson 3.5 establish, which is precisely why real gases can be condensed into liquids while an ideal gas could not. The word is therefore a warning that the equation is an approximation whose accuracy depends on how nearly those assumptions hold. At ordinary temperatures and pressures the approximation is very good, often within a percent, because the particles are far apart and moving fast enough for attractions to be negligible. Lesson 8.6 sets out the two conditions under which it stops being good. It assumes zero particle volume and no attractions, which no real gas satisfies; the approximation is good only when particles are far apart and fast

Lesson 8.5 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5

Partial pressures, and correcting for water vapor

Most gases you meet are mixtures, starting with the air. Dalton's law says each component of a mixture contributes pressure independently, which follows immediately from the kinetic model's assumption that particles do not interact. Its most common practical use is correcting a gas volume collected over water.

The key ideas
  1. The partial pressure of a gas in a mixture is the pressure it would exert if it occupied the container alone.
  2. Dalton's law: the total pressure is the sum of the partial pressures, \( P_{\text{total}} = P_1 + P_2 + P_3 + \ldots \).
  3. The reason is that the particles do not interact. Each gas is oblivious to the others, so each contributes as though alone.
  4. Partial pressure is proportional to mole fraction: \( P_{\text{gas}} = \frac{n_{\text{gas}}}{n_{\text{total}}} \times P_{\text{total}} \).
  5. Mole fraction, not mass fraction. The particles are what strike the walls, so their number is what counts and their masses are irrelevant.
  6. A gas collected over water is saturated with water vapor, so the measured total pressure includes the vapor pressure of water.
  7. Subtract the water's vapor pressure to obtain the dry gas pressure. The vapor pressure depends only on the temperature and is looked up.

Where students lose marks: forgetting the water vapor correction when a gas is collected over water. The phrase "collected over water" is the signal, and omitting the subtraction overstates the amount of gas produced.

Worked example

The problem. Hydrogen from a reaction is collected over water at 25.0 degrees Celsius. The collected volume is 250.0 mL and the total pressure is 755 mmHg. The vapor pressure of water at 25.0 degrees Celsius is 23.8 mmHg. Find the number of moles of hydrogen.

Step one: recognize the signal. "Collected over water" means the gas bubbled up through water and displaced it, so the space above the water contains hydrogen mixed with water vapor. The pressure gauge reads the total of both.

Step two: apply Dalton's law. \( P_{\text{total}} = P_{\text{hydrogen}} + P_{\text{water}} \), so the hydrogen's partial pressure is the total minus the water vapor.

Step three: subtract. \( 755 - 23.8 = 731.2 \) mmHg, so 731 mmHg of hydrogen.

Step four: note why the water vapor pressure is a fixed value. The space above a body of water at a given temperature becomes saturated with vapor, and the pressure that vapor exerts depends only on the temperature, not on how much gas is present or how large the container is. That is why it can be looked up from a table rather than calculated.

Step five: convert to the units R requires. Pressure: \( 731.2 \div 760 = 0.9621 \) atm. Volume: \( 250.0 \text{ mL} = 0.2500 \) L. Temperature: \( 25.0 + 273 = 298 \) K.

Step six: apply the ideal gas law.

\[ n = \frac{PV}{RT} = \frac{0.9621 \times 0.2500}{0.0821 \times 298} = \frac{0.2405}{24.47} = 0.00983 \text{ mol} \]

Step seven: see the size of the error if the correction is omitted. Using the full 755 mmHg gives \( 0.9934 \) atm and \( n = 0.01015 \) mol, which overstates the hydrogen by about three percent. That is small but systematic, and it is always in the same direction, so it biases every result from the apparatus.

Step eight: note when the correction becomes large. The vapor pressure of water rises steeply with temperature, from about 17.5 mmHg at 20 degrees to 92 mmHg at 50 degrees and 760 mmHg at 100 degrees, which is what boiling means. Collecting a gas over warm water therefore requires a much larger correction, and collecting it over boiling water would be impossible because the vapor would account for the entire pressure.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State Dalton's law of partial pressures.
    Show the full solution

    The total pressure of a mixture equals the sum of the partial pressures of its components

  2. Define partial pressure.
    Show the full solution

    The pressure a gas would exert if it alone occupied the container

  3. A mixture at 2.00 atm contains 0.300 mol of A in 1.20 mol total. Find the partial pressure of A.
    Show the full solution

    Mole fraction \( \frac{0.300}{1.20} = 0.250 \), times 2.00 atm. 0.500 atm

  4. A gas is collected over water at a total pressure of 750 mmHg where the water vapor pressure is 20 mmHg. Find the dry gas pressure.
    Show the full solution

    730 mmHg

  5. Does partial pressure depend on mole fraction or mass fraction?
    Show the full solution

    Mole fraction

  6. Explain why Dalton's law follows from the kinetic model.
    Show the full solution

    The model assumes gas particles exert no attractions on one another and that their own volume is negligible, which together mean that a particle's behavior is unaffected by what other particles happen to be present. A nitrogen molecule in a mixture travels and collides with the walls exactly as it would if the oxygen were removed, because nothing about the oxygen influences it. Each gas therefore delivers to the walls precisely the collisions it would deliver alone, and its contribution to the pressure is its partial pressure. Pressure is total force per unit area, and forces add, so the total is the sum of the contributions. The law is not an independent discovery so much as an immediate consequence of the non-interaction assumption, which is also why it fails for real gases under the same conditions that make the ideal gas law fail. Non-interacting particles each behave as if alone, so their wall collisions and therefore their pressures simply add

  7. Explain why partial pressure depends on the number of particles rather than their masses.
    Show the full solution

    Because pressure is produced by collisions with the walls, and what matters is how many collisions occur and how much momentum each transfers. At a given temperature all gas particles have the same average kinetic energy regardless of mass, so a heavy slow particle and a light fast one deliver the same average momentum per collision and arrive with frequencies that compensate for their speeds. The net effect is that each particle contributes the same amount to the pressure whatever it weighs. Consequently a mixture containing equal numbers of hydrogen and carbon dioxide molecules has equal partial pressures from each, even though the carbon dioxide accounts for about ninety-six percent of the mass. Using mass fraction instead of mole fraction would therefore be badly wrong for mixtures of gases with different molar masses. Equal average kinetic energy means each particle contributes equally to pressure regardless of mass, so counts are what matter

  8. Explain why the water vapor correction is always in the same direction and what that makes it.
    Show the full solution

    Water vapor is always present above water and always adds to the total pressure, so the measured total always exceeds the pressure of the collected gas alone. Omitting the correction therefore always overstates the partial pressure of the gas, always overstates the number of moles calculated from it, and always overstates the yield of the reaction that produced it. Because the sign of the error never varies, this is a systematic error in the sense of lesson 1.5 rather than a random one, which has a practical consequence: repeating the experiment many times and averaging improves precision but does nothing whatever to the accuracy, since every trial is biased the same way. The only remedy is to apply the correction, which is why the vapor pressure tables exist. Water vapor always adds to the total, so omitting it always overstates the gas; it is a systematic error that averaging cannot remove

  9. Air is about 78 percent nitrogen and 21 percent oxygen by volume. Find the partial pressure of oxygen at 1.00 atm, and explain why altitude sickness occurs.
    Show the full solution

    For gases, percentage by volume equals percentage by moles, since Avogadro's law makes volume proportional to particle count, so oxygen's mole fraction is 0.21 and its partial pressure at sea level is \( 0.21 \times 1.00 = 0.21 \) atm. At altitude the composition of the air is essentially unchanged, so oxygen remains 21 percent, but the total pressure falls substantially, to roughly 0.5 atm at about 5500 m. The partial pressure of oxygen therefore falls to around 0.11 atm. Since the uptake of oxygen into the blood depends on its partial pressure rather than on its percentage, less oxygen is absorbed per breath even though the air is just as oxygen-rich by composition. That deficit is what produces altitude sickness, and it explains why supplemental oxygen works: raising the fraction restores the partial pressure. 0.21 atm at sea level; at altitude the fraction is unchanged but total pressure falls, so oxygen's partial pressure and uptake fall

  10. Explain why a gas cannot usefully be collected over water at 100 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    Because the vapor pressure of water at 100 degrees Celsius is 760 mmHg, which is exactly one atmosphere, and that is the definition of the normal boiling point. The water vapor alone would therefore account for the entire atmospheric pressure, leaving nothing for the collected gas: applying Dalton's law would give a partial pressure of zero or a negative value for the gas being measured. Physically, the water would be boiling vigorously and filling the collection vessel with steam, so the measured volume would be almost entirely vapor and no meaningful reading could be taken. The correction grows steeply with temperature for this reason, from about 17.5 mmHg at 20 degrees to 92 mmHg at 50 degrees, so gas collection over water is done cool and the temperature is recorded precisely. Water's vapor pressure reaches 760 mmHg at 100 degrees, so the vapor accounts for the whole pressure and nothing is left to attribute to the gas

Lesson 8.6 · Unit 8 · HS-PS1-5, HS-PS1-7

Gas stoichiometry, and the two conditions where the model fails

The ideal gas law supplies the moles, unit 6 supplies the ratio, and the two together handle any reaction involving a gas at any conditions. Closing the unit means saying honestly where the model stops working, which is a question about intermolecular forces and therefore takes the argument back to unit 3.

The key ideas
  1. Gas stoichiometry uses the same road map from lesson 6.1, with \( PV = nRT \) as the entry or exit conversion whenever a gas is involved.
  2. Use 22.4 L/mol only at STP; use \( PV = nRT \) at any other conditions.
  3. The volume-to-volume shortcut applies only when both substances are gases at the same temperature and pressure, as lesson 6.3 established.
  4. Real gases deviate from ideal behavior at high pressure, because the particles are forced close together and their own volume is no longer negligible compared with the container.
  5. They also deviate at low temperature, because the particles move slowly enough for intermolecular attractions to matter.
  6. The two deviations act in opposite directions. Particle volume makes the measured volume larger than ideal; attractions make the measured pressure smaller than ideal.
  7. Gases with strong intermolecular forces deviate most. Water vapor and ammonia depart from ideality far more than helium does, which is a direct consequence of lesson 3.5.

Where students lose marks: saying a real gas deviates because the particles "are not really points". That is half of it. The other half is that attractions exist, and the two effects have opposite signs, so a complete answer names both and says which dominates under which conditions.

Worked example

Part one. Marble chips react with excess hydrochloric acid: \( \text{CaCO}_3(s) + 2\text{HCl}(aq) \rightarrow \text{CaCl}_2(aq) + \text{H}_2\text{O}(l) + \text{CO}_2(g) \). Find the volume of carbon dioxide produced from 10.0 g of calcium carbonate, first at STP and then at 25.0 degrees Celsius and 1.00 atm.

Step one: check the equation balances. Calcium 1 and 1, carbon 1 and 1, oxygen 3 and \( 1 + 2 = 3 \), hydrogen 2 and 2, chlorine 2 and 2.

Step two: convert to moles and apply the ratio. \( 10.0 \div 100.09 = 0.0999 \) mol of CaCO3, and the ratio is one to one, so 0.0999 mol of CO2.

Step three: find the volume at STP. \( 0.0999 \times 22.4 = 2.24 \) L.

Step four: find the volume at 25.0 degrees Celsius. STP no longer applies, so use the ideal gas law with \( T = 298 \) K.

\[ V = \frac{nRT}{P} = \frac{0.0999 \times 0.0821 \times 298}{1.00} = 2.44 \text{ L} \]

Step five: compare and interpret. The warmer gas occupies about nine percent more volume, which is the ratio \( \frac{298}{273} \) as Charles's law predicts. Using 22.4 at room temperature would have understated the volume by that amount, which is the error lesson 4.4 warned about, now quantified.

Part two. Explain the two ways a real gas departs from ideal behavior.

Step six: high pressure and particle volume. The model assumes the particles themselves occupy no space. At ordinary pressure this is nearly true, since a gas is mostly empty. Compress it hard and the particles are forced close together, so their own volume becomes a significant fraction of the container. The space actually available for movement is less than the measured volume, so the gas resists further compression more than the model predicts and its volume is larger than ideal.

Step seven: low temperature and attractions. The model assumes no attractions between particles. In a real gas the intermolecular forces of lesson 3.5 are always present, and at low temperature the particles move slowly enough to be measurably deflected by them. A particle heading for the wall is pulled back slightly by its neighbors, so it strikes with less force and the measured pressure is lower than ideal.

Step eight: predict which gases deviate most. The deviation depends on the strength of the intermolecular forces, so the ranking is the one from lesson 3.5. Helium, a small nonpolar atom with only weak dispersion forces, is nearly ideal down to very low temperatures. Water vapor and ammonia, which hydrogen bond, deviate substantially, which is why steam tables exist rather than engineers using \( PV = nRT \). The condition for ideal behavior, stated compactly, is that the particles must be far apart and moving fast, which means low pressure and high temperature.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Under what two conditions do real gases deviate most from ideal behavior?
    Show the full solution

    High pressure and low temperature

  2. Which assumption fails at high pressure?
    Show the full solution

    That the particles' own volume is negligible

  3. Which assumption fails at low temperature?
    Show the full solution

    That there are no attractions between particles

  4. When should \( PV = nRT \) be used instead of 22.4 L/mol?
    Show the full solution

    At any conditions other than STP

  5. Which behaves more ideally, helium or water vapor?
    Show the full solution

    Helium, because its intermolecular forces are far weaker

  6. Find the volume of hydrogen at 20.0 degrees Celsius and 1.00 atm produced when 6.54 g of zinc reacts with excess hydrochloric acid.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \). Zinc's molar mass is 65.38 g/mol, so \( 6.54 \div 65.38 = 0.100 \) mol, and the one-to-one ratio gives 0.100 mol of hydrogen. The conditions are not STP, so 22.4 L/mol does not apply and the ideal gas law is needed with \( T = 20.0 + 273 = 293 \) K: \( V = \frac{nRT}{P} = \frac{0.100 \times 0.0821 \times 293}{1.00} = 2.41 \) L. For comparison the STP volume would be 2.24 L, so the room-temperature answer is about seven percent larger, consistent with the ratio \( \frac{293}{273} \). 2.41 L

  7. Explain why the two deviations from ideality push in opposite directions.
    Show the full solution

    Because they violate different assumptions with opposite consequences. Particle volume means that some of the measured container volume is occupied by the particles themselves and is unavailable for movement, so the space the gas can actually move in is smaller than the measured volume. The gas therefore resists compression more than predicted and its measured volume exceeds the ideal prediction. Intermolecular attractions work the other way: a particle approaching the wall is pulled backward by the particles behind it, so it arrives with less momentum than it otherwise would and each collision delivers less force, making the measured pressure lower than predicted. One effect makes a gas seem larger than ideal and the other makes it seem to push less hard, and which dominates depends on the conditions, with attractions dominating at low temperature and particle volume at very high pressure. Particle volume reduces the available space and raises measured volume; attractions soften wall collisions and lower measured pressure

  8. Explain why the fact that gases can be liquefied is itself proof that they are not ideal.
    Show the full solution

    Because an ideal gas could never condense. The model assumes there are no attractions whatever between particles, and condensation is precisely the process of particles being held together by attractions strongly enough to form a liquid with a definite volume. If the assumption were literally true, cooling a gas would slow its particles indefinitely but nothing would ever pull them together, and compressing it would force them close but nothing would hold them there once the pressure was released. Every real gas can be liquefied given a low enough temperature and a high enough pressure, so every real gas must have attractions between its particles. The temperature at which this becomes possible tracks the strength of those forces, which is why helium must be cooled to about four kelvin while water condenses at 373 kelvin, exactly the ranking of lesson 3.5. Condensation requires attractions, which an ideal gas is defined not to have; the condensation temperature ranks their strength

  9. A student uses 22.4 L/mol to find the volume of gas produced in a reaction run at 80 degrees Celsius. Estimate the size and direction of the error.
    Show the full solution

    The molar volume is proportional to absolute temperature at constant pressure, so the correct value at 80 degrees Celsius is \( 22.4 \times \frac{353}{273} = 29.0 \) L/mol. Using 22.4 therefore understates the volume by \( \frac{29.0 - 22.4}{29.0} \), which is about twenty-three percent, and the error is always in that direction because any temperature above 0 degrees Celsius gives a larger molar volume. If instead the student were working backward from a measured volume to find moles, the same error would overstate the mole count by nearly thirty percent, which would then propagate into every mass calculated from it. At room temperature the discrepancy is around nine percent and easy to overlook; at 80 degrees it is large enough to invalidate a result outright. About twenty-three percent too small, and always in that direction since the correct molar volume at 353 K is 29.0 L/mol

  10. Explain what conditions make a gas behave most ideally, and connect the answer to the assumptions of the model.
    Show the full solution

    Low pressure and high temperature. Low pressure spreads the particles far apart, so the volume they themselves occupy becomes a negligible fraction of the container, which is exactly the first assumption the model makes. Being far apart also weakens the attractions between them, since intermolecular forces fall off steeply with distance, which supports the second assumption. High temperature gives the particles a large average kinetic energy, so any attraction they do experience is small compared with the energy of their motion and deflects them negligibly, which supports the same assumption from the other side. The model is therefore most accurate precisely when the particles are far apart and moving fast, which is the condition that makes both idealizations nearly true at once, and it is why ordinary laboratory conditions of about one atmosphere and room temperature give agreement to within a percent or so for most gases. Low pressure and high temperature, because both make the particles far apart and fast enough for zero volume and no attractions to be good approximations

Unit 8 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 8 review: Gases

Every temperature in every gas law must be in kelvin. Convert it as a separate step before substituting anything.

  1. Convert 25 degrees Celsius to kelvin.
    Show the full solution

    298 K

  2. A gas occupies 4.00 L at 1.50 atm. Find its volume at 3.00 atm at constant temperature.
    Show the full solution

    \( V_2 = \frac{1.50 \times 4.00}{3.00} \). 2.00 L

  3. A gas occupies 2.00 L at 300 K. Find its volume at 600 K at constant pressure.
    Show the full solution

    The absolute temperature doubles, so the volume doubles. 4.00 L

  4. Give the value and units of the gas constant for pressure in atmospheres.
    Show the full solution

    0.0821 L·atm/(mol·K)

  5. Find the moles of gas in 10.0 L at 1.00 atm and 273 K.
    Show the full solution

    \( n = \frac{PV}{RT} = \frac{1.00 \times 10.0}{0.0821 \times 273} \). 0.446 mol

  6. A gas is collected over water at a total pressure of 800 mmHg where the water vapor pressure is 25 mmHg. Find the dry gas pressure and explain why the correction matters.
    Show the full solution

    By Dalton's law the total is the sum of the partial pressures, so the collected gas contributes \( 800 - 25 = 775 \) mmHg. The correction matters because water vapor always adds to the total, so omitting it always overstates the gas present and therefore always overstates the yield of whatever reaction produced it. Because the error runs in one direction every time, it is systematic and repeating the experiment does not average it away. 775 mmHg

  7. Under what two conditions do real gases deviate most from ideal behavior, and which assumption fails in each?
    Show the full solution

    At high pressure the particles are forced close together and their own volume is no longer negligible compared with the container, so the assumption of point particles fails and the measured volume exceeds the ideal prediction. At low temperature the particles move slowly enough to be measurably deflected by the attractions between them, so the assumption of no intermolecular forces fails and a particle approaching the wall is held back, making the measured pressure lower than ideal. The two effects act in opposite directions. High pressure breaks the negligible-volume assumption; low temperature breaks the no-attractions assumption

  8. A student uses Celsius temperatures in Charles's law, heating a 3.00 L sample from 25.0 to 100.0 degrees. Give both answers and the size of the error.
    Show the full solution

    Correctly, the temperatures are 298 K and 373 K, so \( V_2 = \frac{3.00 \times 373}{298} = 3.76 \) L, a rise of about twenty-five percent matching the twenty-five percent rise in absolute temperature. Using Celsius gives \( \frac{3.00 \times 100.0}{25.0} = 12.0 \) L, more than three times too large. The error is undetectable in the arithmetic and even has the right direction, which is what makes it dangerous. 3.76 L correctly against 12.0 L, an error of more than a factor of three

  9. Explain why one mole of any gas occupies the same volume at given conditions while one mole of any liquid does not.
    Show the full solution

    In a gas the particles are separated by distances far larger than their own diameters, so the volume is almost entirely empty space and is set by the spacing rather than by particle size. That spacing depends only on temperature and pressure, which are the same for both gases, so the volume per mole is identical whatever the gas. In a liquid the particles are in contact, so the volume depends on how big they are and how efficiently they pack, and both vary enormously between substances. Gas volume comes from spacing, which is universal at fixed conditions; liquid volume comes from particle size and packing

  10. Find the volume of hydrogen produced at STP when 6.54 g of zinc reacts with excess hydrochloric acid.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{Zn} + 2\text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{ZnCl}_2 + \text{H}_2 \). Zinc's molar mass is 65.38 g/mol, so \( 6.54 \div 65.38 = 0.100 \) mol, and the one to one ratio gives 0.100 mol of hydrogen. At STP, \( 0.100 \times 22.4 = 2.24 \) L. The volume shortcut of lesson 6.3 is unavailable because zinc is a solid, so the full road map is required. 2.24 L

Lesson 9.1 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-3

Dissolving at the particle level, and the energy account behind it

Dissolving looks like disappearance and is nothing of the kind. Lesson 1.2 established that it is a physical change, because the solute can be recovered unchanged. This lesson asks the harder question: what actually happens to the particles, and why does one solid dissolve readily while another does not?

The key ideas
  1. A solution has a solute dissolved in a solvent. The solvent is usually the component present in greater amount, and water is called the universal solvent for its range rather than for dissolving everything.
  2. Dissolving has three energy steps: separating the solute particles, which costs energy; separating the solvent particles to make room, which also costs energy; and the solvent surrounding the solute particles, which releases energy.
  3. The net of those three decides the temperature change. If the release exceeds the two costs, the solution warms; if not, it cools.
  4. An ionic solid dissociates into separate ions, which is why its solution conducts electricity, as lesson 3.2 established.
  5. A molecular solid disperses as whole molecules. Sugar dissolves as intact sugar molecules, so its solution does not conduct.
  6. Hydration is the surrounding of a dissolved particle by water molecules, with the partial negative oxygen turned toward a cation and the partial positive hydrogens toward an anion.
  7. Dissolving does not require the solution to warm. Many spontaneous dissolvings are endothermic, because an increase in disorder can outweigh an unfavorable energy change, as lesson 7.5 noted.

Where students lose marks: writing that sugar "breaks into ions" in water. Sugar is molecular and dissolves as whole molecules. The conductivity test discriminates between the two cases experimentally.

Worked example

The problem. Describe what happens when sodium chloride dissolves in water, and use the energy account to explain why dissolving ammonium nitrate makes a solution cold while dissolving sodium hydroxide makes it hot.

Step one: start from the two structures. Sodium chloride is a lattice of alternating Na+ and Cl- ions held by strong electrostatic attraction. Water is a polar molecule, bent, with a partial negative charge on oxygen and partial positives on the hydrogens, all established in lesson 3.4.

Step two: describe the attack on the lattice. Water molecules at the crystal surface orient themselves so that their negative oxygen ends face the Na+ ions and their positive hydrogen ends face the Cl- ions. Each surface ion is therefore pulled on by several water molecules at once.

Step three: describe the separation. When the combined pull of the surrounding water molecules exceeds the attraction holding an ion in the lattice, the ion is drawn away into solution. It does not leave alone: it moves off surrounded by a shell of water molecules, which is called hydration.

Step four: state the result. The lattice dissolves ion by ion until the solid is gone, leaving free hydrated Na+ and Cl- ions dispersed through the water. There are no NaCl units anywhere in the solution, which is why the solution conducts and why lesson 5.6 splits it into ions.

Step five: set out the three energy terms. Breaking the lattice apart costs energy and is endothermic. Pushing water molecules aside to make room costs energy and is endothermic. Hydration, the forming of attractions between ions and water molecules, releases energy and is exothermic. The observed temperature change is the sum of all three.

Step six: apply it to sodium hydroxide. The hydroxide ion is small and the sodium ion is small, and both are strongly hydrated, so the energy released in step three is large. It exceeds the two costs, the net is exothermic, and the solution becomes noticeably hot. This is why dissolving drain cleaner in water is a warning on the label.

Step seven: apply it to ammonium nitrate. Both ions are large, singly charged and only weakly hydrated, so the energy released is comparatively small. It falls short of the cost of breaking the lattice, the net is endothermic, and the solution becomes cold. Instant cold packs use exactly this.

Step eight: answer the obvious objection. If ammonium nitrate dissolving absorbs energy, why does it happen at all rather than staying as a solid? The answer, as lesson 7.5 noted, is that energy is not the only consideration. A crystal is a highly ordered arrangement and a solution is a highly disordered one, and the increase in disorder is large enough to drive the process despite the unfavorable energy change. The energy required is drawn from the thermal energy of the water, which is precisely why the water cools.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define solute and solvent.
    Show the full solution

    The solute is the substance dissolved; the solvent is what dissolves it

  2. Name the three energy steps of dissolving and say which releases energy.
    Show the full solution

    Separating solute, separating solvent, and hydration; only hydration releases energy

  3. Does sodium chloride dissolve as ions or as molecules?
    Show the full solution

    As separate hydrated ions

  4. What experimental test distinguishes an ionic solution from a molecular one?
    Show the full solution

    Electrical conductivity: ionic solutions conduct, molecular ones generally do not

  5. Define hydration.
    Show the full solution

    The surrounding of a dissolved particle by a shell of water molecules

  6. Explain why a solution of sugar does not conduct electricity while a solution of salt does, even though both look identical.
    Show the full solution

    Conduction requires mobile charged particles, and the two solutions differ in whether any are produced. Sodium chloride is ionic, so dissolving separates the lattice into free Na+ and Cl- ions that move independently through the water and carry charge from one electrode to the other. Sugar is a molecular compound held together by covalent bonds, and dissolving merely disperses intact neutral sucrose molecules among the water molecules; no charges are separated and nothing can carry current. The appearance of the two solutions is identical because both are homogeneous mixtures of colorless particles far too small to scatter light, so the conductivity test is the one that discriminates, which is why it is used to classify electrolytes. Salt produces free ions that carry charge; sugar dissolves as neutral molecules with no charges to move

  7. Explain why the temperature change on dissolving can be in either direction.
    Show the full solution

    Because the observed change is the net of three separate energy terms, two of which cost energy and one of which releases it. Breaking the solute's lattice apart is endothermic and so is pushing solvent molecules aside to make room, while surrounding the separated particles with solvent is exothermic. Whether the sum is positive or negative depends on the particular solute, and specifically on how strongly its particles are held in the lattice against how strongly they are hydrated once free. Small highly charged ions are strongly hydrated and tend to give exothermic dissolving, while large singly charged ions are weakly hydrated and tend to give endothermic dissolving. Neither outcome tells you whether the substance dissolves, only what it does to the temperature while doing so. Two endothermic steps compete with one exothermic step, and which dominates depends on lattice strength against hydration strength

  8. Explain why an endothermic dissolving happens at all, given that it makes the surroundings colder.
    Show the full solution

    Because the tendency toward lower energy is not the only factor determining whether a change occurs; the tendency toward greater disorder also matters, and at ordinary temperatures it can be decisive. A crystal of ammonium nitrate is an extremely ordered arrangement in which every ion occupies a fixed lattice position, while the dissolved state has those same ions dispersed randomly throughout the solvent with vastly more possible arrangements available. That increase in disorder is large, and it outweighs the unfavorable energy change. The energy required does not come from nowhere: it is drawn from the thermal energy of the water and its surroundings, which is exactly why the solution cools and why the process works as a cold pack. A full account of the competition requires entropy and free energy, which lies beyond a first course. The large increase in disorder outweighs the unfavorable energy change, with the energy drawn from the surroundings

  9. Explain what determines whether a water molecule turns its oxygen or its hydrogens toward a dissolved ion.
    Show the full solution

    The charge on the ion, since the orientation is simply opposite charges attracting. A water molecule is polar in the sense of lesson 3.4, with a partial negative charge concentrated on the oxygen where the lone pairs are and partial positive charges on the two hydrogens. Facing a cation such as Na+, the water turns its negative oxygen end toward the ion, and several water molecules arrange themselves around it that way. Facing an anion such as Cl-, the water turns a positive hydrogen end toward the ion instead. The hydration shells around a cation and an anion are therefore oriented oppositely, and this is only possible because the molecule is bent: a linear water molecule would be nonpolar and could not orient toward anything, which is the point lesson 3.4 closed on. Opposite charges attract: oxygen faces cations and hydrogens face anions, which requires water to be polar

  10. Explain why water is called the universal solvent and why the name overstates the case.
    Show the full solution

    The name records that water dissolves a wider range of substances than almost any other common liquid, which follows from its polarity and its capacity for hydrogen bonding. Its partial charges let it surround and stabilize ions, so it dissolves most ionic compounds, and its hydrogen bonding lets it interact strongly with any molecule carrying an O-H or N-H group, so it dissolves sugars, alcohols and many biological molecules. The name overstates the case because those same properties make water a poor solvent for anything nonpolar: oils, fats, waxes and hydrocarbons are essentially insoluble in it, as lesson 9.2 explains, and many ionic compounds such as silver chloride and barium sulfate are insoluble too. A solvent that dissolved everything would also be impossible to store, since it would dissolve its container. Its polarity and hydrogen bonding give it exceptional range, but nonpolar substances and many ionic compounds do not dissolve in it

Lesson 9.2 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-3

Like dissolves like, predicted from polarity

The rule is four words long and it is the direct payoff of the shape and polarity work in lesson 3.4. Whether one substance dissolves in another depends on whether the attractions between unlike particles can compete with the attractions each substance already has for itself, and polarity is what decides that competition.

The key ideas
  1. Polar solvents dissolve polar and ionic solutes; nonpolar solvents dissolve nonpolar solutes. Mixing the two categories generally fails.
  2. The reason is competition between attractions. Dissolving requires solute-solvent attractions strong enough to replace the solute-solute and solvent-solvent attractions being broken.
  3. Water and oil do not mix because water molecules attract each other by hydrogen bonding far more strongly than they attract nonpolar oil molecules, so the water excludes the oil rather than surrounding it.
  4. Polarity is predicted from shape, so the procedure of lesson 3.4 applies: count domains, assign the shape, then test whether the bond polarities cancel.
  5. A molecule with both a polar and a nonpolar region can interact with both. Ethanol's O-H group hydrogen bonds with water while its hydrocarbon end does not, so it mixes with water in any proportion.
  6. Soap works by having both ends, a long nonpolar tail that dissolves in grease and an ionic head that dissolves in water.
  7. The rule is a good guide, not a law. Silver chloride is ionic and insoluble in water, because its lattice energy is too large for hydration to overcome.

Where students lose marks: deciding polarity from the bonds alone. Carbon tetrachloride has four polar bonds and is a nonpolar molecule, because the tetrahedral shape cancels them, and it is accordingly a nonpolar solvent. Shape decides it.

Worked example

The problem. Predict whether each will dissolve appreciably in water, and explain: sodium chloride, ethanol, hexane, and iodine. Then explain how soap removes grease.

Step one: sodium chloride. Ionic, so it consists of charged particles. Water is polar and its partial charges can orient around each ion, releasing enough energy on hydration to overcome the lattice. Dissolves readily, giving a conducting solution.

Step two: ethanol, C2H5OH. It contains an O-H group, so it is polar and can hydrogen bond with water. Its small hydrocarbon portion is nonpolar but is short enough not to dominate. Mixes with water in any proportion, which is described as miscible.

Step three: hexane, C6H14. A pure hydrocarbon, with only barely polar C-H bonds arranged symmetrically, so the molecule is nonpolar and can offer water nothing but weak dispersion forces. Does not dissolve; it forms a separate layer.

Step four: iodine, I2. Two identical atoms, so the bond is perfectly nonpolar and the molecule is nonpolar. Barely dissolves in water, though it dissolves readily in hexane, which is the rule working in the other direction.

Step five: state why the nonpolar cases fail. The explanation is not that water and hexane repel each other; they do not. It is that water molecules attract each other through hydrogen bonding much more strongly than they could attract a hexane molecule, so separating water molecules to make room for hexane costs more energy than surrounding the hexane releases. The water effectively squeezes the hexane out, which is why the two form layers with the denser one below.

Step six: set up the soap problem. Grease is nonpolar and water is polar, so by the rule they cannot mix, which is exactly why water alone does not wash grease off a plate. Something is needed that belongs to both categories at once.

Step seven: describe a soap molecule. It has a long hydrocarbon chain, which is nonpolar, ending in an ionic head, typically a carboxylate group with a sodium counter-ion. One end obeys the rule for grease and the other obeys it for water.

Step eight: put it together. The nonpolar tails embed themselves in a droplet of grease while the ionic heads project outward into the water. The droplet is now wrapped in a layer of charged heads, so its exterior is effectively ionic and the water can surround and carry it away. The droplets also repel one another, since all carry the same charge, which stops them recombining. Soap does not dissolve grease in water; it packages it so that water can transport it.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the like dissolves like rule.
    Show the full solution

    Polar solvents dissolve polar and ionic solutes; nonpolar solvents dissolve nonpolar solutes

  2. Is hexane polar or nonpolar?
    Show the full solution

    Nonpolar

  3. Why does ethanol mix with water?
    Show the full solution

    Its O-H group allows hydrogen bonding with water

  4. Name the two parts of a soap molecule.
    Show the full solution

    A nonpolar hydrocarbon tail and an ionic head

  5. Is carbon tetrachloride a polar or nonpolar solvent?
    Show the full solution

    Tetrahedral and symmetrical, so the bond polarities cancel. Nonpolar

  6. Explain why water and oil separate, without saying that they repel each other.
    Show the full solution

    There is no repulsion between them; both are attracted to everything to some degree. The separation is a competition that the oil loses. Water molecules attract one another through hydrogen bonding, which is comparatively strong, while they can attract an oil molecule only through weak dispersion forces. Dissolving the oil would require separating water molecules from each other to make room, which costs a large amount of energy, and the surrounding of the oil molecule would release only a small amount in return. The net cost is unfavorable, so the water molecules preferentially stay associated with each other and exclude the oil. The oil molecules are pushed together into a separate layer not because they attract one another strongly but because the water will not accommodate them. Water's hydrogen bonding to itself is far stronger than anything it could offer oil, so the water excludes it

  7. Explain why methanol mixes with water in all proportions but octanol, C8H17OH, is only slightly soluble.
    Show the full solution

    Both molecules have the same polar O-H group and can therefore hydrogen bond with water, but they differ in how much nonpolar hydrocarbon is attached to it. Methanol has a single carbon, so the polar group dominates the molecule and its behavior is essentially that of a polar substance, giving complete miscibility. Octanol carries an eight-carbon chain, which is a substantial nonpolar region that water cannot accommodate, and dissolving it would require the water to open up a large cavity for the chain at considerable energy cost. The single O-H group cannot pay for that, so solubility is low. The general pattern along a series of alcohols is that solubility falls steadily as the chain lengthens, because the ratio of nonpolar to polar character rises. The same polar group is attached to a much larger nonpolar chain, which water cannot accommodate

  8. Iodine dissolves poorly in water but readily in hexane. Explain both observations with one principle.
    Show the full solution

    Iodine is a diatomic molecule of two identical atoms, so the bond is perfectly nonpolar and the molecule has no permanent dipole; its only intermolecular attraction is dispersion. In water, dissolving it would mean breaking hydrogen bonds between water molecules and replacing them with weak dispersion attractions to iodine, which is a poor exchange and does not happen appreciably. In hexane, which is also nonpolar and also held together only by dispersion, the attractions being broken and the attractions being formed are of the same kind and similar strength, so the exchange costs almost nothing and the iodine dissolves freely. One principle covers both: a substance dissolves when the new attractions can adequately replace the old ones, and that is most easily satisfied when solute and solvent are alike. Dispersion attractions to iodine cannot replace water's hydrogen bonds, but they match hexane's own dispersion forces exactly

  9. Explain why dry cleaning uses a nonpolar solvent rather than water.
    Show the full solution

    Because the stains that resist water are the nonpolar ones, principally oils, greases and waxes, and by the like dissolves like rule those dissolve in a nonpolar solvent directly rather than needing to be packaged as soap does. A nonpolar solvent offers the grease molecules dispersion attractions comparable to the ones they have for each other, so they disperse readily. There is a second reason concerning the fabric itself: water penetrates natural fibers such as wool and silk, swelling them and disrupting the hydrogen bonds within the protein structure, which causes shrinkage and distortion. A nonpolar solvent interacts only weakly with those polar fibers and therefore leaves them dimensionally stable. The method removes the nonpolar soiling while leaving the polar fabric untouched, which is the rule used twice. Nonpolar solvents dissolve greasy stains directly and do not swell or distort polar natural fibers as water does

  10. Silver chloride is ionic yet insoluble in water. Explain why the rule fails here and what the failure tells you.
    Show the full solution

    Because the rule is a summary of which attractions usually win, not a statement about a single quantity, and in this case the balance falls the other way. Dissolving any ionic solid requires the energy released on hydrating the separated ions to compete with the energy needed to break up the lattice. For sodium chloride hydration is sufficient and the compound dissolves. Silver chloride has a substantially larger lattice energy, partly because the bonding has significant covalent character rather than being purely ionic, so the ions are held more tightly than a simple charge argument suggests, and hydration cannot pay the cost. The failure tells you that solubility is decided by a small difference between two large competing energy terms, which is exactly why lesson 5.5 presented the solubility rules as an empirical list rather than deriving them. Its lattice energy exceeds what hydration can repay; solubility is a close competition between two large energies, so it must be measured

Lesson 9.3 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-7

Molarity, and the milliliter to liter step that costs marks

Concentration has to be quantified before a solution can be used in a reaction, and molarity is the measure chemistry uses because it reports moles directly. That choice makes it the fourth spoke on the hub from lesson 4.3, and the one trap in it is a unit conversion rather than a concept.

The key ideas
  1. Molarity is moles of solute per liter of solution, \( M = \frac{n}{V} \), with units mol/L, written M.
  2. The volume is of the solution, not of the solvent. A 1.00 M solution is made by dissolving the solute and then making up to one liter, not by adding one liter of water.
  3. Volume must be in liters. A volume given in milliliters is divided by 1000 before it goes anywhere near the formula.
  4. Rearranged forms: \( n = MV \) gives moles from a concentration and a volume, and \( V = \frac{n}{M} \) gives the volume needed.
  5. Molarity connects a solution to stoichiometry, because \( n = MV \) is the entry conversion for any reaction carried out in solution.
  6. To prepare a solution: calculate the moles needed from \( n = MV \), convert to a mass with the molar mass, dissolve, then make up to the mark in a volumetric flask.
  7. Molarity changes with temperature because the solution's volume does, though the effect is small enough to ignore at this level.

Where students lose marks: leaving the volume in milliliters. Dividing moles by 250 instead of 0.250 gives an answer a thousand times too small, and the number looks entirely ordinary on the page.

Worked example

Part one. 25.0 g of sodium hydroxide is dissolved and the solution made up to 250.0 mL. Find the molarity. The molar mass of NaOH is 40.00 g/mol.

Step one: convert the mass to moles. \( 25.0 \div 40.00 = 0.625 \) mol.

Step two: convert the volume to liters, as a separate written step. \( 250.0 \text{ mL} = 0.2500 \) L.

Step three: divide.

\[ M = \frac{n}{V} = \frac{0.625}{0.2500} = 2.50 \text{ M} \]

Step four: see what the milliliter error would have given. \( 0.625 \div 250.0 = 0.0025 \) M, which is a thousand times too small. Nothing about 0.0025 M is absurd, since dilute solutions of that concentration are common, so the error survives inspection. The only defense is converting at the moment the volume is read.

Part two. How would you prepare 2.00 L of 0.250 M sodium chloride solution?

Step five: find the moles required. \( n = MV = 0.250 \times 2.00 = 0.500 \) mol.

Step six: convert to a mass. Sodium chloride is 58.44 g/mol, so \( 0.500 \times 58.44 = 29.22 \) g, which is 29.2 g.

Step seven: describe the procedure precisely. Weigh 29.2 g of sodium chloride. Transfer it to a 2.00 L volumetric flask, rinsing the weighing vessel into the flask so no solute is lost. Add water to perhaps two thirds of the flask and swirl until everything dissolves. Then add water carefully up to the graduation mark, and invert repeatedly to mix.

Step eight: explain why the order matters. The solute must be dissolved before the flask is filled to the mark, because dissolving changes the volume slightly and the final volume must be correct with the solute already in it. Adding 2.00 L of water to the solid would give a total volume that is not 2.00 L, so the concentration would be wrong. This is the practical meaning of molarity being per liter of solution rather than per liter of solvent.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define molarity.
    Show the full solution

    Moles of solute per liter of solution

  2. Convert 400.0 mL to liters.
    Show the full solution

    0.4000 L

  3. Find the molarity of 0.500 mol in 2.00 L.
    Show the full solution

    0.250 M

  4. Find the moles in 250.0 mL of 0.400 M solution.
    Show the full solution

    \( n = MV = 0.400 \times 0.2500 \). 0.100 mol

  5. Is molarity per liter of solvent or per liter of solution?
    Show the full solution

    Per liter of solution

  6. 58.44 g of sodium chloride is made up to 500.0 mL. Find the molarity.
    Show the full solution

    The molar mass of sodium chloride is \( 22.99 + 35.45 = 58.44 \) g/mol, so the mass given is exactly one molar mass and \( 58.44 \div 58.44 = 1.000 \) mol. The volume is \( 500.0 \text{ mL} = 0.5000 \) L, converted as its own step. Then \( M = \frac{1.000}{0.5000} = 2.000 \) M. The result is worth a moment's thought: one mole in half a liter is two moles per liter, so the concentration is double what one mole in a full liter would give, which is the check that the division went the right way. 2.00 M

  7. Explain why a 1.00 M solution is not made by adding 1.00 L of water to one mole of solute.
    Show the full solution

    Because molarity is defined per liter of solution, and adding a liter of water to a solid gives a total volume larger than a liter. The dissolved particles occupy space among the water molecules, so the solution's volume is the water's volume plus some contribution from the solute, and for a concentrated solution that addition is not negligible. The resulting concentration would therefore be less than 1.00 M by an amount that depends on the solute and could not be predicted without measurement. The correct procedure dissolves the solute in less water than needed and then adds water up to a calibrated mark on a volumetric flask, which fixes the final volume of the solution at exactly the intended value whatever the solute contributed. The solute adds volume, so water plus solute exceeds a liter; make up to the mark instead

  8. Describe how to prepare 500.0 mL of 0.100 M potassium nitrate solution. The molar mass is 101.10 g/mol.
    Show the full solution

    Find the moles first: \( n = MV = 0.100 \times 0.5000 = 0.0500 \) mol, taking care to use 0.5000 L rather than 500.0. Convert to a mass: \( 0.0500 \times 101.10 = 5.055 \) g, so weigh 5.06 g. Transfer it to a 500.0 mL volumetric flask, rinsing the weighing boat into the flask so that none of the solute is left behind, since any loss lowers the concentration. Add distilled water to about two thirds full and swirl until the solid has completely dissolved. Then add water carefully to the graduation mark, using a dropper for the last few drops so the meniscus sits on the line, and stopper and invert the flask several times to mix thoroughly. Weigh 5.06 g, dissolve in part of the water, then make up to the 500.0 mL mark

  9. Explain why molarity is used in chemistry rather than a concentration in grams per liter.
    Show the full solution

    Because reactions occur in fixed ratios of particles, and molarity reports particles directly while grams per liter does not. A balanced equation says that one mole of one reactant reacts with two of another, so a chemist who knows the molarity and volume of a solution can obtain the moles present in a single multiplication, \( n = MV \), and feed that straight into the road map of lesson 6.1. A concentration in grams per liter would require an extra division by molar mass every time, and comparing two solutions would be misleading, since 10 g/L of sodium hydroxide and 10 g/L of potassium hydroxide contain quite different numbers of moles and therefore react with different amounts of acid. Molarity is chosen to make the quantity that matters immediately available. Reactions go by particle ratio, and molarity gives moles in one step while mass concentration hides them

  10. A student weighs the solute into a beaker, dissolves it, and pours the solution into a volumetric flask without rinsing the beaker. Explain the effect on the concentration.
    Show the full solution

    Some solution inevitably clings to the beaker's walls and is left behind, and that residue contains solute. The flask therefore receives less than the intended number of moles while still being filled to the calibrated mark, so the volume is correct and the moles are low, and the concentration comes out below the target. The magnitude depends on how much is left but a few percent is easy to lose this way, which is significant for a solution intended as a standard. The error is also systematic rather than random: it always reduces the concentration, never raises it, so repeating the preparation does not average it out. The remedy is to rinse the beaker two or three times with small volumes of distilled water and add every rinsing to the flask before making up to the mark. Solute left in the beaker lowers the moles while the volume stays correct, so the concentration is systematically low

Lesson 9.4 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-7

Dilution, and the difference between final volume and water added

Diluting a solution changes its concentration without changing how much solute it contains, which is what makes the calculation a one-line equation. The trap is in the answer rather than the arithmetic: the equation returns the final volume, and the question often asks how much water to add, which is a different number.

The key ideas
  1. Dilution adds solvent, not solute, so the number of moles of solute is unchanged.
  2. Since \( n = MV \) is the same before and after, \( M_1V_1 = M_2V_2 \).
  3. The units of volume need only be consistent, since they appear on both sides, so milliliters may be used throughout in this equation alone.
  4. \( V_2 \) is the final total volume, not the volume of water added.
  5. Water added is \( V_2 - V_1 \), and this is the step most often omitted.
  6. Check the direction: diluting always lowers the concentration and raises the volume, so \( M_2 \) must be less than \( M_1 \).
  7. Concentrated acid is always added to water, never the reverse, because the mixing is strongly exothermic and adding water to acid can boil it and spatter.

Where students lose marks: giving the final volume when the question asked for the volume of water added. Read what is being asked, and if it is water added, subtract the starting volume from the calculated final volume.

Worked example

The problem. A stockroom bottle holds 6.00 M hydrochloric acid. A student needs to dilute 50.0 mL of it to 0.500 M. Find the final volume and the volume of water to add, and describe how to do it safely.

Step one: identify the quantities. \( M_1 = 6.00 \) M, \( V_1 = 50.0 \) mL, \( M_2 = 0.500 \) M, and \( V_2 \) is unknown.

Step two: predict the direction. The concentration is being reduced by a factor of twelve, so the volume must increase by a factor of twelve. The answer should be around 600 mL, and anything smaller than 50.0 mL would be impossible.

Step three: substitute and solve.

\[ M_1V_1 = M_2V_2 \qquad V_2 = \frac{M_1V_1}{M_2} = \frac{6.00 \times 50.0}{0.500} = 600 \text{ mL} \]

The units are consistent milliliters throughout, and they cancel, so no conversion to liters is needed here.

Step four: answer the question that was actually asked. The final volume is 600 mL. The volume of water to add is \( 600 - 50.0 = 550 \) mL. These are different numbers and only one of them answers the question.

Step five: verify by checking the moles. Before: \( n = 6.00 \times 0.0500 = 0.300 \) mol. After: \( n = 0.500 \times 0.600 = 0.300 \) mol. The moles are unchanged, which is the physical content of the equation and confirms the arithmetic.

Step six: describe the safe procedure. Place roughly 400 mL of distilled water in a 600 mL volumetric flask or a beaker. Add the 50.0 mL of concentrated acid to the water slowly, with stirring. Then add water to make the total up to 600 mL.

Step seven: explain why that order is not optional. Mixing concentrated acid with water is strongly exothermic. Adding water to concentrated acid releases a large amount of energy into a small volume of liquid, which can heat it past boiling locally and eject a spray of concentrated acid. Adding acid to a large volume of water spreads the same energy through a large thermal mass, so the temperature rise is modest. The memory aid is that you should do as you oughta and add the acid to the watta.

Step eight: note where dilution appears later. Serial dilution, in which a solution is repeatedly diluted by a fixed factor, is how the very low concentrations of lesson 9.6 are prepared and how standards are made for instruments. Each step uses this same equation.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the dilution equation.
    Show the full solution

    \( M_1V_1 = M_2V_2 \)

  2. What quantity is unchanged during a dilution?
    Show the full solution

    The number of moles of solute

  3. 100.0 mL of 2.00 M solution is diluted to 500.0 mL. Find the new concentration.
    Show the full solution

    \( M_2 = \frac{2.00 \times 100.0}{500.0} \). 0.400 M

  4. Does \( V_2 \) mean the final volume or the water added?
    Show the full solution

    The final total volume

  5. State the safety rule for diluting concentrated acid.
    Show the full solution

    Add the acid to the water, never water to the acid

  6. How much water must be added to 25.0 mL of 12.0 M acid to make it 3.00 M?
    Show the full solution

    Find the final volume first: \( V_2 = \frac{M_1V_1}{M_2} = \frac{12.0 \times 25.0}{3.00} = 100.0 \) mL. The concentration was reduced by a factor of four, so the volume rose by a factor of four, which checks. The question asks for water added, not final volume, so subtract: \( 100.0 - 25.0 = 75.0 \) mL of water. Answering 100.0 mL would be giving the right calculation to the wrong question, and in the laboratory it would produce a solution of the wrong concentration, since adding 100 mL of water to 25 mL of acid gives 125 mL in total and a concentration of 2.40 M. 75.0 mL of water

  7. Explain why the dilution equation follows from the definition of molarity.
    Show the full solution

    Molarity is moles per liter, so the moles present are the concentration multiplied by the volume, \( n = MV \). Dilution consists of adding more solvent and nothing else, so no solute enters or leaves and the number of moles after is identical to the number before. Writing that equality out gives \( M_1V_1 = M_2V_2 \), since each side is just \( n \) expressed through the concentration and volume at that moment. The equation is therefore not a separate rule to memorize but a statement that the solute is conserved, and recognizing this is useful because it makes the verification in the worked example obvious: calculating the moles at each stage must give the same answer, and if it does not, something other than dilution has been assumed. \( n = MV \) and the moles are unchanged, so the two products must be equal

  8. Explain in energy terms why acid is added to water rather than the reverse.
    Show the full solution

    Mixing concentrated acid with water is strongly exothermic, because the acid molecules ionize and the resulting ions are hydrated, releasing a large amount of energy in the sense of lesson 9.1. The danger depends on where that energy goes. Adding acid slowly to a large volume of water spreads the released energy through a large mass of liquid with water's high specific heat capacity, so the temperature rise is small and controlled. Adding water to concentrated acid concentrates the same release into the small volume of water that has just arrived, typically at the surface, and that small thermal mass can be driven past its boiling point almost instantly. The resulting flash of steam ejects droplets of concentrated acid upward and outward, which is why the order is a rule rather than a preference. Acid into water spreads the released energy through a large thermal mass; water into acid boils locally and spatters concentrated acid

  9. A solution is diluted by a factor of ten three times in succession. Find the overall dilution factor and explain why this is used in practice.
    Show the full solution

    Each step reduces the concentration to a tenth, and the steps multiply, so the overall factor is \( 10 \times 10 \times 10 = 1000 \) and the final solution is one thousandth of the original concentration. The technique is called serial dilution and it is used because measuring a very small volume accurately is difficult: preparing a thousandfold dilution in one step from a 1000 mL flask would require measuring 1.0 mL of stock, and the percentage error in that small measurement would dominate the result. Three successive tenfold dilutions instead measure comfortable volumes such as 10.0 mL into 100.0 mL each time, and although each step contributes its own small error, the total is far smaller than the single-step error would be. This is how the parts per million and parts per billion standards of lesson 9.6 are prepared. A factor of 1000; it avoids measuring one very small volume, which would dominate the error

  10. Explain why the dilution equation allows milliliters while the molarity equation requires liters.
    Show the full solution

    Because of where the volume sits in each expression. In the dilution equation volume appears on both sides, multiplied by a concentration, so the equation is effectively a ratio and any unit used consistently cancels between the two sides; expressing both volumes in milliliters gives the same numerical answer as expressing both in liters. In the definition of molarity the volume appears once, in the denominator, and the unit of the result is determined by it, so a volume in milliliters produces a quantity in moles per milliliter rather than the moles per liter that the unit M means. Nothing cancels it and nothing signals the mismatch, which is why that calculation is a trap and this one is not. The general principle is that consistency suffices where a unit cancels and conversion is required where it does not. Volume cancels between the two sides in the dilution equation but sets the unit of the answer in the molarity definition

Lesson 9.5 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-5

Solubility curves, and why gases behave the opposite way

How much of a substance will dissolve depends on temperature, and the direction of that dependence differs between solids and gases. Solids mostly become more soluble as temperature rises; gases always become less soluble. That second fact governs the oxygen available to fish in a warming river.

The key ideas
  1. Solubility is the maximum mass that dissolves in a given quantity of solvent at a given temperature, usually quoted as grams per 100 g of water.
  2. A saturated solution holds the maximum; an unsaturated one holds less; a supersaturated one holds more than the maximum and is unstable.
  3. A solubility curve plots solubility against temperature. A point on the line is saturated, below it unsaturated, above it supersaturated.
  4. Most ionic solids become more soluble as temperature rises, though the steepness varies enormously. Potassium nitrate rises steeply; sodium chloride is nearly flat.
  5. Gases always become less soluble as temperature rises, because the dissolved molecules gain enough kinetic energy to escape the liquid.
  6. Gas solubility increases with pressure, which is why a carbonated drink fizzes when opened and the pressure above it drops.
  7. Cooling a saturated solution forces crystals out, and the mass recovered is the difference between the solubilities at the two temperatures.

Where students lose marks: assuming gases follow the same temperature trend as solids. They do not, and the reversal is the point of the lesson.

Worked example

Part one. Use the solubility data below to find the mass of crystals recovered when a solution saturated at 60 degrees Celsius with 100 g of water is cooled to 20 degrees, first for potassium nitrate and then for sodium chloride.

SubstanceSolubility at 20 °CSolubility at 60 °C
Potassium nitrate32 g / 100 g water110 g / 100 g water
Sodium chloride36 g / 100 g water37 g / 100 g water

Step one: interpret "saturated at 60 degrees". The solution holds the maximum possible at that temperature, so it contains 110 g of potassium nitrate dissolved in the 100 g of water.

Step two: interpret the cooling. At 20 degrees the same 100 g of water can hold only 32 g. The solution cannot retain the rest, so the excess comes out of solution as crystals.

Step three: subtract. \( 110 - 32 = \) 78 g of potassium nitrate crystals. The remaining 32 g stays dissolved in a solution that is now saturated at 20 degrees.

Step four: repeat for sodium chloride. \( 37 - 36 = \) 1 g of crystals, almost nothing.

Step five: draw the practical consequence. Potassium nitrate can be purified by dissolving it hot and cooling, a technique called recrystallization, because most of it comes out while impurities stay dissolved. Sodium chloride cannot be purified this way, because cooling recovers almost none of it, which is why salt is obtained by evaporation instead.

Part two. Explain why gas solubility falls with temperature, and why this matters for a river receiving warm water from a power station.

Step six: explain the reversal. A dissolved gas molecule is held in the liquid by attractions to the solvent. Raising the temperature gives it more kinetic energy, so more molecules have enough to break free of those attractions and escape into the space above. Nothing about the liquid's capacity to hold the gas increases with temperature, unlike the solid case where more vigorous solvent motion helps break up the lattice.

Step seven: apply it to the river. Warm water discharged into a river raises its temperature, so the water can hold less dissolved oxygen. Fish and invertebrates depend on that dissolved oxygen, so the available supply falls at exactly the moment their metabolic demand rises, since warmer animals respire faster. The effect is called thermal pollution and it can kill fish without any chemical having been released at all.

Step eight: connect to the wider system. The same relationship operates on the ocean. A warming ocean holds less dissolved oxygen and also less dissolved carbon dioxide, which means its capacity to absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere declines as it warms. Lesson 11.8 takes up what the carbon dioxide that does dissolve goes on to do.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define a saturated solution.
    Show the full solution

    One holding the maximum solute that will dissolve at that temperature

  2. What happens to the solubility of most solids as temperature rises?
    Show the full solution

    It increases

  3. What happens to the solubility of gases as temperature rises?
    Show the full solution

    It decreases

  4. What effect does increasing pressure have on gas solubility?
    Show the full solution

    It increases it

  5. A point plotted above a solubility curve represents what kind of solution?
    Show the full solution

    Supersaturated, and therefore unstable

  6. Explain why a carbonated drink fizzes when opened and goes flat when left out.
    Show the full solution

    The drink is bottled under a carbon dioxide pressure well above atmospheric, and gas solubility rises with pressure, so a large quantity dissolves. Opening the bottle drops the pressure above the liquid to atmospheric almost instantly, so the solubility falls sharply and the liquid now holds far more carbon dioxide than it can retain. The excess comes out of solution as bubbles, which is the fizz. Leaving the drink open lets the process continue more slowly, because carbon dioxide keeps escaping into the room and never builds up a pressure above the liquid, so dissolved gas continues to leave until almost none remains and the drink is flat. Warming the drink accelerates both stages, since gas solubility also falls with temperature. Opening drops the pressure so solubility falls and gas escapes; it continues until nearly all has left

  7. Explain why potassium nitrate can be purified by recrystallization but sodium chloride cannot.
    Show the full solution

    Recrystallization works by dissolving the impure solid in hot solvent and cooling, so that the substance itself crystallizes out while the impurities, present in much smaller quantities, remain below their own saturation and stay dissolved. The method therefore depends on a large difference in solubility between the hot and cold temperatures. Potassium nitrate has a steep solubility curve, from 110 g per 100 g of water at 60 degrees down to 32 g at 20 degrees, so cooling recovers 78 g of every 110 g dissolved, about seventy percent, in purified form. Sodium chloride's curve is nearly flat, 37 g against 36 g across the same range, so cooling recovers about 1 g in 37 and the method is useless. Sodium chloride is therefore obtained by evaporating the water instead, which recovers all of it but also deposits the impurities. Recrystallization needs a steep solubility curve; sodium chloride's is nearly flat so cooling recovers almost nothing

  8. Explain why warm water discharged into a river can kill fish without any pollutant being released.
    Show the full solution

    Because it attacks the oxygen supply from two directions at once. Gas solubility falls as temperature rises, so warmer river water simply cannot hold as much dissolved oxygen, and the concentration available to aquatic organisms drops. At the same time fish are ectothermic, meaning their body temperature follows the water's, so warming raises their metabolic rate and therefore their oxygen demand. Supply falls while demand rises, and the gap can be enough to cause death by suffocation even though the water is chemically unchanged in every other respect. Warmer water also accelerates bacterial decomposition of any organic matter present, which consumes still more oxygen, so the effect compounds. This is why thermal discharges are regulated as a form of pollution. Warmer water holds less dissolved oxygen while raising the fish's metabolic demand, so supply falls as demand rises

  9. Explain how a supersaturated solution can exist and why it crystallizes suddenly when disturbed.
    Show the full solution

    A supersaturated solution holds more solute than its solubility permits, which is possible because crystallization requires a starting point. Crystals grow on a nucleus, which may be a dust particle, a scratch on the glass or a small existing crystal, and in a solution that has been cooled slowly in a clean smooth container no such nucleus is present. The dissolved particles have no site on which to assemble into an ordered lattice, so they remain in solution in an unstable condition, holding more than they should. Introducing a seed crystal or scratching the glass provides the missing nucleus, and crystallization then proceeds extremely rapidly because every excess particle has somewhere to go, releasing the energy of crystallization as it does so. Reusable hand warmers work exactly this way, using a supersaturated sodium acetate solution triggered by a metal clicker. No nucleus is available for crystals to grow on; supplying one lets the excess solute deposit all at once

  10. Explain why solids and gases respond oppositely to temperature, in terms of what has to happen for each to dissolve.
    Show the full solution

    The two cases differ in which step is the obstacle. Dissolving a solid requires its lattice to be broken apart, which costs energy, and raising the temperature supplies more thermal energy and makes that separation easier, so solubility generally rises. A gas has no lattice to break: its particles are already separate and widely spaced, so nothing about dissolving it requires an energy input for separation. What holds a dissolved gas molecule in the liquid is its attraction to the solvent, and the only relevant effect of raising the temperature is to give it more kinetic energy with which to escape. Heating therefore helps a solid dissolve and helps a gas leave. Stated generally, dissolving a gas is an exothermic process overall while dissolving most solids is endothermic, and heating opposes an exothermic process, which is the principle lesson 10.6 develops as Le Chatelier's. Heating helps break a solid's lattice but only helps a dissolved gas escape, since a gas has no lattice to break

Lesson 9.6 · Unit 9 · HS-PS1-7, HS-ESS3-6

Parts per million, and reading an environmental dataset correctly

Environmental measurements are reported in units chosen so the numbers are legible, and that choice is itself informative: a contaminant regulated in parts per billion is one that matters at concentrations a thousand times smaller than one regulated in parts per million. Converting between these units, and knowing what they are fractions of, is the last piece of the concentration toolkit.

The key ideas
  1. Parts per million means parts per \( 10^{6} \), and parts per billion means parts per \( 10^{9} \). Both are fractions, like percent, with different denominators.
  2. For dilute aqueous solutions, 1 ppm equals 1 mg/L, because one liter of water has a mass of about 1000 g, which is \( 10^{6} \) mg.
  3. That equivalence is a convenience of water's density and does not hold for other solvents or for gases.
  4. For gases, ppm is usually by volume, which for a gas is also by moles, since Avogadro's law makes the two proportional.
  5. Converting between the fraction units: percent to ppm multiply by \( 10^{4} \); ppm to ppb multiply by 1000.
  6. Always state what the fraction is of. Parts per million by mass, by volume and by moles are different quantities and a dataset should say which.
  7. Regulatory limits are federal data and can be quoted. The EPA action level for lead in drinking water is 15 ppb.

Where students lose marks: treating 1 ppm as 1 mg/L for a gas or for a non-aqueous solution. The equivalence depends on the solvent having a density of about 1 g/mL, which is true of dilute water solutions and nothing else.

Worked example

Part one. A water sample of mass 1.00 kg contains 0.005 g of dissolved lead. Express the concentration in ppm, in ppb and in mg/L, and compare with the EPA action level of 15 ppb.

Step one: express as a plain fraction by mass. \( \frac{0.005 \text{ g}}{1000 \text{ g}} = 5 \times 10^{-6} \).

Step two: convert to ppm. Parts per million means multiplying the fraction by \( 10^{6} \): \( 5 \times 10^{-6} \times 10^{6} = \) 5 ppm.

Step three: convert to ppb. Multiply the ppm value by 1000, giving 5000 ppb.

Step four: express in mg/L using the shortcut. For a dilute aqueous solution 1 ppm is 1 mg/L, so this is 5 mg/L. Checking directly: 0.005 g is 5 mg, and 1.00 kg of water is about 1.00 L, so 5 mg/L. The shortcut and the direct calculation agree, as they must.

Step five: compare with the standard and state the conclusion. The EPA action level for lead is 15 ppb. This sample is at 5000 ppb, which is over three hundred times the action level. The comparison is only possible once both figures are in the same unit, and mixing 5 ppm against 15 ppb would suggest the sample was below the limit, which is the error the conversion exists to prevent.

Part two. Atmospheric carbon dioxide is about 421 ppm by volume. Express this as a percentage and comment on the unit choice.

Step six: convert. Percent is parts per \( 10^{2} \) and ppm is parts per \( 10^{6} \), so divide by \( 10^{4} \): \( 421 \div 10^{4} = \) 0.0421 percent.

Step seven: explain the unit choice. Expressed as a percentage, the rise from a pre-industrial value of about 280 ppm to 421 ppm is a change from 0.028 to 0.042 percent, which reads as negligible and needs three decimal places to state. In parts per million the same change is from 280 to 421, a rise of 141 in a quantity of a few hundred, which is immediately legible as an increase of about fifty percent. A unit should place the variation of interest in the ones or tens place.

Step eight: note what "by volume" is doing. For a gas mixture, a fraction by volume is also a fraction by moles, because Avogadro's law makes volume proportional to particle count at fixed temperature and pressure. So 421 ppm by volume means 421 carbon dioxide molecules per million molecules of air, which is the figure that matters for infrared absorption in lesson 7.7. By mass it would be a different number, since carbon dioxide is heavier than the average air molecule, which is why the basis has to be stated.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What does ppm mean as a fraction?
    Show the full solution

    Parts per \( 10^{6} \)

  2. For a dilute aqueous solution, 1 ppm equals what concentration in mg/L?
    Show the full solution

    1 mg/L

  3. Convert 2.5 ppm to ppb.
    Show the full solution

    Multiply by 1000. 2500 ppb

  4. Convert 0.0050 percent to ppm.
    Show the full solution

    Multiply by \( 10^{4} \). 50 ppm

  5. Find the mass of solute in 500.0 mL of a 2.5 ppm aqueous solution.
    Show the full solution

    2.5 ppm is 2.5 mg/L, and 500.0 mL is 0.5000 L. 1.25 mg

  6. Explain why 1 ppm equals 1 mg/L for water but not for other solvents.
    Show the full solution

    The equivalence depends entirely on water's density being close to 1.00 g/mL. One liter of dilute aqueous solution therefore has a mass of about 1000 g, which is \( 10^{6} \) milligrams, so one milligram of solute in that liter is one part in \( 10^{6} \) by mass, which is one ppm. For a solvent of different density the arithmetic changes: one liter of hexane has a mass of about 655 g, so 1 mg in a liter is one part in 655 000, or about 1.5 ppm. The shortcut is a convenience of the particular solvent rather than a definition, and it also requires the solution to be dilute enough that the solute does not appreciably change the density. Quoting mg/L avoids the issue entirely, which is why regulatory limits are often given that way. It relies on water's density of 1 g/mL making a liter weigh \( 10^{6} \) mg; other solvents have different densities

  7. A sample is reported as 0.8 ppm and a limit as 900 ppb. Determine whether the sample exceeds the limit.
    Show the full solution

    The two figures are in different units, so they cannot be compared until one is converted, and comparing 0.8 against 900 without converting would suggest the sample is far below the limit. Convert the sample to ppb by multiplying by 1000: \( 0.8 \text{ ppm} = 800 \text{ ppb} \). Now the comparison is legitimate, and 800 ppb is below the limit of 900 ppb, so the sample passes, though only by about eleven percent. Alternatively convert the limit to ppm, giving 0.9 ppm against the sample's 0.8 ppm, which reaches the same conclusion. Either direction works; what is not optional is converting before comparing. 0.8 ppm is 800 ppb, which is below the 900 ppb limit

  8. Explain what the choice of unit in a regulation tells you about the substance.
    Show the full solution

    Units are chosen so that the values of interest are legible, so the unit encodes the scale at which the substance matters. A contaminant regulated in parts per million becomes a concern at concentrations around one in a million, while one regulated in parts per billion is a concern at concentrations a thousand times smaller, which indicates far greater toxicity or a much lower threshold for harm. Lead's action level of 15 ppb, against limits for substances like chloride that are quoted in hundreds of ppm, records a difference of roughly four orders of magnitude in how dangerous the two are per unit mass. The unit therefore carries information beyond arithmetic convenience, which is also why a report that mixes units without saying so is genuinely misleading rather than merely untidy. It reflects the concentration at which the substance matters, so ppb indicates roughly a thousandfold greater potency than ppm

  9. Explain why atmospheric carbon dioxide is reported by volume rather than by mass, and what difference it makes.
    Show the full solution

    Because the quantity that matters physically is the number of molecules, and for a gas a fraction by volume is the same as a fraction by moles, since Avogadro's law makes volume proportional to particle count at fixed temperature and pressure. Infrared absorption in lesson 7.7 depends on how many absorbing molecules the radiation encounters, not on their combined mass, so 421 ppm by volume states directly that 421 molecules in every million are carbon dioxide. A mass fraction would be a larger number for the same air, because a carbon dioxide molecule at 44 g/mol is heavier than the average air molecule at about 29 g/mol, so the same molecular fraction corresponds to a mass fraction of roughly 640 parts per million. The two figures describe the same air, and reporting one as though it were the other would overstate or understate the absorbing molecules by about fifty percent. Volume fraction equals mole fraction for gases, which is what absorption depends on; by mass the same air would read about 640 ppm

  10. Explain how you would prepare 1.00 L of a 5.00 ppm standard solution from a 1000 ppm stock, and why the method matters.
    Show the full solution

    The dilution equation of lesson 9.4 applies with concentrations in ppm, since the units cancel between the two sides: \( V_1 = \frac{C_2V_2}{C_1} = \frac{5.00 \times 1000}{1000} = 5.00 \) mL of stock, made up to 1.00 L. In practice that means pipetting 5.00 mL of the stock into a 1.00 L volumetric flask and adding water to the mark. The method matters because measuring 5.00 mL accurately requires a volumetric pipette rather than a measuring cylinder, and because any error in that small volume translates directly into the standard's concentration. For much larger dilution factors a single step would require an impractically small volume, so serial dilution is used instead: preparing a 10.0 ppm intermediate first and then diluting that. Standards prepared this way are what instruments are calibrated against, so their accuracy limits every subsequent measurement. Dilute 5.00 mL of stock to 1.00 L with a volumetric pipette and flask; for larger factors use serial dilution

Unit 9 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 9 review: Solutions and Concentration

Molarity requires liters. Dilution allows any consistent unit, and returns the final volume rather than the water added.

  1. Find the molarity of 0.400 mol of solute made up to 800.0 mL.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{0.400}{0.8000} \). 0.500 M

  2. Find the moles in 500.0 mL of 0.200 M solution.
    Show the full solution

    \( n = MV = 0.200 \times 0.5000 \). 0.100 mol

  3. Will hexane dissolve appreciably in water? Explain in one sentence.
    Show the full solution

    No; hexane is nonpolar and cannot replace the hydrogen bonds between water molecules

  4. For a dilute aqueous solution, what concentration in mg/L does 1 ppm correspond to?
    Show the full solution

    1 mg/L

  5. What happens to the solubility of a gas as temperature rises?
    Show the full solution

    It decreases

  6. How much water must be added to 20.0 mL of 5.00 M solution to make it 1.00 M?
    Show the full solution

    Find the final volume first: \( V_2 = \frac{M_1V_1}{M_2} = \frac{5.00 \times 20.0}{1.00} = 100 \) mL. The concentration fell by a factor of five so the volume rose by five, which checks. The question asks for water added, not final volume, so subtract: \( 100 - 20.0 = 80.0 \) mL. Answering 100 mL would be the right calculation to the wrong question. 80.0 mL of water

  7. Find the mass of sodium chloride needed to prepare 1.00 L of 0.500 M solution, and describe the procedure.
    Show the full solution

    Moles required: \( n = MV = 0.500 \times 1.00 = 0.500 \) mol. Sodium chloride is 58.44 g/mol, so the mass is \( 0.500 \times 58.44 = 29.2 \) g. Weigh it, transfer it to a 1.00 L volumetric flask rinsing the weighing vessel in, dissolve it in part of the water, then add water up to the graduation mark and invert to mix. Adding 1.00 L of water to the solid would give more than a liter of solution and the wrong concentration. 29.2 g, made up to the mark after dissolving

  8. Convert 0.0025 percent to parts per million.
    Show the full solution

    Percent is parts per \( 10^{2} \) and ppm is parts per \( 10^{6} \), so multiply by \( 10^{4} \): \( 0.0025 \times 10^{4} = 25 \) ppm. The unit choice matters because variation that is invisible at three decimal places as a percentage is legible in the tens as parts per million, which is why atmospheric and water-quality data are reported that way. 25 ppm

  9. A saturated solution of potassium nitrate in 100 g of water at 60 degrees Celsius holds 110 g. At 20 degrees the solubility is 32 g. Find the mass of crystals recovered on cooling and explain why sodium chloride cannot be purified this way.
    Show the full solution

    The water can hold only 32 g at 20 degrees, so the excess comes out: \( 110 - 32 = 78 \) g of crystals, about seventy percent of what was dissolved. The method depends on a steep solubility curve. Sodium chloride's curve is nearly flat, 36 g at 20 degrees against 37 g at 60, so cooling recovers about 1 g in 37 and recrystallization is useless; it is obtained by evaporation instead. 78 g; sodium chloride's solubility barely changes with temperature

  10. Explain why a salt solution conducts electricity while a sugar solution does not, although both are clear and colorless.
    Show the full solution

    Conduction requires mobile charged particles. Sodium chloride is ionic, so dissolving separates the lattice into free hydrated Na+ and Cl- ions that move independently and carry charge. Sugar is molecular, held together by covalent bonds, and dissolving merely disperses intact neutral molecules, so no charges are separated and nothing can carry current. Both look identical because the dissolved particles are far too small to scatter light, which is why the conductivity test is the one that discriminates. Salt produces free ions and sugar dissolves as neutral molecules

Lesson 10.1 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-5

Reaction rate, and how it is actually measured

Whether a reaction releases energy and whether it happens quickly are independent questions. Unit 7 answered the first; this unit answers the second. The starting point is defining rate precisely enough to measure, which turns out to mean choosing something that changes and watching how fast it changes.

The key ideas
  1. Reaction rate is the change in concentration per unit time, usually in mol/(L·s), which is M/s.
  2. It can be defined by a reactant disappearing or a product appearing, and either is acceptable provided the answer says which.
  3. Rate is measured by tracking any property that changes, such as gas volume, mass, color, pH or conductivity. The choice is practical.
  4. The rate is not constant during a reaction. It is usually fastest at the start, when reactant concentrations are highest, and falls as they are consumed.
  5. On a graph of concentration against time, the rate is the gradient, so a steeper curve means a faster reaction.
  6. The average rate over an interval is the total change divided by the total time; the instantaneous rate is the gradient of the tangent at a point.
  7. Thermodynamics and kinetics are separate. A reaction can release a great deal of energy and still be immeasurably slow, which is why diamond does not spontaneously become graphite.

Where students lose marks: reporting a rate without units or without saying what was measured. "The rate was 0.015" says nothing; "the rate of loss of hydrochloric acid was 0.015 mol/(L·s)" is an answer.

Worked example

The problem. Marble chips react with hydrochloric acid, producing carbon dioxide. Design a way to measure the rate, then calculate the average rate from the data below.

Time (s)010203040
[HCl] (mol/L)0.800.500.330.250.20

The figures are constructed so the arithmetic is checkable.

Step one: choose what to measure. Something must change measurably. Here a gas is produced, so three options exist: collect the carbon dioxide in a syringe and record its volume, place the flask on a balance and record the mass lost as gas escapes, or sample the solution and titrate it for acid. The first two are continuous and easy; the third is laborious.

Step two: pick one and note its limitation. Gas collection is the usual choice. Its limitation is that carbon dioxide is appreciably soluble in water, so collecting over water understates the volume in the early stages, and a gas syringe avoids that.

Step three: calculate the average rate over the whole interval. The acid concentration fell from 0.80 to 0.20 mol/L in 40 s.

\[ \text{average rate} = \frac{0.80 - 0.20}{40} = \frac{0.60}{40} = 0.015 \text{ mol/(L·s)} \]

Step four: state it properly. The average rate of consumption of hydrochloric acid over the first 40 seconds was 0.015 mol/(L·s). Naming the substance and the interval is part of the answer, because the rate differs for other substances and other intervals.

Step five: show that the rate is not constant. Over the first 10 seconds the concentration fell by 0.30, giving a rate of 0.030 mol/(L·s). Over the last 10 seconds it fell by only 0.05, giving 0.005 mol/(L·s). The reaction is six times slower at the end than at the beginning.

Step six: explain the slowing. As acid is consumed its concentration falls, so collisions between acid particles and the marble surface become less frequent, which lesson 10.3 develops. The marble is also being consumed, reducing the surface area available.

Step seven: relate to the graph. Plotting concentration against time gives a curve that is steep at the start and flattens toward the end. The gradient at any point is the instantaneous rate, and the flattening is the slowing made visible. A straight line would mean a constant rate, which is unusual.

Step eight: separate rate from energy. Nothing in this calculation says anything about whether the reaction is exothermic, and nothing about its enthalpy change would predict these numbers. The conversion of diamond to graphite is thermodynamically favorable and proceeds so slowly as to be unobservable, which is the clearest demonstration that the two questions are independent.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define reaction rate and give its usual units.
    Show the full solution

    Change in concentration per unit time, in mol/(L·s)

  2. Name three properties that could be tracked to follow a reaction.
    Show the full solution

    Gas volume, mass, color, pH or conductivity (any three)

  3. When is a reaction usually fastest?
    Show the full solution

    At the start, when reactant concentrations are highest

  4. A concentration falls from 0.50 M to 0.35 M in 30 s. Find the average rate.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{0.15}{30} \). 0.0050 mol/(L·s)

  5. What does the gradient of a concentration-time graph represent?
    Show the full solution

    The instantaneous rate of reaction

  6. Explain why the rate of a reaction falls as it proceeds.
    Show the full solution

    Because the reactants are being used up, so their concentrations fall. A reaction occurs when reactant particles collide with sufficient energy, and the frequency of those collisions depends on how many reactant particles are present per unit volume. As the reaction consumes them there are fewer particles in the same space, collisions between them become less frequent, and the rate drops accordingly. Where a solid reactant is involved the effect is compounded, because the solid is being eaten away and its exposed surface area shrinks. The consequence is that a concentration-time graph curves rather than running straight, steep at the start and flattening toward the end as the reaction approaches completion. Falling reactant concentration means fewer collisions per second, and a consumed solid also loses surface area

  7. Explain why a rate must state which substance was measured.
    Show the full solution

    Because different substances in the same reaction change at different rates, in the ratio of their coefficients. In \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightarrow 2\text{NH}_3 \), hydrogen is consumed three times as fast as nitrogen and ammonia is produced twice as fast as nitrogen is consumed, so three different numerical rates describe the same reaction perfectly correctly. Reporting a bare number therefore leaves the reader unable to reproduce or compare the result, and comparing two experiments that happened to measure different substances would give a meaningless ratio. The convention is either to name the substance explicitly or to divide each rate by the corresponding coefficient, which produces a single rate for the reaction as a whole. Substances change at rates in the ratio of their coefficients, so the number is ambiguous without naming one

  8. Diamond converting to graphite releases energy, yet diamonds do not change. Explain what this shows.
    Show the full solution

    It shows that the energy change of a reaction and its rate are separate properties determined by different things. Graphite is slightly lower in energy than diamond, so the conversion is energetically favorable and would release a small amount of energy if it occurred. Whether it occurs at a measurable speed depends instead on the height of the energy barrier between the two, and converting diamond to graphite requires breaking and rearranging an enormous number of strong covalent carbon bonds in a rigid three-dimensional network. That barrier is so high that at room temperature essentially no carbon atoms have enough energy to surmount it, and the conversion proceeds at a rate that would take vastly longer than the age of the universe to notice. Diamonds are therefore not stable in the strict sense; they are simply unable to change. Energy released and reaction rate are independent; the barrier can be high enough to prevent a favorable change entirely

  9. Explain why collecting carbon dioxide over water understates the early rate, and what to use instead.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon dioxide is appreciably soluble in water, unlike hydrogen or oxygen, so some of the gas produced dissolves into the water it is being collected over rather than appearing in the measuring vessel. The effect is largest at the start, when the water is not yet saturated with carbon dioxide and absorbs it readily, so the measured volume in the early seconds is lower than the volume actually produced and the calculated initial rate is too low. As the water approaches saturation the loss diminishes, so the error changes through the experiment rather than being a constant offset, which distorts the shape of the curve as well as its values. Using a gas syringe avoids water entirely and collects everything produced, which is why it is the standard apparatus for reactions generating soluble gases. Some carbon dioxide dissolves, most in the early stages; use a gas syringe instead of collection over water

  10. A student reports "the rate was 0.015". Explain what is missing and why each omission matters.
    Show the full solution

    Three things are missing. There are no units, so the number could be moles per liter per second, grams per minute or centimeters cubed per second, differing by many orders of magnitude, and a reader cannot reproduce or compare it. The substance is not named, so it is unclear whether the figure refers to a reactant disappearing or a product appearing, and those differ by the ratio of the coefficients. The interval is not stated, and since the rate changes throughout a reaction, an average over the first ten seconds and an average over the whole run are different quantities. A complete report would read: the average rate of consumption of hydrochloric acid over the first 40 seconds was 0.015 mol/(L·s). Each omission makes the figure less usable, and together they make it useless. Units, the substance measured and the time interval; without all three the number cannot be reproduced or compared

Lesson 10.2 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-5

Collision theory, and why most collisions achieve nothing

Particles in a liquid or gas collide billions of times a second, and if every collision produced a reaction, every reaction would be over instantly. Almost none do. Collision theory states the two conditions a collision must satisfy, and every factor that changes a rate does so by changing one of them.

The key ideas
  1. A reaction requires particles to collide. Particles that never meet cannot react, which is why reactions are faster in solution or gas than between solids.
  2. Condition one: sufficient energy. The colliding particles must together have at least the activation energy, enough to begin breaking the existing bonds.
  3. Condition two: correct orientation. The particles must be aligned so that the parts that need to interact actually meet.
  4. A collision meeting both conditions is called successful, and only successful collisions produce product.
  5. Activation energy is the barrier from lesson 7.5, measured from the reactants up to the peak of the energy diagram.
  6. At any temperature the particles have a range of energies, not a single value, and only the fraction above the activation energy can react.
  7. Rate depends on the frequency of successful collisions, which is the total collision frequency multiplied by the fraction that succeed.

Where students lose marks: giving only the energy condition. Orientation is the second requirement and it is why large complicated molecules react more slowly than small ones even when energies are comparable.

Worked example

The problem. Estimate how rare a successful collision is, and explain what each of the two conditions contributes, using the reaction of a hydroxide ion with a large organic molecule at a specific site.

Step one: establish the collision frequency. In a liquid a given particle undergoes of the order of \( 10^{12} \) collisions per second. If every collision reacted, a mole of reactant would be consumed in a small fraction of a second and no reaction would ever be observably slow.

Step two: observe that reactions are not like that. Many reactions take minutes or hours at room temperature. The gap between the collision frequency and the observed rate is many orders of magnitude, and collision theory has to account for it.

Step three: apply the energy condition. At a given temperature the particles have a wide distribution of energies. Most are near the average, a few are very slow and a few are very fast. Only those whose combined collision energy reaches the activation energy can begin to break bonds, and for a typical activation energy that fraction is very small, often a tiny fraction of one percent.

Step four: state what a collision below that energy does. It is an elastic bounce. The particles approach, repel and separate unchanged, with no bonds broken and no chemistry. Nothing partial happens, which is why increasing the number of low-energy collisions does not help.

Step five: apply the orientation condition. Even a sufficiently energetic collision fails if the particles are wrongly aligned. A hydroxide ion striking the far end of a large organic molecule, away from the reactive site, cannot react however fast it was moving, because the bonds that need to break are not where the energy was delivered.

Step six: estimate the combined effect. Suppose one collision in \( 10^{6} \) has enough energy and one in \( 10^{2} \) of those is correctly oriented. Then successful collisions occur about once in \( 10^{8} \), so of the \( 10^{12} \) collisions per second only about \( 10^{4} \) achieve anything. The reaction proceeds at a measurable rather than an instantaneous speed.

Step seven: identify which condition dominates where. For small simple particles such as two atoms, almost any approach is a valid orientation, so the energy condition dominates. For large molecules with one reactive site among many atoms, the orientation requirement becomes severe and can slow a reaction by several orders of magnitude on its own, which is why enzymes, which hold molecules in the correct alignment, are such effective catalysts.

Step eight: state the general principle for the rest of the unit. Any change that raises the rate must increase either the total collision frequency or the fraction of collisions that succeed. Lesson 10.3 takes the factors one at a time, and the useful question for each is which of those two it changes.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State the two conditions for a successful collision.
    Show the full solution

    Sufficient energy, and correct orientation

  2. Define activation energy.
    Show the full solution

    The minimum energy colliding particles must have for a reaction to occur

  3. What happens in a collision with insufficient energy?
    Show the full solution

    The particles bounce apart unchanged; no bonds break

  4. Do all particles at a given temperature have the same energy?
    Show the full solution

    No; they have a range of energies around an average

  5. What two quantities multiply to give the rate?
    Show the full solution

    The total collision frequency and the fraction of collisions that are successful

  6. Explain why the orientation condition matters more for large molecules than for small ones.
    Show the full solution

    Because the fraction of approaches that count as correctly aligned falls as the molecule grows. Two atoms colliding have no orientation requirement worth speaking of, since a sphere looks the same from every direction and any approach delivers the energy where it is needed. A large organic molecule may have dozens of atoms with only one reactive site, so a collision arriving anywhere else deposits its energy in the wrong part of the molecule and achieves nothing, however energetic it was. The proportion of successful approaches can fall by several orders of magnitude for this reason alone, independently of any change in energy. It is also why enzymes are such effective catalysts: they bind their substrate in a fixed alignment, so that the orientation requirement is satisfied before the reacting species meet. A large molecule has one reactive site among many atoms, so most approaches deliver energy to the wrong place

  7. Explain why a collision below the activation energy achieves nothing at all, rather than achieving something partial.
    Show the full solution

    Because reaching the products requires passing over an energy barrier, and a system that does not reach the top of the barrier simply returns to where it started. Partway up the barrier the existing bonds are stretched and distorted but not broken, and that arrangement is higher in energy and therefore unstable, so it relaxes back to the original molecules as soon as the particles separate. There is no intermediate product to accumulate. The consequence for kinetics is that low-energy collisions contribute nothing whatever to the rate, so increasing their number changes nothing, and any factor that raises the rate must either supply more energy or otherwise increase the fraction of collisions that clear the barrier. This is exactly why lowering the barrier with a catalyst is so effective, as lesson 10.4 shows. Without clearing the barrier the distorted arrangement relaxes back unchanged, so no partial product accumulates

  8. Explain why solid reactants generally react more slowly than solutions of the same substances.
    Show the full solution

    Because collisions can only occur where the reactants can actually meet, and in two solids that is only at the small area of contact between the surfaces. The great majority of particles in each solid are buried in the interior, held in fixed lattice positions with no access to the other reactant at all, so they cannot participate. In solution the lattices have been broken up and the particles are dispersed throughout the liquid and free to move, so every particle of one reactant can encounter particles of the other, and the collision frequency is enormously higher. This is why so many laboratory reactions specify aqueous solutions, why grinding two solids together speeds a reaction a little by increasing contact area, and why melting them speeds it a great deal by mobilizing every particle. In solids only the surface particles can meet; dissolving frees every particle to collide

  9. A reaction has an activation energy so low that almost every collision has enough energy. Predict what limits its rate.
    Show the full solution

    If the energy condition is satisfied by nearly every collision, it can no longer be the bottleneck, so the rate is limited by how often the particles meet at all and by whether they are correctly oriented when they do. For small simple particles the orientation requirement is also weak, so the limit becomes the collision frequency itself, which in solution is set by how fast the particles can diffuse through the solvent to find each other. Such reactions are called diffusion-controlled and they are about as fast as chemistry in solution can be. A practical consequence is that raising the temperature barely speeds them up, since the fraction clearing the barrier was already near one and only the modest increase in movement remains, which is a useful diagnostic: a reaction insensitive to temperature probably has a very low barrier. The collision frequency itself, set by diffusion; such reactions are barely sped up by heating

  10. Explain why particles collide billions of times a second yet reactions can take hours.
    Show the full solution

    Because the fraction of collisions that succeed can be extraordinarily small, and the rate is the product of the two quantities rather than the frequency alone. A particle in solution undergoes of the order of \( 10^{12} \) collisions per second, but if only one collision in a million carries enough energy to clear the activation barrier and only one in a hundred of those is correctly oriented, then successful collisions occur roughly once in \( 10^{8} \), leaving about \( 10^{4} \) productive events per second per particle. Since a mole contains \( 6 \times 10^{23} \) particles and a substantial fraction of them must react for the change to be complete, a reaction with a high barrier can easily take hours. The enormous collision frequency and the enormous rarity of success very nearly cancel, and what is left over is the observable rate. The success fraction can be one in \( 10^{8} \) or smaller, so an enormous collision frequency still leaves a slow reaction

Lesson 10.3 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-5

Temperature, concentration and surface area, and which condition each changes

Three factors raise the rate of a reaction, and a complete answer about any of them names which of the two collision conditions it affects. Temperature is the interesting one, because it does something the other two do not and that is why it has a far larger effect than its size suggests.

The key ideas
  1. Higher concentration means more particles per unit volume, so collisions are more frequent. The fraction that succeed is unchanged.
  2. For gases, higher pressure does the same thing as higher concentration, since compressing a gas packs the particles closer together.
  3. Greater surface area exposes more particles of a solid, so more of them can be collided with. Again the success fraction is unchanged.
  4. Higher temperature does two things at once: particles move faster so collisions are more frequent, and more particles exceed the activation energy so a larger fraction succeed.
  5. The second effect is much the larger. A modest temperature rise increases the collision frequency slightly but can multiply the fraction with sufficient energy several times over.
  6. A rough guide is that a ten degree rise roughly doubles many rates, which the small change in collision frequency alone could never produce.
  7. Stirring and dissolving increase contact rather than changing either condition directly, by bringing reactants into regions where they can meet.

Where students lose marks: explaining the temperature effect only as "the particles move faster". That accounts for the small part of the change. The large part is that a greater fraction of collisions now exceed the activation energy.

Worked example

Part one. Take each factor in turn and state which collision condition it changes.

Step one: concentration. Doubling the concentration of a reactant puts twice as many of its particles in the same volume. Each particle of the other reactant therefore encounters them twice as often. The particles are moving no faster, so the energy distribution is unchanged and the same fraction of collisions succeed. Only the collision frequency changed.

Step two: surface area. Consider a cube of solid 1 cm on each side. Its surface area is \( 6 \times 1 = 6 \) cm2. Cut it into cubes 1 mm on a side and there are 1000 of them, each with a surface area of \( 6 \times 0.01 = 0.06 \) cm2, giving 60 cm2 in total.

Step three: state the result. The same mass of solid now presents ten times the surface area, so ten times as many of its particles are exposed and available to be collided with. The collision frequency rises accordingly. Nothing about the energy of those collisions has changed.

Step four: temperature, the first effect. Raising the temperature increases the average kinetic energy, so particles move faster and cover the distance between collisions more quickly. The collision frequency rises, but only modestly: average speed depends on the square root of absolute temperature, so a rise from 300 K to 310 K increases it by less than two percent.

Step five: temperature, the second effect. Particles have a distribution of energies, and only the fraction above the activation energy can react. That fraction sits in the high-energy tail of the distribution, and shifting the whole distribution slightly to the right moves a disproportionately large number of particles past the threshold, because the tail is steep.

Step six: compare the two effects. A ten degree rise increases the collision frequency by under two percent and can double or more the fraction of collisions with sufficient energy. The observed doubling of many reaction rates for a ten degree rise is therefore almost entirely the second effect, and an answer that names only the first has identified the negligible part.

Part two. Apply this to a practical case: why does flour stored in a sack burn slowly while flour dust suspended in air can explode?

Step seven: analyze the sack. Only the flour at the outer surface can meet oxygen, and that surface is a tiny fraction of the total mass. Combustion proceeds at the surface only, releasing energy slowly enough for it to dissipate, so the sack smolders.

Step eight: analyze the dust cloud. Dispersing the same flour as particles a few tens of micrometers across increases the exposed surface area by many orders of magnitude, and every particle is surrounded by oxygen. Essentially all the flour can react at once, and the energy released heats the surrounding particles, which react faster still. The result is a runaway reaction fast enough to generate a pressure wave, which is why grain elevators and flour mills are genuine explosion hazards.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Name three factors that increase reaction rate.
    Show the full solution

    Higher concentration, greater surface area, higher temperature (catalysts also)

  2. Which collision condition does concentration affect?
    Show the full solution

    Collision frequency only

  3. Which two effects does temperature have?
    Show the full solution

    More frequent collisions, and a greater fraction with sufficient energy

  4. Which of those two effects is larger?
    Show the full solution

    The greater fraction exceeding the activation energy

  5. For a gas, what has the same effect as increasing concentration?
    Show the full solution

    Increasing the pressure

  6. Explain why a ten degree temperature rise can double a rate when the particle speed rises by less than two percent.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two effects of temperature are of completely different sizes and the large one is not about speed. Average speed scales with the square root of absolute temperature, so going from 300 K to 310 K raises it by about 1.6 percent and the collision frequency by a similar amount, which could never double a rate. The decisive effect concerns the distribution of energies. At any temperature the particles have a spread of energies and only those in the high-energy tail, above the activation energy, can react. That tail falls away steeply, so shifting the whole distribution slightly toward higher energy moves a large proportional increase in particles past the threshold, often doubling or more the number that qualify. The rate follows that fraction, not the speed. The fraction of particles above the activation energy rises steeply because the high-energy tail is steep, while speed changes barely at all

  7. Explain why powdered magnesium reacts with acid far faster than a magnesium ribbon of the same mass.
    Show the full solution

    Because a reaction between a solid and a solution can only occur at the solid's surface, where acid particles can reach magnesium atoms, and the two forms present very different surface areas for the same mass. The ribbon is a continuous piece with most of its atoms buried in the interior, inaccessible to the acid, so only a thin outer layer can react at any moment. Powdering it divides the same mass into a vast number of small particles, each contributing its own surface, and the total exposed area is larger by orders of magnitude, as the cube calculation in the worked example illustrates. Far more magnesium atoms are therefore available to be collided with, the frequency of reactant collisions rises in proportion, and the reaction is correspondingly faster. The energy of each collision is entirely unchanged. Powder exposes far more atoms at the surface, raising collision frequency; collision energy is unaffected

  8. Explain why food is refrigerated rather than sealed, given that sealing excludes oxygen.
    Show the full solution

    Because spoilage is caused mainly by enzyme-catalyzed reactions within the food and by the metabolism of bacteria and fungi, and most of those processes do not require atmospheric oxygen. Sealing therefore slows some oxidation but leaves the principal spoilage pathways running. Refrigeration attacks all of them at once by lowering the temperature, which reduces the fraction of molecular collisions that reach the activation energy and so slows every chemical and biological reaction in the food simultaneously. It also slows microbial growth directly, since the organisms' own reactions are slowed. The two methods are complementary rather than alternatives, which is why vacuum-packed food is still refrigerated and why freezing, which slows reactions further and immobilizes water, preserves for longer still. Most spoilage reactions do not need oxygen; cooling slows every reaction by reducing the fraction of collisions above the activation energy

  9. Explain why increasing the pressure of a gas mixture speeds a reaction but increasing the pressure on a liquid mixture barely does.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two respond quite differently to being squeezed. A gas is mostly empty space, as lesson 8.1 established, so raising the pressure pushes the particles substantially closer together and increases the number per unit volume, which is exactly what raising the concentration does. Collisions become more frequent and the rate rises. A liquid's particles are already in contact, so there is almost no empty space to remove and even very large pressures compress it by a fraction of a percent. The number of particles per unit volume is therefore essentially unchanged, the collision frequency is essentially unchanged, and the rate barely moves. This is the same distinction that made gases share a single molar volume while liquids do not, and it is why pressure appears as a rate factor for gas reactions only. Gases compress substantially so concentration rises; liquids are already close packed and barely compress

  10. Explain why a flour mill is an explosion hazard, using both surface area and the temperature effect.
    Show the full solution

    Flour is a combustible solid, and in a sack only the outermost particles meet oxygen, so it burns slowly at the surface if ignited. Suspended as dust in air, the same mass is divided into particles tens of micrometers across, raising the total exposed surface area by many orders of magnitude, and every particle is completely surrounded by oxygen. Essentially all the flour is therefore available to react at once rather than only a thin outer layer. The temperature effect then makes the situation self reinforcing: the energy released by the first particles to ignite heats the surrounding air and dust, which raises the fraction of collisions exceeding the activation energy, which accelerates the reaction, which releases energy faster still. That positive feedback converts a fast reaction into a runaway one, and the rapid expansion of the heated gases produces the pressure wave that constitutes the explosion. Dispersion raises the surface area enormously, and the heat released raises the success fraction, which accelerates the reaction further

Lesson 10.4 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-5

Catalysts, which lower the barrier rather than supplying energy

A catalyst speeds a reaction without being consumed, which sounds like something for nothing until you see the mechanism. It does not push particles over the barrier; it provides a different route with a lower barrier, so that the particles already present can cross it. The distinction matters, because it explains everything a catalyst can and cannot do.

The key ideas
  1. A catalyst increases the rate of a reaction and is not consumed by it. It can be recovered unchanged at the end.
  2. It works by providing an alternative pathway with a lower activation energy, not by supplying energy to the reactants.
  3. A lower barrier means a larger fraction of collisions succeed, so the rate rises for the same temperature and concentrations.
  4. A catalyst does not change the enthalpy change. The reactants and products are unchanged, so \( \Delta H \) is unchanged, and the energy diagram differs only in the height of its peak.
  5. A catalyst speeds the forward and reverse reactions equally, so it reaches equilibrium sooner without altering where equilibrium lies, which lesson 10.6 returns to.
  6. Enzymes are biological catalysts, and their effectiveness comes partly from holding the reacting molecules in the correct orientation.
  7. A catalytic converter uses platinum, palladium and rhodium to convert carbon monoxide and unburnt hydrocarbons into carbon dioxide and water, and nitrogen oxides into nitrogen.

Where students lose marks: saying a catalyst "gives the particles more energy" or "lowers the energy needed". The particles are unchanged and so is the energy of the reactants; the catalyst offers a different route whose peak is lower.

Worked example

The problem. Draw the energy diagram for a catalyzed and uncatalyzed reaction in words, then explain what a catalytic converter does and why it needs to be warm.

Step one: draw the uncatalyzed diagram. Energy on the vertical axis, reaction progress on the horizontal. Reactants at one level, a peak, then products at a lower level for an exothermic reaction. The height from reactants to peak is the activation energy.

Step two: add the catalyzed curve. It starts at exactly the same reactant level and ends at exactly the same product level, because the catalyst changes neither substance. The only difference is that its peak is lower.

Step three: read off what is unchanged. Since the start and end levels are identical, the vertical distance between them is identical, so \( \Delta H \) is unchanged. A catalyst cannot make a reaction release more energy, and cannot turn an endothermic reaction into an exothermic one.

Step four: read off what has changed. The barrier is lower, so at any given temperature a larger fraction of the particles have enough energy to cross it. More collisions succeed, and the rate rises. Nothing was added to the particles.

Step five: note the symmetry. The barrier is lowered for the reverse reaction as well, since the reverse path is the same curve read backward. A catalyst therefore accelerates both directions, which is why it brings a reversible reaction to equilibrium faster without shifting where that equilibrium sits.

Step six: describe the catalytic converter's job. Incomplete combustion in an engine produces carbon monoxide and unburnt hydrocarbons, as lesson 5.4 described, and the high temperatures also combine atmospheric nitrogen and oxygen into nitrogen oxides. All three are harmful and all three would leave the exhaust unchanged without intervention.

Step seven: describe what it does. A honeycomb structure coated with platinum, palladium and rhodium presents an enormous surface area to the exhaust gases. On that surface, carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons are oxidized to carbon dioxide and water, and nitrogen oxides are reduced back to nitrogen. The reactions are thermodynamically favorable but far too slow at exhaust conditions without the catalyst.

Step eight: explain why it must be warm. A catalyst lowers the barrier but does not remove it, so a reasonable fraction of collisions must still reach the reduced activation energy. A cold converter is below the temperature at which that fraction is useful, so it does very little, which is why a large share of a journey's emissions occur in the first minute or two before it reaches operating temperature. It is also why a converter can be poisoned: lead binds irreversibly to the metal surface, blocking the sites where the alternative pathway operates, which is the reason leaded gasoline had to be eliminated before converters could be fitted.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define a catalyst.
    Show the full solution

    A substance that increases the rate of a reaction without being consumed

  2. How does a catalyst work?
    Show the full solution

    By providing an alternative pathway with a lower activation energy

  3. What effect does a catalyst have on \( \Delta H \)?
    Show the full solution

    None

  4. What are biological catalysts called?
    Show the full solution

    Enzymes

  5. Name two things a catalytic converter removes from exhaust gases.
    Show the full solution

    Carbon monoxide, unburnt hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides (any two)

  6. Explain why a catalyst cannot make an endothermic reaction release energy.
    Show the full solution

    Because the enthalpy change depends only on the reactants and the products, and a catalyst changes neither. Enthalpy is a state function, as lesson 7.6 established, so the difference between the initial and final states is fixed regardless of the route taken between them, and a catalyst does nothing but supply a different route. On the energy diagram the catalyzed curve begins and ends at exactly the same two levels as the uncatalyzed one and differs only in the height of the peak between them, so the vertical gap that represents \( \Delta H \) is unchanged. An endothermic reaction therefore remains endothermic however good the catalyst, absorbing the same energy per mole; it simply absorbs it faster. \( \Delta H \) depends only on reactants and products, which the catalyst does not change; only the peak height moves

  7. Explain why a catalyst speeds up both the forward and reverse reactions.
    Show the full solution

    Because the reverse reaction travels the same energy path in the opposite direction, so any lowering of the peak reduces the barrier from both sides. The forward barrier is measured from the reactants up to the peak and the reverse barrier from the products up to the same peak, and lowering the peak reduces both by the same amount. The fraction of collisions able to cross therefore rises in both directions. The consequence is important for lesson 10.6: since both rates are accelerated, the point at which they become equal is unchanged, so a catalyst brings a reversible reaction to equilibrium sooner without altering the position of that equilibrium or the yield obtained. A catalyst saves time, not raw material. The reverse path crosses the same peak, so both barriers fall and equilibrium is reached sooner without moving

  8. Explain why enzymes are more effective than most industrial catalysts.
    Show the full solution

    Because they satisfy both collision conditions rather than only one. An ordinary catalyst provides a lower-energy pathway, addressing the energy requirement, and leaves the orientation requirement to chance. An enzyme has an active site shaped to bind its substrate in one specific arrangement, so the reacting groups are held in precisely the alignment the reaction needs before anything happens, which effectively removes the orientation condition as an obstacle. Lesson 10.2 noted that for large molecules orientation can slow a reaction by several orders of magnitude on its own, so removing it is a very large gain. Enzymes also work at body temperature and in water, where industrial catalysts often need high temperatures and pressures, which is itself evidence of how much the barrier has been reduced. They lower the barrier and also hold the substrate in the correct orientation, addressing both collision conditions

  9. Explain why a cold catalytic converter is ineffective, and what follows for short car journeys.
    Show the full solution

    A catalyst lowers the activation energy but does not abolish it, so a reasonable fraction of collisions must still reach the reduced barrier for the reaction to proceed usefully. Below its operating temperature, typically a few hundred degrees Celsius, too few collisions clear even the lowered barrier and the converter passes the exhaust through largely untreated. It follows that emissions are concentrated in the first minute or two after a cold start, before the exhaust has warmed the converter. For a short journey that warm-up period may be a large fraction of the total running time, so the emissions per kilometer from many short trips are substantially worse than from one long trip covering the same distance. This is also why engineers position converters close to the engine and why some vehicles preheat them electrically. The reduced barrier still needs heat to clear, so cold starts emit heavily and short trips are disproportionately polluting

  10. Explain why leaded gasoline had to be phased out before catalytic converters could be used.
    Show the full solution

    Because a heterogeneous catalyst works at its surface, and lead destroys that surface. The converter's platinum, palladium and rhodium function by binding the exhaust molecules at specific sites on the metal, holding them in a way that provides the lower-energy pathway, and the number of such active sites determines how much gas can be treated. Lead compounds in the exhaust bind to those sites strongly and irreversibly, occupying them permanently so that the exhaust molecules can no longer reach them. The catalyst is then described as poisoned, and the effect accumulates until the converter is useless, within a few tankfuls. Since the poisoning cannot be reversed and the converter is expensive, the fuel and the technology were incompatible, so the lead additive had to go first. Lead binds irreversibly to the active sites, permanently poisoning the catalyst surface

Lesson 10.5 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-6

Dynamic equilibrium, which means equal rates and not equal amounts

Many reactions do not go to completion. They reach a point where the amounts stop changing and stay put, which looks like the reaction stopping and is nothing of the kind. Both reactions continue at full speed; they simply cancel. Getting that distinction right is what the rest of the unit depends on.

The key ideas
  1. A reversible reaction can proceed in both directions, written with a double arrow rather than a single one.
  2. Equilibrium is reached when the forward and reverse rates are equal, so the concentrations stop changing.
  3. It is dynamic, not static. Both reactions continue at the same speed, and molecules are constantly being converted in both directions.
  4. Equal rates does not mean equal amounts. The concentrations at equilibrium can be wildly unequal, and usually are.
  5. Equilibrium requires a closed system. If a product escapes it can never return, so the reverse reaction cannot keep pace and the reaction runs to completion.
  6. Equilibrium can be approached from either direction and gives the same final position, which is evidence that it is a genuine balance rather than an arbitrary stopping point.
  7. The evidence for the dynamic picture comes from isotope labeling: label one reactant and the label turns up in the products even after the concentrations have stopped changing.

Where students lose marks: writing that "the reaction has stopped" or "the amounts are equal". Neither is true. The rates are equal and the amounts are constant, which are quite different statements.

Worked example

The problem. Explain what happens from the moment two reactants are mixed until equilibrium is reached, and describe the experiment that shows the equilibrium is dynamic.

Step one: the instant of mixing. Reactant concentrations are at their highest and no product exists. The forward rate is therefore at its maximum and the reverse rate is exactly zero, since there is nothing to react backward.

Step two: shortly after. Reactants are being consumed, so their concentrations fall and the forward rate falls with them. Products are accumulating, so the reverse rate rises from zero. The two rates are moving toward each other.

Step three: the moment of equilibrium. The falling forward rate and the rising reverse rate become equal. From this point, every unit of product formed is matched by a unit converted back, so the concentrations stop changing.

Step four: state precisely what is constant. The concentrations are constant. The rates are constant and equal to each other. Nothing is zero, and nothing has stopped.

Step five: address why it looks static. Every observable property stops changing: the color, the pressure, the pH. Since chemistry is usually inferred from changes, an unchanging system looks like an inactive one, and the intuition that the reaction has finished is natural. It is also wrong, and settling it requires an experiment.

Step six: describe the isotope labeling experiment. Allow a reaction to reach equilibrium, then add a small quantity of a reactant in which one atom has been replaced by a heavier isotope. Do not change any concentration appreciably, so the system stays at equilibrium.

Step seven: state the result and what it rules out. After some time, analysis shows the heavy isotope distributed among the product molecules as well as the reactant molecules, while the concentrations of everything remain unchanged. If the reaction had genuinely stopped, the label could never have moved from reactant to product. Its appearance there proves molecules are still being converted in both directions.

Step eight: apply the closed system requirement. Heating calcium carbonate in a sealed vessel reaches an equilibrium with calcium oxide and carbon dioxide. Heat it in an open vessel and the carbon dioxide escapes, so it can never react backward, the reverse rate stays near zero, and the decomposition goes to completion. This is why lesson 6.2 could treat the industrial kiln reaction as complete: the kiln is deliberately open.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What is equal at equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    The forward and reverse reaction rates

  2. What is constant at equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    The concentrations of reactants and products

  3. What symbol indicates a reversible reaction?
    Show the full solution

    A double arrow

  4. Why must the system be closed?
    Show the full solution

    So that products cannot escape and remain available for the reverse reaction

  5. Are the concentrations of reactants and products equal at equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    No; only the rates are equal, and the amounts can differ greatly

  6. Explain the difference between "the rates are equal" and "the amounts are equal".
    Show the full solution

    A rate is how fast a conversion occurs and an amount is how much of a substance is present, and equality of the first implies nothing whatever about the second. At equilibrium the forward and reverse rates are equal, which means product is being formed and destroyed at the same speed, so the amounts stop changing. Those amounts settle wherever they happen to settle, and the position depends on the relative stabilities of reactants and products. An equilibrium can lie far to the right, with almost all product and a trace of reactant, and the rates are still exactly equal there, because the small quantity of reactant is being converted forward at the same speed as the large quantity of product is being converted back. Rates equal, amounts constant, amounts almost never equal. Equal rates make the amounts constant; where they settle depends on the reaction and is rarely equal

  7. Explain how the isotope labeling experiment proves equilibrium is dynamic.
    Show the full solution

    Because it detects conversion without relying on any change in concentration. The rival explanation for an unchanging system is that the reaction has simply stopped, and since the concentrations no longer move, no ordinary measurement can distinguish that from a balance of two continuing reactions. Labeling one reactant with a heavier isotope adds a marker that travels with the atoms rather than with the amounts. After equilibrium is established and the label is introduced, the heavy atoms are found distributed among the product molecules while every concentration stays exactly where it was. An atom can only reach a product molecule by reacting, so the forward reaction must still be occurring, and the label also appears back among the reactants, so the reverse reaction must be occurring too. A stopped reaction could not move a single labeled atom. The label moves into the products while concentrations stay constant, which a stopped reaction could not do

  8. Explain why an open vessel drives a decomposition to completion rather than to equilibrium.
    Show the full solution

    Because equilibrium requires both directions to be able to occur, and an open vessel removes one of the reactants for the reverse reaction. When calcium carbonate decomposes it produces calcium oxide and carbon dioxide, and in a sealed vessel the carbon dioxide accumulates until the reverse rate matches the forward rate and the system settles. In an open vessel the carbon dioxide diffuses away into the room as fast as it is produced, so its concentration above the solid never builds up and the reverse reaction has essentially nothing to work with. The reverse rate stays near zero, the forward rate is never matched, and the decomposition continues until all the carbonate is gone. This is exactly why an industrial lime kiln is designed to vent, and it is a general technique: removing a product continuously drives a reversible reaction to completion. The escaping gas cannot react backward, so the reverse rate never rises to match the forward rate

  9. Explain why the same equilibrium position is reached whether you start with all reactants or all products.
    Show the full solution

    Because the equilibrium position is a property of the reaction at that temperature rather than of the starting point. Starting with only reactants, the forward rate is maximal and the reverse rate is zero, and the system moves forward until they meet. Starting with only products, the reverse rate is maximal and the forward rate is zero, and the system moves backward until they meet. Both journeys end where the two rates become equal, and that condition depends on the relative concentrations rather than on which direction the system approached from. The experimental fact that both routes converge on the same final composition is itself strong evidence that equilibrium is a genuine dynamic balance and not simply the point at which a reaction happened to run out, since a reaction that had merely exhausted itself would show no such convergence. The rates become equal at the same composition whichever direction the system approaches from, which is itself evidence for the dynamic picture

  10. A student says that at equilibrium half the reactant has been converted. Explain what is wrong.
    Show the full solution

    They have assumed the equilibrium position is fixed at fifty percent conversion, which is not what equilibrium means. Equilibrium is the condition in which the forward and reverse rates are equal, and that condition can be satisfied at any composition depending on the reaction. Some equilibria lie far to the right, with ninety-nine percent of the reactant converted and a trace remaining; others lie far to the left, with only a fraction of a percent converted; and a few happen to sit near the middle. Where a particular reaction settles is described by its equilibrium constant, which lesson 10.7 introduces, and it also depends on temperature. Fifty percent is one possible answer among many and there is no general reason to expect it. The position can lie anywhere; equal rates say nothing about the extent of conversion, which the equilibrium constant describes

Lesson 10.6 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-6

Le Chatelier's principle, and treating temperature as a term in the equation

An equilibrium that is disturbed shifts to partly undo the disturbance. Stated that way the principle sounds vague; applied properly it makes precise predictions about concentration, pressure and temperature, and it is what lets an industrial chemist choose conditions. The trick with temperature is to write the energy into the equation and then treat it like any other substance.

The key ideas
  1. Le Chatelier's principle: if a system at equilibrium is disturbed, the position of equilibrium shifts in the direction that partly opposes the change.
  2. Adding a substance shifts the equilibrium away from it; removing a substance shifts it toward the side that replaces it.
  3. Increasing pressure shifts toward the side with fewer moles of gas, because that reduces the pressure. Count only gases.
  4. If both sides have equal moles of gas, pressure has no effect on the position.
  5. Write the energy into the equation as a term. For an exothermic forward reaction, energy is a product; for endothermic, a reactant.
  6. Then treat temperature like a substance: raising it is like adding energy, so the equilibrium shifts away from the energy side.
  7. A catalyst does not shift the position, because it accelerates both directions equally, as lesson 10.4 established. It only shortens the time taken to arrive.

Where students lose marks: saying a catalyst increases the yield. It increases the rate at which the same yield is reached. Yield and rate are different quantities and the catalyst affects only one of them.

Worked example

The problem. The Haber process synthesizes ammonia:

\[ \text{N}_2(g) + 3\text{H}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2\text{NH}_3(g) \qquad \Delta H = -92 \text{ kJ} \]

Predict the effect of each change, then explain the conditions actually used industrially.

Step one: count the moles of gas on each side. Left: \( 1 + 3 = 4 \) moles. Right: 2 moles. The right side has fewer, which is the fact the pressure prediction turns on.

Step two: rewrite with energy as a term. The forward reaction is exothermic, so energy is released as the reaction proceeds forward, which means energy belongs on the product side:

\[ \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{NH}_3 + \text{energy} \]

Step three: adding nitrogen. The system opposes the increase by consuming nitrogen, so the equilibrium shifts right and more ammonia is produced. Adding either reactant does this.

Step four: removing ammonia. The system opposes the decrease by producing more ammonia, so it shifts right. This is why ammonia is condensed out and removed continuously in the industrial process.

Step five: increasing pressure. The system opposes the increase by reducing the number of gas particles, so it shifts to the side with fewer moles, which is the right. Shifts right, increasing the yield.

Step six: increasing temperature. Raising the temperature is equivalent to adding energy, and energy is on the product side, so the system opposes the addition by consuming energy, which means running backward. Shifts left, decreasing the yield. This is the prediction students most often get backward, and writing the energy term out is what prevents it.

Step seven: adding a catalyst. No shift. The forward and reverse rates are both increased by the same factor, so the point at which they are equal is unchanged. Equilibrium is reached sooner and at the same place.

Step eight: explain the industrial compromise. The analysis says yield is maximized by high pressure and low temperature. High pressure is used, around 200 atmospheres, limited only by the cost and strength of the vessels. Low temperature is not used, because at low temperature the reaction rate is impractically slow and the plant would wait years for a good yield. The operating temperature of roughly 450 degrees Celsius is a deliberate compromise that accepts a lower equilibrium yield in exchange for reaching it quickly, and an iron catalyst is added to recover some of the lost speed without costing any yield. The unreacted nitrogen and hydrogen are recycled, so the modest single-pass yield matters less than it first appears.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. State Le Chatelier's principle.
    Show the full solution

    A system at equilibrium that is disturbed shifts in the direction that partly opposes the disturbance

  2. Which way does an equilibrium shift when a reactant is added?
    Show the full solution

    Toward the products, to consume it

  3. Which way does increasing pressure shift an equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    Toward the side with fewer moles of gas

  4. What effect does a catalyst have on the position of equilibrium?
    Show the full solution

    None; it only shortens the time taken to reach it

  5. For an exothermic forward reaction, which side does energy belong on?
    Show the full solution

    The product side

  6. For \( 2\text{SO}_2(g) + \text{O}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2\text{SO}_3(g) \) with a negative \( \Delta H \), predict the effect of raising the pressure and of raising the temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Count the gas moles first: three on the left against two on the right. Raising the pressure makes the system oppose the increase by moving to the side with fewer gas particles, so the equilibrium shifts right and the yield of sulfur trioxide rises. For temperature, write the energy in: the forward reaction is exothermic so energy is a product, giving \( 2\text{SO}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{SO}_3 + \text{energy} \). Raising the temperature is equivalent to adding energy, and the system opposes that by consuming energy, which means running backward, so the equilibrium shifts left and the yield falls. This is the Contact process, and like the Haber process it faces the same compromise between yield and rate. Higher pressure shifts right and raises yield; higher temperature shifts left and lowers it

  7. Explain why writing energy into the equation prevents the commonest temperature error.
    Show the full solution

    Because it converts a question about energy, where intuition often misleads, into a question about adding a substance, where the rule is already familiar and reliable. Students frequently reason that heating speeds a reaction up, therefore it must produce more product, which conflates rate with position and gives the wrong direction for an exothermic reaction. Writing the energy term explicitly on the product side makes the correct reasoning mechanical: raising the temperature is adding energy, the system opposes an addition by consuming what was added, and consuming a product means running backward. No judgment about what heating "should" do is required. The same device handles endothermic reactions correctly, since energy then appears on the reactant side and heating shifts the equilibrium forward. It turns a temperature question into an adding-a-substance question, where the rule is mechanical

  8. Explain why removing a product continuously is a useful industrial technique.
    Show the full solution

    Because it prevents the system from ever reaching the equilibrium that would otherwise limit the yield. Le Chatelier's principle says that removing a product causes the equilibrium to shift toward replacing it, so the forward reaction continues. If the product is removed continuously as it forms, the shift is continuous too, and the reaction keeps converting reactants instead of settling at a position where a substantial quantity remains unreacted. In the Haber process ammonia is condensed out by cooling, since it liquefies at a higher temperature than nitrogen or hydrogen, and the unreacted gases are recycled to the reactor. The result is that a reaction whose single-pass equilibrium yield is modest can convert almost all the feedstock overall, which is what makes the process economic. Removing the product keeps shifting the equilibrium forward, so conversion continues rather than stopping at the equilibrium position

  9. For \( \text{H}_2(g) + \text{I}_2(g) \rightleftharpoons 2\text{HI}(g) \), explain why changing the pressure has no effect.
    Show the full solution

    Because the pressure effect depends on the two sides differing in the number of gas particles, and here they do not. The left has one mole of hydrogen and one of iodine, a total of two moles of gas, and the right has two moles of hydrogen iodide. Shifting in either direction therefore leaves the total number of gas particles unchanged, so neither direction relieves an increase in pressure and the system has no way to oppose the disturbance by shifting. The concentrations of all three species rise together when the volume is reduced, but the ratio that defines the equilibrium position is unaffected. The general rule is to count moles of gas on each side before predicting any pressure effect, and to remember that solids and liquids are not counted. Both sides have two moles of gas, so shifting cannot change the particle count and no shift relieves the pressure

  10. Explain why the Haber process uses 450 degrees Celsius when the analysis says low temperature gives a better yield.
    Show the full solution

    Because Le Chatelier's principle predicts the position of equilibrium and says nothing about how long it takes to get there, and both matter commercially. At a low temperature the equilibrium yield of ammonia is indeed higher, but the reaction rate is so low that the plant would take an impractically long time to approach that equilibrium, and a high yield obtained after years is worthless. Raising the temperature accelerates the reaction sharply, by raising the fraction of collisions clearing the activation barrier, at the cost of shifting the equilibrium backward and lowering the attainable yield. The operating temperature of about 450 degrees is the compromise that maximizes the amount of ammonia produced per day rather than per pass. An iron catalyst recovers further speed at no cost in yield, and recycling the unreacted gases makes the modest single-pass conversion acceptable. Low temperature gives a better yield but far too slowly; 450 degrees maximizes production per unit time rather than yield per pass

Lesson 10.7 · Unit 10 · HS-PS1-6

The equilibrium constant, which says where the position actually is

Le Chatelier's principle predicts which way an equilibrium moves when disturbed. It says nothing about where the equilibrium sits in the first place, and that is what the equilibrium constant supplies. It is a single number, calculated from the equilibrium concentrations, that characterizes a reaction at a given temperature.

The key ideas
  1. The equilibrium constant expression puts products on top: for \( a\text{A} + b\text{B} \rightleftharpoons c\text{C} + d\text{D} \), \( K = \frac{[\text{C}]^c[\text{D}]^d}{[\text{A}]^a[\text{B}]^b} \).
  2. Square brackets mean concentration in mol/L, and the coefficients from the balanced equation become exponents.
  3. A large K means the equilibrium lies toward the products. A small K means it lies toward the reactants.
  4. A K near 1 means appreciable amounts of everything are present at equilibrium.
  5. Pure solids and pure liquids are left out of the expression, because their concentrations do not change as the reaction proceeds.
  6. K depends only on temperature. Changing concentrations or pressure shifts the position but leaves K unchanged, because the system adjusts until the ratio returns to K.
  7. Changing temperature does change K, which is exactly why temperature is the one disturbance that alters the yield rather than merely redistributing it.

Where students lose marks: forgetting to raise a concentration to the power of its coefficient. In the ammonia equilibrium the hydrogen term is cubed, and omitting the exponent changes the answer by a large factor.

Worked example

Part one. Write the equilibrium constant expression for the Haber process and calculate K from the equilibrium concentrations \( [\text{N}_2] = 0.50 \), \( [\text{H}_2] = 0.50 \) and \( [\text{NH}_3] = 0.25 \) mol/L.

Step one: write the expression from the balanced equation. The equation is \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{NH}_3 \), so ammonia goes on top with an exponent of 2, and nitrogen and hydrogen go underneath with exponents of 1 and 3.

\[ K = \frac{[\text{NH}_3]^2}{[\text{N}_2][\text{H}_2]^3} \]

Step two: substitute.

\[ K = \frac{(0.25)^2}{(0.50)(0.50)^3} \]

Step three: evaluate the numerator. \( (0.25)^2 = 0.0625 \).

Step four: evaluate the denominator, cubing carefully. \( (0.50)^3 = 0.125 \), then \( 0.50 \times 0.125 = 0.0625 \). Omitting the cube would give \( 0.50 \times 0.50 = 0.25 \) and a K four times too small, which is the error the note above warns of.

Step five: divide. \( K = \frac{0.0625}{0.0625} = \) 1.00. A value near one means neither side is strongly favored and substantial quantities of all three species coexist.

Part two. Interpret two further values and explain what K does and does not tell you.

Step six: a large K. For \( \text{H}_2 + \text{I}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{HI} \) with \( [\text{H}_2] = [\text{I}_2] = 0.20 \) and \( [\text{HI}] = 1.60 \), \( K = \frac{(1.60)^2}{(0.20)(0.20)} = \frac{2.56}{0.040} = 64 \). The products dominate heavily at equilibrium.

Step seven: explain why solids are omitted. For \( \text{CaCO}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons \text{CaO}(s) + \text{CO}_2(g) \) the expression is simply \( K = [\text{CO}_2] \). A pure solid has a fixed density and therefore a fixed concentration however much of it is present, so it contributes a constant that is absorbed into K. The practical consequence is striking: the equilibrium pressure of carbon dioxide above the solids depends only on temperature and not at all on how much limestone is in the vessel.

Step eight: state the limits of what K reports. K describes the position of equilibrium and nothing else. It says nothing about the rate, so a reaction with an enormous K can be immeasurably slow, which is the diamond case from lesson 10.1. It also says nothing about how much product you will actually obtain in a real process, since that depends on whether equilibrium is reached and on whether products are being removed. And because K is fixed at a given temperature, adding more reactant shifts the position without changing K at all: the concentrations readjust until the ratio comes back to the same value.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Which species go on top of the equilibrium constant expression?
    Show the full solution

    The products

  2. What do the coefficients of the balanced equation become?
    Show the full solution

    The exponents of the concentration terms

  3. What does a very large K indicate?
    Show the full solution

    The equilibrium lies far toward the products

  4. Which species are omitted from the expression?
    Show the full solution

    Pure solids and pure liquids

  5. Which single variable changes the value of K?
    Show the full solution

    Temperature

  6. Write the expression and calculate K for \( 2\text{SO}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{SO}_3 \) with \( [\text{SO}_2] = 0.10 \), \( [\text{O}_2] = 0.20 \) and \( [\text{SO}_3] = 0.40 \) mol/L.
    Show the full solution

    Products on top with their coefficients as exponents, so \( K = \frac{[\text{SO}_3]^2}{[\text{SO}_2]^2[\text{O}_2]} \). Substituting, the numerator is \( (0.40)^2 = 0.16 \) and the denominator is \( (0.10)^2 \times 0.20 = 0.010 \times 0.20 = 0.0020 \). Dividing, \( K = \frac{0.16}{0.0020} = 80 \). The value is well above one, so the equilibrium lies substantially toward sulfur trioxide, which is favorable for the Contact process. Note that both squared terms had to be squared before multiplying; treating \( [\text{SO}_2]^2 \) as 0.10 would give K = 8, a tenfold error. \( K = 80 \)

  7. Explain why pure solids are omitted, using the limestone equilibrium.
    Show the full solution

    Because a pure solid's concentration does not vary. Concentration is amount per unit volume, and for a pure solid that ratio is fixed by its density, so a large lump and a small lump of calcium carbonate have exactly the same concentration of calcium carbonate within themselves. Since the quantity never changes as the reaction proceeds, it is a constant, and constants are absorbed into K rather than written separately. For \( \text{CaCO}_3(s) \rightleftharpoons \text{CaO}(s) + \text{CO}_2(g) \) the expression reduces to \( K = [\text{CO}_2] \) alone. The prediction that follows is testable and initially surprising: the equilibrium pressure of carbon dioxide above the solids depends only on temperature, and adding more limestone to the vessel does not raise it at all. A pure solid has a fixed concentration set by its density, so it is a constant absorbed into K

  8. Explain why adding more reactant shifts the equilibrium without changing K.
    Show the full solution

    Because K is a fixed target that the system returns to, not a quantity that responds to what is added. Adding reactant immediately increases the denominator of the ratio, so the ratio of the current concentrations falls below K and the system is no longer at equilibrium. The forward reaction then runs faster than the reverse, consuming some of the added reactant and producing more product, which lowers the denominator and raises the numerator. That continues until the ratio has climbed back to exactly K, at which point the rates are equal again and the system rests. The new equilibrium has different concentrations from the old one, more of everything in this case, but the particular combination of them specified by the expression is identical. This is precisely the mechanism behind Le Chatelier's prediction of a shift to the right. Adding reactant pushes the ratio below K, so the reaction runs forward until the ratio returns to the same K at new concentrations

  9. Explain why temperature is the only disturbance that changes K, and why that matters.
    Show the full solution

    Because the other disturbances change concentrations, which the system can undo by shifting until the ratio returns to its original value, whereas temperature changes the underlying energetics of the reaction itself. Raising the temperature alters the relative rates of the forward and reverse reactions by different amounts, because the two have different activation energies, so the composition at which they become equal genuinely moves and the new ratio is a different number. This matters because it means temperature is the only variable that changes the maximum yield attainable. Adding reactant or raising the pressure moves the position along a fixed curve and can improve conversion, but the constant they are working within is unchanged. Changing temperature changes the constant, which is why the Haber process's choice of 450 degrees involves a real and unavoidable sacrifice of yield rather than something that could be engineered around. Other disturbances are undone by shifting back to the same K; temperature alters the forward and reverse rates unequally, so K itself moves

  10. A reaction has \( K = 1 \times 10^{25} \) yet no product forms when the reactants are mixed at room temperature. Explain.
    Show the full solution

    Because K describes where the equilibrium lies and says nothing whatever about how fast the system gets there. An enormous K means that if the reaction proceeds, it will proceed almost entirely to products, so the products are far more stable than the reactants. Whether it proceeds at an observable rate depends instead on the activation energy, and if that barrier is high enough, essentially no collisions clear it at room temperature and the mixture sits unchanged indefinitely. A mixture of hydrogen and oxygen is the standard example: the equilibrium constant for forming water is astronomically large, yet the two gases coexist safely until a spark supplies the activation energy, after which they react explosively. This is the same separation of thermodynamics and kinetics that lesson 10.1 illustrated with diamond, and it is why a complete account of a reaction needs both. K is about position, not rate; a high activation energy can prevent a thermodynamically favorable reaction from occurring at all

Unit 10 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 10 review: Kinetics and Equilibrium

Rate and position are separate questions. A catalyst changes the first and never the second.

  1. State the two conditions for a successful collision.
    Show the full solution

    Sufficient energy, and correct orientation

  2. What effect does a catalyst have on \( \Delta H \)?
    Show the full solution

    None

  3. Which way does an equilibrium shift when more reactant is added?
    Show the full solution

    Toward the products

  4. What does a very large equilibrium constant indicate?
    Show the full solution

    The equilibrium lies far toward the products

  5. A concentration falls from 0.60 M to 0.20 M in 20 s. Find the average rate.
    Show the full solution

    \( \frac{0.40}{20} \). 0.020 mol/(L·s)

  6. Write the equilibrium constant expression for \( 2\text{SO}_2 + \text{O}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{SO}_3 \) and calculate K when \( [\text{SO}_2] = 0.10 \), \( [\text{O}_2] = 0.20 \) and \( [\text{SO}_3] = 0.40 \) mol/L.
    Show the full solution

    Products on top with the coefficients as exponents: \( K = \frac{[\text{SO}_3]^2}{[\text{SO}_2]^2[\text{O}_2]} \). Substituting, the numerator is \( (0.40)^2 = 0.16 \) and the denominator is \( (0.10)^2 \times 0.20 = 0.0020 \). So \( K = \frac{0.16}{0.0020} = 80 \), well above one, meaning the equilibrium lies substantially toward the product. \( K = 80 \)

  7. For \( \text{N}_2 + 3\text{H}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2\text{NH}_3 \) with \( \Delta H = -92 \) kJ, predict the effect of raising the pressure and of raising the temperature.
    Show the full solution

    Count the gas moles: four on the left against two on the right. Raising the pressure makes the system shift to the side with fewer gas particles, so it moves right and the yield of ammonia rises. For temperature, write the energy in as a product since the forward reaction is exothermic; raising the temperature is like adding energy, so the system consumes it by running backward. The equilibrium shifts left and the yield falls, which is the prediction most often reversed. Higher pressure shifts right; higher temperature shifts left

  8. Explain why a ten degree temperature rise can double a reaction rate when the particle speed rises by less than two percent.
    Show the full solution

    Because temperature has two effects of very different sizes. The increase in average speed raises the collision frequency by under two percent, which could never double a rate. The decisive effect is on the distribution of energies: only particles in the high-energy tail, above the activation energy, can react, and that tail falls away steeply, so shifting the whole distribution slightly to higher energy moves a large proportional increase in particles past the threshold. The rate follows that fraction. The fraction of collisions exceeding the activation energy rises steeply, not the speed

  9. Explain what is equal at equilibrium and what is constant, and why the distinction matters.
    Show the full solution

    The forward and reverse rates are equal; the concentrations are constant. Nothing is zero and nothing has stopped. The distinction matters because saying the reaction has stopped or that the amounts are equal are both wrong and lead to wrong predictions. Isotope labeling proves the point: introducing a heavy isotope into a system already at equilibrium results in the label appearing among the products while every concentration stays fixed, which only continuing conversion in both directions can explain. Rates are equal, concentrations are constant, and the reaction continues in both directions

  10. Explain why the Haber process runs at about 450 degrees Celsius when a lower temperature would give a better yield.
    Show the full solution

    Le Chatelier's principle predicts the position of equilibrium and says nothing about how long reaching it takes. At low temperature the equilibrium yield of ammonia is indeed higher, but the rate is so slow that the plant would take an impractically long time to approach it, and a high yield obtained after years is worthless. Raising the temperature accelerates the reaction sharply at the cost of shifting the equilibrium backward. About 450 degrees is the compromise that maximizes ammonia produced per day rather than per pass, with an iron catalyst recovering further speed at no cost in yield and unreacted gases recycled. It trades equilibrium yield for rate, maximizing production per unit time

Lesson 11.1 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-2

Two definitions of acid and base, and why the second is needed

Acids were originally defined by what they do in water, which is a good definition until you meet a base that contains no hydroxide. The second definition solves that by describing what acids and bases do to each other rather than what they release, and it turns out to describe the same reactions more generally.

The key ideas
  1. Arrhenius: an acid releases H+ in water and a base releases OH-. Hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide are the standard examples.
  2. The Arrhenius definition works only in water and only for bases that actually contain hydroxide, which excludes ammonia.
  3. Bronsted-Lowry: an acid is a proton donor and a base is a proton acceptor. A hydrogen ion is a bare proton, which is why the definition is stated that way.
  4. Ammonia is a base under this definition because it accepts a proton from water, forming NH4+ and leaving OH- behind.
  5. Every acid has a conjugate base, which is what remains after it donates its proton, and every base has a conjugate acid.
  6. A conjugate pair differs by exactly one H+. HCl and Cl- are a pair; H2O and OH- are another.
  7. Water can act as either, donating a proton to a base or accepting one from an acid, which makes it amphoteric.

Where students lose marks: identifying a conjugate pair that differs by more than one proton. H2SO4 and SO42- are not a conjugate pair; they differ by two. The conjugate base of H2SO4 is HSO4-.

Worked example

The problem. Show why the Arrhenius definition fails for ammonia, resolve it with Bronsted-Lowry, and identify the conjugate pairs in two reactions.

Step one: state the problem. Ammonia, NH3, dissolved in water gives a solution that turns litmus blue, neutralizes acids and conducts electricity. It behaves as a base in every measurable way. Yet its formula contains no oxygen at all, so it cannot release hydroxide ions in the Arrhenius sense.

Step two: write what actually happens.

\[ \text{NH}_3 + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{NH}_4^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \]

Step three: read the proton transfer. The water molecule has given a proton to the ammonia molecule. Ammonia gained an H+ to become NH4+, and water lost one to become OH-.

Step four: assign the roles. Ammonia accepted a proton, so it is the Bronsted-Lowry base. Water donated one, so here it is the acid. Hydroxide ions do appear in the solution, which is why it behaves as a base, but they came from the water rather than from the ammonia.

Step five: identify the conjugate pairs. NH3 and NH4+ differ by one proton and form one pair, with ammonia the base and the ammonium ion its conjugate acid. H2O and OH- differ by one proton and form the other, with water the acid and hydroxide its conjugate base.

Step six: apply it to hydrochloric acid.

\[ \text{HCl} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightarrow \text{H}_3\text{O}^{+} + \text{Cl}^{-} \]

Here HCl donates a proton, so it is the acid and Cl- is its conjugate base. Water accepts it, so here water is the base and H3O+, the hydronium ion, is its conjugate acid.

Step seven: note what water has just done. In the ammonia reaction water donated a proton and acted as an acid; in this one it accepted a proton and acted as a base. A substance that can do either is amphoteric, and water's ability to do both is why it is the solvent for nearly all acid-base chemistry.

Step eight: clarify what H+ means in water. A bare proton does not exist free in solution; it attaches immediately to a water molecule to form H3O+. Writing H+(aq) is a convenient shorthand for that hydrated species, and either notation is acceptable provided the meaning is understood. This course uses H+ for brevity.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Give the Arrhenius definitions of an acid and a base.
    Show the full solution

    An acid releases H+ in water; a base releases OH-

  2. Give the Bronsted-Lowry definitions.
    Show the full solution

    An acid is a proton donor; a base is a proton acceptor

  3. Give the conjugate base of HNO3.
    Show the full solution

    Remove one H+. NO3-

  4. Give the conjugate acid of NH3.
    Show the full solution

    Add one H+. NH4+

  5. What does amphoteric mean?
    Show the full solution

    Able to act as either an acid or a base

  6. Explain why ammonia is a base even though it contains no hydroxide.
    Show the full solution

    Because basic behavior is defined by what a substance does to protons rather than by what it contains. Under the Bronsted-Lowry definition a base is a proton acceptor, and the nitrogen atom in ammonia has a lone pair of electrons available to bind an incoming H+. In water this happens readily: an ammonia molecule takes a proton from a water molecule, becoming NH4+ and leaving OH- behind. Hydroxide ions therefore do appear in the solution and it does behave as a base by every test, but the hydroxide came from the water rather than from the ammonia. The Arrhenius definition, which requires a base to release hydroxide itself, cannot account for this, and the failure is what motivated the broader definition. It accepts a proton from water, producing hydroxide from the water rather than releasing its own

  7. Identify both conjugate pairs in \( \text{HF} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}_3\text{O}^{+} + \text{F}^{-} \).
    Show the full solution

    Track the proton. Hydrogen fluoride has lost an H+ to become F-, so HF is the acid and F- is its conjugate base; they differ by exactly one proton, which is the test for a pair. Water has gained an H+ to become H3O+, so water is the base here and the hydronium ion is its conjugate acid, again differing by one proton. The pairs therefore straddle the arrow: each pair has one member on the left and one on the right, which is always the case, since the conjugate of a reactant is necessarily a product. HF with F-, and H2O with H3O+

  8. Explain why the Bronsted-Lowry definition is more useful than the Arrhenius one.
    Show the full solution

    Because it covers more cases while describing the same chemistry in the cases both handle. The Arrhenius definition is tied to aqueous solution and to a base actually containing hydroxide, so it cannot classify ammonia, cannot describe acid-base reactions in non-aqueous solvents, and cannot treat a gas-phase reaction between hydrogen chloride and ammonia at all, even though white ammonium chloride visibly forms when the two gases meet. Bronsted-Lowry defines the roles by proton transfer, which occurs in any solvent or none, so all of those cases are included. It also introduces the conjugate relationship, which explains why the salt of a weak acid gives a basic solution, as lesson 11.5 shows, and that connection is invisible under the Arrhenius picture. It applies outside water and to bases without hydroxide, and it explains conjugate behavior the older definition cannot

  9. Explain why water can act as both an acid and a base, and what this makes possible.
    Show the full solution

    Because the water molecule has both a proton it can donate and a lone pair with which it can accept one. Facing a stronger acid such as HCl it acts as a base, accepting a proton to become H3O+; facing a stronger base such as ammonia it acts as an acid, donating a proton to become OH-. Which role it plays is decided by its partner. This dual capability is what makes water the universal medium for acid-base chemistry, since it can mediate proton transfer in either direction and stabilize both the resulting ions. It also means water reacts with itself to a small extent, one molecule donating a proton to another, which is the self-ionization that lesson 11.2 uses to define the pH scale. It has both a donatable proton and a lone pair, so its role depends on its partner; this underlies self-ionization and the pH scale

  10. Explain why H2SO4 and SO42- are not a conjugate pair, and give the correct pairs.
    Show the full solution

    Because a conjugate pair must differ by exactly one proton, and these two differ by two. Sulfuric acid is diprotic, meaning it can donate two protons, and it does so in two separate steps rather than one. The first donation gives HSO4-, the hydrogen sulfate ion, so H2SO4 and HSO4- form the first conjugate pair. The second donation gives SO42-, so HSO4- and SO42- form the second. Note that HSO4- appears in both, acting as a conjugate base in one and as an acid in the other, which makes it amphoteric in the same way water is. The two steps also have quite different strengths, the first being essentially complete and the second only partial. They differ by two protons; the pairs are H2SO4 with HSO4-, and HSO4- with SO42-

Lesson 11.2 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-2

The pH scale, and what one unit actually means

Hydrogen ion concentrations in ordinary solutions span fourteen orders of magnitude, which is unmanageable as a set of numbers. The pH scale compresses that range into something readable, and the price of the compression is that a change of one unit is a factor of ten rather than an increment. Almost every misreading of pH data comes from forgetting that.

The key ideas
  1. Water self-ionizes slightly: \( \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \), which is one water molecule acting as an acid toward another.
  2. In pure water at 25 degrees Celsius both concentrations are \( 1 \times 10^{-7} \) mol/L, and their product is \( 1 \times 10^{-14} \).
  3. That product is constant in any aqueous solution, so raising the hydrogen ion concentration necessarily lowers the hydroxide concentration.
  4. pH is defined as \( \text{pH} = -\log[\text{H}^{+}] \), which turns a very small number into a convenient one.
  5. pH 7 is neutral, below 7 acidic, above 7 basic at 25 degrees Celsius.
  6. The scale is logarithmic, so each unit is a factor of ten in hydrogen ion concentration. Two units is a factor of a hundred.
  7. A lower pH means a higher hydrogen ion concentration, because of the minus sign in the definition. The scale runs backward from what it measures.

Where students lose marks: treating a pH change as proportional. A fall from pH 5 to pH 3 is not a forty percent change; it is a hundredfold increase in hydrogen ion concentration.

Worked example

The problem. Explain why the scale exists, and quantify what a change of one and of two pH units means, using three real comparisons.

Step one: show the range the scale compresses. Stomach acid has a hydrogen ion concentration of about \( 10^{-1} \) mol/L. Pure water is \( 10^{-7} \). Household bleach is about \( 10^{-13} \). Writing these as decimals requires up to thirteen leading zeros, and comparing them by eye is impractical.

Step two: apply the definition. Taking the negative logarithm converts those to 1, 7 and 13. The same information is now three small whole numbers, and the ordering is immediately legible. That is the entire purpose of the scale.

Step three: explain the minus sign. The logarithm of a number smaller than one is negative, so without the minus sign every ordinary pH would be a negative number. The sign is a convenience, and its consequence is that the scale runs in the opposite direction to the quantity it measures: more acidic means more hydrogen ions means a lower pH.

Step four: quantify one unit. pH 3 corresponds to \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 10^{-3} \) and pH 4 to \( 10^{-4} \). The ratio is \( \frac{10^{-3}}{10^{-4}} = 10 \), so a solution at pH 3 has ten times the hydrogen ion concentration of one at pH 4.

Step five: quantify two units. pH 3 against pH 5: \( \frac{10^{-3}}{10^{-5}} = 100 \). A hundredfold difference, from a change that looks small when written down.

Step six: apply it to acid rain. Unpolluted rain is naturally slightly acidic at about pH 5.6, because atmospheric carbon dioxide dissolves in it. Rain recorded at pH 4.0 in industrial regions is 1.6 units lower, which is a factor of \( 10^{1.6} \), about forty times the hydrogen ion concentration. Describing that as a change from 5.6 to 4.0 understates it severely.

Step seven: apply it to the ocean. Surface ocean pH has fallen from about 8.2 to about 8.1 since the industrial era began. That is one tenth of a unit, which sounds negligible, and corresponds to \( 10^{0.1} = 1.26 \), a twenty-six percent increase in hydrogen ion concentration. Lesson 11.8 takes up what follows from it.

Step eight: state the reading rule. Never interpret a pH difference as a proportional change in acidity. Convert it to a ratio by raising ten to the power of the difference, and quote that. A pH graph with a vertical axis spanning one unit is showing a tenfold range, which is the opposite of the truncated-axis problem from lesson 1.4: here the compressed axis understates rather than exaggerates.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the definition of pH.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{pH} = -\log[\text{H}^{+}] \)

  2. Give the hydrogen ion concentration in pure water at 25 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    \( 1 \times 10^{-7} \) mol/L

  3. What is the product of the hydrogen ion and hydroxide concentrations in any aqueous solution?
    Show the full solution

    \( 1 \times 10^{-14} \)

  4. How many times more acidic is pH 2 than pH 6?
    Show the full solution

    Four units, so \( 10^4 \). 10 000 times

  5. Does a lower pH mean more or fewer hydrogen ions?
    Show the full solution

    More, because of the minus sign in the definition

  6. Explain why the pH scale is logarithmic rather than linear.
    Show the full solution

    Because the quantity it reports spans about fourteen orders of magnitude in ordinary solutions, from roughly \( 10^{-1} \) mol/L in stomach acid to \( 10^{-14} \) in concentrated alkali, and no linear scale can display such a range usefully. A linear axis accommodating stomach acid would place every solution from pure water upward indistinguishably at zero, while one resolving pure water would need fourteen digits. Taking a logarithm converts multiplication into addition, so each factor of ten becomes one step, and the whole range fits into fourteen readable units. The cost is that the scale is no longer proportional, so differences must be converted back into ratios before they can be interpreted, which is the source of most misreadings. The concentration spans fourteen orders of magnitude, which no linear scale can display; logarithms turn each factor of ten into one unit

  7. Explain why raising the hydrogen ion concentration necessarily lowers the hydroxide concentration.
    Show the full solution

    Because the two are linked by the self-ionization equilibrium of water, whose constant is fixed at a given temperature. The product \( [\text{H}^{+}][\text{OH}^{-}] \) equals \( 1 \times 10^{-14} \) in any aqueous solution at 25 degrees Celsius, so the two concentrations are inversely related and one cannot rise without the other falling. Mechanistically this is Le Chatelier's principle applied to \( \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \): adding hydrogen ions disturbs the equilibrium, which shifts backward to consume them, combining them with hydroxide ions and reducing the hydroxide concentration until the product returns to \( 10^{-14} \). This is why no aqueous solution can be simultaneously strongly acidic and strongly basic. Their product is fixed at \( 10^{-14} \), so the self-ionization equilibrium shifts to remove hydroxide when hydrogen ions are added

  8. Rain at pH 4.0 is described as acid rain while rain at pH 5.6 is called normal. Explain both the difference and why 5.6 is not neutral.
    Show the full solution

    Unpolluted rain is not neutral because atmospheric carbon dioxide dissolves in falling droplets and forms carbonic acid, which releases hydrogen ions and brings the pH down to about 5.6. That is a natural baseline, not pollution. Rain at pH 4.0 is 1.6 units below it, and since each unit is a factor of ten the hydrogen ion concentration is \( 10^{1.6} \), about forty times higher. That additional acidity comes from sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides released by combustion, which form sulfuric and nitric acids in the atmosphere, and unlike carbonic acid these are strong acids that ionize completely. Describing the difference as "1.6 units" makes it sound minor; describing it as a fortyfold increase conveys why it damages forests, lakes and limestone buildings. 5.6 is the natural baseline from dissolved carbon dioxide; pH 4.0 is about forty times more acidic, from sulfur and nitrogen oxides

  9. Explain why the minus sign appears in the definition of pH.
    Show the full solution

    Because hydrogen ion concentrations in aqueous solution are always less than one mole per liter in practice, and the logarithm of a number smaller than one is negative. Without the minus sign pure water would have a pH of -7, stomach acid -1 and bleach -13, so every ordinary value would carry a negative sign that conveys no information and invites arithmetic slips. Including the minus in the definition flips all of them positive and produces the familiar zero to fourteen range. The consequence is that the scale runs in the opposite direction to the quantity it reports: the most acidic solutions, with the most hydrogen ions, have the lowest pH values. That inversion is the second most common source of error with pH, after treating the scale as linear. Concentrations below one give negative logarithms, so the minus makes ordinary values positive, at the cost of inverting the scale

  10. A graph of ocean pH has a vertical axis running from 8.05 to 8.25. Explain why this is not the misleading practice warned about in lesson 1.4.
    Show the full solution

    Lesson 1.4 warned that a truncated axis exaggerates, because the eye judges a difference by the height it occupies and a compressed range makes a small change look large. On a logarithmic scale the reasoning reverses. An axis spanning 0.2 pH units is displaying a range of \( 10^{0.2} \), about a 58 percent variation in hydrogen ion concentration, which is a substantial chemical change occupying the full height of the plot. Plotting the same data on an axis from 0 to 14 would compress it to an imperceptible line and suggest nothing had happened, which would be the genuinely misleading choice. The general rule survives: the axis should be chosen so that the variation of interest is visible, and what counts as a large variation depends on whether the scale is linear or logarithmic. On a log scale a narrow axis shows a large concentration range; here 0.2 units is about a 58 percent change, so the full scale would hide it

Lesson 11.3 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-2

Calculating pH and pOH, in both directions

Four quantities are connected by three relationships, and any one of them determines the other three. The calculations are short; what has to be learned is which relationship connects which pair, and the habit of checking that the answer falls on the right side of seven.

The key ideas
  1. \( \text{pH} = -\log[\text{H}^{+}] \) and, running it backward, \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 10^{-\text{pH}} \).
  2. \( \text{pOH} = -\log[\text{OH}^{-}] \) and \( [\text{OH}^{-}] = 10^{-\text{pOH}} \), defined identically for the other ion.
  3. \( \text{pH} + \text{pOH} = 14 \) at 25 degrees Celsius, which follows from the ion product being \( 10^{-14} \).
  4. \( [\text{H}^{+}][\text{OH}^{-}] = 1 \times 10^{-14} \), so either concentration gives the other directly.
  5. Route from a hydroxide concentration to pH: find pOH, then subtract from 14. This is shorter than converting concentrations.
  6. Check the side: an acid must give a pH below 7 and a base above 7. This single check catches most sign and route errors.
  7. Significant figures in a logarithm are counted in the decimal places: \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 2.5 \times 10^{-4} \) has two significant figures, so the pH is quoted to two decimal places as 3.60.

Where students lose marks: giving a pH above 7 for an acid. If the answer is on the wrong side of neutral, a concentration was used in place of the other or the sign was dropped, and the calculation should be redone rather than reported.

Worked example

Part one. A solution has \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 2.5 \times 10^{-4} \) mol/L. Find its pH, its pOH and its hydroxide concentration.

Step one: predict before calculating. The hydrogen ion concentration is larger than \( 10^{-7} \), so the solution is acidic and the pH must be below 7. Anything above 7 will be wrong.

Step two: take the logarithm. \( \text{pH} = -\log(2.5 \times 10^{-4}) = 3.60 \). The value lies between 3 and 4, as it must, since \( 2.5 \times 10^{-4} \) lies between \( 10^{-4} \) and \( 10^{-3} \).

Step three: find pOH. \( \text{pOH} = 14 - 3.60 = 10.40 \).

Step four: find the hydroxide concentration. Either \( [\text{OH}^{-}] = 10^{-10.40} = 4.0 \times 10^{-11} \), or use the ion product: \( \frac{1 \times 10^{-14}}{2.5 \times 10^{-4}} = 4.0 \times 10^{-11} \). The two routes agree, which checks the arithmetic.

Part two. A sodium hydroxide solution has \( [\text{OH}^{-}] = 1 \times 10^{-4} \) mol/L. Find its pH.

Step five: predict. A hydroxide concentration above \( 10^{-7} \) means a basic solution, so the pH must exceed 7.

Step six: take the shorter route. Find pOH first: \( -\log(1 \times 10^{-4}) = 4.00 \).

Step seven: subtract. \( \text{pH} = 14 - 4.00 = \) 10.00, which is above 7 as predicted.

Step eight: compare with the longer route. Converting concentrations first gives \( [\text{H}^{+}] = \frac{10^{-14}}{10^{-4}} = 10^{-10} \), then \( \text{pH} = 10.00 \). Same answer, one more step. The pOH route is preferable whenever the hydroxide concentration is what you are given, and knowing both routes provides the independent check used in step four.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Find the pH of a solution with \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 1 \times 10^{-3} \) mol/L.
    Show the full solution

    3.00

  2. Find \( [\text{H}^{+}] \) for a solution of pH 5.
    Show the full solution

    \( 10^{-5} \). \( 1 \times 10^{-5} \) mol/L

  3. State the relationship between pH and pOH.
    Show the full solution

    They sum to 14 at 25 degrees Celsius

  4. A solution has pOH 2. Find its pH.
    Show the full solution

    12

  5. Find the pH of 0.010 M hydrochloric acid, which ionizes completely.
    Show the full solution

    \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 0.010 \), so \( -\log(0.010) \). 2.00

  6. A solution has \( [\text{OH}^{-}] = 2.0 \times 10^{-3} \) mol/L. Find its pH, and check the answer.
    Show the full solution

    Predict first: the hydroxide concentration is well above \( 10^{-7} \), so the solution is basic and the pH must exceed 7. Take the pOH route since hydroxide is what was given: \( \text{pOH} = -\log(2.0 \times 10^{-3}) = 2.70 \). Then \( \text{pH} = 14 - 2.70 = 11.30 \), which is comfortably above 7 as predicted. As an independent check, the ion product gives \( [\text{H}^{+}] = \frac{1 \times 10^{-14}}{2.0 \times 10^{-3}} = 5.0 \times 10^{-12} \), and \( -\log(5.0 \times 10^{-12}) = 11.30 \). The two routes agree. pH 11.30

  7. A student calculates the pH of an acid as 9.2. Explain how they can tell it is wrong without redoing the calculation.
    Show the full solution

    Because an acid by definition increases the hydrogen ion concentration above the neutral value of \( 10^{-7} \), and any concentration above \( 10^{-7} \) gives a pH below 7 once the negative logarithm is taken. A pH of 9.2 corresponds to \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 6 \times 10^{-10} \), which is far lower than pure water's, so the answer describes a basic solution and contradicts the premise. Two errors produce this symptom: using the hydroxide concentration where the hydrogen ion concentration was required, which is common when both are given, or calculating the pOH and forgetting to subtract it from 14. Checking which side of 7 the answer falls on takes a moment and catches both, which is why it should precede reporting any pH. An acid must give a pH below 7; the value corresponds to a basic solution, so a concentration was swapped or the pOH was not subtracted

  8. Explain why pH and pOH sum to 14, deriving it rather than asserting it.
    Show the full solution

    Start from the ion product of water, which is fixed at 25 degrees Celsius: \( [\text{H}^{+}][\text{OH}^{-}] = 1 \times 10^{-14} \). Take the logarithm of both sides, using the rule that the logarithm of a product is the sum of the logarithms: \( \log[\text{H}^{+}] + \log[\text{OH}^{-}] = \log(10^{-14}) = -14 \). Multiply throughout by -1: \( -\log[\text{H}^{+}] - \log[\text{OH}^{-}] = 14 \). The two terms on the left are precisely the definitions of pH and pOH, so \( \text{pH} + \text{pOH} = 14 \). The derivation also shows the limitation: the value 14 comes from the ion product, which changes with temperature, so the sum is 14 only at 25 degrees Celsius and is slightly different at other temperatures. Taking logarithms of \( [\text{H}^{+}][\text{OH}^{-}] = 10^{-14} \) gives the sum directly, and it holds only at 25 degrees

  9. Explain why the pH scale conventionally runs from 0 to 14 and whether values outside that range are possible.
    Show the full solution

    The conventional range comes from the ion product: if the hydrogen ion concentration is 1 mol/L the pH is 0, and if it is \( 10^{-14} \) the pH is 14, and those bracket the concentrations achievable in reasonably dilute aqueous solution. Values outside are perfectly possible and are not a contradiction. A 10 mol/L solution of a strong acid would have \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 10 \) and therefore a pH of -1, and concentrated sodium hydroxide can exceed pH 14. The definition contains nothing that forbids it; the range is a description of common solutions rather than a limit. At such concentrations the simple treatment becomes unreliable for other reasons, since the ions interact strongly enough that concentration no longer predicts behavior accurately, which is why the extremes are rarely quoted. 0 to 14 corresponds to 1 mol/L down to \( 10^{-14} \); values outside occur in very concentrated solutions and are not forbidden

  10. Explain why the pH of a solution changes with temperature even if nothing is added.
    Show the full solution

    Because the self-ionization of water is itself an equilibrium with an enthalpy change, and temperature is the one disturbance that alters an equilibrium constant, as lesson 10.7 established. Self-ionization is endothermic, so raising the temperature shifts it forward, producing more hydrogen and hydroxide ions and raising the ion product above \( 10^{-14} \). Pure water at a higher temperature therefore has a hydrogen ion concentration above \( 10^{-7} \) and a pH below 7. It is not acidic, however: the hydroxide concentration has risen by exactly the same amount, so the solution remains neutral, and what has changed is the pH value that corresponds to neutrality. This is why the figure of 7 for neutral and 14 for the sum of pH and pOH are both quoted with the qualification "at 25 degrees Celsius". Self-ionization is endothermic, so heating raises the ion product; neutral water then has a pH below 7 while remaining neutral

Lesson 11.4 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-2

Strong against weak, which is not the same as concentrated against dilute

These two pairs of words describe different properties and students merge them constantly. Strength is about what fraction of the acid ionizes, which is a fixed property of the substance. Concentration is about how much acid was dissolved, which is a choice made when the solution was prepared. A dilute strong acid and a concentrated weak acid are entirely different things.

The key ideas
  1. A strong acid ionizes completely in water. Every molecule donates its proton, so the hydrogen ion concentration equals the acid concentration.
  2. A weak acid ionizes only partially, typically a few percent, and sits at an equilibrium between ionized and unionized forms.
  3. The six strong acids worth knowing are hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, sulfuric and perchloric. Essentially every other acid you meet is weak.
  4. Strong bases are the group 1 and heavier group 2 hydroxides; ammonia is the common weak base.
  5. Strength is a property of the substance; concentration is a property of the solution. The two vary independently.
  6. A weak acid is written with a reversible arrow, a strong acid with a single arrow, and that notation is the difference made visible.
  7. A weak acid solution is a reservoir. Most of the acid is unionized, so neutralizing the free hydrogen ions causes more to ionize, which is the basis of buffering in lesson 11.7.

Where students lose marks: writing that a concentrated acid is a strong acid. Concentrated vinegar is a concentrated weak acid; very dilute hydrochloric acid is a dilute strong acid. The words are not interchangeable.

Worked example

The problem. Compare 0.10 M hydrochloric acid with 0.10 M ethanoic acid. They have the same concentration. Find the pH of each and explain three experimental differences.

Step one: hydrochloric acid, a strong acid. It ionizes completely:

\[ \text{HCl} \rightarrow \text{H}^{+} + \text{Cl}^{-} \]

Every molecule donates its proton, so \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 0.10 \) mol/L, the same as the acid concentration.

Step two: find its pH. \( \text{pH} = -\log(0.10) = \) 1.00.

Step three: ethanoic acid, a weak acid. It ionizes partially and reaches an equilibrium:

\[ \text{CH}_3\text{COOH} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{CH}_3\text{COO}^{-} \]

At this concentration about one percent ionizes, so \( [\text{H}^{+}] \approx 0.001 \) mol/L.

Step four: find its pH. \( \text{pH} = -\log(0.001) = \) 3.00, two units higher.

Step five: state the size of the difference. Two pH units is a factor of a hundred in hydrogen ion concentration, from solutions containing the same amount of acid per liter. The difference is entirely due to what fraction has ionized, which is the definition of strength.

Step six: first experimental difference, pH. A pH meter distinguishes them immediately, reading 1 and 3. This measures the free hydrogen ions only.

Step seven: second difference, rate of reaction. Adding magnesium to each, the hydrochloric acid fizzes far more vigorously at first, because the reaction rate depends on the hydrogen ion concentration and that is a hundred times higher. Conductivity behaves the same way, since the strong acid has far more ions.

Step eight: third difference, and the one that surprises. Titrate each against sodium hydroxide and both require exactly the same volume to neutralize. The titration measures the total acid available, not the free hydrogen ions, and both solutions contain 0.10 mol of acid per liter. As the free hydrogen ions are neutralized, the ethanoic acid equilibrium shifts forward and releases more, until all of it has been consumed. This is the clearest demonstration that strength and quantity are separate, and it is what makes a weak acid behave as a reservoir.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What distinguishes a strong acid from a weak one?
    Show the full solution

    A strong acid ionizes completely; a weak acid ionizes only partially

  2. Name three strong acids.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrochloric, nitric and sulfuric (also hydrobromic, hydroiodic, perchloric)

  3. Name a common weak base.
    Show the full solution

    Ammonia

  4. Which arrow is used when writing the ionization of a weak acid?
    Show the full solution

    A reversible double arrow

  5. Find the pH of 0.010 M nitric acid.
    Show the full solution

    Nitric acid is strong, so \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 0.010 \). pH 2.00

  6. Explain the difference between a concentrated weak acid and a dilute strong acid.
    Show the full solution

    They differ in which property is doing the work. A concentrated weak acid contains a large number of acid molecules per liter, but only a small fraction of them are ionized at any moment, so the free hydrogen ion concentration may be modest and the pH relatively high. A dilute strong acid contains far fewer acid molecules per liter, but every one of them is ionized, so all of that smaller quantity contributes to the hydrogen ion concentration. Depending on the numbers either could have the lower pH. What is certain is that they respond differently to neutralization: the concentrated weak acid holds a large reserve of unionized molecules that release further hydrogen ions as the free ones are removed, so it requires far more base to neutralize completely. One has many molecules mostly unionized, the other few molecules fully ionized; pH and neutralizing capacity can differ independently

  7. Explain why 0.10 M hydrochloric acid and 0.10 M ethanoic acid need the same volume of sodium hydroxide to neutralize despite differing in pH by two units.
    Show the full solution

    Because a titration measures the total quantity of acid present rather than the hydrogen ions free at any instant, and both solutions contain 0.10 mol of acid per liter. In the hydrochloric acid every molecule has already donated its proton, so the free hydrogen ions are the whole of the acid. In the ethanoic acid only about one percent is ionized at the start, but as the base neutralizes those free hydrogen ions the ionization equilibrium is disturbed and shifts forward to replace them, by Le Chatelier's principle. That process continues until every ethanoic acid molecule has ionized and been neutralized. The pH difference reports the instantaneous free concentration; the titre reports the total, and they are different quantities. The titration consumes all the acid, and the weak acid's equilibrium keeps releasing more hydrogen ions as the free ones are removed

  8. Explain why a weak acid solution conducts electricity less well than a strong acid solution of the same concentration.
    Show the full solution

    Because conduction depends on the number of mobile charged particles present, and the two solutions differ enormously in that even though they contain the same amount of acid. In 0.10 M hydrochloric acid every molecule has ionized, so the solution contains 0.10 mol/L of hydrogen ions and 0.10 mol/L of chloride ions, giving a high concentration of charge carriers. In 0.10 M ethanoic acid only about one percent has ionized, so the ion concentrations are around 0.001 mol/L and the remaining ninety-nine percent of the acid is present as neutral molecules that carry no charge and contribute nothing. With roughly a hundred times fewer ions available, the weak acid conducts correspondingly less. Conductivity therefore measures the same quantity as pH does, the free ion concentration, which is why the two tests agree. Only ions conduct, and the weak acid has about a hundred times fewer because most of it remains as neutral molecules

  9. Explain why hydrofluoric acid is classified as weak yet is extremely hazardous.
    Show the full solution

    Because strength and hazard measure different things entirely. Strength describes the fraction of molecules that ionize in water, and hydrofluoric acid ionizes only partially, largely because the hydrogen-fluorine bond is unusually strong, so by definition it is a weak acid and its solutions have a relatively high pH for their concentration. Its hazard has nothing to do with hydrogen ion concentration: the fluoride ion penetrates skin readily without immediately causing the pain a strong acid would, travels into deeper tissue, and binds calcium and magnesium ions in the body, which disrupts nerve function and can cause bone damage and cardiac arrest from a burn that initially appears minor. The classification is a statement about ionization, and reading it as a statement about danger is a category error. Weak refers to partial ionization; its danger comes from the fluoride ion's biological effects, not from hydrogen ion concentration

  10. Explain why diluting a strong acid ten times raises its pH by exactly one unit but diluting a weak acid ten times raises it by less.
    Show the full solution

    For a strong acid the ionization is already complete, so the hydrogen ion concentration simply equals the acid concentration. Diluting tenfold divides both by ten, and since each factor of ten in concentration is one pH unit, the pH rises by exactly one. For a weak acid the ionization is an equilibrium, and diluting disturbs it. Reducing the concentration shifts the equilibrium toward the side with more particles, which is the ionized side, so a larger fraction of the acid now ionizes than before. The hydrogen ion concentration therefore falls by less than a factor of ten, and the pH rises by less than one unit. The effect is a direct application of Le Chatelier's principle, and it is why the pH of a weak acid is less predictable from its concentration than that of a strong one. Dilution shifts the weak acid's equilibrium toward further ionization, so its hydrogen ion concentration falls by less than tenfold

Lesson 11.5 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-2

Neutralization, and why the resulting salt is often not neutral

Acid plus base gives salt plus water, which is the most quoted equation in the subject and also the most misleading, because it suggests the product is always neutral. It frequently is not, and the reason is the conjugate relationship from lesson 11.1.

The key ideas
  1. Neutralization is acid plus base giving salt plus water. The salt is the ionic compound formed from the acid's anion and the base's cation.
  2. The net ionic equation is always the same for a strong acid and strong base: \( \text{H}^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O} \).
  3. That is why neutralization reactions release similar amounts of energy: the underlying reaction is identical, whatever the spectator ions.
  4. The salt of a strong acid and a strong base is neutral, because neither ion reacts appreciably with water.
  5. The salt of a weak acid and a strong base is basic, because the anion is the conjugate base of a weak acid and accepts protons from water.
  6. The salt of a strong acid and a weak base is acidic, for the mirror-image reason.
  7. The rule: the stronger parent wins. Identify which parent was strong and the salt takes that character.

Where students lose marks: assuming every neutralization gives a pH of exactly 7. Sodium ethanoate solution has a pH around 9, because the ethanoate ion is a base. Check which parents the salt came from.

Worked example

Part one. Write the molecular and net ionic equations for hydrochloric acid neutralizing sodium hydroxide, and explain why the net equation matters.

Step one: write the molecular equation. The acid's anion pairs with the base's cation to give the salt, and the hydrogen and hydroxide give water.

\[ \text{HCl}(aq) + \text{NaOH}(aq) \rightarrow \text{NaCl}(aq) + \text{H}_2\text{O}(l) \]

Step two: apply lesson 5.6. Both the acid and the base are strong, so both are fully ionized, and the salt is soluble so it is also ionized. Water is molecular and stays intact. Splitting everything aqueous and canceling the sodium and chloride ions, which appear unchanged on both sides, leaves

\[ \text{H}^{+}(aq) + \text{OH}^{-}(aq) \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O}(l) \]

Step three: state why this matters. The same net equation results from nitric acid with potassium hydroxide, or sulfuric acid with sodium hydroxide, or any other strong acid with any strong base. The spectator ions differ and the chemistry does not, which is why all such neutralizations release closely similar energy per mole of water formed.

Part two. Predict whether solutions of sodium chloride, sodium ethanoate and ammonium chloride are acidic, basic or neutral.

Step four: sodium chloride. Its parents are hydrochloric acid, strong, and sodium hydroxide, strong. The sodium ion is the conjugate acid of a strong base and has no tendency to donate protons; the chloride ion is the conjugate base of a strong acid and has no tendency to accept them. Neither reacts with water, so the solution is neutral.

Step five: sodium ethanoate. Its parents are ethanoic acid, weak, and sodium hydroxide, strong. The sodium ion again does nothing. The ethanoate ion is the conjugate base of a weak acid, which means it holds a proton reasonably well and will take one from water:

\[ \text{CH}_3\text{COO}^{-} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{CH}_3\text{COOH} + \text{OH}^{-} \]

This produces hydroxide ions, so the solution is basic, with a pH around 9.

Step six: ammonium chloride. Its parents are hydrochloric acid, strong, and ammonia, weak. The chloride ion does nothing. The ammonium ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base, so it donates a proton to water, producing H3O+. The solution is acidic.

Step seven: state the general rule. The character of the salt follows the stronger parent. Strong with strong gives neutral; weak acid with strong base gives basic; strong acid with weak base gives acidic. The mechanism in every case is the conjugate of the weak parent reacting with water.

Step eight: give the practical consequence. Sodium hydrogen carbonate, the salt of the weak carbonic acid and the strong sodium hydroxide, is basic in solution, which is why it neutralizes stomach acid and why it is used to treat acid spills. The rule predicts the behavior without any measurement.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the general word equation for neutralization.
    Show the full solution

    Acid plus base gives salt plus water

  2. Give the net ionic equation for a strong acid neutralizing a strong base.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{H}^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O} \)

  3. Name the salt formed from nitric acid and potassium hydroxide.
    Show the full solution

    Potassium nitrate

  4. Is sodium chloride solution acidic, basic or neutral?
    Show the full solution

    Neutral, since both parents were strong

  5. State the rule for predicting the character of a salt solution.
    Show the full solution

    The salt takes the character of the stronger parent

  6. Balance the neutralization of sulfuric acid by sodium hydroxide and explain the coefficient.
    Show the full solution

    Sulfuric acid is diprotic, so each molecule can donate two protons and therefore requires two hydroxide ions to neutralize it fully. The balanced equation is \( \text{H}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{NaOH} \rightarrow \text{Na}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \). Checking: hydrogen 4 on each side, sulfur 1, oxygen \( 4 + 2 = 6 \) on the left and \( 4 + 2 = 6 \) on the right, sodium 2. The coefficient of 2 on the base is the practical consequence of the acid being diprotic, and it matters in titration calculations, where forgetting it halves or doubles the answer, as lesson 11.6 shows. \( \text{H}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{NaOH} \rightarrow \text{Na}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \); the 2 arises because the acid is diprotic

  7. Explain why sodium ethanoate solution is basic.
    Show the full solution

    Because the ethanoate ion is the conjugate base of a weak acid and therefore has an appreciable affinity for protons. Ethanoic acid is weak, meaning it holds its proton rather than releasing it fully, and the same relationship read in reverse means the ethanoate ion readily takes a proton back. In solution it takes one from water, producing ethanoic acid and leaving a hydroxide ion behind, and the accumulation of hydroxide makes the solution basic with a pH around 9. The sodium ion contributes nothing, being the conjugate acid of a strong base and having no tendency to donate protons. The general principle is that the conjugate of a weak parent is itself appreciably reactive toward water, while the conjugate of a strong parent is not. Ethanoate is the conjugate base of a weak acid, so it takes protons from water and generates hydroxide ions

  8. Explain why all strong acid and strong base neutralizations release almost the same energy per mole.
    Show the full solution

    Because the reaction actually occurring is identical in every case. Both a strong acid and a strong base are completely ionized in solution before mixing, so the only chemical change on mixing is that hydrogen ions and hydroxide ions combine to form water, and the net ionic equation is \( \text{H}^{+} + \text{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \text{H}_2\text{O} \) whatever the spectator ions happen to be. Since the energy released depends on the bonds formed and broken, and those are the same in every case, the enthalpy of neutralization is close to constant at about -57 kJ per mole of water formed. The small variations that are observed come from differences in how the spectator ions are hydrated, not from the neutralization itself. Weak acids depart from the value, because energy is also required to ionize them first. The net reaction is always the same combination of hydrogen and hydroxide ions, so the same bonds form in every case

  9. Predict whether ammonium nitrate solution is acidic, basic or neutral, and explain.
    Show the full solution

    Identify the parents first. The nitrate ion comes from nitric acid, which is strong, and the ammonium ion comes from ammonia, which is weak. The nitrate ion is therefore the conjugate base of a strong acid and has essentially no affinity for protons, so it does not react with water. The ammonium ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base, which means it holds its extra proton loosely enough to donate it, and in solution it does so to water, producing hydronium ions and ammonia. Hydronium accumulates, so the solution is acidic, with a pH below 7. Applying the rule directly reaches the same conclusion in one step: the stronger parent was the acid, so the salt is acidic. Acidic; the ammonium ion is the conjugate acid of a weak base and donates a proton to water

  10. Explain why sodium hydrogen carbonate is used to treat both acid spills and indigestion, and why a strong base would be unsuitable.
    Show the full solution

    Sodium hydrogen carbonate is the salt of a strong base and the weak carbonic acid, so by the rule its solution is basic and it neutralizes acid. What makes it suitable for both applications is that it is only mildly basic, reaching a pH of about 8.3 rather than the 13 or 14 of a strong base. That is enough to neutralize an acid but not enough to cause damage in its own right, so an excess is harmless, which matters when the quantity of acid is unknown as in a spill or a stomach. A strong base such as sodium hydroxide would neutralize the acid effectively and then, in excess, cause burns as severe as the acid it replaced, converting one hazard into another. The carbonate also signals completion visibly by releasing carbon dioxide, which stops when the acid is gone. It is mildly basic, so an excess is harmless, while a strong base would burn; the fizzing also shows when neutralization is complete

Lesson 11.6 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-7

Titration, and measuring a concentration you cannot weigh

A solution's concentration cannot be read off the bottle if the bottle is unlabeled, and it cannot be weighed. Titration determines it by reacting the unknown with a solution of known concentration and measuring exactly how much is required, which makes it the solution-phase equivalent of the stoichiometry in unit 6.

The key ideas
  1. A known solution is added from a burette to a measured volume of unknown until the reaction is exactly complete.
  2. The equivalence point is where the reactants are present in exactly the ratio the equation requires. The endpoint is where the indicator changes color.
  3. They are not the same thing. A good indicator makes them nearly coincide, and the difference is a source of error.
  4. The calculation is the road map from lesson 6.1, entering and leaving through \( n = MV \).
  5. The mole ratio from the balanced equation is essential. For a diprotic acid it is not one to one, and treating it as such halves or doubles the answer.
  6. Repeat until titres agree closely, usually within 0.10 mL, and average the concordant results. The first run is a rough one.
  7. The choice of indicator depends on the parents, because the pH at the equivalence point depends on the salt formed, as lesson 11.5 established.

Where students lose marks: using a one to one ratio for sulfuric acid. Each H2SO4 requires two NaOH, so the moles of base must be halved to get the moles of acid.

Worked example

Part one. 25.0 mL of hydrochloric acid of unknown concentration requires 32.0 mL of 0.100 M sodium hydroxide to reach the endpoint. Find the concentration of the acid.

Step one: write and balance the equation.

\[ \text{HCl} + \text{NaOH} \rightarrow \text{NaCl} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \]

The ratio is one to one.

Step two: find the moles of the known solution. The base is the known one, so start there.

\[ n = MV = 0.100 \times 0.0320 = 0.00320 \text{ mol NaOH} \]

Note the volume converted to liters, as always.

Step three: apply the mole ratio. One to one, so \( 0.00320 \) mol of HCl was present in the flask.

Step four: convert to a concentration.

\[ M = \frac{n}{V} = \frac{0.00320}{0.0250} = 0.128 \text{ M} \]

Step five: sanity check. More base was needed than the volume of acid taken, 32.0 mL against 25.0 mL, so the acid must be more concentrated than the base if the ratio is one to one. It is: 0.128 M against 0.100 M, by the same ratio \( \frac{32.0}{25.0} = 1.28 \).

Part two. 25.0 mL of sulfuric acid requires 40.0 mL of 0.200 M sodium hydroxide. Find its concentration.

Step six: balance the equation and note the ratio.

\[ \text{H}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{NaOH} \rightarrow \text{Na}_2\text{SO}_4 + 2\text{H}_2\text{O} \]

Two moles of base per mole of acid, because sulfuric acid is diprotic.

Step seven: calculate. \( n_{\text{NaOH}} = 0.200 \times 0.0400 = 0.00800 \) mol. Applying the ratio, \( n_{\text{acid}} = \frac{0.00800}{2} = 0.00400 \) mol. Then \( M = \frac{0.00400}{0.0250} = \) 0.160 M.

Step eight: note the error the ratio prevents, and the indicator choice. Ignoring the diprotic ratio would give 0.320 M, twice the true value, with nothing in the arithmetic to reveal it. On indicators: both these titrations pair a strong acid with a strong base, so the salt is neutral and the equivalence point is at pH 7, where either phenolphthalein or methyl orange works. Titrating ethanoic acid against sodium hydroxide gives a basic salt and an equivalence point near pH 9, so phenolphthalein, which changes around pH 8 to 10, is correct and methyl orange, changing around pH 3 to 4, would signal far too early.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. What is the equivalence point?
    Show the full solution

    The point at which the reactants are present in exactly the ratio the equation requires

  2. What is the endpoint?
    Show the full solution

    The point at which the indicator changes color

  3. Which piece of apparatus delivers the known solution?
    Show the full solution

    The burette

  4. Find the moles in 20.0 mL of 0.150 M solution.
    Show the full solution

    \( 0.150 \times 0.0200 \). 0.00300 mol

  5. How many moles of NaOH are needed per mole of H2SO4?
    Show the full solution

    Two

  6. 20.0 mL of nitric acid requires 25.0 mL of 0.200 M potassium hydroxide. Find the acid concentration.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{HNO}_3 + \text{KOH} \rightarrow \text{KNO}_3 + \text{H}_2\text{O} \), a one to one ratio since nitric acid is monoprotic. Moles of base: \( n = 0.200 \times 0.0250 = 0.00500 \) mol. The ratio gives 0.00500 mol of acid. Concentration: \( M = \frac{0.00500}{0.0200} = 0.250 \) M. Checking the sense of it, a smaller volume of acid neutralized a larger volume of base at a one to one ratio, so the acid must be the more concentrated, and it is, by exactly the volume ratio \( \frac{25.0}{20.0} = 1.25 \) applied to 0.200 M. 0.250 M

  7. Explain the difference between the equivalence point and the endpoint, and why it matters.
    Show the full solution

    The equivalence point is a chemical condition: the exact moment at which the amounts of acid and base present match the stoichiometric ratio of the balanced equation. It cannot be seen. The endpoint is what the experimenter actually observes, namely the first permanent color change of the indicator, and it is a proxy for the equivalence point rather than the thing itself. The two differ by however much extra titrant was needed to trigger the indicator, which is why an indicator must be chosen whose color change occurs at a pH close to the equivalence point's. If the two are far apart the titre is systematically wrong, and since the error is always in the same direction it cannot be averaged away. Using methyl orange for a weak acid against a strong base is the standard example of getting this wrong. Equivalence is the stoichiometric condition and endpoint is the observed color change; a mismatched indicator gives a systematic error

  8. Explain why the indicator for a weak acid against a strong base differs from that for a strong acid against a strong base.
    Show the full solution

    Because the pH at the equivalence point differs, and the indicator must change color there. With a strong acid and a strong base the salt formed is neutral, as lesson 11.5 showed, so the equivalence point is at pH 7 and a wide range of indicators will work. With a weak acid and a strong base the salt is the conjugate base of a weak acid and is therefore basic in solution, so the equivalence point lies around pH 9. An indicator changing near pH 9, such as phenolphthalein, marks it correctly. Methyl orange changes around pH 3 to 4, which in this titration occurs long before the acid has been fully neutralized, so it would signal far too early and the calculated concentration would be substantially too low. The indicator is chosen from the chemistry, not by habit. The salt formed is basic, so the equivalence point is near pH 9 and phenolphthalein is needed rather than methyl orange

  9. Explain why the first titration is treated as a rough one and why titres are averaged only if concordant.
    Show the full solution

    The first run is performed without knowing where the endpoint will fall, so the titrant is added quickly and the endpoint is almost certainly overshot, giving a titre that is too large. Its value is that it locates the endpoint approximately, so subsequent runs can be added rapidly until just short of it and then dropwise, which is the only way to stop at the correct point. Averaging is restricted to concordant results, usually those agreeing within 0.10 mL, because an average is only meaningful if the values are measurements of the same quantity. Including an outlier would pull the mean toward a value no careful run produced, which is the point lesson 1.3 made about reporting a mean without regard to spread. A wide scatter is itself a signal that the technique is at fault and should be investigated rather than averaged. The rough run locates the endpoint but overshoots; averaging only concordant titres keeps an outlier from distorting the mean

  10. A student titrates sulfuric acid but uses a one to one ratio. Explain the effect and how the error could be caught.
    Show the full solution

    Sulfuric acid is diprotic and requires two moles of hydroxide per mole of acid, so the moles of base must be halved to obtain the moles of acid. Omitting that step reports twice the true concentration, and in the worked example would give 0.320 M instead of 0.160 M. Nothing in the arithmetic signals it: the units cancel correctly and the answer is an entirely plausible concentration. It can be caught in two ways. The first is procedural: write the balanced equation before beginning any calculation and read the ratio from it rather than assuming. The second is a consistency check against an independent measurement, such as preparing a solution of known concentration by weighing and titrating it as a test of the method, which would reveal the factor of two immediately. It reports double the true concentration; write and use the balanced equation, and validate the method against a solution of known concentration

Lesson 11.7 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-6

Buffers, which resist a pH change from either direction

A buffer keeps the pH nearly constant when acid or base is added, which sounds like it violates something and does not. It works by holding a reservoir of both a proton donor and a proton acceptor, so whichever is added has something waiting to consume it. Blood and seawater are both buffered, and the second is what lesson 11.8 depends on.

The key ideas
  1. A buffer is a solution that resists changes in pH when small amounts of acid or base are added.
  2. It contains a weak acid together with its conjugate base, in comparable amounts, or a weak base with its conjugate acid.
  3. The weak acid consumes added base; the conjugate base consumes added acid. Both reserves are present at once.
  4. The reason a weak acid is required is that it remains largely unionized, so a substantial reserve is available rather than already spent.
  5. A strong acid cannot buffer, because it is fully ionized and its conjugate base has no affinity for protons.
  6. Buffers have a finite capacity. Once one component is exhausted the pH changes sharply, so a buffer resists change rather than preventing it.
  7. Blood is buffered by carbonic acid and hydrogen carbonate, holding its pH near 7.4, and seawater is buffered by the same pair.

Where students lose marks: saying a buffer keeps the pH constant. It keeps it nearly constant over a limited range, and beyond its capacity the pH moves as it would in unbuffered water. Say "resists" rather than "prevents".

Worked example

The problem. Explain how a buffer made from ethanoic acid and sodium ethanoate responds to added acid and to added base, and why a solution of hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride cannot do the same.

Step one: list what the buffer contains. Ethanoic acid, CH3COOH, which is weak and therefore mostly unionized, providing a large reserve of proton donors. Ethanoate ions, CH3COO-, supplied by the fully dissociated sodium ethanoate, providing a large reserve of proton acceptors.

Step two: add acid. Hydrogen ions enter the solution. The ethanoate ions are the conjugate base of a weak acid, so they have a real affinity for protons and take them up:

\[ \text{CH}_3\text{COO}^{-} + \text{H}^{+} \rightarrow \text{CH}_3\text{COOH} \]

Step three: state the result. The added hydrogen ions are converted into unionized ethanoic acid molecules, so they are removed from solution rather than contributing to the pH. The pH falls only slightly, by an amount reflecting the small change in the ratio of the two components.

Step four: add base. Hydroxide ions enter the solution. The unionized ethanoic acid, present in quantity, donates protons to them:

\[ \text{CH}_3\text{COOH} + \text{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \text{CH}_3\text{COO}^{-} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \]

Step five: state the result. The hydroxide is converted to water, so it does not raise the pH, and the acid reserve is converted into more ethanoate. Again the pH moves only slightly.

Step six: explain why the weak acid is essential. The reserve of unionized acid only exists because ethanoic acid is weak. A strong acid would be fully ionized, leaving no unionized molecules to neutralize added base, so half the buffering capacity would be absent. The other half fails too: the conjugate base of a strong acid, such as chloride, has essentially no affinity for protons and cannot mop up added acid. A mixture of hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride therefore buffers not at all.

Step seven: state the limit. Each response consumes one of the two reserves. Adding acid steadily converts ethanoate into ethanoic acid, and when the ethanoate is exhausted there is nothing left to absorb further additions, so the pH then falls sharply. The buffer's capacity is set by how much of each component is present.

Step eight: apply it to blood and seawater. Blood is buffered mainly by carbonic acid and hydrogen carbonate, holding the pH within about 0.05 units of 7.4, and a departure of a few tenths in either direction is life-threatening, which indicates how tightly the system must work. Seawater is buffered by the same carbonic acid and hydrogen carbonate pair, together with carbonate ions, and its capacity is large but finite. Lesson 11.8 takes up what happens as that capacity is consumed.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Define a buffer.
    Show the full solution

    A solution that resists changes in pH when small amounts of acid or base are added

  2. What two components does a buffer contain?
    Show the full solution

    A weak acid and its conjugate base, in comparable amounts

  3. Which component consumes added acid?
    Show the full solution

    The conjugate base

  4. What is the approximate pH of blood?
    Show the full solution

    About 7.4

  5. Name the conjugate pair that buffers blood and seawater.
    Show the full solution

    Carbonic acid and hydrogen carbonate

  6. Explain why a strong acid and its salt cannot form a buffer.
    Show the full solution

    Because both halves of the mechanism fail. Buffering against added base requires a reserve of unionized acid molecules able to donate protons, and a strong acid is completely ionized in solution, so no such reserve exists; the protons have all been released already and any added hydroxide simply consumes free hydrogen ions and raises the pH. Buffering against added acid requires a conjugate base with a real affinity for protons, and the conjugate base of a strong acid has essentially none, precisely because the parent acid gave its proton up so readily. Chloride ions in a solution of hydrochloric acid and sodium chloride therefore ignore added hydrogen ions entirely. A buffer needs a weak acid specifically because weakness is what leaves both reserves available at once. A strong acid leaves no unionized reserve, and its conjugate base has no affinity for protons, so neither addition is absorbed

  7. Explain why a buffer resists rather than prevents pH change.
    Show the full solution

    Because each response consumes one of the two reserves, and the reserves are finite. Adding acid converts conjugate base into weak acid, and adding base does the reverse, so every addition shifts the ratio between the two components. The pH depends on that ratio, so it does move, just by very much less than it would in unbuffered water, since converting a small fraction of a large reserve changes the ratio only slightly. Once one component is largely exhausted, however, there is nothing left to absorb further additions, and the pH then changes as sharply as it would with no buffer present. The accurate description is therefore that a buffer greatly reduces the pH change per mole of acid or base added, within a capacity set by how much of each component it holds. Each addition consumes one reserve and shifts the ratio slightly; beyond the capacity the pH moves sharply

  8. Explain why a solution of ethanoic acid alone is not a buffer, even though it is a weak acid.
    Show the full solution

    Because it has only one of the two required reserves in any quantity. The solution does contain a large reserve of unionized ethanoic acid, so it can neutralize added base effectively, and in that one direction it behaves somewhat like a buffer. What it lacks is an appreciable concentration of ethanoate ions, since only about one percent of the acid has ionized, so there is very little conjugate base available to absorb added acid. Adding hydrogen ions to such a solution therefore lowers the pH much as it would in water. A buffer requires both components present in comparable amounts, which is why sodium ethanoate is added deliberately: it supplies the conjugate base at a concentration the acid's own ionization could never reach. It has plenty of unionized acid but almost no conjugate base, so it resists added base only and not added acid

  9. Explain why blood must be buffered so tightly, and what happens if the buffer is overwhelmed.
    Show the full solution

    Because the proteins that carry out nearly every biological function have shapes that depend on pH, and a change of a few tenths of a unit alters the charge on the acidic and basic groups along a protein chain enough to distort its folding. Enzymes lose activity and oxygen transport by hemoglobin is impaired, so a blood pH outside roughly 7.0 to 7.8 is rapidly fatal. Metabolism continuously produces acid, particularly carbon dioxide which forms carbonic acid, so without buffering the pH would fall quickly. If the carbonic acid and hydrogen carbonate system is overwhelmed, as in severe diabetic ketoacidosis or in respiratory failure where carbon dioxide accumulates, the pH moves outside the tolerable range and the condition is a medical emergency. The body supports the buffer by adjusting breathing rate to expel carbon dioxide and by excreting acid through the kidneys. Protein shape and enzyme activity depend on pH, so a shift of a few tenths is life-threatening; exceeding the buffer's capacity is a medical emergency

  10. Explain why the ocean's buffering capacity matters for lesson 11.8, and why it is described as finite.
    Show the full solution

    Seawater contains carbonic acid, hydrogen carbonate and carbonate ions, which together form a buffer system that has held ocean pH within a narrow range for a very long time. That buffering is why the enormous quantity of carbon dioxide absorbed by the ocean has lowered its pH by only about 0.1 unit rather than by several units, and it is the reason the ocean has been able to take up roughly a third of human carbon dioxide emissions without becoming acidic in the ordinary sense. The capacity is finite because the buffering works by consuming carbonate ions, which combine with the added hydrogen ions to form hydrogen carbonate. Every mole absorbed removes a mole of carbonate from the water, and carbonate is replenished only slowly by the weathering of rock. The buffer is therefore being spent, and the consequences of that depletion are the subject of lesson 11.8. Buffering has limited the pH fall to about 0.1 unit, but it works by consuming carbonate ions, which are replaced only slowly

Lesson 11.8 · Unit 11 · HS-PS1-6, HS-ESS2-5, HS-ESS2-6, HS-ESS3-5

Ocean acidification, where the whole course meets

This last lesson uses almost everything the year has built. Gas solubility from unit 9, equilibrium and Le Chatelier from unit 10, acids and buffers from this unit, and the combustion stoichiometry of unit 6 all bear on a single question: what happens to the ocean as atmospheric carbon dioxide rises?

The key ideas
  1. Carbon dioxide dissolves in seawater and reacts with it to form carbonic acid, a weak acid.
  2. Carbonic acid ionizes in two steps, releasing hydrogen ions and forming first hydrogen carbonate and then carbonate ions.
  3. More dissolved carbon dioxide shifts the equilibria to the right, raising the hydrogen ion concentration and lowering the pH. This is Le Chatelier's principle applied directly.
  4. The added hydrogen ions consume carbonate ions, converting them to hydrogen carbonate and lowering the carbonate concentration.
  5. Carbonate is what shell-forming organisms need. Corals, molluscs and many plankton build calcium carbonate structures, and depleting carbonate makes that harder.
  6. Surface ocean pH has fallen from about 8.2 to about 8.1 since the industrial era, which is roughly a twenty-six percent increase in hydrogen ion concentration.
  7. The ocean is still basic, not acidic. Acidification names the direction of change, not the current state, and saying otherwise is a misreading.

Where students lose marks: writing that the ocean "is becoming an acid" or "has a pH below 7". At pH 8.1 it remains basic. The term describes movement toward the acidic end of the scale, which is what the data show.

Worked example

The problem. Trace the chemistry from a molecule of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere to a weakened coral skeleton, naming the principle used at each step.

Step one: dissolving. Carbon dioxide is soluble in water and the ocean surface is in contact with the atmosphere, so a higher atmospheric concentration drives more into solution. That is the pressure effect on gas solubility from lesson 9.5.

Step two: forming the acid. Dissolved carbon dioxide reacts with water:

\[ \text{CO}_2 + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}_2\text{CO}_3 \]

Carbonic acid is a weak acid, so it ionizes only partially, which is why the reversible arrow is used.

Step three: the first ionization.

\[ \text{H}_2\text{CO}_3 \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{HCO}_3^{-} \]

Hydrogen ions are released, which is what lowers the pH.

Step four: the second ionization.

\[ \text{HCO}_3^{-} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{CO}_3^{2-} \]

This step is far less extensive than the first, so most of the dissolved carbon in seawater exists as hydrogen carbonate.

Step five: apply Le Chatelier. Adding more carbon dioxide adds a reactant to the first equilibrium, which shifts the whole chain to the right. More carbonic acid forms, more of it ionizes, and the hydrogen ion concentration rises. The pH falls, which is the acidification.

Step six: identify the consequence that matters most. The added hydrogen ions do not simply sit in solution. They react with carbonate ions already present, by the reverse of the fourth equation:

\[ \text{H}^{+} + \text{CO}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \text{HCO}_3^{-} \]

So the carbonate concentration falls. This is the buffering of lesson 11.7 operating, and it is why the pH change has been as small as it has, but the buffering is achieved by consuming carbonate.

Step seven: connect to the organisms. Corals, molluscs and calcifying plankton build skeletons and shells from calcium carbonate, drawing calcium and carbonate ions from seawater. A lower carbonate concentration makes that construction require more energy, slows growth, and where carbonate falls far enough can cause existing structures to dissolve. Because these organisms include reef builders and the base of many food webs, the effect propagates well beyond the species directly affected.

Step eight: state the evidence and its limits. The pH change is measured directly at long-running ocean stations, and the atmospheric carbon dioxide record is measured independently, so the correlation between them is not inferred from a model. The mechanism above links them with chemistry that can be reproduced in a beaker, which is what makes this more than a correlation, and it is the convergence of measurement and mechanism that lesson 1.5 identified as what a strong argument requires. What the chemistry does not settle is what should be done, since that involves weighing costs against benefits, exactly as lesson 6.7 concluded.

Practice · 10 questions

Questions 1 to 5 are recall. Questions 6 to 10 ask for reasoning.

  1. Write the equation for carbon dioxide dissolving and reacting with water.
    Show the full solution

    \( \text{CO}_2 + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}_2\text{CO}_3 \)

  2. Is carbonic acid strong or weak?
    Show the full solution

    Weak

  3. Which ion do shell-forming organisms require?
    Show the full solution

    The carbonate ion, CO32-

  4. What has happened to surface ocean pH since the industrial era began?
    Show the full solution

    It has fallen from about 8.2 to about 8.1

  5. Is the ocean acidic?
    Show the full solution

    No; at pH 8.1 it remains basic, and acidification names the direction of change

  6. Explain, using Le Chatelier's principle, why more atmospheric carbon dioxide lowers ocean pH.
    Show the full solution

    A higher atmospheric concentration drives more carbon dioxide into solution, since gas solubility rises with the partial pressure above the liquid. Dissolved carbon dioxide is a reactant in the equilibrium \( \text{CO}_2 + \text{H}_2\text{O} \rightleftharpoons \text{H}_2\text{CO}_3 \), and adding a reactant causes the system to oppose the increase by consuming it, so the equilibrium shifts right and more carbonic acid forms. That carbonic acid feeds the next equilibrium, \( \text{H}_2\text{CO}_3 \rightleftharpoons \text{H}^{+} + \text{HCO}_3^{-} \), which is likewise pushed right by the increased supply of reactant, releasing more hydrogen ions. A higher hydrogen ion concentration is by definition a lower pH. The chain of three linked equilibria means a change at one end propagates through all of them. Added carbon dioxide is a reactant, so each linked equilibrium shifts right and releases more hydrogen ions

  7. Explain why a fall of 0.1 pH units is more significant than it sounds.
    Show the full solution

    Because the pH scale is logarithmic, so a difference of 0.1 units is a factor of \( 10^{0.1} \), which is 1.26, meaning the hydrogen ion concentration has risen by about twenty-six percent. Stated as a percentage increase in the quantity that actually matters chemically, that is a substantial change, and it has occurred over roughly two centuries in a reservoir the size of the ocean. Describing it as "0.1 units" invites the reader to treat the scale as linear and conclude the change is about one percent of the range, which understates it by more than an order of magnitude. This is the same reading error lesson 11.2 warned about, and it is why federal reports usually quote both the pH change and the percentage change in hydrogen ion concentration alongside each other. The logarithmic scale makes 0.1 units a twenty-six percent rise in hydrogen ion concentration

  8. Explain why the ocean's buffering is both the reason the pH change is small and the reason shells are affected.
    Show the full solution

    The two are the same process seen from different sides. Seawater is buffered by the carbonic acid, hydrogen carbonate and carbonate system, and when hydrogen ions are added the carbonate ions absorb them, combining to form hydrogen carbonate. That absorption is why the pH has fallen by only about 0.1 unit despite the ocean having taken up an enormous quantity of carbon dioxide; without the buffer the fall would be far larger. But the absorption is achieved by consuming carbonate, so every hydrogen ion neutralized removes a carbonate ion from the water. Carbonate is precisely what corals, molluscs and calcifying plankton need to build their calcium carbonate structures. The buffer protects the pH by spending the very ion those organisms depend on, so the chemistry that limits the pH change is the chemistry that causes the biological harm. Buffering absorbs hydrogen ions by consuming carbonate, which limits the pH fall and simultaneously depletes what shell-builders require

  9. Explain why calling the ocean "acidic" is wrong and why the term "acidification" is nonetheless correct.
    Show the full solution

    Acidic describes a state, specifically a pH below 7, and the surface ocean is at about 8.1, which is firmly on the basic side and will remain so under any realistic projection. Calling it acidic is therefore simply false and invites a reasonable objection that discredits the surrounding argument. Acidification describes a direction of change, namely movement toward the acidic end of the scale, and that is exactly what the measurements show: the pH is falling and the hydrogen ion concentration is rising. The usage parallels ordinary scientific language elsewhere, as when a warming object is said to be warming regardless of whether it is yet warm. Precision here is not pedantry: the claim being made is about a measured trend, and stating it accurately is what makes it defensible. Acidic names a state the ocean is not in; acidification names the measured direction of change, which is what the data show

  10. Explain what makes the case for ocean acidification stronger than a correlation, drawing on lesson 1.5.
    Show the full solution

    Because measurement and mechanism converge, and each supplies what the other lacks. The correlation is real and independently measured: atmospheric carbon dioxide is recorded at monitoring stations and ocean pH at long-running ocean time series, by different instruments and different groups, and the two track each other. On its own a correlation cannot establish causation, as lesson 1.5 insisted. What completes the argument is that the mechanism linking them is not inferred but demonstrable: bubbling carbon dioxide through seawater in a laboratory lowers its pH by the amount the equilibrium chemistry predicts, and the same chemistry predicts the observed fall in carbonate concentration. The quantitative agreement between what the chemistry predicts and what the ocean shows is the reasoning step that converts an association into an explanation. The correlation is independently measured and the mechanism is reproducible in a beaker, and the two agree quantitatively

Unit 11 review · 10 questions · all lessons

Unit 11 review: Acids, Bases and Ocean Chemistry

The pH scale is logarithmic, so convert every difference into a ratio before interpreting it.

  1. Find the pH of a solution with \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 1 \times 10^{-4} \) mol/L.
    Show the full solution

    4.00

  2. State the relationship between pH and pOH at 25 degrees Celsius.
    Show the full solution

    They sum to 14

  3. Give the conjugate base of H2CO3.
    Show the full solution

    Remove one proton, not two. HCO3-

  4. Find the pH of 0.001 M hydrochloric acid.
    Show the full solution

    Hydrochloric acid is strong, so it ionizes completely and \( [\text{H}^{+}] = 0.001 \). 3.00

  5. What two components does a buffer contain?
    Show the full solution

    A weak acid and its conjugate base, in comparable amounts

  6. 25.0 mL of hydrochloric acid requires 20.0 mL of 0.100 M sodium hydroxide to reach the endpoint. Find the acid concentration.
    Show the full solution

    The equation is \( \text{HCl} + \text{NaOH} \rightarrow \text{NaCl} + \text{H}_2\text{O} \), a one to one ratio. Moles of base: \( n = 0.100 \times 0.0200 = 0.00200 \) mol, so the same number of moles of acid was present. Concentration: \( \frac{0.00200}{0.0250} = 0.0800 \) M. The sense check is that less base than acid was needed at a one to one ratio, so the acid must be the more dilute, and it is. 0.0800 M

  7. Explain the difference between a strong acid and a concentrated acid, with an example of each pairing.
    Show the full solution

    Strength describes what fraction of the acid ionizes and is a fixed property of the substance; concentration describes how much acid was dissolved and is a choice made when preparing the solution. The two vary independently. Very dilute hydrochloric acid is a dilute strong acid: few molecules, all ionized. Concentrated vinegar is a concentrated weak acid: many molecules, only about one percent ionized at any moment, but a large reserve that releases further hydrogen ions as the free ones are neutralized. Strength is the degree of ionization; concentration is how much was dissolved

  8. Explain why sodium ethanoate solution is basic although it is the product of a neutralization.
    Show the full solution

    Because the ethanoate ion is the conjugate base of a weak acid and therefore has a real affinity for protons. Ethanoic acid is weak, meaning it holds its proton rather than releasing it fully, so the ethanoate ion readily takes one back, and in solution it takes one from water, producing ethanoic acid and leaving hydroxide behind. The accumulated hydroxide makes the solution basic at around pH 9. The sodium ion does nothing, being the conjugate acid of a strong base. The general rule is that the salt takes the character of the stronger parent. Ethanoate takes protons from water, generating hydroxide ions

  9. Ocean pH has fallen from about 8.2 to about 8.1. Calculate the change in hydrogen ion concentration and explain why the ocean is still not acidic.
    Show the full solution

    The scale is logarithmic, so a fall of 0.1 units is a factor of \( 10^{0.1} = 1.26 \), which is about a twenty-six percent increase in hydrogen ion concentration. That is substantial and is badly understated by describing it as a tenth of a unit. The ocean is nonetheless not acidic, since acidic means a pH below 7 and 8.1 is firmly basic. Acidification names the direction of the measured change, not the current state, in the same way that a warming object need not yet be warm. About a twenty-six percent rise; at pH 8.1 the ocean remains basic

  10. Explain why ocean acidification depletes carbonate ions, and why that matters biologically.
    Show the full solution

    Dissolved carbon dioxide forms carbonic acid, which ionizes and releases hydrogen ions. Those hydrogen ions do not simply remain free: they react with carbonate ions already present in seawater, converting them to hydrogen carbonate. That reaction is the buffering that has limited the pH fall to about 0.1 unit, but it works by consuming carbonate, so every hydrogen ion absorbed removes a carbonate ion. Corals, molluscs and calcifying plankton build their skeletons and shells from calcium carbonate and draw carbonate from the water, so a lower carbonate concentration makes that construction require more energy, slows growth, and where it falls far enough can dissolve existing structures. Hydrogen ions consume carbonate as the buffer operates, and carbonate is what shell-building organisms require

Reference · always available

How to write the three kinds of response this course asks for

The writing tasks in this course are not essays in the English sense. Each has a structure a chemist expects, and most of the marks are for producing that structure rather than for style. This sheet sets out all three, with what each part is and what it is not. Keep it open while you write; it is meant to be looked at, not memorized.

The one rule behind all three. A measurement is not an argument. Whatever the data show, the link between them and your conclusion is something you supply from the chemistry you know, and in this subject that link is almost always a mechanism at the level of particles. Nearly every response that loses marks has plenty of numbers and nothing between them and the claim.

Claim, evidence, reasoning

The frame for every "argument from evidence" task. Write the four parts in this order and label them in your head, even when the finished paragraph reads as continuous prose.

PartWhat it has to do
ClaimOne sentence that answers the question asked. It takes a position someone could disagree with.
EvidenceFigures from the data with units, processed where processing is needed, and paired with the comparison that gives them meaning.
ReasoningThe chemical principle that explains why that evidence supports that claim, usually stated in terms of particles, collisions, bonds or equilibrium.
LimitsWhat these data cannot establish, and what further measurement would settle it. Saying this strengthens an argument.

The same four parts, done well and done badly

Done wellDone badly, and why
"Temperature, not concentration, accounts for the difference between trials B and C."Claim. "The reaction went faster in trial C." That reports an observation rather than answering which factor was responsible.
"Trial B completed in 84 s and trial C in 21 s, so the rates are 0.012 and 0.048 s-1, a factor of four."Evidence. "Trial C was much quicker." No figures, no units, and no rate. Times are not rates, and comparing them directly inverts the relationship.
"Raising the temperature widens the spread of molecular energies, so a larger fraction of collisions exceeds the activation energy, and the frequency of collisions rises as well."Reasoning. "Higher temperature makes reactions faster." That is the claim restated as a rule, not the mechanism behind it. This is the most common way to lose these marks.
"Trial D differs in two ways at once, so it cannot settle which factor is responsible; a trial varying only surface area would."Limits. Saying nothing, and treating a confounded comparison as though it were clean.

Why reasoning is the part that goes missing

The claim and the evidence are both in front of you: one is the question turned into a sentence, the other is read or calculated off the table. Reasoning is the only part that has to come out of what you have learned, so under time pressure it is the part that quietly disappears. In chemistry the reasoning almost always has to descend to the particle level, because that is where the explanation lives. If you cannot say what the particles are doing differently, you have a correlation between two columns rather than an argument.

Handling numbers, which is half of chemistry writing

Convert times to rates before comparingA rate is inversely proportional to the time to a fixed endpoint. Halving the time doubles the rate.
Carry units through every lineA number without units is not evidence, and units are the cheapest check that an expression is set up correctly.
Quote a figure, do not gesture at it"8.11 down to 8.05" rather than "the pH fell".
A pH change is a logarithmic changeA drop of 0.06 is a rise in \( [\text{H}^+] \) of \( 10^{0.06} \approx 1.15 \), about 15 percent. Never report it as "a small change" without converting.
Acidification is not the same as acidicSeawater at pH 8.05 is basic. It is acidifying, because it is moving toward the acidic end. Using the wrong word turns a correct argument into a wrong one.
Significant figures follow the dataAn answer quoted to six digits from a measurement of three claims a precision that was never there.

Designing an investigation

A different task with a different structure. The question is not "what do these data show?" but "what would have to be true of an investigation for its data to show anything at all?"

PartWhat it has to do
Independent variableThe one thing you change, with the levels actually stated. Four levels beat two, because two cannot show a trend.
Dependent variableWhat you measure, in units, with a fixed endpoint so that every trial is measuring the same thing.
Controlled variablesNamed individually. "All other variables were controlled" earns nothing; naming mass, surface area, volume and temperature earns the mark.
ReplicationHow many trials, and how you will summarize across them.
Hypothesis with a mechanismA prediction and the collision-theory reason you expect it. A prediction alone is a guess.
Falsifying resultWritten down before any data exist. A design no result could contradict is not an investigation.

A qualitative analysis scheme is a different design

When the task is to identify an unknown rather than to measure a relationship, the structure changes. There is no independent variable. What matters is that every test is placed where it divides the remaining candidates rather than confirming something already known, that the chemistry behind each test is stated and not just the observation expected, that both the cation and the anion are pinned down, and that you have decided in advance what you will do when a result comes out ambiguous. A scheme that tests for something already ruled out has wasted a step.

Writing a scientific explanation

Here the answer is already known and the task is to make the causal chain visible. The marks are for the transitions, not the endpoints.

PartWhat it has to do
The phenomenonState plainly what is being explained, before explaining it.
The scalesMove through them in order and make every transition explicit: bond, molecule, mole, mass, atmosphere, planet. Skipping a level is where explanations fail.
A mechanism at each stepSay how each level produces the next, not merely that it does.
The arithmetic carried outIf a bond energy or a mole calculation belongs in the chain, do it. Describing a calculation is not doing one.
Structure before propertyDerive polarity from shape, and shape from electron domains. Asserting a property skips the part being assessed.

The four errors this course names

Reasoning that restates the claim"Higher concentration speeds it up" is the observation again, not a mechanism.
Times compared as though they were ratesThe relationship is inverse, so comparing times directly reverses it.
Evidence without units, or with invented precisionBoth make a figure unusable to a reader who wants to check it.
Correlation presented as causeLegitimate to argue for a cause, never legitimate to leave the distinction unstated.

A response that has all four CER parts, names one particle-level mechanism, and states one honest limitation will score well even if it is short. A response that walks through the whole table and reaches a confident conclusion with no mechanism will not, however long it is. Length is not what is being measured.

Argument from evidence 1 · 45 minutes

Using the data below, make and defend a claim about which factor accounts for the rate change in each pair of trials.

Directions

Structure: claim, evidence, reasoning, limits. You have forty-five minutes. Calculate a rate for every trial before you argue anything, since times cannot be compared directly. State a claim for each comparison the data support, quote figures with units as your evidence, and give the reasoning in terms of collision theory rather than restating the numbers. Close by identifying the comparison the data cannot settle and saying what further trial would resolve it. The writing reference sets out all four parts and stays free.

The data

Source: a constructed dataset. The figures are invented so the arithmetic is checkable and are not taken from any published investigation.

Marble chips were added to hydrochloric acid and the time taken to collect 50 cm3 of carbon dioxide in a gas syringe was recorded. The acid was in excess in every trial and the same mass of marble was used each time.

Trial[HCl] (mol/L)Form of marbleTemperature (°C)Time for 50 cm3 (s)
A1.0large chips20120
B2.0large chips2062
C1.0powder2041
D2.0powder409
Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Evidence. Rates calculated from the times rather than times compared directly.
  • Claim. Each claim tied to a comparison in which only one factor differs.
  • Reasoning. Collision frequency or the fraction of successful collisions named as the mechanism.
  • Limits. Trial D identified as confounded, with both differing factors named.
  • Limits. A statement of what further trial would resolve it.
Show a top-score response

The data support two clean causal claims and cannot support a third, and separating those cases is the whole task.

Convert the times to rates first. Time and rate are inversely related, so comparing times directly gives the right ordering but the wrong proportions. Since each trial collected the same 50 cm3, dividing that volume by the time gives an average rate. Trial A: 50 divided by 120 is 0.417 cm3/s. Trial B: 50 divided by 62 is 0.806. Trial C: 50 divided by 41 is 1.22. Trial D: 50 divided by 9 is 5.56 cm3/s.

First claim: doubling the acid concentration approximately doubles the rate. Trials A and B differ in concentration alone, 1.0 against 2.0 mol/L, with the same large chips at the same 20 degrees Celsius. The rate rises from 0.417 to 0.806 cm3/s, a factor of 1.94, which is 2 within the precision of a stopwatch reading. Because only one variable differs, this comparison is a controlled experiment and the attribution is secure.

The reasoning for it. Doubling the concentration puts twice as many hydrogen ions in each unit volume of solution, so a given point on the marble surface is struck by acid particles twice as often. The energy of each collision is unchanged, since the temperature and therefore the distribution of particle energies is the same, so the fraction of collisions that succeed is also unchanged. Twice the collision frequency at the same success fraction gives twice the rate, which is what the figures show.

Second claim: powdering the marble increases the rate by about a factor of three. Trials A and C differ in the form of the marble alone, with the same 1.0 mol/L acid at the same 20 degrees. The rate rises from 0.417 to 1.22 cm3/s, a factor of 2.93. Again only one variable differs.

The reasoning for it. The reaction can only occur where acid particles meet calcium carbonate, which is at the solid's surface. In a large chip nearly all the calcium carbonate is buried in the interior and unavailable. Powdering the same mass divides it into many small particles, each contributing its own surface, so the total exposed area is several times greater and several times as many carbonate units can be collided with. As with concentration, this raises the collision frequency without altering the energy of any collision.

Third comparison: trial D cannot be attributed. Trial D is the fastest by a wide margin, at 5.56 cm3/s, which is 4.56 times trial C. But D differs from C in two ways at once: the concentration is doubled from 1.0 to 2.0 mol/L and the temperature is raised from 20 to 40 degrees Celsius. Both changes increase the rate, so the observed speed-up could be produced by either acting alone, or by both in any combination. The data cannot separate them, and this is a confound in the sense of the controlled-variable rule, not merely an imprecision.

What can still be said about D. Something useful survives. From the A and B comparison, doubling the concentration accounts for a factor of about 1.94. If that factor applies here too, the remaining speed-up is roughly 4.56 divided by 1.94, about 2.35, which would be attributable to the twenty degree temperature rise. That is a plausible estimate and consistent with the rule of thumb that a ten degree rise roughly doubles a rate, but it is an inference resting on the assumption that the concentration effect is the same at 40 degrees as at 20, which the data do not establish. It should be offered as an estimate, not as a result.

The trial that would settle it. Run trial C again at 40 degrees Celsius, keeping the acid at 1.0 mol/L and the marble powdered. That isolates temperature as the only difference from C and gives the temperature effect directly, after which the concentration and temperature contributions to D could be checked against each other. A single additional trial converts an uninterpretable comparison into two interpretable ones, which is why an investigation should be designed to vary one factor at a time rather than to reach the fastest result.

A limit that applies to all of it. Every trial is a single run, so there is no measure of how much repeat trials would vary, and a factor of 1.94 cannot be distinguished from 2.0 without that information. Each comparison should be repeated at least three times and the mean and range reported, which would also reveal whether the marble chips were genuinely comparable in size between trials.

Check it against the frame. A claim that answers the question, then evidence with figures and units together with the comparison that gives them meaning, then reasoning that names a mechanism rather than repeating the claim, then the limits and what would settle them. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Argument from evidence 2 · 45 minutes

Using the records below, argue whether the evidence supports the claim that rising atmospheric carbon dioxide is acidifying the ocean.

Directions

Structure: claim, evidence, reasoning, limits. You have forty-five minutes. Make a claim, support it with specific figures, and supply the equilibrium chemistry that links the two records as your reasoning: a mechanism written out, not asserted. Convert the pH change into a change in hydrogen ion concentration. Close with what the correlation alone cannot establish and what makes this case stronger than a bare correlation.

The records

Source: figures adapted from the long-running atmospheric and ocean monitoring records published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, a work of the US federal government. Values are rounded, the carbon dioxide figures to the nearest part per million and the pH figures to two decimal places.

YearAtmospheric CO2 (ppm)Surface ocean pH
19903548.11
20003698.10
20103898.08
20204148.06

The two records were collected by different instruments at different sites and are published independently of one another.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Claim. Correct use of the word acidification rather than calling the ocean acidic.
  • Evidence. The pH change converted into a percentage change in hydrogen ion concentration.
  • Evidence. Recognition that the two records are independently collected.
  • Reasoning. The equilibrium chemistry written out as the mechanism, not asserted.
  • Limits. An explicit statement of what correlation alone cannot establish.
Show a top-score response

The evidence supports the claim, and it does so because a measured correlation is accompanied by a mechanism that can be reproduced in a beaker and that predicts the observed magnitude.

State what the records show. Atmospheric carbon dioxide rose from 354 ppm in 1990 to 414 ppm in 2020, an increase of 60 ppm or about 17 percent over thirty years. Over the same period surface ocean pH fell from 8.11 to 8.06, a reduction of 0.05 units. Both changes are monotonic across all four decades, with no reversal in either record.

Convert the pH change, because 0.05 units understates it. The pH scale is logarithmic, so a difference must be converted into a ratio before it can be interpreted. A fall of 0.05 units corresponds to a factor of 10 raised to the power 0.05, which is 1.12. The hydrogen ion concentration therefore rose by about 12 percent, from roughly 7.8 times ten to the minus nine to 8.7 times ten to the minus nine mol/L. Quoting the change as five hundredths of a unit invites a reader to treat the scale as linear and conclude that nothing much happened; the percentage is the honest figure.

Give the mechanism, written out. Carbon dioxide is soluble in water and its solubility rises with the partial pressure above the liquid, so a higher atmospheric concentration drives more into the surface ocean. Dissolved carbon dioxide reacts with water to form carbonic acid, a weak acid, which then ionizes:

CO2 plus H2O gives H2CO3, which ionizes to H+ plus HCO3-, and that ion can ionize further to H+ plus CO32-.

Apply Le Chatelier's principle. Adding dissolved carbon dioxide adds a reactant to the first equilibrium, so the system opposes the increase by consuming it, shifting right and forming more carbonic acid. That carbonic acid is a reactant in the second equilibrium, which is likewise pushed right and releases more hydrogen ions. A higher hydrogen ion concentration is by definition a lower pH. The chain of linked equilibria means that a change at the atmospheric end propagates through all of them, and the direction predicted is exactly the direction observed.

Why the correlation alone would not be enough. Two records that rise and fall together over the same period are consistent with a causal link and do not establish one. Both could be driven by a third factor, the two sites could be responding to some shared regional influence, or the agreement could be coincidental over a period as short as thirty years with only four data points quoted. Nothing in the table by itself rules any of that out, and a claim resting on the table alone would be the correlation-is-not-causation error.

What makes this stronger than a correlation. Three things. First, the mechanism is not inferred from the data but demonstrable independently: bubbling carbon dioxide through seawater in a laboratory lowers its pH, and the equilibrium chemistry that produces this is the same chemistry used to predict buffer behavior in entirely unrelated contexts. Second, the mechanism predicts the direction and the rough magnitude in advance rather than being fitted afterward. Third, the two records are independently collected, by different instruments at different sites, so an instrumental artifact would have to affect both in a coordinated way, which is implausible. The convergence of an independent measurement with a reproducible mechanism is what converts an association into an explanation.

State the conclusion at the right strength. The evidence supports the claim that rising atmospheric carbon dioxide is lowering surface ocean pH. It does not establish that carbon dioxide is the only contributor, since local factors such as upwelling, temperature and biological activity also affect pH at any particular station, and a fuller argument would draw on many stations rather than one series.

A point of terminology that matters. The ocean is not acidic. At pH 8.06 it remains firmly basic, and no realistic projection brings it below 7. Acidification names the direction of the measured change, movement toward the acidic end of the scale, in the same way that a warming object need not yet be warm. Writing that the ocean is becoming an acid is false and invites an objection that discredits the rest of the argument, so the distinction is worth stating explicitly.

Check it against the frame. A claim that answers the question, then evidence with figures and units together with the comparison that gives them meaning, then reasoning that names a mechanism rather than repeating the claim, then the limits and what would settle them. If you can point to all four parts in your own response, it is structured correctly however different the wording.

Investigation design 1 · 45 minutes

Design a controlled investigation into how the concentration of hydrochloric acid affects the rate of its reaction with marble chips.

Directions

Structure: variables, method, hypothesis with mechanism, falsification. You have forty-five minutes. Name your independent variable with its levels, your dependent variable with units and a fixed endpoint, and your controlled variables individually. Describe the method in enough detail that someone else could repeat it, state your hypothesis together with the collision-theory mechanism behind it, and say what result would falsify it. A design that cannot fail is not a design.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Variables. One independent variable with at least four levels stated.
  • Variables. A dependent variable that is measurable, with units, and a stated fixed endpoint.
  • Variables. Controlled variables named individually, including the mass and form of the marble.
  • Method. Replication, and how results will be summarized.
  • Falsification. A falsifying result stated before any data are collected.
Show a top-score response

Question. Does increasing the concentration of hydrochloric acid increase the rate of its reaction with marble chips?

Hypothesis with a mechanism. Increasing the concentration increases the rate, and approximately in proportion, because a reaction occurs only where acid particles collide with the marble surface. Raising the concentration places more hydrogen ions in each unit volume of solution, so a given point on the surface is struck more often. The energy of each collision is unchanged, since the temperature is unchanged, so the fraction of collisions that succeed is the same and only the frequency rises.

Independent variable. Concentration of hydrochloric acid, at five levels: 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5 mol/L, prepared by diluting a 2.5 mol/L stock using M1V1 equals M2V2 and made up in volumetric flasks. Five levels rather than two, because two points cannot show whether the relationship is proportional or merely increasing.

Dependent variable. Rate of reaction, measured as the time in seconds to collect a fixed volume of 50 cm3 of carbon dioxide in a gas syringe, then converted to a rate in cm3 per second by dividing 50 by that time. Converting to a rate matters: times are inversely related to rates, so a graph of time against concentration curves while a graph of rate against concentration should be a straight line if the hypothesis holds, and a straight line is far easier to judge.

Controlled variables, and why each matters.

Mass of marble, fixed at 5.0 g weighed to two decimal places. More marble means more surface and a faster reaction, which would confound the concentration effect entirely.

Form of the marble, fixed by using chips from the same batch sieved to a narrow size range. Surface area is the variable most likely to vary accidentally, since chips from a jar differ considerably in size, and the trial-A-against-trial-C comparison in the argument task shows it can produce a threefold effect on its own.

Volume of acid, fixed at 50 cm3. This also ensures the acid is in excess at every concentration, which is necessary so that the marble is never the limiting reactant; if it were, the lowest concentration might not produce 50 cm3 of gas at all.

Temperature, held at room temperature and recorded for each run, with all runs done in one session. Temperature has a large effect through the fraction of collisions exceeding the activation energy, so a drift across the session would be mistaken for a concentration effect.

Also controlled: the same gas syringe and conical flask, the same stopper fitted immediately, and the timer started at the moment of mixing rather than at the first bubble.

Method. Weigh 5.0 g of sieved marble chips into the conical flask. Measure 50 cm3 of the first acid concentration in a measuring cylinder. Record the acid temperature. Add the acid, immediately fit the stopper connected to the gas syringe, and start the timer. Stop the timer when the syringe reads 50 cm3. Rinse and dry the apparatus, and repeat. Do five runs at each concentration, twenty-five in total, and randomize the order in which the concentrations are tested so that any drift in room temperature across the session does not fall systematically on one level.

Replication and analysis. Five runs per concentration. For each, take the mean time and the range, discarding any run in which the stopper was fitted slowly enough to lose gas. Convert each mean time to a rate. Plot rate against concentration with the range shown as error bars, and judge whether the points lie on a straight line through the origin, which is what strict proportionality predicts.

What would falsify the hypothesis. If the rate is the same at 0.5 and 2.5 mol/L within the ranges of the repeats, concentration does not affect the rate and the hypothesis is wrong. A weaker falsification of the proportionality claim would be a graph that is clearly curved, or a line that does not pass near the origin, either of which would show that the relationship is not the simple proportionality the collision argument predicts. Both outcomes are possible and would be reported.

Known weaknesses. Some gas escapes between adding the acid and fitting the stopper, and the loss is largest at the highest concentration where the reaction starts fastest, which is a systematic error biasing against the hypothesis. The marble chips are consumed during each run, so the surface area falls as the reaction proceeds and the rate measured to 50 cm3 is an average rather than an initial rate; using a smaller fixed volume such as 20 cm3 would reduce this. Chips also vary in shape even when sieved, which is why five repeats are needed rather than three.

Check it against the frame. One independent variable with its levels, a dependent variable with units, controlled variables named individually, replication with a summary method, a hypothesis carrying its mechanism, and a falsifying result written down before any data exist. A design missing the last of those cannot be tested.

Investigation design 2 · 45 minutes

Design a procedure to identify an unknown white ionic solid, which is one of sodium chloride, sodium carbonate, barium chloride, calcium sulfate or potassium nitrate.

Directions

Structure: a sequence of tests, each one dividing the remaining candidates. You have forty-five minutes. Set out the tests in order, saying for each what it distinguishes and what chemistry makes it work, using only solubility, flame tests, precipitation reactions and reaction with acid. Identify both the cation and the anion. Include the safety limits of what you propose, and say what an ambiguous result would mean and how you would resolve it.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Method. Tests ordered so that each one divides the remaining candidates.
  • Method. Both the cation and the anion identified, not one of them.
  • Reasoning. The chemistry of each test stated, not just the observation expected.
  • Limits. A specific safety limit, with a reason.
  • Limits. A stated plan for an ambiguous or contradictory result.
Show a top-score response

The strategy. Identifying an ionic compound means identifying two things, the cation and the anion, so the procedure needs at least two independent lines of evidence. The tests should be ordered so that each one divides the remaining candidates roughly in half, and so that the cheapest and safest tests come first.

Test one: solubility in distilled water. Add a small spatula measure to 10 cm3 of distilled water in a test tube and shake. Four of the five candidates are soluble: sodium chloride and sodium carbonate because all group 1 compounds are, potassium nitrate because all group 1 compounds and all nitrates are, and barium chloride because most chlorides are. Calcium sulfate is the exception, being one of the insoluble sulfates, so it will remain largely undissolved. This single test therefore either identifies calcium sulfate immediately or eliminates it, and it costs nothing.

Test two: flame test on the solid. Clean a nichrome wire by dipping it in concentrated hydrochloric acid and holding it in a blue Bunsen flame until no color persists, then dip it in the solid and return it to the flame. A persistent intense yellow indicates sodium, a lilac flame indicates potassium, and an apple-green flame indicates barium. The chemistry is the emission spectrum: heat promotes electrons in the metal ions to higher energy levels and they emit light at wavelengths fixed by that element's level spacings as they fall back, which is why the color identifies the metal and not the compound.

What test two resolves. A lilac flame identifies potassium and therefore potassium nitrate, since it is the only potassium candidate, and the procedure ends. A green flame identifies barium and therefore barium chloride. A yellow flame narrows the answer to sodium chloride or sodium carbonate, which a third test must separate. Note that sodium's yellow emission is intense enough to mask a lilac potassium flame if both were present, so a genuinely mixed sample would be misidentified; cobalt-blue glass viewed through would filter the yellow and reveal any lilac beneath.

Test three, if the flame was yellow: dilute hydrochloric acid. Add a few drops of dilute hydrochloric acid to a small sample of the solid. Sodium carbonate fizzes vigorously, releasing carbon dioxide, which can be confirmed by bubbling the gas through limewater and observing it turn cloudy. Sodium chloride does not react at all. The chemistry is that the carbonate ion is the conjugate base of the weak carbonic acid and takes protons readily, forming carbonic acid which decomposes to carbon dioxide and water, while the chloride ion is the conjugate base of a strong acid and has essentially no affinity for protons.

Test four: confirm the anion independently. Identifying a compound from the cation alone is an inference from the candidate list rather than a determination, so a confirmatory anion test is worth running. For a suspected chloride, dissolve a sample, acidify with dilute nitric acid and add silver nitrate solution: a white precipitate of silver chloride confirms chloride, since silver chloride is one of the few insoluble chlorides. For a suspected sulfate, acidify with dilute hydrochloric acid and add barium chloride solution: a dense white precipitate of barium sulfate confirms sulfate. The acidification in each case removes carbonate, which would otherwise give a white precipitate with either reagent and produce a false positive.

Safety limits. Flame tests use an open Bunsen flame and a wire that becomes hot enough to burn, so eye protection, tied hair and a heatproof mat are required and the wire must be allowed to cool before handling. Barium compounds are toxic if ingested, so the barium chloride solution and any solid identified as barium chloride must not be handled without gloves and must be disposed of as chemical waste rather than down a sink. The cleaning acid for the wire is concentrated and needs careful handling in small quantity. A more general limit is that I should not propose tasting or smelling an unknown solid, which older identification schemes sometimes included, since the identity is precisely what is not yet known.

If a result is ambiguous. The commonest ambiguity is a flame test that looks yellow-orange but could be a contaminated wire, since sodium is present in dust, fingerprints and glass. The remedy is to reclean the wire, run a blank with no sample, and repeat, accepting the yellow only if it is intense and persistent rather than a brief flicker. A second ambiguity is a partial dissolution in test one, which could mean calcium sulfate, which is slightly soluble rather than completely insoluble, or simply too much solid added. Repeating with a smaller quantity in more water distinguishes them. If two tests contradict each other outright, for example a green flame with no chloride confirmed, the sample is probably a mixture and no single identification is available, which should be reported rather than resolved by choosing whichever test seems more reliable.

Check it against the frame. Each test placed where it divides the remaining candidates rather than confirming what is already known, the chemistry behind each test stated and not only the observation expected, both the cation and the anion identified, and a plan written down in advance for a result that comes out ambiguous.

Scientific explanation 1 · 60 minutes

Explain, from the bonds in a hydrocarbon molecule to the temperature of the planet, why burning fossil fuels warms Earth.

Directions

Structure: name the phenomenon, then move through the scales with a mechanism at each step. You have sixty minutes. Your explanation must pass explicitly through chemical bond, molecule, mass of fuel, atmosphere and planet, and every transition must say how one level produces the next rather than only that it does. Carry the bond energy calculation out rather than describing it, and use both sources.

Source 1: average bond energies

Source: standard average bond energies, as used throughout unit 7 of this course.

BondBond energy (kJ/mol)
C-H413
C-C347
O=O498
C=O799
O-H463
Source 2: which atmospheric gases absorb infrared

Source: description prepared for this course from the account given in US federal agency material, including NOAA and NASA publications. Not a quotation.

Nitrogen and oxygen together make up about 99 percent of the atmosphere and are essentially transparent to infrared radiation. Water vapor, carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide, which together account for well under one percent, absorb strongly in parts of the infrared range emitted by Earth's surface. A molecule absorbs infrared radiation only when the vibration concerned changes the molecule's dipole moment.

Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Scales. Every scale transition made explicit, from bond to planet.
  • Figures. A bond energy calculation carried out, not merely described.
  • Mechanism. The stoichiometric point that every fuel carbon becomes one carbon dioxide.
  • Mechanism. The dipole-moment condition applied to nitrogen and to carbon dioxide separately.
  • Mechanism. The asymmetry between incoming visible and outgoing infrared radiation.
Show a top-score response

The chain runs from a bond a few tenths of a nanometer long to the temperature of a planet, and every link is a mechanism this course has established.

The bond scale: why combustion releases energy. Breaking a bond always requires energy and forming one always releases it, so a reaction is exothermic when the bonds formed are collectively stronger than those broken. Take methane as the simplest case, CH4 plus two O2 giving CO2 plus two H2O. Bonds broken: four C-H at 413, which is 1652 kJ, and two O=O at 498, which is 996 kJ, totaling 2648 kJ. Bonds formed: two C=O at 799, which is 1598 kJ, and four O-H at 463, which is 1852 kJ, totaling 3450 kJ. The enthalpy change is 2648 minus 3450, which is minus 802 kJ per mole. The accepted measured value is minus 802.3, so a calculation from average bond energies reproduces it almost exactly.

Why the products hold their atoms more tightly. The two dominant terms are the 1852 kJ released forming four O-H bonds and the 1598 kJ released forming two C=O bonds. Oxygen forms exceptionally strong bonds to both carbon and hydrogen, far stronger than the C-H and C-C bonds in the fuel or the O=O bond in air. That asymmetry is the entire reason hydrocarbons are useful as fuels, and it holds across the whole family because the same bonds are involved in every case.

The molecular scale: where the carbon goes. In complete combustion the only carbon-containing product is carbon dioxide, and each molecule of it contains exactly one carbon atom. Conservation of atoms therefore requires that every carbon atom in the fuel leaves as one molecule of carbon dioxide, with no alternative destination. This is not an approximation and it is not affected by how the fuel is burned.

The mass scale: how much is produced. Because the ratio is fixed, the emission follows from the fuel's formula and mass alone. Burning 1.00 kg of octane, C8H18, with a molar mass of 114.22 g/mol, gives 8.755 mol of octane. The balanced equation produces sixteen carbon dioxides per two octanes, so eight per octane, giving 70.04 mol of carbon dioxide, which at 44.01 g/mol is 3082 g, or 3.08 kg. Three times the mass of the fuel, and the excess comes from the atmosphere: each carbon of mass 12 acquires two oxygens of combined mass 32. No engineering change alters this figure, because it follows from the equation rather than from the combustion conditions.

The atmospheric scale: why a trace gas matters. Source 2 states the condition for absorption: the vibration must change the molecule's dipole moment. Nitrogen is two identical atoms, so the electrons are shared perfectly evenly at every bond length and stretching never produces a dipole; there is nothing for the oscillating electric field of infrared light to act on. Oxygen is the same. Together they are 99 percent of the atmosphere and contribute exactly nothing, and any quantity multiplied by zero is zero.

Carbon dioxide is the interesting case. At rest it is linear and nonpolar, since its two polar C=O bonds point in opposite directions and cancel, so a careless answer would conclude it cannot absorb. But the condition concerns the vibration rather than the resting molecule. Bending the molecule moves both oxygens to one side and destroys the cancellation, and stretching it asymmetrically, one bond lengthening as the other shortens, does the same. Both vibrations change the dipole moment and absorb infrared. Only the symmetric stretch, which preserves the symmetry throughout, does not.

The planetary scale: the one-way filter. The Sun is very hot and emits mostly visible light, which greenhouse gases barely absorb, so sunlight passes through the atmosphere and warms the surface. The surface is far cooler and therefore radiates at much longer wavelengths, in the thermal infrared, which is precisely where carbon dioxide and water vapor absorb. Energy consequently enters easily and leaves with difficulty, being absorbed and re-emitted in all directions including downward. The surface warms until the outgoing radiation again balances the incoming, and it is that new higher equilibrium temperature that constitutes the warming.

Why the difference in wavelength is essential. The mechanism is an asymmetry, and it exists only because the two radiation streams are at different wavelengths. Were incoming and outgoing radiation at the same wavelengths, any gas blocking one would block the other equally and there would be no net effect. The filter is one-way only because the Sun and the Earth are at very different temperatures.

Where the energy accumulates. Most of the retained energy ends up in the ocean rather than the air, because water has an unusually high specific heat capacity of 4.18 J per gram per degree and the ocean's mass dwarfs the atmosphere's. This is why ocean heat content is a steadier measure of the energy imbalance than surface air temperature, which fluctuates as energy moves between the two.

What the explanation does not settle. Every step above is a mechanism with a measurable quantity attached, and together they establish that burning a given mass of fuel releases a calculable mass of carbon dioxide which absorbs outgoing infrared and raises the equilibrium temperature. None of it settles what anyone should do, because that requires weighing benefits against costs and comparing alternatives, and no measurement returns a value judgment.

Check it against the frame. The phenomenon named first, then every scale transition made explicit with a mechanism saying how one level produces the next, figures quoted rather than gestured at, and no language suggesting anything happened in order to achieve an outcome.

Scientific explanation 2 · 60 minutes

Explain how the shape and polarity of a single water molecule produce the properties that make water both the solvent of life and a governor of climate.

Directions

Structure: name the phenomenon, then move through the scales with a mechanism at each step. You have sixty minutes. Begin from the electron domains on the oxygen atom and work outward to the planetary consequences, saying at each stage which property follows from which structural feature. Use both sources, and use Source 2 quantitatively.

Source 1: properties of water

Source: standard physical constants, as used throughout this course.

PropertyValue
Specific heat capacity4.18 J/(g·°C)
Boiling point100 °C
Melting point0 °C
Density of liquid at 4 °C1.000 g/cm3
Density of ice at 0 °C0.917 g/cm3
H-O-H bond angleabout 104.5 degrees
Source 2: boiling points of the group 16 hydrides

Source: standard physical constants. The comparison is the classic evidence for hydrogen bonding.

CompoundMolar mass (g/mol)Boiling point (°C)
H2O18.02100
H2S34.08-60
H2Se80.98-41
H2Te129.6-2
Your response
What a reader looks for
  • Mechanism. The bent shape derived from four electron domains with two lone pairs.
  • Mechanism. Polarity derived from the shape, not asserted from the bonds.
  • Figures. Source 2 used quantitatively as an anomaly against a trend.
  • Scales. At least three distinct properties each traced back to hydrogen bonding.
  • Scales. Both the biological and the climatic consequences addressed.
Show a top-score response

Almost everything water does follows from two lone pairs on one oxygen atom, and the chain from that structural fact to the climate of a planet can be traced without a gap.

Start with the electron domains. Oxygen has six valence electrons. Two are used in bonds to hydrogen and four remain as two lone pairs, so the oxygen carries four electron domains in total. Four domains repel each other into a tetrahedral arrangement, with an ideal angle of 109.5 degrees.

Derive the shape, not the domain arrangement. Shape names describe where the atoms are, and only three of the four tetrahedral positions hold an atom, so the molecule is bent rather than tetrahedral. Source 1 gives the angle as about 104.5 degrees rather than 109.5, and the shortfall is explained by the lone pairs: a lone pair is held by one nucleus rather than shared between two, so its electron density is more diffuse and it repels neighboring domains more strongly, squeezing the two hydrogens together. Two lone pairs squeeze twice, which is why the sequence runs 109.5 for methane, 107 for ammonia and 104.5 for water.

Derive the polarity from the shape. Oxygen is considerably more electronegative than hydrogen, with a difference of 1.24, so each O-H bond is polar with the oxygen end partially negative. That alone does not make the molecule polar: carbon dioxide has two strongly polar bonds and is nonpolar, because its linear shape makes them cancel. In water the bent shape means the two bond polarities do not oppose each other, so they combine into a net pull toward the oxygen. Water is polar because it is bent, and it is bent because of the two lone pairs. Had water been linear it would be nonpolar, and nothing that follows would be true of it.

From polarity to hydrogen bonding. Hydrogen bonded directly to oxygen, one of the three small highly electronegative elements, allows an unusually strong dipole-dipole attraction between molecules. Each water molecule has two hydrogens able to donate and two lone pairs able to accept, so it can form up to four hydrogen bonds at once, which is more than most hydrogen-bonding substances manage.

Source 2 quantifies how large the effect is. Across the group 16 hydrides, boiling point rises with molar mass as dispersion forces strengthen: H2S at 34.08 g/mol boils at minus 60, H2Se at 80.98 boils at minus 41, and H2Te at 129.6 boils at minus 2. Extrapolating that trend downward to water's 18.02 g/mol predicts a boiling point of roughly minus 80 degrees Celsius. Water actually boils at plus 100, about 180 degrees above the prediction. That discrepancy is not a small correction; it is the largest anomaly in the table and it is entirely attributable to hydrogen bonding. Without it, water would be a gas everywhere on Earth's surface.

First consequence: water as a solvent. A polar molecule can orient its negative oxygen end toward a cation and its positive hydrogen ends toward an anion, surrounding each separated ion in a hydration shell. The energy released doing so is what pays for breaking up an ionic lattice, so water dissolves most ionic compounds. It also hydrogen bonds to any molecule carrying an O-H or N-H group, so it dissolves sugars, alcohols and many biological molecules. Since the ionic chemistry of cells, the transport of nutrients and the reactions of metabolism all occur in solution, this single property is what makes water the medium of life. Nonpolar substances such as fats are excluded for the same reason, which is what allows cell membranes to exist.

Second consequence: thermal buffering. Source 1 gives the specific heat capacity as 4.18 J/(g·°C), roughly five times that of dry rock. The reason is hydrogen bonding again: much of the energy supplied to water goes into disrupting and rearranging hydrogen bonds between molecules rather than into increasing their speed, and energy that raises potential rather than kinetic energy does not register as temperature. Water therefore warms slowly and cools slowly. Multiplied by an ocean covering seventy percent of the surface and kilometers deep, this makes the ocean by far the largest thermal reservoir in the climate system, moderating coastal temperatures, driving sea breezes, and absorbing the great majority of any energy imbalance.

Third consequence: ice floats. Source 1 gives ice at 0.917 g/cm3 against liquid water at 1.000, so the solid is less dense than the liquid, which is the reverse of the normal pattern. In ice each molecule is locked into a fixed tetrahedral arrangement of four hydrogen bonds, and that geometry is more open, with gaps, than the constantly rearranging packing of the liquid. Ice therefore forms at the surface and stays there, insulating the water beneath, so lakes and polar seas freeze downward slowly and liquid water persists below through winter. Were ice denser, bodies of water would freeze solid from the bottom up.

Drawing the chain together. Two lone pairs give four electron domains, which give a bent shape, which gives a net dipole, which gives hydrogen bonding, which gives in turn the solvent power that supports biochemistry, the high specific heat capacity that governs climate, the high boiling point that keeps water liquid at all, and the anomalous density of ice. A linear water molecule would be nonpolar and would have none of them. The distance from a bond angle to a planet's habitability is shorter than it looks.

Check it against the frame. The phenomenon named first, then every scale transition made explicit with a mechanism saying how one level produces the next, figures quoted rather than gestured at, and no language suggesting anything happened in order to achieve an outcome.

Unit recap

Unit recap

0:00 / 0:00

Animated recap with on-screen narration. Turn on Voice to have it read aloud (uses your device's built-in voice). Pressing play counts as your one free video.

Free preview complete

That's the end of the free preview.

You've opened five lessons, which is as much as we can show without a subscription. Everything you've already opened stays available; use the outline on the left to go back to it.

Book a tutor instead